Verges ‘alle & ea ts ga iiteyyie! ini is Yits triad Masa o mit ! ree hee . a , Mf Paiaieg i ae : eit te us 8 ae: minal eada! \ Sottols TA aN sialientea eles 5 Heat eee waters i etate ly “e Wet fetal ui : meets ure arate TA! Mavis i : Roh ty TVs bea tite vey ata utter Bi vos Meee ite hoeey Oi ey read bos De eee xv otis ven tiday $4 t Leben y rhemeas : pe nai , ote ve ¢ anit? nth iN: ef tele rift = teat RONG rangle eee a se Shar ts Hite fy has Fey Spa S89 ¢¢ OE deme bee oh Fiat ior at Se Peress WT LT WU iated dec dns ’ pest bere ben, e Sheet tages bank yen v sere arte 2978 sia Se sey TAA pete as Habits woe Fad PRE hem 5. sete ae) oo er Pate rcgw in, eaten 098 5 ltd te cy Digitized by the Internet Archive in 2009 with funding from Ontario Council of University Libraries http://www.archive.org/details/bulletinO2cali ee a ’ ~ —— OF THE CALIFORNIA if ACADEMY OF SUIRNGES,=.. Somat, G) Noro. Lr (Nos. 5-8.) 1886-1887. SAN FRANCISCO: 1887. TABLE OF CONTENTS. PAGE Becker, George F. The Washoe Rocks.....................sceeeees 93 Bryant, Walter E, Additions to the Ornithology of Guadalupe Island. 269 Nest and Eggs of the Evening Grosbeak .....................4. 449 A New Subspecies of Petrel from Guadalupe Island............ 450 Wmusual-Nesting Sites elite. ssacs.. 5+ econ ear a WHS 451 Casey, Thomas L. Revision of the California Species of Lithocharis anguAllied! Genorataree cri. «icici reeteveie sae Feat) Early Spanish Voyages of Discovery on the Coast of California. 325 Occultations of Stars by the Dark Limb of the Moon.......... 448 Emerson, W. Otto, Ornithological Observations in San Diego County 419 Glassford, W. A. Weather Types on the Pacific Coast. Plates 2, 3,4,5, 77 Greene, E, L, Studies in the Botany of California and Parts Adjacent. IVv— 1. On some Cichoriaceous Composite#................-... 41 2. Some Species of Euphorbia § Anisophyllum......... . 56 Sea Now be olypetalce.. \-.:.. joie testi sek tee ae arses sjsis)e oars 59 Studies in the Botany of California and Parts Adjacent. V— 1. Some Genera Which have been Confused Under the Name; Brodives x... ome cetescwi Jaa. cos nice o-seres'swic 125 2. Miscellaneous Species, New or Noteworthy. Plate 6... 144 Studies in the Botany of California and Parts Adjacent. VI... 377 1V TABLE OF CONTENTS. Harkness, H.W. Fungi of the Pacific Coast. V................. = Le Conte, Joseph. The Flora of the Coast Islands of California in Relation to Recent Changes of Physical Geography........ 515 Parry, C:. C2, ‘The Pacithe Const, Alders :..\. nee eee ates cos =. 0, OE Californian BTAnZANIUAS, «<< .< 9. 5:2 Se en ten seks ae 483 Richter, C. Max. Ocean Currents Contiguous to the Coast of Califor- mia. Plates:839° 10) 11°22) 13 ia eee sees ee 337 Rivers, J.J, A New Species of Californian Coleoptera, with four figures 61 Contributions to the Larval History of Pacific Coast Coleoptera 64 Smith, Rosa, On Tetraodon Setosus, a New Species Allied to Tetraodon Moleapristlactp.. 2... <> sa. scat ee eee oe ears Wolle, Francis. Desmids of the Pacific Coast.....................-- 432 BUEBEORIN. Word: California Academy of Sciences. Revision of the Californian Species of LITHOCHARIS and Allied Genera. BY THOS. L. CASEY. Read Jan. 4th, 1886. * The species assignable to Lithocharis and allied genera are extremely abundant in California and are also very numer- ous individually, so that a review of the forms occurring here, although not so desirable as a general revision of the North American species, is, at the same time, amply suffi- cient to form a systematic basis upon which to found such an extended work, and probably loses little of what impor- tance it may possess from the omission of species occurring east of the Rocky Mountains, as these are comparatively few in number and not as yet sufficiently collected. Belonging to the region here considered, there are de- scribed below twenty-five species, most of which are rather loeal in habitat, although a few have an extended range. In regard to their favorite haunts, little is to be said; they fre- quent the margins of ponds and water-courses, and are found amongst decaying vegetable matter, roots of grasses, etc., in stony localities, although more abundant in the deep ra- vines so characteristic of the Coast Mountains. I have occasionally found particular spots of very limited extent in 1—Boutu. Cat. Acap. Scz, II. 5. Printed January 27, 1886. 2 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. these ravines, where they exist in enormous profusion, not only individually, but in species indiscriminately mingled; such for instance was a small area of precipitous rocks cov- ered with mould, moss and thin grass, in the deep ravine at Gilroy Springs, Santa Clara County, where a small trickling stream from one of the sulphurous soda-springs enters the creek below. Here I obtained hundreds of specimens of seven distinct species; associated with them were an equal multitude of Steni represented by several species. This concentration of insect life, which is one of the peculiarities of faunal distribution in the Pacific regions, is to be accounted for in a measure by the nature of the climate, the long hot summers drying and baking the surface of the ground, and driving all species, except the comparatively few especially constituted to withstand such conditions, to the moist and secluded localities above mentioned. The study and proper classification of these varied forms is a matter of considerable, although by no means of insu- perable difficulty, there being one important characteristic, which is of very great aid to the investigator; this is the facility with which they may be resolved into perfectly defi- nite, and so far as the material collected will allow of judg- ment—abruptly limited generic subdivisions. The principal difficulty, therefore, consists in the proper differentiation of the species composing these groups, and which are often very closely allied; but even here the difficulty is partially superficial, as when these closely allied forms are separated and carefully studied, they are found to possess very little variability, and the individuals of the several species appear to be unusually uniform throughout extended series. The genera here considered possess certain characters in common, among which may be mentioned the rather slen- der maxillary palpi with the third joint very moderately swollen and the fourth minute, subulate and oblique, but distinctly visible; the antennz also are singularly uniform in structure throughout, being slender—or very slightly re- CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. D — bust in Metaxyodonta—and scarcely perceptibly incrassate. The fifth abdominal segment is almost invariably equal in length to the third and fourth together. The labrum differs throughout, and is, in conjunction with the relative length of the first joint of the posterior tarsi, made the principal basis of generic subdivision. It is singular, however, and a strong proof of the validity of the genera, that these two fundamental characters are accompanied by other very rad- ieal differences in many of the most important parts of the body, as well as in completely radical differences in the na- ture of the male sexual modifications; these are described in the table of genera given below. The genera Stilicus, Scopus, Orus, etc., should pre- cede those here given in a systematic arrangement of the Pederi, and are distinguished from them by their very strongly dilated third maxillary palpal joint. San Francisco, Jan. Ist, 18$6. Nore 1.—In estimating the order of the abdominal segments in the follow- ing pages, the numbers refer to visible segments only. Nore 2.—Separate diagnoses of the various species are not given at present, as this paper is simply intended as the forerunner of a more general one upon our Peederini. GENERIC DEFINITIONS. Head slightly narrower than the prothorax, sides parallel; eyes moderate in size; labrum 4-dentate, the teeth being rather prominent, acute and nearly equi-distant. Prothorax quadrate; sides parallel or very slightly narrowed from apex to base. Elytra much longer than the prothorax. First joint of the posterior tarsi as long as the next two together, or nearly so. Male sex- ual characters very simple; fifth segment not modified, sixth narrow, with a small simple sinuation at the apex................... Genus Caloderma. Pronotum longitudinally rugulose..............2. 0.25. Species 1 — 3. Pronotum finely and generally very densely punctate.... Species 4 — 8. Head rather large, slightly wider than the prothorax; eyes very small; la- brum with a very small deep median emargination, slightly wider than deep, immediately adjoining which there are on each side two approximate and ex- ceedingly minute acute teeth. Prothorax with the sides convergent pos- 4 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. teriorly. Elytra equal in length to the pronotum. First joint of the posterior tarsi fully as long as the next two together. Male sexual characters very sim- ple; fifth segment not modified, sixth narrow with a very small triangular emargination at the apex (bilobed)..... .. .......... Genus Qligopterus. Species 9. Head large, distinctly longer and slightly wider than the prothorax, sub- triangular, very minutely punctate; eyes extremely small, round, on the sides before the middle; labrum with two short, or long and slender acute teeth, the edge adjoining them exteriorly being minutely and abruptly sin- uate, and between them narrowly and rather deeply emarginate. Prothorax quadrate or slightly wider than long; sides moderately convergent poster- iorly. Elytra as long as or very slightly longer than the pronotum. First joint of the posterior tarsi much shorter than the next two together. Male sexual characters rather simple; fifth segment very slightly modified, sixth deeply and evenly sinuate............. ....-Genus Lithocharis, Group A, Species 10 — 13. Head variable, as wide as or slightly wider than the prothorax, sides par-, allel, punctuation variable; eyes moderate in size; labrum with two small acute triangular teeth, the edge adjoining them exteriorly being minutely sinuate, and between them rather deeply emarginate. Prothorax finely and. sparsely punctate with a rather broad median impunctate area; sides parallel or very feebly convergent posteriorly. Elytra much longer than the prono- tum. First joint of the posterior tarsi generally but slightly longer than the second. Male sexual modification of the fifth segment very complex, the sixth being rather deeply and roundly emarginate. : Genus Lithocharis, Group B.. Prothorax not longer than wide. Posterior angles of the head moderately broadly or rather narrowly rounded. Head finely and densely punctate............... Secsccses SpSCles me Head much more sparsely punctate. Sides of pronotum distinctly convergent posteriorly..... Species 15 Sides of pronotum parallel or extremely feebly con- VOrPORt, PGHPMOTIG.. o's oo 55m asses ewan Species 16 — 19 Posterior angles of the head very broadly rounded........... Species 20 Prothorax distinctly longer than wide.................-. Species 21 — 23 Head rather small, sub-triangular, very minutely alutaceous; eyes very large, coarsely granulate; labrum rather large, truncate at apex, rounded and. narrowly explanate at the sides, broadly and very feebly sinute in the mid- dle, and having a single short, very small, acute median tooth which is slightly dorsal. Prothorax scarcely as long as wide; sides nearly parallel. Elytra very slightly longer than wide, distinctly longer than the prothorax. First joint of the posterior tarsi, much shorter than the next two together. Male sexual modification of the fifth segment simple, of the sixth complex. Genus Metaxyodonta. Species 24 — 25 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. 5 CALODERMA 2. gen. The species of this genus present a singularly homoge- neous appearance, they being distinguished by their very narrow elongate form, small heads with parallel sides, quad- rate prothorax and long narrow parallel elytra; the abdom- inal sculpture is also a distinguishing feature, the transverse wavy lines of minute sub-asperate punctures being peculiar to them, although having a tendency to reappear in the genus Metaxyodonta. 1—C, rugosum 2. sp.—slender, moderately convex; sides parallel; color throughout piceous; pubescence extremely sparse and scarcely noticeable upon the head and prothorax, very fine, extremely dense and sericeous on the elytra and abdomen, pale ochreous in color and very conspicuous; under surface and legs piceous-brown, the latter slightly paler, tarsi pale brown; antenne fuscous throughout. Head short and robust, scarcely longer than wide; sides parallel, very feebly arcuate; base transversely truncate, basal angles distinctly rounded; surface feebly and evenly convex, finely and ex- tremely densely punctate throughout, slightly more sparsely so between the antennze; punctures round, shallow and sub-annular; eyes at much more than their own length from the basal angles, moderately prominent; antennze slender, nearly as long as the head and prothorax together, scarcely percep- tibly incrassate; basal joint as long as the next two together, second very slightly shorter and more robust than the third, tenth slightly longer than wide; maxillary palpi piceous-black; labrum with four equal acute triangu- lar teeth, sides broadly and roundly lobed. Prothoraxz about as long as and slightly wider than the head; sides parallel and feebly arcuate; base strongly arcuate; apex broadly and much less strongly so; apical angles distinctly rounded, basal very broadly so; apex with a very small feeble sinuation in the middle; disk very slightly longer than wide, transversely, moderately and evenly convex, very minutely, rather strongly and evenly rugulose; rugulz sinuous and interrupted; having a very narrow and imperfect median line toward base. Llytra at base very slightly wider than the pronotum; sides parallel and feebly arcuate posteriorly; together broadly, triangularly and feebly emarginate behind; disk transversely and moderately convex, one-third longer than wide, one-half longer than the prothorax, feebly im- pressed along the suture, which is margined with a slightly elevated line, extremely minutely, evenly and densely punctate; punctures asperate and more sparse near the apices. Abdomen scarcely perceptibly paler toward tip, transversely strigate with fine wavy lines of extremely minute asperities. Legs moderate; anterior tarsi feebly dilated, first joint of the posterior as long as the next two together. Length 3.7-4.2 mm. 6 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. Described from the male, in which the sixth segment is narrow and evenly sinuate at the tip, the sinus being evenly rounded and about four times as wide as deep. The species is one of the most distinct of this portion of the genus, and is widely extended in distribution throughout the middle coast region; it is distinguishable at once by its very dense sculpture, dark color and very dense pubescence of the pos- terior portions of the body. 2—C, continens n. sp.—Moderately robust, rather depressed; head and abdomen black, the latter paler and brownish-ferruginous at apex; prothorax and elytra dark castaneous-brown, the latter slightly the paler; under surface paler, castaneous; legs brownish-flavate; antennz rufo-fuscous throughout; maxillary palpi piceous-black; head and pronotum almost glabrous, having a few erect black set; elytra and abdomen finely and moderately densely pub- escent. Head moderate, slightly longer than wide; sides parallel and feebly arcuate; base truncate, basal angles distinctly rounded; eyes small, moder- ately prominent, in great part visible from above, one and one-half times their own length from the base; occiput moderately convex, front flat an- teriorly; punctures fine, round, shallow, sub-annular and extremely dense; antenns nearly as long as the head and prothorax together, slender, not in- crassate; basal joint as long as the next two together, second much shorter and more oval than the third, tenth longer than wide. Prothorax large, nearly as long as and very slightly wider than the head; sides just visibly convergent from apex to base and very feebly arcuate; base broadly arcuate, sub-truncate in the middle; apex broadly arcuate, as strougly so as the base, narrowly and very feebly emarginate in the middle; apical angles narrowly but distinctly rounded, basal more broadly so; disk transversely and moder- ately convex, quadrate, very finely, evenly and strongly rugulose, the very fine median line being entirely obsolete in the apical half. Hlytra at base just visibly wider than the pronotum; sides parallel, very feebly arcuate pos- teriorly; together broadly and just visibly incurvate at the apex; disk trans- versely and feebly convex, very feebly impressed aloug the suture which is very slightly and narrowly elevated, one-fourth longer than wide, slightly less than one-half longer than the pronotum, very minutely densely and evenly punctate; punctures sub-asperate and slightly sparser near the apices. A6- domen transversely strigate with very fine wavy lines of minute closely- placed asperities. Legs moderate; anterior tarsi very feebly swollen; first four joints of the posterior decreasing uniformly and very rapidly in length, first slightly shorter than the next two together, fourth very slightly longer than wide; claws very small. Length 3.4mm. Contra Costa Co., 2; Napa Co., 1; San Diego, 2. 7 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. This species, although closely allied to the preceding, is distinguishable from it by its smaller size, more robust form, larger prothorax, coloration of the body, paler abdom- inal apex, less conspicuous pubescence and shorter first joint of the posterior tarsi. It is described from the male, the sixth segment being sinuate at apex; the sinus is rather more acutely rounded than in rugoswm, and is about four times as wide as deep. The structure of the labrum is sim- ilar to that of rugoswn. 3—C, angulatum n. sp.—Form slender, moderately convex; color through- out black, legs piceous-black, antennz and palpi same, tarsi piceo-testaceous; pubescence of the elytra and abdomen moderately dense, very fine, recum- bent, fulvous in color, sparser and coarser anteriorly except at the sides of the head behind the eyes. Head moderate, slightly longer than wide; sides parallel and feebly arcuate; base truncate, angles distinctly rounded; surface moderately convex, depressed anteriorly, very finely and densely punctate; antennee very slender, nearly as long as the head and prothorax together; basa] joint scarcely aslongas the next two combined, second and third equalin length, the former scarcely preceptibly more oval, tenth as wide as long. Prothorax quadrate; sides just perceptibly convergent posteriorly and nearly straight; base broadly, rather strongly and nearly evenly arcuate, much more strongly so than the apex, which is broadly and rather feebly arcuate and feebly sinu- ate in the middle; apical angles slightly obtuse and scarcely perceptibly rounded, basal very broadly rounded; disk scarcely wider than the head, moderately convex, very finely, rather strongly and irregularly rugulose; median line rather obsolete. Hlytra at base very slightly wider than the head; sides parallel and feebly arcnate; together broadly, triangularly and distinctly emarginate behind; disk transversely and very moderately convex, very feebly impressed along the suture toward base, not impressed toward the apex, scarcely one-third longer than wide, about one-third longer than the prothorax, extremely minutely, densely and evenly punctate; punctures asperate and not sparser near the apex. Abdomen having the sixth and the apex of the fifth segments very slightly paler, piceo-testaceous; surface transversely and finely strigate in wavy and very broken rows of minute and closely-placed asperities. Legs moderate; first joint of the posterior tarsi slightly shorter than the next two together. Length 3.5 mm. San Mateo Co., 3 (Mr. Fuchs). Described from the male; the sixth segment is sinuate at apex, the sinus being very broadly rounded and about six times as wide as deep. 8 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. This species may be distinguished by its black color, dark legs and coarse pubescence of the head, but especially by the shape of the prothorax, in which the anterior angles are not distinctly rounded. 4—(C, mobile n. sp.—Rather slender, black throughout, apices of the elytra just visibly paler, fuscous; legs dark brown, castaneous, tarsi testaceous; an- tennz piceous, fuscous toward tip; pubescence of the elytra and abdomen very fine, short and extremely dense, sericeous, fulvous, that of the head and pronotum excessively fine, rather sparse, dark piceo-cinereous and scarcely visible. Head moderate; sides parallel and feebly arcuate; base truncate, angles rather broadly rounded; surface moderately convex, rather coarsely and densely punctate, more finely so behind, with a narrow median impunc- tate line; punctures round, feeble; between the antennz there are two rather large setigerous punctures; labrum with four small, robust, triangular teeth; antenne distinctly shorter than the head and prothorax together, very feebly incrassate, rather slender; basal joint as long as the next two together, sec- ond scarcely two-thirds as long as the third and equal in length to the fourth, tenth slightly longer than wide. Prothorax nearly quadrate; sides parallel and distinctly arcuate; base and apex evenly, rather strongly, and nearly equally arcuate, the latter with a small feeble median sinuation; apical angles rather broadly rounded, basal very broadly so; disk transversely and rather feebly convex, very slightly wider than the head, evenly tinely and extremely ’ densely punctate; punctures very feebly impressed, almost contiguous; me- dian line almost obsolete. Zlytra at base just perceptibly wider than the pronotum; sides very feebly divergent and feebly arcuate; together broadly, evenly and rather strongly sinuate at apex; disk transversely and moderately convex, one-fourth longer than wide, nearly one-half longer than the prono- tum, feebly impressed on either side of the slightly elevated suture, rather finely and very densely punctate; punctures slightly asperate and much finer near the apex. Abdomen nearly as wide as the elytra; sides of the fifth seg- ment feebly convergent toward tip; surface transversely strigate in close wavy lines of minute asperities; each segment having one or two transverse rows of four to six very small setigerous punctures upon both the dorsal and ventral disks. Legs slender; first joint of the posterior tarsi slightly shorter than the next two together, as long as the last two, one-half longer than the second. Length 4.0 mm. Monterey Co.. 2. Described from the female in which the sixth segment is very evenly rounded behind. There are many erect bristling setze on the abdomen toward tip; the transverse series of dis- cal punctures upon the abdomen are characteristic of this CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. 9 entire genus, but are more conspicuous in those species hav- ing very dense sericeous abdominal pubescence. This spe- cies is very distinct being distinguished by its size and very dense punctuation, also by the rather more transversely oval pronotum with broadly rounded anterior angles. 5—C. contractum 2. sp.—Slender, black; elytra slightly paler, piceous, slightly rufous at the apices; legs pale brownish-testaceous, tarsi paler, brownish-flavate; antenne dark rufo-testaceous throughout; maxillary palpi piceous-brown; entire under surface same; pubescence of the elytra mode- rately dense, very short and fine, that of the abdomen much longer, coarser and denser, that of the head and pronotum excessively fine, rather sparse and not conspicuous. Head moderate; sides extremely feebly convergent posteriorly and very slightly arcuate; base truncate, angles narrowly rounded; surface slightly longer than wide, moderately convex, rather coarsely and somewhat sparsely punctate, with a narrow median impunctate line; two setig- erous punctures at the apical margin of the epistoma large and prominent; an- tenn slender, nearly as long as the head and prothorax together; basal joint scarcely as long as the next two together, second two-thirds as long as the third and slightly longer than the fourth, tenth about as long as wide, eleventh ovoidal, acuminate, slightly shorter than the preceding two com- bined. Prothorax quadrate, distinctly wider than the head; sides parallel and distinctly arcuate; base rather broadly and strongly arcuate, slightly more strongly so than the apex; apical angles rather narrowly rounded, basal very broadly so; disk transversely and moderately convex; median line obsolete, or very nearly so; very finely, feebly and densely punctate; punctures very feebly impressed and separated by their own widths. Llytra at base very slightly wider than the pronotum; sides nearly parallel, feebly arcuate, dis- tinctly more strongly so near the apices; together broadly, angularly and very feebly emarginate at the apex; disk convex and declivous at the sides, depressed in the middle, feebly impressed on either side of the feebly elevated suture, scarcely one-fourth longer than wide, one-third longer than the pro- thorax, rather coarsely and densely punctate; punctures much finer and more asperate near the apex. Abdomen slightly narrower than the elytra; sides parallel; sides of the fifth segment strongly convergent posteriorly; surface rather convex, transversely strigate in very disconnected wavy lines of moderately coarse asperities. Legs slender; first joint of the posterior tarsi nearly as long as the next two together. Length 3.2-3.6 mm. Santa Clara Co.,9; Monterey Co., 4; Humboldt Co., 1. In the specimen from Humboldt the elytral punctuation is decidedly coarser and denser. The type is a male, the sixth segment being slender and sinuate at apex; the sinus is rather narrowly rounded and about four times as wide as 10 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. deep. This species is easily distinguished from mobile by its smaller size, sparser pubescence and much sparser punc- tuation. 6—C, luculentum n.sp.—Form rather robust, depressed; color black, elytral apices abruptly paler, rufous; apices of the abdominal segments beneath pale; legs pale reddish-ochreous; antenne uniformly dark rufo-fuscous; palpi piceous; head and pronotum almost glabrous; pubescence of the elytra and abdomen very sparse, fine, dark piceo-fulvous and not at all conspicuous; integuments very highly polished. Head short and robust; very slightly wider than long; sides parallel and very feebly arcuate; base truncate, angles narrowly rounded; surface moderately convex, rather coarsely and densely punctate at the sides and base, very sparsely so in the middle where there is a rather wide median impunctate area; interantennal area impunctate, two setigerous punctures widely separated and very feeble; antennz slender, nearly as long as the head and prothorax together, second joint scarcely two- thirds as long as the third and distinctly shorter than the fourth, tenth as wide as long. Prothorax quadrate, very slightly wider than the head; sides very feebly convergent from apex to base; the latter broadly, evenly and rather moderately arcuate; apex with a distinct median sinuation; apical angles somewhat narrowly rounded, basal broadly so; disk moderately con- vex, very finely, rather deeply, evenly and densely punctate; punctures sep- arated by their own widths. Zlytra at base very slightly wider than the pronotum; sides just visibly divergent posteriorly and feebly arcuate, dis- tinctly more strongly so behind; together broadly and feebly sinuate at apex; disk one-fourth longer than wide and one-third longer than the pronotum, feebly impressed along the slightly elevated suture except at the apex where the elevation and impressions disappear, rather coarsely, sub-asperately and very densely punctate. Abdomen broad, very slightly narrower than the elytra; border narrow; sides parallel and nearly straight; transversely stri- gate in wavy lines. Legs slender; first joint of the posterior tarsi as long as the next two together, second as long as the third and fourth, slightly shorter than the fifth. Length 3.7 mm. Lake Co., 3. (Mr. Fuchs.) Described from the male; the sixth segment is sinuate at apex, the sinus being acutely rounded and but slightly more than three times as wide as deep. This species, although somewhat resembling contractwm, may be at once distin- guished by its broader form, much paler elytral apices, highly polished integuments and very sparse pubescence of the elytra and abdomen. The sinus of the sixth segment, although rather acutely rounded as in contractum, is relatively distinctly deeper. CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. ig 7—C. reductum n.sp.—Slender, black; elytra piceous, paler and distinctly rufous at the apices; femora rather pale castaneous-brown, tibiz and tarsi paler, brownish-flavate; under surface dark castaneous, tip of the abdomen slightly paler; antenne dark rufo-testaceous; pubescence of the elytra very short, fine and rather sparse, that of the abdomen much longer, coarser and twice as dense; head and pronotum almost glabrous. Head robust, scarcely longer than wide; sides parallel and nearly straight; base truncate, angles rather broadly rounded; surface rather finely andsparsely punctate, espec- ially toward the middle, where there is a rather broad impunctate line; an- tenn distinctly shorter than the head and prothorax together, somewhat robust; basal joint aslong as the next two together, second very slightly shorter than the third, joints two and four equal in length, fifth slightly shorter. Prothorax quadrate, just visibly wider than the head; sides feebly convergent toward base and very feebly arcuate; base and apex broadly, equally and not strongly arcuate; apical angles rather narrowly rounded, basal very broadly so; disk transversely and rather feebly convex, finely, densely and evenly punctate; punctures rounded, feebly impressed and dis- tant by about their own widths; median line almost entire, very narrow. Elytra at base very slightly wider than the pronotum; sides nearly parallel and feebly arcuate, more strongly so behind; together broadly, evenly and very feebly sinuate at apex; disk one-fourth longer than wide and one-third longer than the prothorax, narrowly impressed along the feebly elevated suture, except toward tip, where the impression is obsolete, finely, rather densely and sub-asperately punctate; punctures scarcely perceptibly smaller toward the apex. Abdomen distinctly narrower at base than at the fourth segment, slightly narrower than the elytra; sides feebly arcuate; sides of the fifth segment distinctly convergent toward tip; surface transversely and finely strigate in very disconnected wavy lines. Legs slender; first joint of the posterior tarsi about as long as the next two together, second as long as the fifth. Length 3.0mm. Monterey Co., 5. This species is distinguished from contractum by its smaller size, shorter and broader head, which is also more sparsely punctate, and by the form of the prothorax, in which the sides are feebly but distinctly convergent from apex to base. The type is a male, the sixth segment being rather broad and sinuate at apex; the sinus is broadly rounded and about four times as wide as deep. In con- tractum the sinus is much more acutely rounded, although about equally deep, the sides being more gradually recurved exteriorly. 1, CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. 8—C, tantillum n. sp.—Very slender; head black; abdomen piceous-black; pronotum and elytra castaneous, the latter slightly paler at tip; legs rather pale brownish, tarsi paler, brownish-flavate; antennz uniformly dark rufo- fuscous throughout; pubescence of elytra and abdomen very fine, moderately sparse and not conspicuous. Head moderate, slightly longer than wide, sides parallel and almost straight; base truncate, angles narrowly rounded; surface moderately convex, rather coarsely and sparsely punctate, with a rather wide median impunctate area; antenn:e slender, short, much shorter than the head and prothorax together; basal joint as long as the next two together, second slightly shorter and more robust than the third, as long as the fourth, Suter joints very slightly wider, tenth as wide as long, Prothorax quadrate, scarcely perceptibly wider than the head; sides just visibly convergent from apex to base and nearly straight; base and apex broadly, equally and rather strongly arcuate; apical angles rather broadly rounded, basal very broadly so; disk transversely and moderately convex, very minutely, feebly, evenly and rather sparsely punctate, with a narrow but entire and rather well-marked median impunctate line; punctures very feebly impressed and separated by about three times their own widths; surface feebly alutaceous. Hlyira at base very slightly wider than the pronotum; sides parallel and very feebly arcuate; together broadly, sub-angularly and moderately sinuate at apex; disk nearly one-third longer than wide, and nearly one-half longer than the pronotum, narrowly impressed along the slightly elevated suture, rather finely, densely and sub-asperately punctate; punctures smaller near the apex. Abdomen very slightly narrowed toward base, nearly as wide as the elytra; surface moder- ately convex, very minutely, sub-asperately, feebly and rather sparsely pune- tate. Legs slender; first joint of the posterior tarsi as long as the next two together, about as long as the fifth; second distinctly shorter than the third and fourth combined. Length 2.8 mm. Santa Clara, Co., 4. , Described from the male in which the sixth segment is sinuate at tip, the sinus being moderately broadly rounded and between three and four times as wide as deep. This species is at once distinguishable from all the others above described by the abdominal punctuation which is not arranged in very well-defined wavy lines, by. the more sparse and minute pronotal punctuation, and by the rather strong dilatation of the joints of the anterior tarsi in the males. It is also the smallest species of the genus. OLIGOPTERUS 2. gen. The very small species constituting the sole representa- tive of this genus, is very singular and totally distinct in CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. LS appearance from those of the preceding group. The head, instead of being small is rather large and very coarsely punctate, the prothorax being slightly elongate and rather strongly narrowed from apex to base; the elytra are equal in length to the pronotum in the male and slightly shorter in the female, with the sides strongly divergent posteriorly, haying the surface depressed and very coarsely punctate. 9—O. cuneicollis n.sp.—Ratherslender; head and abdomen piceous-black; elytra dark blackish-castaneous; pronotum dark rufo-fuscous; legs brown- ish-piceous, tibie slightly paler, tarsi still paler; antenne and under surface anteriorly dark rufo-fuscous, the former much paler toward the base and apex; abdomen black, with the extreme apices of the segments paler; head and pronotum nearly glabrous, elytra and abdomen finely and rather densely pubescent; integuments polished. Head very slightly longer than wide; sides parallel and slightly arcuate; base truncate, feebly sinuate in the middle, angles rather broadly rounded; eyes very small, at three times their length from the base; surface rather depressed, coarsely and rather sparsely punctate, with a very narrow median impunctate line; epistoma rather strongly produced, sides convergent to the apex and feebly sinuate; apex truncate; antennal tuberculations small and rather prominent; between them there are two small, oblique, impressed fovew, each having a small setigerous puncture posteriorly; antenn rather short, scarcely as longas the head and prothorax together; basal joint slightly longer than the next two together, second more robust but scarcely shorter thanthe third. Prothorax scarcely narrower than the head; sides distintly convergent from apex to base and slightly arcuate; base broadly and feebly arcuate; apex with the sides very strongly convergent to the neck, which is one-third as wide as the disk and broadly and feebly emarginate; anterior angles obtuse and rather broadly rounded, basal equally so; disk transversely and rather strongly convex, slightly longer than wide, rather finely and moderately densely punctate, with a narrow, entire, impunctate median line. Hiytra at base slightly narrower than the pronotum; sides rather strongly divergent posteriorly and feebly arcuate; together broadly and feebly sinuate at the apex; disk depressed, very slightly longer than wide, as long as the prono- tum, very coarsely, sub-asperately and rather densely punctate. Abdomen at base very slightly narrower than the elytra; sides very feebly divergent posteriorly and distinctly arcuate; surface minutely, feebly, densely, sub- asperately and irregularly punctate. degs very slender; first joint of the posterior tarsi fully as long as the next two together. Length 2.4-2.6 mm. San Francisco, 5. The elytra are, except near the apex, narrowly impressed along the slightly elevated suture. The type is a male, the 14 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. sexual characters being merely a slight emargination at the apex of the sixth segment, slightly wider than deep and not at all rounded, triangular. This species cannot be con- founded with any other here described; it is the smallest of this group of genera which has been thus far discovered. LITHOCHARIS Lacord. Group A, We have here another group, of four species, remarkably distinct from either of the preceding. The size is larger than in any of the other genera, and the large, sub-triangu- lar, very finely and densely punctate heads with their very minute eyes, give them a very peculiar appearance which renders them immediately recognizable. The elytra are short, sometimes equal in length to the prothorax and never very much longer. ‘The sides of the prothorax are usually very distinctly convergent from apex to base, and are some- times feebly sinuate in the middle. 10—L, sinuatocollis n. sp.—Form rather slender; elytra and abdomen dark fuscous, the latter paler at tip; head and pronotum slightly paler, dark rufo- testaceous; antennw dark fuscous, paler at the apex; legs rather pale ferru- ginous throughout; pubescence rather sparse. Head rather large, much longer than wide, broadly sinuate at base, angles rather broadly rounded; sides long, very feebly convergent anteriorly and distinctly arcuate; epistoma very broad, moderately produced, apex truncate; surface broadly and moder- ately convex, rather finely and densely punctate, very feebly alutaceous; punctures feebly impressed, distant by nearly twice their own widths; median impunctate area rather narrow; eyes very small at nearly four times their own length from the base; antennz slender, much shorter than the head and prothorax together; basal joint as long as the next two together, second and third sub-equal in length, the former slightly more robust and much more oval, distinctly longer than the fourth, tenth slightly wider thanlong. Pro- thorax quadrate, very slightly narrower than the head; sides rather strongly convergent posteriorly throughout and feebly sinuate in the middle; base broadly truncate in the middle, arcuate at the sides; apex broadly arcuate, feebly and roundly emarginate in the middle third; anterior angles rather broadly rounded, basal slightly more broadly so; disk moderately convex, finely, rather feebly and sparsely punctate; median line equal throughout the length, moderate in width. lytra at base very slightly narrower than CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. 15 the pronotum; sides moderately strongly divergent and feebly arcuate toward the apex; together broadly and feebly sinuate behind; disk about as long as wide; as long as the pronotum, depressed, feebly impressed throughout near the suture which is feebly elevated, rather coarsely, moderately densely and sub-rugulosely punctate. Abdomen at base very nearly as wide as the elytra; sides just visibly divergent posteriorly and straight; surface very minutely, densely, irregularly, feebly and sub-asperately punctate. Zegs long and slen- der; tarsi rather short, first joint of the posterior much shorter than the next two together, scarcely as long as the fifth, one-third longer than the second; first four joints uniformly decreasiug in length. Length 4.6 mm. Humboldt Co. (Hoopa Val.), 2 2. The anterior tarsi are feebly dilated toward base. This species may be readily recognized amongst the large species with short elytra, by its much paler color, slightly coarser and sparser cephalic punctuation, and by the distinctly sin- uate sides of the prothorax. 11—L, convergens 2. sp.—Form moderately robust, black throughout; legs dark piceous-brown, tarsi paler, testaceous; antennz fuscous, paler toward the apex; pubescence very fine, rather long, very sparse anteriorly, more dense on the elytra, still denser and more sericeous on theabdomen. Head large, broadly sinuate at base, angles rather broadly rounded; sides long, feebly convergent anteriorly, distinctly and evenly arcuate; eyes very small; epistoma very slightly produced, broad, squarely truncate at apex; surface finely and densely punctate, very feebly alutaceous; punctures rather feebly impressed, distant by scarcely more than their own widths above; median line narrow; antennze one third longer than the head, rather slender, second joint distinctly shorter than the third, very slightly longer than the fourth, tenth slightly wider than long. Prothorax widest at the apex where it is slightly narrower than the head and distinctly wider than long; sides moderately strongly convergent posteriorly, very feebly end evenly arcuate; base broadly and rather feebly arcuate; apex rather more strongly arcuate, broadly sinuate in the middle two-fifths; anterior angles rather broadly rounded, basal very broadly so; disk finely, very feebly and sparsely punctate, with an entire and rather wide me- dian impunctate area, and, especially toward base, a very tine and feebly 1m- pressed median stria. Hlytra at base distinctly narrower than the pronotum; sides rather strongly divergent and nearly straight; together broadly, feebly and sub-angularly sinuate at the apex; disk about as wide as long, slightly longer than the pronotum, depressed, feebly impressed along the slightly ele- vated suture, except at the apex, moderately coarsely, densely and evenly punctate; punctures feebly sub-rugulose. Abdomen at base distinctly nar- rower than the elytra; sides slightly divergent posteriorly; surface very finely, densely, irregularly and sub-asperately punctate. Legs rather short and slen- 16 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. der; first four joints of the posterior tarsi decreasing uniformly and rather rapidly in length, fourth longer than wide and one-half as long as the first. Length 4.5 mm. San Mateo Co., 1 2 (Mr. Fuchs). The anterior tarsi are very distinctly dilated toward base. This species can be at once recognized by its black color, slightly transverse prothorax, and the sides of the latter, which are slightly arcuate and not at all sinuate. 12—],, lepida n. sp.—Rather robust, dark piceous throughout, head and pronotum scarcely perceptibly paler; abdomen very slightly paler at the imme- diate apex; legs pale, ferruginous-yellow; antennz dark fuscous, pale testa- ceous at tip, basal joint dark rufous; pubescence rather long and dense on the elytra and abdomen, denser and more sericeous on the latter, elsewhere very sparse; integuments very feebly alutaceous, shining. Head large, sub-tri- angular; base broadly and feebly sinuate, angles rather broadly rounded; sides very feebly convergent anteriorly, long, distinctly arcuate; epistomal apex broad, squarely truncate; antennal tuberculations very small and rather feeble; surface finely, densely and evenly punctate; median line rather nar- row; antenne slender, much shorter than the head and prothorax together, second joint distinctly shorter than the third and slightly longer than the fourth, tenth as long as wide. Prothorax as long as wide, distinctly nar- rower than the head; sides feebly convergent from apex to base, straight in the middle; base broadly truncate in the middle; basal angles broadly rounded, apical very slightly less so; sides thence very strongly convergent and straight to the nuchal emargination, which is more than one-third as wide as the disk and very broadly rounded; disk transversely and very feebly convex above, strongly and rather abruptly so at the sides, finely and feebly punctate, sparsely so near the middle, more coarsely and closely at the sides; median line rather broad, equal throughout; very near the base there is a very feeble median stria. Hlytra at base just perceptibly narrower than the pronotum; sides feebly divergent posteriorly and nearly straight; to- gether broadly and extremely feebly sinuate behind; disk distinctly longer than wide and slightly longer than the pronotum, rather depressed, narrowly impressed along the slightly elevated suture, rather finely, evenly, densely and sub-rugulosely punctate. Abdomen at base very slightly narrower than the elytra; sides very feebly divergent posteriorly, nearly straighty surface very minutely and densely, feebly and sub-asperately punctate, Legs mode- rate; first joint of the posterior tarsi one-half longer than the second, slightly longer than the fifth. Length 5.0 mm. Santa Clara Co., 3. The description is taken from the male, in which the fifth segment is transversely trunctate at apex, the edge being CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. kd very broadly and feebly undulated and with a transverse row of stiff recumbent sete slightly within the margin; sixth broadly and deeply sinuate, the sinus being twice as wide as deep and very broadly rounded anteriorly; seventh narrowly divided. ‘The species is easily distinguishable from the preceding two by its much longer elytra in both the male and female. 13—L, puberula n. sp.—Moderately slender, piceous-black throughout, ab- dominai apex not noticeably paler; legs dark reddish-brown; antenne fus- cous, apex paler; head and pronotum sparsely, rather coarsely and somewhat distinctly pubescent; pubescence of the elytra and abdomen rather long, coarse and somewhat dense, rather conspicuous, pale fulvous throughout; integuments very feebly alutaceous, shining. Head m_derate; base broadly and very feebly sinuate, angles rather narrowly rounded; sides paral'el and distinctly arcuate, slightly more strongly so behind; epistomal apex moderate in width, broadly and very feebly arcuate; surface very finely, densely and extremely feebly punctate; median line narrow, interrupted at the base and with an elongate very feebly elevated ridge anteriorly; antennz very slightly shorter than the head and prothorax together; slender, second joint two- thirds as long as the third and distinctly longer than the fourth, tenth very slightly wider than long. Prothorax quadrate, just visibly narrower than the head; sides feebly convergent posteriorly throughout and very feebly arcuate; base broadly truncate in the middle; apical angles rather broadly rounded, basal very broadly so; disk transversely and rather strongly convex very finely, feebly and sparsely punctate, more densely so at the sides; me- dian line broad and well marked, having a short impressed median stria near the base. Zlytra at base sub-equal in width to the pronotum; sides rather feebly divergent posteriorly and very feebly arcuate; together broadly and moderately sinuate behind; disk very slightly longer thau the pronotum, slightly longer than wide, moderately depressed, narrowly impressed along the slightly elevated suture, moderately coarsely, closely and sub-granulosely punctate, the punctures being extremely minute and at the summits of fine elevated granules. Abdomen at base nearly as wide as the elytra; sides very feebly divergent posteriorly and nearly straight, very minutely, feebly, irreg- ularly and sub-asperately punctate, the bases of the basal segments being im- punctate. Legs rather robust; first joint of the posterior tarsi very slightly longer than the second, nearly twice as long as the fourth; anterior tarsi nar- rowly dilated. Length 4.8 mm. Lake Co., 1 6 (Mr. Fuchs). Sexual characters nearly as in lepida, the sinuation of the sixth segment being very broadly rounded and three times 2—BvuLu, Cau, AcapD. Sor. Il. 5. Printed January 27, 1886. 18 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. as wide as deep. This species is distinguished from sinua- tocollis and convergens by its longer elytra and shape of the pronotum, from lepida by its sexual characters, denser pub- escence, color, and especially by its much narrower, more densely punctate, and more parallel head. Group B, The species here assigned to this group of the genus are in general quite homogeneous in appearance, the elytra being always much longer than the prothorax, and the pro- notum always very sparsely and feebly punctate in the mid- dle, with a broad median impunctate area. They, however, vary in the degree of density of the cephalic punctuation, in the prominence of the basal angles, and slightly in the form of the pronotum, this generally being nearly quadrate with the sides parallel, but sometimes having the sides dis- tinctly convergent from apex to base, and being in some cases slightly wider than long and in others longer than wide, within, however, very narrow limits. The head is usually moderate in size, sub-quadrate, and never very much wider than the prothorax. 14—I, malaca nu. sp.—Rather robust, depressed; piceous-black, abdomen paler at tip; pronotum slightly paler, dark rufo-fuscous; legs pale yellowish- testaceous throughout; antennz fuscous, pale testaceous at tip; pubescence sparse anteriorly, rather coarse, dense and conspicuous on the elytra and abdomen; integuments strongly shining, very feebly sub-alutaceous. Head rather large, slightly longer than wide; sides moderately long and distinctly arcuate; base broadly truncate, angles rather broadly rounded; eyes mod- erate, at twice their length from the base; epistoma moderately produced, very broad, sides strongly convergent to the apex, which is squarely truncate ; antennal tuberculations very small, rather prominent; surface very even, moderately convex, very finely, evenly and densely punctate, with a narrow, even, impunctate line in the middle; antenne slightly shorter than the head and prothorax together; basal joint nearly as long as the next three together, second very slightly shorter than the third and longer than the fourth, tenth as long as wide. Prothoraz very slightly wider than long and just visibly narrower than the head; sides very feebly convergent throughout and very slightly arcuate; base and apex broadly, moderately and almost equally arcuate, the former sub-truncate in the middle; anterior angles CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. 19 rather broadly rounded, basal slightly more broadly so; apical emargination feeble, one-third as wide as the disk; the latter transversely and very mod- erately convex, very finely, feebly and sparsely punctate in the middle, more strongly and densely so near the sides, with a wide median impunctate area, * having a very small feeble impression near the base. Llytra at base distinctly wider than the pronotum; sides parallel and very slightly arcuate; together broadly and rather feebly sinuate behind; disk transversely and moderately convex, narrowly impressed along the distinctly elevated suture, very finely, rather densely and sub-granulosely punctate, scarcely one-fourth longer than wide, two-fifths longer than the pronotum. Abdomen at base very slightly narrower than the elytra; sides parallel and feebly arcuate: surface very mi- nutely, densely, irregularly and sub-asperately punctate. Legs robust; first joint of the posterior tarsi one-third longer than the second. Length 4.3mm. Santa Clara Co.,1 2. The fifth ventral segment is broadly emarginate in its middle, three-fourths at apex, the emargination being broadly rounded and six times as wide as deep; in the mid- dle there is a short and very broad porrected process at the bottom of the notch, which is broadly and feebly sinuate at its apex, each side of the emagination having elsewhere a porrected fringe of short, robust, very closely-placed spin- ules, about elevenin number; sixth segment deeply emargin- ate at apex, the notch being parabolic in outline and slightly wider than deep, exterior angles slightly rounded; seventh narrowly divided. This species is distinguished from all the others in this division of the genus by its rather large and very minutely punctate head. The anterior tarsi are rather strongly di- lated and clothed beneath with very short, pale, densely- placed papille. 15—L, latiuseula n. sp.—Rather robust and depressed; head and abdomen piceous-black, the latter very slightly paler at the apex; pronotum dark rufo- fuscous; elytra much paler, rufous throughout; labrum, palpi and legs con- colorous, pale reddish-flavate throughout; antenne fuscous; base dark rufous, apex testaceous; pubescence very sparse anteriorly, long, very fine and rather sparse on the elytra and abdomen; integuments polished, very finely sub- alutaceous. Head moderate, slightly wider than long exclusive of the labrum which is large and prominent; teeth very small, acute; base broadly truncate angles rather broadly rounded; sides parallel and nearly straight; surface 20 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. rather coarsely, very feebly and rather sparsely punctate; median impunctate area rather broad, sub-fusiform; epistoma moderately produced, broad, fee! ly and abruptly arcuate in the middle at the apex; antennal tuberculations small and rather conspicuous; antennz nearly as long as the head and prothorax together; basal joint as long as the next two combined, second more than twice as long as wide, very slightly shorter than the third, distinctly longer than the fourth, tenth as long as wide. Prothoraz slightly wider than long, very slightly narrower than the head; sides distinctly convergent posteriorly throughout and nearly straight; basal angles very obtuse and very slightly rounded, sides of the base thence strongly convergent and broadly arcuate to the median portion which is almost squarely truncate; apex broadly and very feebly arcuate; nuchal emargination very feeble, nearly one-half as wide as the disk; apical angles rather narrowly rounded; disk rather coarsely, ex- cessively feebly and very sparsely punctate; median impunctate area broad, equal throughout, surface not impressed. Llytra at base slightly wider than the pronotum; sides almost parallel and very slightly arcuate; together broadly, sub-angularly and very feebly sinuate behind; disk broadly and feebly convex, narrowly and rather strongly impressed along the slightly ele- vated suture, scarcely one-fourth longer than wide, one-third longer than the pronotum, rather finely, evenly, strongly, rather densely and sub-asperately punctate. Abdomen rather short and broad, slightly narrower than the elytra; sides parallel and slightly arcuate; surface very finely, densely and sub-asperately punctate. Legs rather short and robust; anterior tarsi slightly dilated; first joint of the posterior one-half longer than the second, nearly twice as long as the fourth and slightly shorter than the fifth. Length 4.1mm. Lake Co., 1 (Mr. Fuchs); Southern Cal., 1 (Mr. G. W. Dunn). The two specimens, of which the first is the type, are both females, and agree tolerably well together, although the one from the possible neighborhood of Los Angeles, has the head slightly narrower and more strongly arcuate behind with the basal angles more broadly rounded, the prothorax very slightly longer, and the elytra very slightly shorter and more finely punctate. There is a strong probability of its being at least a well-marked variety, although lack of ma- terial prevents any judgment as to the amount of specific variation; in other portions of this group, however, where the material is ample, the specific variation is seen to be very slight. CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. 21 16—-L, sublesta 1. sp.—Very moderately robust; head and abdomen black, the latter scarcely paler at tip; pronotum very dark fuscous; elytra dark yel- lowish-rufous; labrum and antennz fuscous, thelatter pale testaceous toward tip; palpi slightly paler, brownish; legs pale brownish-flavate throughout; pubescence very sparse anteriorly, moderately dense and fine on the elytra, very dense, fine and sericeous on the abdomen; shining. Head moderate, as long as wide; base broadly arcuate, angles broadly rounded; sides parallel and nearly straight; eyes at nearly twice their length from the base, somewhat prominent; epistoma moderately produced, truncate at tip; labrum moderate in size; occiput moderately convex, finely and somewhat densely punctate, more sparsely so in the middle; median impunctate area narrow; antenne nearly as long as the head and prothorax together, basal joint scarcely as long as the next two combined, second nearly as long as the third, slightly longer than the fourth, tenth as long as wide. Prothorax very slightly wider than long, equal in width to the head; sides parallel and feebly arcuate; base broadly, evenly and moderately arcuate throughout; apex very feebly arcuate; nuchal emargination excessively feeble, rather wide; apical angles rather broadly rounded, basal more broadly so; disk transversely, evenly and feebly convex, finely margined along the base, extremely feebly, finely and sparsely punctate above, three times as densely so near the sides; median impunctate area rather broad. Zlytra at base distinctly wider than the prothorax; sides parallel and feebly arcuate; together broadly and very feebly sinuate behind; disk depressed above, strongly convex at the sides, narrowly and distinctly impressed along the slightly elevated suture, one-fifth longer than wide and nearly one-half longer than the pronotum, very minutely, rather feebly, densely, evenly and sub-asperately punctate. Abdomen very slightly narrow- er than the elytra; sides parallel and very feebly arcuate; surface minutely, exceedingly densely and evenly punctato-asperate. Legs rather long and slender; anterior tarsi rather strongly dilated, posterior long and slender, first joint about one-fourth longer than the second, slightly shorter than the fifth and as long as the third and fourth together. Length 4.2 mm. Napa Co.,1 ¢. The fifth segment is broadly impressed in the middle throughout its length; the apex is very broadly emarginate, the sides of the notch being rather feebly convergent ante- riorly and each having a fringe of about eight robust spin- ules; in the middle of the emargination there is a very short broad process, broadly arcuate posteriorly; sixth segment parabolically emarginate, notch one-half wider than deep; seventh narrowly divided. 17—L,. consanguinea n. sp.—Moderately robust and depressed; head, pro- notum and abdomen black, the latter very slightly paler at the apex; elytra dark 2, CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. piceo-castaneous; femora piceo-castaneous, tibiz and tarsi paler, brownish- rufous; antennz piceous at base, becoming fuscous in the middle and pale testaceous at tip; palpi fuscous; integuments polished, very feebly sub- alutaceous; pubescence anteriorly very sparse, that of the elytra coarse, not very dense, that of the abdomen more than twice as dense, sericeous, fulvous and conspicuous. Head moderate, as long as wide; base broadly and very feebly arcuate, angles rather broadly rounded; sides parallel and extremely feebly arcuate; epistoma rather strongly produced, broad, truncate at tip; antennal tuberculatious small, rather prominent; surface rather finely and moderately densely punctate; median line narrow, continuous throughout; antenne slightly shorter than the head and prothorax together; second joint distinctly shorter than the third, very slightly longer than the fourth. Prothoraz large, just visibly wider than the head, slightly wider than long; sides parallel, extremely feebly arcuate; base broadly, evenly and rather strongly arcuate; apex broadly and very feebly so; nuchal emargination one- third as wide as the disk, very feeble; apical angles rather narrowly rounded, basal broadly so; disk transversely, nearly evenly and rather feebly convex, finely, very feebly and rather sparsely punctate in the middle, slightly more densely so at the sides; median impunctate area broad, equal, narrowly, very feebly and longitudinally impressed near the base. Elytra at base distinctly wider than the pronotum; sides very slightly divergent posteriorly and slightly arcuate, together broadly and rather strongly sinuate behind; disk feebly convex, narrowly impressed along the slightly elevated suture, more strongly so at one-third the length from the apex, finely, deeply, sub-aspe- rately, evenly and rather densely punctate; slightly longer than wide, and less than one-third longer than the pronotum. Abdomen rather short and broad, as wide as the elytra; sides parallel and distinctly arcuate; surface minutely very densely and sub-asperately punctate. Legs slender; first joint of the posterior tarsi one-third longer than the second, nearly as long as the third and fourth together. Length 4.2 mm. San Francisco, 1 ¢. This species may be distinguished from the preceding by its shorter and more coarsely and sparsely punctured elytra, its much longer and more evenly punctate pronotum, and especially by its different coloration. 18—L, contiguua n. sp.—Form rather slender, rather strongly convex; head, pronotum and abdomen black, the latter very slightly paler at tip; elytra pice- ous-black, immediate apex slightly paler; femora castaneous, tibiz and tarsi fuscous; labrum, palpi and antenne piceous, the latter paler and fus- cous toward tip; pubescence of the anterior portions sparse, of the elytra moderately dense, long, rather coarse, of the abdomen dense, somewhat seri- ceous, fulvous; integuments polished, not at all alutaceous. Head rather small, distinctly longer than wide; base truncate, angles rather broadly CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. We rounded; sides parallel, nearly straight; epistoma rather strongly produced, broadly and very feebly arcuate at the apex; antennal tuberculations minute and slightly prominent; labrum rather large teeth minute, very acute; an- tennz slightly shorter than the head and prothorax together, second joint two-thirds as long as the third and scarcely longer than the fourth; occiput rather convex, somewhat tinely, evenly and sparsely punctate; punctures round and rather deep; median impunctate area rather broad, eqnal through- out, well-marked. Prothorax quadrate, just visibly narrower than the head; sides parallel and nearly straight; base broadly, rather strongly and evenly arcuate; apex broadly and very feebly so; nuchal sinuation very feeble, two- fifths as wide as the disk; apical and basal angles rather broadly and nearly equally rounded; disk trausversely, evenly and rather strongly convex, finely margined along the base, very finely, feebly and somewhat sparsely punctate in the middle, twice as densely so at the sides; median impunctate area equal throughout, moderately wide, with a very fine feeble median stria near the base. LHlytra at base distinctly wider than the prothorax; sides parallel and feebly arcuate; together broadly, sub-angularly and distinctly sinuate behind disk one-fourth longer than wide, nearly one-half longer than the pronotum, feebly impressed along the slightly elevated suture, rather finely, densely, strongly and rugulosely punctate, the punctures being in transverse wavy series near the apex. Abdomen slightly narrower than the elytra; sides par; allel and nearly straight; surface very minutely, densely and sub-asperately punctate. Legs rather long and slender; first joint of the posterior tarsi one- half longer than the second, shorter than the next two together, fully as long as the fifth; anterior tarsi very slightly dilated. Length 4.3 mm. San*Mateo Co., 1 6 (Mr. Fuchs). The fifth segment is very broadly emarginate nearly throughout its width at apex, the sides of the notch being straight, very strongly convergent, and each having a fringe of seven stout, equal and closely-placed spinules; median porrected process very short and broad, very strongly sin- uate at the apex; sixth segment parabolically emarginate at apex, notch nearly twice as wide as deep; seventh broadly divided, incisure in the form of a very elongate acute tri- angle. This species is remarkable for the unusually elongate basal joint of the posterior tarsi, which, however, comes well within the generic definition. It bears a considerable resemblance to consanguinea, but differs in the narrower form, and especially in the form of the pronotum, which is as long as wide in the present species and slightly, though 24 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. very distinctly, wider than long in the former. It is true that the sexes in these cases are different, but on examining a full series of a closely-allied species—refrusa—described below, it is readily seen that the sexual differences in the general form of the body, even of the head, are almost ab- solutely inappreciable; it is in fact a forcible instance of what Dr. LeConte (Trans. Am. Ent. Soc. VI, p. 213) calls the polarity and, it might be added, concentration of sexual characters. Here we have the sexual modifications at the abdominal vertex extremely well marked, elsewhere, how- ever, if we except a slightly longer second antennal joint in the males, they are not at all apparent. 19—J[,, luctuosa 2. sp.—Form slender; head, pronotum and abdomen throughout black; elytra rufo-piceous, not paler at tip; legs dark brownish- flavate; antenne piceous, pale at the tip; pubescencealmost absent anteriorly, moderately sparse and fine on the elytra, somewhat dense on the abdomen; integuments polished. Head moderate, distinctly longer than wide; base truncate in the middle, angles rather narrowly rounded, sides parallel and very frebly arcuate; vertex moderately produced, truncate at apex, feebly arcuate in the middle; punctures feeble, small and rather sparse; median line rather broad, equal throughout; antenne distinctly shorter than the head and prothorax together; basal joint distinctly longer than the next two com- bined, second slightly shorter than the third, sub-equal to the fourth. Pro- thorax fully as long as wide, equal in width to the head; sides excessively feebly convergent posteriorly throughout and very feebly arcuate; base broadly sub-truncate in the middle; apex broadly, rather feebly and equally- strongly arcuate; nuchal sinuation feeble, two-fifths as wide as the disk: anterior angles rather narrowly rounded, basal broadly so; disk transversely, evenly and moderately convex, very feebly, finely and rather sparsely punc- tate in the middle, more closely so at the sides: median impunctate area moderate in width, even throughout, not impressed. Hlytra at base slightly wider than the pronotum: sides parallel and feebly arcuate; together broadly, roundly and rather feebly sinuate behind; disk less than one-third longer than the pronotum, one-fourth longer than wide, feebly and narrowly impressed along the slightly elevated suture, finely, feebly, evenly, sub- asperately and rather sparsely punctate. Abdomen slender, scarcely nar- rower than the elytra; sides straight and parallel; surface minutely, very densely, sub-asperately and evenly punctate. Legs rather slender; first joint of the posterior tarsi one-third longer than the second, much shorter than the fifth; anterior tarsi slightly dilated. Length 4.2 mm. San Francisco, 1 ¢. CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. 25 This species, though closely allied to the preceding, dif- fers from it in such an assemblage of minor characters as to leave very little doubt of its distinctness; among these are its more slender form, still more slender prothorax, and more particularly the elytral punctuation which is decidedly more sparse, feebler and less rugulose; the abdomen also is not pale at tip, and the elytra are paler in color in Juctwosa. 20—L,. retrusa 1. sp.—Moderately robust; head, pronotum and abdomen throughout black; elytra dark rufo-piceous, scarcely perceptibly and grad- ually paler toward the apices; legs rather pale brownish; antenne, labrum and palpi piceous-black, the former slightly paler toward tip; pubescence sparse anteriorly, rather dense and very fine on the elytra, twice as dense, very short and fine on the abdomen, not very conspicuous; integuments polished. Head moderate; base broadly and distinctly arcuate, angles very broadly rounded; sides behind the eyes rather short, parallel and nearly straight; surface slightly longer than wide, finely, extremely feebly and rather densely punctate; median line rather broad; epistoma very short, rather narrow, truncate at apex; labrum moderate, teeth small, approximate, rather long and very acute; antennz nearly as long as the head and protho- rax together, second joint distinctly shorter than the third, slightly longer than the fourth. Prothorax rather large, quadrate, just visibly wider than the head; sides parallel and nearly straight; base broadly, very evenly and rather strongly arcuate throughout; apex feebly arcuate; nuchal emargina- tion two-fifths as wide as the disk, broadly and distinctly rounded; apical angles rather narrowly rounded, basal scarcely more broadly so, very obtuse; disk very finely margined along the base, broadly, nearly evenly and mod- erately convex, very minutely, feebly and sparsely punctate in the middle, twice as densely, but still rather sparsely so at the sides; median line rather broad, equal throughout. Hlytra at base distinctly wider than the prono- tum; sides nearly parallel, feebly arcuate posteriorly; together broadly, roundly and distinctly sinuate behind; disk one-fifth longer than wide, one- third longer than the pronotum, rather broadly and strongly impressed along the slightly elevated suture, more distinctly impressed near the scutellum, very fixely, rather feebly and very densely punctate; punctures sub-asperate and distinctly finer and denser toward the apex. Abdomen very slightly narrower than the elytra; sides parallel and very nearly straight; surface very minutely, evenly, excessively densely. f-ebly and sub-asperately punc- tate. Legs rather slender; first joint of the posterior tarsi one-fourth longer than the second, much shorter than the fifth; anterior tarsi very slightly dilated; posterior tibiz obliquely and feebly excavated exteriorly at the apex, the excavation being smooth and glabrous, and bounded internally by a dense row of closely-placed and very fine erect spinules. Length 4.1-4.3 mm. Mendocino Co. (Anderson Val.), 5. 26 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. This very distinct species may be recognized immediately by its rather narrow head, broadly rounded behind, and having the basal angles almost obsolete. The type isa male; the fifth segment is broadly emarginate almost throughout its width at apex, the sides of the notch being very strongly convergent and distinctly incurvate, each bearing a por- rected fringe of nine robust, black, short and rather closely- placed spinules; the porrected process at the bottom of the emargination is very short and rather narrow, scarcely wider than the fimbriate sides; it is broadly and feebly sinuate at apex; sixth segment parabolically emarginate at tip, the notch being slightly wider than deep, exterior angles nar- rowly rounded; seventh narrowly and acutely incised or di- vided along its lower surface as in the preceding species. The structure of the posterior tibie is peculiar to the genus. as far as I have observed. 21—I,, gregalis n. sp.—Moderately slender, black, abdomen scarcely paler at tip; elytra slightly piceous; legs dirk castaneous, tibie toward tip and tarsi paler; antennz piceous-black at base, fuscous in the middle, testaceous at tip; pubescence sparse anteriorly, rather long, dense and coarse on the elytra, very fine, dense and short on the abdomen, not conspicuous; integu- ments polished. Head rather large, as wide as long; base broadly and feebly arcuate, angles broadly rounded; sides parallel and distinctly arcuate; epi- stoma broad, moderately produced, truncate; antennal tuberculations small, rather prominent; labrum moderate, teeth slightly deflexed, small, equilat- ero-triangular, antenne distinctly shorter than the head and prothorax together, second joint slightly shorter and distinctly more robust than the third, distinctly longer than the fourth; surface rather strongly convex, finely, very feebly and densely punctate; median line rather wide. Prothorax moderate, slightly longer than wide, very slightly narrower than the head; sides parallel, nearly straight in the middle; base broadly and feebly arcuate, broadly sub-truncate in the middle; apex strongly and evenly arcuate at the sides; nuchal emargination narrow, not one-third as wide as the disk, rather strongly incurvate; apical angles very broadly rounded, basal slightly more broadly so; disk transversely and moderately convex, very finely mar- gined along the base, rather coarsely, very sparsely and excessively feebly punctate in the middle, much more finely, distinctly and densely so at the sides; median impunctate area rather broad. Zlytra at base very slightly wider than the pronotum, scarcely wider than the head; sides very slightly divergent posteriorly and very feebly arcuate; together broadly, roundly and very feebly sinuate behind; disk one-fourth longer than wide, one-third CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. 27 longer than the pronotum, very feebly convex, very broadly and feebly im- pressed along the very slightly elevated suture, finely, rather strongly and densely, sub-asperately and evenly punctate. Abdomen at base nearly as wide as the elytra; sides parallel and very feebly arcuate; surface very finely, sub-asperately and densely punctate. Legs slender; anterior tarsi very slightly dilated; first joint of the posterior nearly one-half longer than the second, sub-equal in length to the fifth. Length 3.5 mm. Santa Clara Co, 11. The type is a male, the sexual characters being of the same general order as in the preceding group of species, although distinctly modified; the fifth segment is broadly and rather feebly emarginate nearly throughout its width at apex, the sides of the notch being very strongly convergent and feebly incurvate, each having a porrected fringe of about thirteen robust, closely-placed spinules; the median por- rected process is very narrow, about one-half as wide as the fimbriate sides, and exceedingly short, with the sides acute and not broadly rounded as in the preceding species; it is broadly, roundly and rather strongly emarginate throughout its width at apex, and has its surface smooth, glabrous and conically impressed; sixth segment broadly and parabolic- ally emarginate at apex, the notch being twice as wide as deep, and having the edge at the bottom narrowly mem- branous; seventh segment broadly divided. 22—T,, mimula 2. sp.—Form rather slender, intense black throughout except the abdomen at tip which is slightly paler; legs rather dark brownish-flavate; antennze black at base, becoming dark fuscous toward tip; pubescence very sparse anteriorly, long, coarse and rather sparse on the elytra, very fine and moderately dense on the abdomen; integuments polished, Head moderate; base truncate, angles rather narrowly rounded; sides parallel and nearly straight; surface scarcely as wide as long, moderately convex, very finely, moderately feebly and rather densely punctate; median line rather broad; epistoma moderate in width, slightly produced, broadly and feebly arcuate at the apex; antennal tuberculations small, rather prominent; labrum moderate in size, teeth broader than long, scarcely deflexed, distinct; antenne slightly shorter than the head and prothorax together, basal joint rather robust. Prothorax scarcely perceptibly narrower than the head, slightly longer than wide; sides parallel, straight or very feebly sub-sinuate in the middle; base broadly and feebly arcuate, broadly sub-truncate in the middle; apex strongly 28 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. arcuate atthe sides; nuchal emargination one-third as wide as the disk, strongly and evenly incurvate; anterior angles rather broadiy rounded, basal slightly more broadly so; disk very evenly, moderatelv and transversely con- vex, punctured as in gregalis. Elytra at base distinctly wider than the pro- thorax and slightly wider than the head; sides nearly parallel, feebly arcuate; together broadly, roundly and moderately sinuate behind; disk scarcely per- ceptibly impressed along the very slightly elevated suture, one-fourth longer than wide, nearly one-half longer than the pronotum, finely, feebly, sub- asperately, evenly and not densely punctate. Abdomen rather narrow, at base distinctly narrower than the elytra; sides parallel and feebly arcuate; surface finely, feebly, sub-asperately and densely punctate. Legs slender; first joint of the posterior tarsi one-third longer than the second, distinctly shorter than the fifth. Length 3.3 mm. Santa Cruz Co., 5; Santa Clara Co., 3; San Mateo Co., 3. Described from the male; the fifth segment is broadly and feebly emarginate at apex, the sides of the emargination being extremely strongly convergent and feebly incurvate, each having a fringe of nine closely-placed spinules; the median process is very short, fully as wide as the fimbriate sides, its lateral extremities being in the form of strong acute porrected teeth, and having the apex broadly roundly and strongly emarginate throughout its width, its surface being scarcely perceptibly impressed; the remaining seg- ments modified nearly as in gregalis. The species resembles the preceding to such an extent that great care is requisite in its identification; it is, however, distinguishable by its narrower head with straighter sides and much more narrowly rounded basal angles, by its longer elytra, which are also decidedly more sparsely and feebly punctate, and by its sexual characters. The pronotum and elytra are sometimes paler perhaps from immaturity. 23—L, languida n. sp.—Form rather slender, depressed; head black; ab- domen piceous, slightly paler at tip; pronotum dark rufo-fuscous; sides and apex of the elytra broadly pale brownish-flavate, central and basal portions shaded darker, castaneous; legs pale flavate throughout; antenne piceous-black at base, becoming gradually rather pale testaceous toward the apex; pubescence of the elytra and abdomen not very dense, fine and inconspicuous. Head nearly as wide as long; base truncate in the middle, angles moderately broadly rounded; sides parallel and nearly straight; surface moderately convex, rather CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. 29 coarsely, very feebly and somewhat sparsely punctate; median line broad; epistoma moderately produced, broadly and feebly arcuate at apex; antennal tuberculations feeble, not prominent; antenne nearly as long as the head and prothorax together, second joint slightly shorter than the third and much longer than the fourth, not very robust, third three times as long as wide. Prothorazx just perceptibly narrower than the head, very slightly longer than wide; sides parallel, nearly straight in the middle; base and apex broadly, nearly evenly and rather strongly arcuate, the latter very slightly the more strongly so; nuchal emargination much more than one-third as wide as the disk, broadly and very feebly incurvate; anterior and posterior angles broadly and nearly equally rounded; disk broadly and rather feebly convex, rather coarsely, sparsely and excessively feebly punctate in the middle, the punc- tures becoming finer, more distinct and denser toward the sides; median im- punctate arearather broad. Zlytra ut base distinctly wider than the protho- rax, slightly wider than the head; sides parallel, feebly and nearly evenly arcuate; together broadly, roundly and moderately sinuate behind; disk one- fourth longer than wide and one-third longer than the pronotum, rather coarsely, densely, evenly and sub-asperately punctate. Abdomen at base dis- tinctly narrower than the elytra; sides parallel and nearly straight; surface very minutely, feebly, densely and sub-asperately punctate; border rather narrow and deep, slightly paler in color. Legs slender; first joint of the pos- terior tarsi one-half longer than the second, sub-equal in length to the fifth, Length 4.0 mm. Sonoma Co.,1 ¢. Resembles the preceding two species in its elongate pro- thorax, but possessing a still different modification of the male sexual characters. The fifth segment is broadly emar- ginate nearly throughout its width at apex, the sides of the emargination being feebly convergent and nearly straight, each having a porrected fringe of seven rather widely-spaced spinules; the median process is very short and broad, being twice as wide as either of the fimbriate sides adjoining; it is broadly, feebly and evenly arcuate throughout its width at apex, and without any appearance of lateral teeth; sixth seg- ment strongly and parabolically emarginate at apex, the notch being nearly one-half wider than deep. METAXYODONTA 2. gen. In this genus, represented by two closely-allied spe- cies, the form and general appearance again differ most 30 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. decidedly from anything hitherto described; the head is small, triangular, with very large, coarsely granulated eyes, robust antennz and with an entirely different structure of the labrum. The species are rather robust, and the integu- ments throughout are strongly alutaceous, this appearance being produced upon some portions of the body by an ex- cessively minute and dense punctuation, and upon others by a correspondingly minute and dense granulation. The head in both of the forms here described is blackish, the remain- der of the body, legs, labrum and antennz being flavate or clouded slightly with brownish; they are very rare although the species may perhaps be relatively more numerous. 24M, alutacea u. sp.—Rather robust; head fusco-castaneous or nearly piceous-black; pronotum and abdomen concolorous, pale castaneous; elytra still paler, brownish-testaceous; legs uniformly flavate; antennw uniform'y pale reddish-flavate throughout; palpi flavate; pubescence fine, moderately dense, coarser and more conspicuous on the elytra; integuments alutaceous. Head moderate, as wide as long; sides parallel, short and distinctly arcuate; base truncate, angles broadly rounded; eyes very large, at sca:cely their own lengths from the basal angles, not prominent, rather coarsely granulate; epistoma rather strongly produced, sides strongly convergent toward the apex, truncate anteriorly; antennal tuberculations rather strong, small; sur- face moderately convex, extremely minutely and densely punctate, with a very narrow median impunctate line, having two widely distant, annular, setigerous punctures between the eyes and one behind each antennal tuber_ culation, also several small ones near and behind the eyes; antenne rather robust, slightly longer than the head and prothorax together, basal joint about three times as long as wide, second two-thirds as long as the third, nearly as long as the fourth, joints four to ten decreasing in length, the latter scarcely as wide as long, eleventh ovoidal, obtusely acuminate, much shorter than the two preceding together. Prothorax very slightly wider than long, sub-equal in width to the head; sides very feebly convergent from apex to base, the latter narrowly truncate in the middle; apex broadly and rather feebly arcuate, narrowly and feebly sinuate in the middle; apical and basal angles equally and very broadly rounded; disk transversely and very feebly convex, extremely minutely and densely punctate; punctures slightly more sparse near the middle, where there is a very narrow and obscure median impunctate line. Hlytra at base very slight!y wider than the pronotum; sides nearly parallel, very slightly arcuate; together broadly and feebly sinuate at apex; outer angles rounded; disk quadrate, one-fourth longer than the prono- tum, feebly convex, feebly impressed on the suture toward base, the suture not elevated, very minutely, evenly and densely granulose; the granulations Su) = CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. separated by more than their own widths and setigerous. Abdomen rather robust, nearly as wide as the elytra; border moderate; surface very minutely, feebly, densely and sub-asperately punctate, the asperities being arranged in very close, interrupted, transverse wavy lines. Legs moderate; anterior tarsi distinctly dilated, fourth joint slightly emarginate, first four joints of the posterior tarsi decreasing uniformly and very gradually in length, the first less than one-half longer than the second and much shorter than the fifth, fourth longer than wide. Length 3.8 mm. Santa Clara Co.,1 4. The fifth ventral segment is thickened in the middle third at apex, the edge being obliquely beveled and having a dense comb-lke row of very minute, parallel, longitudinal black ridges or strige; sixth segment broadly and very strongly emarginate at apex, the emargination acutely rounded anteriorly and having at each side, slightly distant from the edge of the notch and at about the middle of its length, a small brush of very long densely-placed hairs; seventh segment very narrowly divided, truncate at tip, large and prominent. 25—M, quadricollis n. sp.—Form rather robust; head piceous-black; prono- tum and elytra pale rufo-testaceous, the latter slightly the paler; abdomen pale brownish-fuscous; legs, antennw, labrum and palpi concolorous, very pale flavate; pubescence sparse anteriorly, coarser, much denser and not very conspicuous on the elytra and abdomen, distinctly denser on the latter; integuments alutaceous. Head moderate, as wide as long; sides short, par- allel; base truncate, angles rather broadly rounded and slightly prominent; surface moderately and evenly convex, extremely minutely and densely punctate, with a very narrow median line which is totally obliterated ante- riorly; antenne rather robust, as long as the head and prothorax together, second joint three-fourths as long as the third. Prothoraz nearly quadrate; sides parallel and feebly arcuate; base broadly and rather feebly arcuate; apex broadly arcuate, very feebly and roundly emarginate in the middle third, with the edge at each side just without the emargination slightly sinu- ate; apical angles very narrowly rounded, basal broadly so; disk distinctly longer than the head, exclusive of the labrum, and very slightly wider, broadly and rather feebly convex, excessively minutely and densely punc- tate; punctures noticeably sparser toward the middle, where there is a very narrow imperfect impunctate line, and, near the base, a short median stria. Hiytra very slightly wider than the pronotum; sides parallel and slightly arcuate; together broadly and extremely feebly sinuate at apex; disk slightly longer than wide, scarcely one-fourth longer than the pronotum, very mi- 32 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. nutely and densely granulate. Abdomen slightly narrower than the elytra; sides nearly parallel; surface minutely, densely and sub-asperately punctate, without any arrangement in wavy rows. Legs moderate; anterior tarsi mod- erately dilated; first four joints of the posterior decreasing uniformly and very gradually in length, the first one-half longer than the second and shorter than the fifth. Length 3.8 mm. Lake Co., 1 6 (Mr. Fuchs). This species is rather closely allied to the preceding, the sexual characters being almost identical, the surface of the fifth segment being slightly more strongly swollen in the middie near the apex and the notch of the sixth being very slightly more broadly rounded in quadricollis; in the form and size of the pronotum, relative length of the elytra, and in the punctuation of the abdomen, the two species are, how- ever, so distinct that it can scarcely be possible to confound them. The eastern Lithocharis corticina Grav. is somewhat allied to this genus, but is scarcely congeneric. The labrum in corticina is very large, broadly explanate and rounded at the sides; in the middle of its apical margin it has a small abrupt emargination, at the bottom of which there is an obtuse tooth which is the prolongation of a small anterior dorsal carina. In the general form of the head it is strik- ingly different from the members of Metaxyodonta. L. confluens Say must form the type of a genus quite dis- tinct from any other here described, because of the very different structure of the posterior tarsi which are short and rather robust, and in which the basal joint is slightly shorter than the second and less than one-half as long as the fifth. For this genus I would propose the name Trachysectus. I am indebted to Dr. J. Hamilton of Allegheny and Mr. F. M. Webster of Lafayette, Indiana, for specimens of these species. CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. 33 APPENDIX. I. HESPEROBIUM 2. gen. (Peederini). It is not without great diffidence that I here propose a new name for the American species which have been hitherto placed in Cryptobium; especially is this the case since the South American and Mexican species have been passed over almost in silence regarding their generic distinctness by Dr. Sharp, and the North American forms, first by Dr. LeConte and afterwards, independently, by Dr. Horn. Being moved, however, by the conviction that scientific nomenclature has arrived at such a stage that to longer abstain from recogniz- ing and differentiating distinct generic subdivisions, can only be conducive to a superficial knowledge of nature and be detrimental to a scientific arrangement of the species as a whole, I have concluded to make the division and give the differential descriptions in the form of parallel columns, by which means the chief distinctive features can be more readily compared. In the following statement the type of Hesperobium is the Californian Z. tumidum Lec., the characters of Cryptobium Mann. being taken from the very thorough treatise by Mr. ©. Rey upon the Pderini (Hist. Nat. Col. Fr., 1878). CRYPTOBIUM. HESPEROBIUM. Labrum short, sinuate and biden- Labrum very short and _ broad, ticulate in the middle of its anterior | feebly and triangularly emarginate margin. throughout its width at apex, not denticulate but having in the middle, at the apex of the triangular notch a small rounded emargination; sides strongly convergent toward the base; apical angles narrowly rounded. 3—Butu. Cau. Acap. Scr. II. 5. Printed January 27, 1886. 34 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. Third joint of the maxillary palpi gradually and rather strongly dilated toward the apex which is truncate; fourth small, slender and subulate. Labial palpi short with the two ba- | sal joints sub-cylindrical, the second a little longer than the first; the third small, slender, acuminate. Paraglossz acuminate. Antenne having the second and third joints sub-equal. Third joint long and slender, rather feebly dilated, cbconical; fourth short, slightly oblique, conical, acute- ly pointed, nearly as wide at base as the apex of the third and received partly within it. Labial palpi slender, first joint longer than wide, about one-half as long as the second, which is slender and more or less dilated at the apex; third conical, very slender, acute, much narrower at base than the apex of the second. Paraglossz elliptically rounded at tip. Antenne with the second joint distinctly shorter than the third. There are also differences in the structure of the abdomen, and in the rela- tive sizes of the segments. Except in the characters given above, the two genera are somewhat similar. In applying these to the entire group of North American species, it is easily seen that the antennal structure is not entirely constant, there being a few species in which the second and third joints are nearly equal in length. The components of a very limited group of small species containing pusillum, lepidum, etc., have the fourth joint of the maxillary palpi small, acicular and not conical, and those should probably be referred to a closely-allied genus or to a sub-genus; all the others have the fourth joint conical and pointed, although varying greatly in thickness at the base’, all being, however, variations of one common type, which is the conical and acutely pointed. Dr. Sharp ' LeConte—Proc. Amer. Phil. Soc. XVII, 1878, p. 392. 2 The two species, convergens and parallelum, described by me (Cont. II, pp. 129-131), and very erroneously united by Dr. Horn (Ent. Amer. I, p. 109) under the head of an entirely distinct species—floridanum—serve as a good illustration of this variability of the fourth joint, this being conical and very narrow, small and almost acicular in convergens, and searcely longer than wide, being strongly conical, flattened and almost as broad at base as the apex of the third in parallelum. Having here incidentally made a correction i ite CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. 35 (Biol. Cent.-Amer., I, Pt 2, p. 506), probably because of this variability, considers the palpal structure as of minor importance when compared with others, and does not even employ it in subdividing the genus, although this has been done with more or less success by Dr. Le Conte (Proc. Am. Phil. Soc. XVII, 1878, p. 390), but without considering the structure of the maxillary palpi, we still have, I think, enough characters remaining to confirm the validity of Hes- perobium. Dr. Sharp, in the work above mentioned, divides the Central American species into groups depending upon the presence or absence of a lateral raised line upon the lower part of the flank of each elytron; when the Pzederini have been sufficiently studied as a group, it may be found desira- ble to give this character a generic import, in which case the name Hesperobium should be retained for the species having this lateral line, as it is present in the type which is assumed above as representing the genus. It is also present in californicum, and in an undescribed species, represented in my cabinet by a unique male, found near San Francisco; it is probably characteristic of the Californian species as a group’. In describing several species of this genus (Cont. IT, pp. 127-133), attention was called to two very large and promi- nent annular punctures, or more properly areole, situated behind the eyes. I think that these punctures are of greater importance from a systematic standpoint than was at first supposed, as they constitute one of the distinguishing fea- tures of Hesperobium and the American species of Lathro- in synonymy, I take the present opportunity to say in addition, that it is very difficult to reconcile Dr. Horn’s assertion regarding the mutual identity of my H. capito and H. pallipes, Grav., with the statement made by Erichson in the description of the latter, viz: ‘‘ Thorax latitudine sesqui fere longior.” The prothorax in capito is ‘‘scarcely one-fifth longer than wide.”’ (Cont. I, p. 128.) 3 This line is also well developed in the Californian species which have been referred to Lathrobium and which are probably generically distinct. 36 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY -OF SCIENCES. bium, being absent in the latter genus. In Hesperobiwm californicum they are very large, slightly oval, strongly an- nular and crater-like, occupying the entire summits of slight elevations, and haying their planes not exactly parallel to the general surface but tilted very slightly forward, so that the slope of the elevation is more prominent behind. Be- tween them the surface is narrowly elevated or tumid in a longitudinal direction, and from the middle of each arises a very long erect seta from an annular median tubercle, which corresponds to the cone of the crater. These most singular structures are probably an additional distinctive feature of Hesperobium. The genus Homotarsus founded by Hochuth upon an Armenian species, does not concern us at the present time, as, although the maxillary palpi are apparently of like struc- ture, it is, in almost all other respects, entirely similar to Cryptobium (Lac. Gen. Col. II, p. 90). Il. In the first volume of this Bulletin, page 515, I stated that the mandibles in Orus were quadridentate within. This is true only of the right mandible. Since the publication of the paper referred to, I have examined the left mandible and find it tridentate, the three teeth being small, approximate and situated almost exactly in the middle of the inner margin; the two basal ones are erect, slightly longer than wide, acute and equal, the third being longer and more slender, acute and rather strongly inclined toward the apex, the latter being evenly and strongly arcuate, very acute and slender. This combination of four teeth in the right and three in the left mandible is of frequent occurrence in the portion of the Peederini near and related to Lithocharis, where the man- dibular characters appear to lose the importance which they possess in some other portions of the group. The abnormal arrangement of the teeth in Orus therefore, although it cannot of itself be maintained as a generic character, still serves to 9 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. | show that which may easily be inferred from its general ap- pearance, viz: that it is much more nearly related to Litho- charis and its allies than it is to Scopus. It should, in fact, in asystematic arrangement of our Peederini, immedi- ately precede Caloderma which it resembles in its 4-dentate labrum, and from which it is distinguished, as before re- marked, by its strongly inflated third maxillary palpal joint, and also by its elongate prothorax and short basal joint of the posterior tarsi. III. A considerable number of new genera having been de- scribed since the publication of the Classification of the Col- roptera of North America by LeConte and Horn, I would propose the following as a substitute for the one given in that work, page 99, for those Pederi which have the fourth tarsal joint simple. It will be noticed that, in the following table, the genicu- lation of the antennz is considered of secondary import- ance when compared with other characters. Although this geniculation varies greatly in amount, I have yet failed to observe a single species of North American Pzederini in which it is not more or less manifest; the character is there- fore merely one of degree and is only of importance when present in its extremes. There is, however, a marked diff- ’ erence in the nature of the geniculation. In Hesperobium, and probably also Ababactus, the deep emargination at the apex of the scape which receives the second joint when flexed. is at the anterior portion of the apex, so that the funicle is bent to the front, while in the second section this emargination is at the back of the apex, so that when flexed the funicle projects posteriorly. It is also to be noted that the geniculation of the antenne prevailing in the Pederini is not like that to be seen in some other groups of Coleop- tera, where the second joint is placed almost immovably at an angle with the scape, and which could appropriately be termed rigidly geniculate. In this group the funicle is 38 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. capable of being flexed or straightened at pleasure, and, in contradistinction to the former, such an antenna might be called flexibly geniculate. Basal joint of the antenne greatly elongated, sub-equal in length to the next three or four together; antennz strongly and anteriorly geniculate. Neck broad}. See ies en sa ice omc e ke Oe eee eee Hesperobium. Neck narrow ee cect 2222.2 2b .s Se eae eee eee oe eae A Stilicus. Prothorax sub-quadrate, anterior and posterior angles more or less nar- rowly rounded. Labrum having four rather large sub-equal teeth; elytra much longer than the pronotum. First joint of the posterior tarsi very slightly longer than the second. Orus. First joint of the posterior tarsi sub-equal in length to the next two bopetlier os... ls Fae tee EEN 8 Peer Poet aie Caloderma. Labrum with two pairs of minute approximate teeth; elytra no longer thanithe -pronohwm a. sae sate ei ai eee Oligopterus. Labrum bidentate; elytra variable in length...... ..- Lithocharis. Labrum unidentate; elytra longer than the pronotum. Metaxyodonta. Labrum rounded; acutely emarginate at tip; elytra as long as the pionoiam .<). < 2..1.f2-4 seckGeke dees eee ee eee Dacnochilus. Labrum entire; elytra shorter than the pronotum... Liparocephalus. CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. 39 IV. THYCE Lec. The following species was recently announced by me under the generic name Polyphylla (Bull. Cal. Acad. Sci., I, p. 285). The genus Thyce, although resembling Poly- phylla very greatly, differs radically in antennal structure, the club being trifoliate and the joints of the funicle of nearly equal length; while in Polyphylla the greatly devel- oped third joint is a very prominent distinctive feature, in addition to the more complex club. In 7. marginata the anterior tibiwe have two teeth exclu- sive of the exterior apical spur which is very pronounced; these teeth are very unequal, the one nearer the base being very short and obtuse. The males have a large and rather feeble impression in the middle of the abdomen near the base. I have not seen the female. T. marginata u. sp.—Form moderately robust; sides distinctly arcuate; prothorax piceous; elytra rufo-fuscous; the former having three posteriorly divergent lines of whitish squamose pubescence, the exterior ones widest and interrupted in the middle, the median very fine and almost obsolete toward base; each elytron having along the exterior edge a very wide line of plumbeo- cinereous and very slender squamose pubescence, not very densely placed, which is recurved at the apex continuing thence along the suture as a nar- row, whiter and much better defined line to the base; between these there is another very fine line terminating at one-fifth the length from the apex; pub- escence elsewhere fine and very sparse; legs and antennz fuscous; each ven- tral segment having an irregular spot of whitish squamiform pubescence at each side next the elytra. Head excluding the eyes slightly longer than wide, sub-quadrate; clypeus moderately reflexed, broadly and feebly sinuate anteriorly; angles right and not at all rounded; pubescence long, rather sparse, mixed with squamose hairs near the base and sides; antennze well developed, funicle two-thirds as long as the club and nearly as long as the head, club viewed upon the broad side slightly wider at apex than at base, three and one-half times as long as wide. Prothorax widest at the middle of its median length where it is four-fifths wider than long; sides thence strongly convergent and feebly arcuate to the apical angles, feebly convergent and straight to the basal angles which are obtuse and slightly rounded; base broadly angulate, feebly sinuate toward each basal angle; disk strongly con- vex, rather finely, moderately densely and irregularly punc'ate; punctures round, very shallow, variolate. Hlytra at base slightly wider than the pro- thorax; sides parallel and feebly arcuate; together slightly less than one-half 40 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. longer than wide, two and one-half times as long as the prothorax, very finely, sparsely, feebly and irregularly punctate; punctures asperate. Pygidium wider than long, feebly convex, finely and rather sparsely punctate, moderately sparsely and evenly covered with short slender squamose pubescence. Poste- rior tarsi short, two-thirds as longas the tibize; claws moderate, having a small erect acute tooth interiorly near the base. Length 19.0 mm.; width 8.5 mm. California (San Diego Co.), also probably Lower Cali- fornia. Five or six specimens were taken by Mr. G. W. Dunn, and I have received the present specimen through the kind- ness of Mr. W. G. W. Harford. This species differs from sqguamicollis, Lec. in almost every character given by Dr. LeConte in the original description of the latter (Journ. Phil. Acad. III, Nov. 1856, p. 225). It may, however, perhaps be best to call special attention to the more salient differences. These are the size, squami- collis being one-third longer, and the form and vestiture of the head and prothorax, the latter in marginata, having no sign of a median channel, with the surface not impressed toward the anterior angles, and having the punctuation ex- tremely sparse near the sides of the pronotal disk. The scutellum in marginata has no glabrous line, and the pygi- dium is rather sparsely squamose. If sqguamicollis possessed three prominent lines of scales upon the pronotum, with the surface elsewhere almost entirely free from them, or if it had three distinct lines of slightly denser pubescence upon each elytron, it is to be presumed that such striking charac- ters would have been mentioned by Dr. LeConte; this purely negative evidence alone, therefore, is almost conclu- sive proof of the specific distinctness of marginafa and of its validity. N. ERRATA. Several errors occurring in the paper published by me in the preceding vol- ume of this Bulletin require correction, as follows: Page 299—5th line from bottom, for ‘‘Colodera” rvad ‘‘Calodera.” Page 3:1 —Ist line of descr., for ‘* L. longipennis” reid ‘‘ V. longipennis.”’ Page 327—10th and 15th lines from top, for ‘“‘Horniarum’’ read ‘“ Horni- anum.” CHICORIACEOUS COMPOSITA. 4] STUDIES IN THE BOTANY OF CALIFORNIA AND PARTS ADJACENT. BY EDWARD LEE GREENE. LY: I. On Some Chicoriaceous Composite. The type of the genus Microseris, Don, is a South Ameri- ean plant, and we have no North American species which agree with it in both habit and pappus. It has ten awn- tipped palexw; the Californian species which seem truly con- generic with it. have five only. These species of the northern hemisphere are about seven or eight in number, and agree in aspect perfectly with their type. They are acaulescent annuals, with rosulate-depressed leaves, slender scapes, which are always decumbent at base, never at all thickened above, supporting heads which are uniformly nodding, both before and after flowering, becoming for the second time erect at the maturity of the fruit. The name Calais, DC. appears to be but in part synony- mous with Microseris. DeCandolle himself thought it might eventually be shown that he had included under Calais the types of two genera; and I am persuaded fully that his § Calocalais is a real genus, distinct from Microseris. The species are few. Their palez are five, but the awn rises from an apical notch. These plants are never really acau- lescent. Their leaves are ascending, or erect, on the short or long stems. The peduncles are stout, strictly erect, thicker above, and the heads are firmly erect at all stages of growth. Of this peculiar aspect and character there are about five species, four of which have already their suitable names under Calais. 4—BuLu. Cau. Acap. Scr. II. 5. Issued March 6, 1886. 42, CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. Scorzonella, was thirty years ago reduced by Dr. Gray to Calais. Bentham and Hooker, in the Genera Plantarum, while reducing the whole of DeCandolle’s Calais to Micro- seris, in recognition of the priority of the latter name, ney- ertheless perceived the validity of Scorzonella as a genus, and restored it; but in the Synoptical Flora, as well as an- tecedently, in volume nine of the proceedings of the Ameri- can Academy, it reappears as a mere section of Microseris. Having studied these plants diligently on their native soil during some six or seven years, I can but agree with the able and experienced founder of the genus, and with the learned authors of the Genera Plantarum, that Scorzonella should stand. Here the pappus-bristles are somewhat in- definite in number, and are mostly real bristles with palea- ceous-dilated base, rather than awn-tipped palez. The plants, while caulescent like Calais, have nodding heads like Microseris, quite distinctive involucres, fusiform perennial roots, and are xstival in flowering: whereas the two kindred genera of annuals have but a very short and strictly vernal season of flowering and fruiting. April is their month, and it is usually in vain to look for them after the beginning of May. There are some three species of this particular alliance, upon which the eminent author aforenamed in the Plantz Fendleriane established a genus Ptilophora, concerning which I judge all to have been well, save that the name was already in use for a genus of sea-weeds. These plants, while wholly in keeping with Scorzonella, as regards their general aspect, and perennial root, have a pappus of quite different character. The only distinction which has hitherto been definitely stated is that the numerous bristles are white and soft-plumose. This is doubtless the most obvious, in- deed it may be the only difference noticeable at first sight, in the very best of herbarium specimens, unless it be this, that the texture of the pappus is not only soft, but very fragile, which is not true of that of any Scorzonella. Now, CHICORIACEOUS COMPOSITA. 43 the field observer, coming in sight of one of these plants in ripe fruit, perceives that these pappus-plumes are not straight and ascending as in all other genera of this group, but that they are regularly and gracefully recurved. This naturally and perfectly developed fruit, just ready to be set afloat in mid air on the jarring or shaking of the parent re- ceptacle, will never be found in herbarium specimens. The nearly ripe heads which partially unfold their pappus after drying, show every character but this important one. It seems to me never to have been spoken of in relation to the large and somewhat varied genus, Stephanomeria, where it is universal, and will serve to distinguish between that and its nearest ally, Rafinesquia, in which, if my memory serves faithfully, the pappus is straight. Dr. Kellogg must have observed this neat characteristic of the genus in question, when he collected the common species in 1870; and it may well have been this which led him to refer to the plant, with a doubt, to Stephanomeria. The quick eye of our venerable pioneer caught at once the new fact, and he unconsciously recorded it in his misnomer. The last peculiar mark of the genus was detected by myself, lately, upon examining the excellent herbarium specimens with which we are now sup- plied. There are clear traces of a double pappus. I find on about one half of the akenes a solitary, firm, merely scabrous bristle, exterior to the plumose-awned palex, and of less than half their length, a kind of character which comes out strongly in another Chicoriaceous genus of Cali- fornia, namely, Mulacothrix, between which and Scorzonella this very clear one ought to be placed. Dr. Gray, a few years subsequently to his founding of Piilophora, having discovered that name to be a synonym, and also having evi- dently lost somewhat of his faith in the validity of the genus, reduced it to Caluis; yet with express misgiving, and not without bespeaking for it another generic name in case it should ultimately demand restoration to that rank. Under that very appropriate name, Ptilocalais, I propose its rein- statement. 44 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. There is a perennial, acaulescent plant of northern habitat which, although admitted by Dr. Gray into his superlatively amplified Microseris, is, in my opinion, to be excluded from Scorzonella, to which it is more related than to any other recognized genus. The pale of its pappus are soft and slender, ending in a sharp, but hardly awn-like point; its involucre has a peculiarity, and the heads are never nodding. The specific name, troximoides, was given on account of the close resemblance which the species bears to T’roximon cus- pidatum. But this last-named plant appears to be entirely out of place in Troximon; for its pappus is composed, partly of capillary bristles, and partly of very narrow pale. My conclusion is, that these two plants will constitute the most perfectly natural genus inthe whole group, and I so place them, adopting the name which Dr. Gray coined for sec- tional use under his Microseris. The form of the akenes in these genera, whether turbinate or cylindrical with truncate apex, or whether more or less attenuate upwards, would seem to be of specific but not generic importance. The basal callosity, although not very seriously taken under consideration by Dr. Gray, appears to have merited more deliberate attention; for, in Microseris, as here defined, it manifests a character which runs through all the species, without reappearing in any of the other gen- era, except that there is a mere hint of it in Calais. The estivation of the pappus is of one character in all the genera. Whether the palez be five, or twice or thrice or four times that number, one,is always wholly exterior, and an opposite one interior, while all the others are regularly convolute. In Microsersis alone the species fall into two quite natural groups by a difference in the expansion of the individual palez. MICROSERSIS, Don. Involucre oblong-cylindraceous to hemispherical, inner bracts in one or two series, equal, acuminate, thin, with CHICORIACEOUS COMPOSITA. 45 membranous margins; outer very short, calyculate. Re- ceptacle flat, slightly alveolate. Akenes terete, 8—10-costate, with a broad basal callosity, which is hollowed at the inser- tion and produced upward into a sharp, denticulate-scabrous, collar-like rim. Palez of the pappus 4-10 (usually 5), mostly short, tapering into a long or short scabrous awn, in one species nearly obsolete, the awn thicker but hardly flat- tened at base. Acaulescent, glabrous annuals, with entire or laciniately lobed on pinnatified leaves, and nodding heads on slender scapes, which are somewhat decumbent at base and not thickened above. Outer row of akenes commonly silky-villous; the others usually scabrous on the ribs. Palez of the pappus often villous exteriorily. Genus of very limited range east and west; not found east of the western base of the Sierra Nevada, but occurring near the coast, from the peninsula of Lower California to Oregon.—WMicrosersis, Don. Phil. Mag. xi. 388; Benth. & Hook. ii, 506, magna pro parte: Microseris § § Humicroseris (excl. M. Forsteri) & Hu- calais, Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. ix. 208; § Fucalais, Bot. Cal. i. 425, and § Calais (excl. sp.), Syn. Fl. 11. 418. Calais § Eucalais, DC. Prod. vii. 85; Calais $$ Eucalais and Aphan- ocalais, Gray, Pac. R. Rep. iv. 112. * Palece 5, boat-shaped 1. e., a little incurved and the margins involute. M. PLATYCARPHA, Gray.—A span or more in height; head a half inch or less in length; main bracts of involucre about 8, oblong; akenes turbinate, 2 lines long; pale ovate, 2 lines long, tapering abruptly into a very short awn. Syn. Fl. ii, 420. San Diego County, and on the northern part of the pen- insula below. M. Doverasn, Gray, 1. c.—A span to two feet high; head about ? inch long; bracts linear-oblong; akenes oblong-tur- binate, contracted under the summit, 3 lines long; pale 46 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. ovate, 2 lines long, tapering abruptly into an awn of the length of the akene. Monterey to Humboldt County. Common and extremely variable as to the villosity of the palezx and outer row of akenes. M. Panrisnit.—Rather smaller and more slender than the last; akenes slender, strictly columnar, 2 lines long or more, dark brown; pale lanceolate, 3 lines long, very gradually tapering to an awn of a line or a line and a half. Near San Luis Rey, April, 1881, S. B. Parish; near Tu- lare, 1882, Dr. C. C. Parry: also collected by the writer near San Diego, 1885. A very distinct species, evidently belonging to the south- ern part of the State. M. atTrenvatTa, Greene.—A few inches to a foot and a half high; involucre }—? inch long; akenes 4 lines long, at- tenuate-fusiform, the narrowed upper half vacant; palez oblong-lanceolate, a line and a half long, tipped with an awn of twice that length. Bull. Torr. Club, ix, 111; Gray, 1. c., 419. Near Berkeley, and eastward to the valleys of the Sacra- mento and San Joaquin. ** Palece straight and flat, 5, except in the last species. M. acumtnata, Greene.—Size and aspect of the last, the heads an inch long; akenes slenderly fusiform-turbinate, 3 lines long; paleze 4—5 lines long, lanceolate, very gradually tapering to an awn of 2—3 lines. Bull. Torr. Club, x, 88; Gray, l. ¢. Same range as the last species, and rather more common. M. Bicenovu, Gray, 1. c.—A foot in height, more or less: head about a half inch: akenes oblong-turbinate, hardly 2 lines long: palez oblong- to ovate-lanceolate, much smaller CHICORIACEOUS COMPOSITZ. AT than in the preceding species, but variable in length: pass- ing into an awn twice or thriceas long. Common in the middle coast section of the State: the awn very long in proportion to the palea. M. ELEGANS, Greene.—A span or more high, slender: head less than a half inch: akenes turbinate, little more than a line long: palex ovate-deltoid, a half line long, the slender awn about 2 lines.—Gray, l. ¢. From the mesas back of San Diego to the plains east of Mt. Diablo. Seldom collected, but perhaps not very rare. M. apuanrocarpna, Gray, 1. c.—Twelve to eighteen inches high, and rather stout: leaves laciniate-toothed or nearly en- tire, seldom deeply pinnatifid: headsa half inch high, many- flowered, and subglobose: akenes oblong-clavate, hardly 2 lines long: palew minute and very broad or nearly obso- lete, the bristles very slender and fragile, about 3 lines long. | Common in the region of San Francisco Bay, and ex- tremely variable as to the pappus, which consists often of bristles with thickened, rather than paleaceous base. It is possible that we have here two or three species, but more probably they are mere forms, passing imperceptibly into each other. The leaves are less dissected in this than in any of the others. M. pyam"s, Don.—About a span high: akenes 1—2 lines long, slenderly turbinate: pale 10, lanceolate, a line or more long, slightly notched at the apex, and tipped with a somewhat barbellate awn of about 2 lines.—Phil. May. x1. 388; Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. ix. 209. Native of Chili. The North American species which looks most like this type of the genus is I. Bigelovii. The principal difference between them is in the number of the pale and the slight notch at the apex of those of WM. pyg- mea, which species in that respect only betrays an aflinity with the following genus. 48 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. CALAIS, DC. sens. restr. Involucre conical, scarcely calyculate, bracts imbricate, the outer successively shorter, all thin and scarious-mar- gined. Receptacle flat, centrally more or less alveolate- chatty. Akenes terete, 8—10 costate, the basal callosity not enlarged. Pale of the pappus 5, elongated, flat, bifid at apex and short-awned.—Subaculescent annuals, all West North American, with laciniately-lobed or pinnatifid leaves, and erect heads, on strict, erect peduncles which are fistu- lous-thickened above. Akenes all alike, glabrous, with scab- rous cost. Palez of the pappus glabrous and more or less denticulate. Genus of few species but of wider range than the last, the typical species occurring eastward to the borders of Colorado and Texas, and on the Pacific shores, from British Columbia to the island of Guadalupe. Calais § Calocalais DC. Prod. vii. 85; Torr. & Gray, Fl. N. Am. ii. 471; Gray, Pac. R. Rep. iv. 112. Species of Microseris, Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. ix, Bot. Cal. i. and Syn. FI. ii. * Pale bright, white, soft, deciduous from the nearly black akenes. C. LINEARTFOLIA, DC., Prod. 1. c.—Species of the widest range, and of much variability as regards the height of the stem and the number of flowers in each head. Sometimes nearly acaulescent, and with very large heads; but around San Diego the stem is slender and often more than a foot high, the heads being few-flowered; but the bright pappus, promptly deciduous from the mature, almost rostrate-atten- uate, black akenes readily distinguishes the species in all its forms, whether on Guadalupe or in New Mexico, Wash- ington Territory, or California. ** Palece brownish, of firm texture, persistent on the light colored akenes. -— Awn of pappus shorter than the palea. C. Linpiev1, DC.—Glabrous, a foot or two high: akenes 5—6 lines long, slightly attenuate toward the summit; palea , CHICORIACEOUS COMPOSIT A. 49 linear-lanceolate, 4 lines long, the awn very little shorter.— Prod. 1. c.; Microseris, Gray, 1. c. From San Francisco to San Diego; equally as common as the first species. C. Parryl, Gray. Furfuraceous-puberulent, 6—8 inches high: akenes 3 lines long, and not at all attenuate; palea softer than in the last, its awn less than half as long.—Pac. RB. Rep. iv. 112; Microseris, Gray, 1. c¢. Common from the plains back of Mt. Diablo to San Diego: easily mistaken for small C. Lindleyi, but, on closer. inspection, appearing clearly distinct. The fruit is here for the first time described. The species does not appear to have been collected save by Dr. Parry, in a very immature condition, and by the present writer; but it is no rarity in the neld. + + Awn of the pappus longer than the palea. C. macrocora, Gray.—Like C. Lindleyi in size and as- pect, but akenes shorter and more attenuate at summit; palea short, only a third as long as the awn, and cleft to the middle.—Pl. Fenld, 112; Pac. R. Rep., 1. ¢. From Oregon to San Diego, but very rarely collected. C. Ketioaem.—Also resembling C. Lindleyi: akenes 3—4 lines long, attenuate at each end: paleaa third the length of the awn, and with a shallow notch. San Bruno Mountains, near San Francisco, Dr. Kellogg. SCORZONELLA, Nutt. Involucre campanulate; bracts herbaceous, imbricated in in several series, the inner long-acuminate, the outer suc- cessively shorter and acute. Receptacle flat or convex, fov- eolate or alveolate. Akenes linear, or somewhat turbinate, 8—10-costate or -striate, truncate at summit, the basal cal- losity acute and not expanded, areola lateral. Pappus of about 10 (in one species 5) ovate or lanceolate pale, tipped 50 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. with a generally much longer, straight. scabrous or barbel- late bristle or awn. Glabrous perennials with fusiform roots, stems mostly leafy at base with laciniate foliage, and long-peduncled heads which are nodding in the bud. In- habiting wet grassy grounds, chietly in the mountain dis- tricts from middle California to British Columbia, with one species in the high mountains of Australia and New Zealand. Flowering in summer.—Trans. Am. Phil. Soc. vu. 426; Torr. & Gray Fl. 1. 470; Benth. & Hook. Gen. Pl. ii. 533. Calais 3 § Scorzonella & Anacalais, Gray, Pac. R. Rep. iv. 113. Microseris § Scorzonella, Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. ix. 208 and xx. 300, Bot. Cal. i. 424, and Syn. FI, 11. 417 (excel. I. Parryi. *Caulescent.—North American species. S. MEGACEPHALA.—Glaucous, Robust, 2—3 feet high: leaves oblong, acuminate, entire above the middle, laciniate- toothed toward the clasping base, 6—8 inches long: pedun- cles stout, a foot long: heads hemispherical more than an inch high, 2 inches broad, 200—225-flowered: bracts of the involucre 40 or more, imbricated in 4—5 series, exterior round-ovate, innermost ovate-lanceolate, all (the outer very abruptly) long-acuminate: akenes 2 lines long, somewhat turbinate: pappus brownish and firm, of 5 ovate-lanceolate palez a line long, tapering to an awn of 3—4 lines. Eel River, Mendocino County, 1866, H. N. Bolander, being a part of his number 4737. A single specimen only, differing from the next species, not in habit or general ap- pearance, but remarkably distinct from it in the characters of the involucre, akene and pappus. S. PROCERA.—Leaves more laciniate: not acuminate: heads narrower, 100—150-flowered: bracts of inyolucre 25 or more, in 2—3 series, the exterior ovate, innermost ovate- lanceolate, all acuminate: akenes nearly columnar, 3 lines long: pappus brownish, the palez 10 (as in all the follow- ing) lanceolate, passing into a thrice longer, barbellate CHICORIACEOUS COMPOSITA. Al awn.—WMicroseris laciniata var. procera, Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. ix. 209 Bot. Cal. i. 424; Microseris procera, Syn. FI. ii. 417. From Sonoma county to the borders of Oregon. S. pRaTENSIS.—Leafy at base only, the scapose peduncles 2 feet high: leaves linear, lanceolate, long-cuminate, entire, a foot long: heads an inch high and nearly as broad; bracts 16—20 in 3 series, ovate—to lanceolate—acuminate: akenes 2 lines long; pappus white, 4 lines, the triangular-ovate palea } line. Sunny and rather moist meadow lands at Yreka, in the northern part of the State, collected by the writer June 21, 1876, and distributed by him under number 883 as Microseris laciniata var. procera. It is readily distinguishable from the preceding and the following by its long, scapose pe- duncles, and narrow, entire, long, slender-pointed foliage. S. LAcInrATA, Nutt.—Stem less robust and more branch- ing and leafy than in the last: leaves pinnately parted, the segments narrowly linear, an inch or more long: heads a half inch high; bracts 16—20, from round-ovate to lanceo- late, all abruptly acuminate: akene 2 lines long: pappus white, about 3 lines, the ovate-lanceolate palea less than a line.—Trans. Am. Phil. Soc. P vii, 426: Torr. & Gray, FI. 11.470. Microseris, Gray, 1. c. Northern borders of California to the confines of British Columbia. S. LEPTOSEPALA, Nutt., 1. e.—Bracts of involucre in 2 dis- tinct series, the ovate outer ones 5 or 6 only, and hardly more than calyculate to the numerous, lanceolate inner ones, akenes, white pappus, etc., in all their parts more elongated than in the last species; foliage less divided, often merely toothed. Torr. and Gray, 1. c.; Mcroseris, Gray,'1. c. Same range as S. laciniata, from which it differs very ob- viously in the character of the involucre. pn? CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. S. Botanpert.—A foot or more high; leaves linear-lanceo- late, entire or with a few linear lobes; bracts of involucre regularly imbricated in two or three series, all gradually at- tenuate from a broad base; pappus brownish, 5 lines long, the ovate palea not more than a half line. MWicroseris, Gray, Syn. Fl. ii. 418. Mendocino and Humboldt counties, and northward. S. Howetitu.—Size of the last; leaves with refracted lobes or teeth; heads narrower, 15-20-flowered; akene 3 lines long; pappus white, a half inch, the palea lanceolate and nearly as long as the awn. Jicroseris, Gray, Proc. Am. Acad., xx, 300; Syn. Fl. Suppl., 454. Southern Oregon, collected only by Mr. Howell. S. PpALUDOSA.—Stems numerous, slender, 2—3 feet high; leaves a foot long and from subentire to laciniate-parted, the segments long and narrow; head an inch high, 50—75- flowered; bracts 20—25, all tapering from a lanceolate base into a long and slender acumination, the outer successively shorter; akene 2 lines long; pappus brownish, the firm lan- ceolate palea of a line or more passing gradually into a bar- bellate awn of 4 or5lines. Microseris sylvatica, var. Stil- mant, Gray, Bot. Cal., 1. c. and Syn. FI. 1. e. Marshy grounds in the vicinity of Mt. Tamalpais, and in other localities not far from San Francisco Bay. Here de- scribed from excellent specimens obtained by Mrs. Curran at Corde Madera, Marin Co. Most distinct from the fol- lowing. S. sytvatica, Benth.—A foot or two high, mostly simple and monocephalous: head an inch high, 30—40-flowered: bracts broader than in the preceding and more abruptly acuminate: akene 3} lines long, columnar, the base a little attenuate: pappus sordid, the lanceolate palez 5 lines, tapering to a subplumose awn of 3 lines or less.—P1. Hartw. 320. Calais, Gray, Pac. R. Rep. iv. 112. Microseris, Gray, l. ec. excel. var. Stillmant. CHICORIACEOUS COMPOSITA. 53 From Contra Costa to Colusa Counties, on wooded hills. Leaves commonly laciniate-pinnatifid as in most species. S. MonTaAna.—Resembling the preceding, but stouter, the foliage less deeply laciniate: akene linear-columnar, not nar- rowed below, 5 lines long: pappus light brown: palez linear- lanceolate, truncate or slightly notched at the apex, only 3 lines long, its short-plumose awn a little longer. Mountains of Kern County above Tehachapi Pass, June, 1884, Mrs. Curran. A coarser plant than S. sylvatica, with very different fruit. The awn though really plumose, does not bring this species into troublesome proximity to Ptilocalais, for it is short, straight, and of firm texture. ** Acaulescent.—South Pacific species. x S. ScaPIGERA.—Scorzonera scapigera, Forst. Prod. 91; Scorzonera Lawrencii, Hook. f. Lond. Journ. vi. 124; Phyl- lopappus lanceolatus, Walp. in Linnea, xiv. 507; Microseris Fostert, Hook. f. Fl. Nov. Zel. i. and Fl. Tasm. 1. 226; Benth. Fl. Aust. iii. 676; Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. ix. 209. High mountains of Australia and New Zealand. Outer bracts of involucre somewhat calyculate, as in our S. leptose- pala. More strictly scapose than any of our species, and a smaller plant; commonly less than a foot high. PTILOCALAIS, (Gray, Pac. R. Rep. iv. 113). Perennial root, foliage, involucre, receptacle, etc., as in Scorzonella. Pappus bright white, soft and fragile, double, namely, of a single short, external bristle, and 15—20 short, truncate or emarginate palew, terminating in a long, grace- fully recurving, soft-plumose capillary bristle or awn.—Ptilo- phora, Gray, Pl. Fendl. 112. Calais § Ptilophora, Gray, Pace. R. Rep.1.c¢.; Microseris § Ptilophora, Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. ix. 208, Bot. Cal. ii. 423, Syn. Fl. 11. 416.—Genus with the habit of Scorzonella, but pappus resembling that of Stephano- 54 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. meria, supplemented by the single exterior bristle of Mala- cothriz. Geographical range somewhat limited north and south, but extending from ceutral California to Utah. P. nurans.—Scorzonella, Geyer in Hook. Lond. Journ. vi. 523; Ptilophora, Gray, Pl. Fendl. 112; Calais, Gray, Pac. R. Rep. iv. 112; Stephanomeria intermedia, Kellogg, Proc. Cal. Acad. v. 39; Microseris nutans, Gray, |. c. excl. var. major. British Columbia and Montana to the high Sierras of northern and middle California. P. masor.—Ptilophora, Gray, Pl. Fendl. 1. ¢.; Calais, Gray, Pac. R. Rep. 1. c.; Microseris major, Gray, 1. c. excl. yar. laciniata. Utah and Idaho. P. GRACILILOBA.—Calais graciloba, Kellogg, Proc. Cal. Acad. 1. ¢.; Microseris major, var. laciniata, Gray, 1..c. Still known only from Mendocino County, California; the specimens too young, yet by their pubescence and other characteristics, clearly enough representing a distinct spe- cies. NOTHOCALAIS. Tnvolucre oblong-campanulate; bracts in two series, nar- rowly lanceolate, membranaceous, with thinner, somewhat hyaline margins, nearly equal, none calyculate. Recepta- cle flat, alveolate. Akenes fusiform, contracted or rostrate- attenuate at summit, 10-striate-ribbed. Pappus very whiteand soft, of 10-30, scabrous-margined, narrow, unequal palex, with or without some capillary bristles.—Jicroseris § Notho- calais, Gray, Syn. Fl. i. 420, with Troximon cuspidatun, Pursh, added. Perennials with linear-attenuate, undulate or crisped radical leaves marked by white-tomentulose mar- gins, and monocephalous, scapose peduncles. Habitat from Northern California to British Columbia and eastward to the Great Lakes, on dry, open rocky places. N. Suxsporru.—Akene slender, 5 lines long, rostrate-at- CHICORIACEOUS COMPOSIT®. 55 tenuate, only half occupied by the seed: palez 10—12, very narrow and nearly equal, strictly linear-attenuate, a half inch long: involucre villous-tomentose or glabrate: scapose peduncles exceeding the radical leaves. Western part of Klickitat County, Washington Territory, April and May, 1882, W. N. Suksdorf. N. rroxmmoiwes.—Akene fusiform, scarcely 4 lines long, merely contracted summit, nearly filled by the seed: palez _ 20—25, lanceolate below, very unequal, a half inch long: involucre and peduncles as in the last.—Microseris troximoides, iaeay, Proc. Am. Acad. ix. 211; Bot. Cal. 1. ¢.: Syn. Fl. I. 'e. Northern California to Oregon and Idaho. N. cusprpata.—Akene little contracted, 3 lines long, filled by the seed: pappus of 40—50 unequal, very narrow, setose palere and scabrous bristles: leaves all radical, longer than the flowering scapes: involucre glabrous.— Troximon Pursh, Fl. ii. 742; Torr. & Gray, Fl. 11. 489; Gray, Syn. FI. ui. 437: T. marginatum, Nutt. Gen. ii. 127. On bleak, stony hills and fertile prairies, from Dakota and Colorado to Wisconsin and Illinois. Scarcely distin- guishable from its far Western congeners except by the pappus. The undulate-crisped, white-hairy margins of the grassy leaves of this giving it an aspect so strikingly unlike the general appearance of the other species of his genus Troximon, were points not overlooked by that well traveled and most keenly observant botanist, Mr. Nuttall. That he noticed the peculiarity and was impressed by it is evinced by his effort to invest the species with a new specific name, marginatum, more appropriate than Pursh’s cuspidatum, which was given to it in reference to the acuminate rather than cuspidate bracts, and has, therefore, no fitness, but which must needs be retained in deference to its priority. The name marginatum would, indeed, be equally and in the same way, applicable to each of the three known species of Nothocalais, 56 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. 2. Some species of EurHorBia % ANISOPHYLLUM. E. ParisHi. — Suffrutescent, prostrate, glabrous and glaucescent: leaves thick, round-ovate, entire, veinless, 1—2 lines long: stipules setaceous, entire or cleft, obscurely barbellate above: glands minute, short-stipitate. cupulate, marginless, dark red: seed linear-oblong, 3 line long, quad- rangular, faintly rugose. Warm Springs on the Mohave Desert, May, 1882, S. B. Parish, No. 1384. This plant wears the aspect of EZ. polycarpa, but has the peculiar flowers of that very dissimilar species, E. ocellata, which is annual, with much larger, veiny leaves, and round- oval seeds. E. NeEo—Mextcana.—Glabrous, light green or glaucescent; a span high, erect-spreading, the few ascending branches acutely angled: leaves linear-oblong, veinless, with a few serrate teeth toward the truncate or retuse apex, the sides entire and revolute: stipules setaceous, mostly bifid, ascend- ing or erect: glands minute, green, with a narrow, white or greenish appendage: seed light gray, indistinctly rugose, acutely 4-angled, thrice as long as broad, the upper half gradually tapering.—Z. iuequilatera, Engelm. Mex. Bound. as to the plant of New Mexico. J. serpyllifolia, var. consan- guinea, Boiss. DC. Prod. xv’ 43, with the same limitation. The above character is drawn from specimens of my own collecting, on the plains of the upper Gila in western New Mexico. The sub-erect habit, somewhat wing-angled stem and few branches, must separate this New Mexican plant from the wholly prostrate, terete-stemmed JF. serpyllifolia. The specimens from California, which the authors referred to have classed with this, must belong to the fullowing. Nothing like 2. Neo-Mexicana has appeared from any local- ity west of the Gila Plains. KE. sanauinea, Hochst. & Steud.—Glabrous, deep green, EUPHORBIA § ANISOPHYLLUM. OT becoming red with age, not glaucescent: a span to a foot high; erect and simple base of stem an inch or two high, parting abruptly into numerous almost horizontally spread- branches: leaves obovate- to spatulate-oblong, with 3—4 pairs of pinnate veins, the margin serrulate above the mid- dle: stipules setaceous, entire or somewhat lacerate, spread- ing or deflexed: glands minute, dark red with narrow rose- colored appendages: seed dark gray, faintly rugose-pitted, scarcely twice as long as broad.—Boiss. |. c. 35: EH. serpylli- folia in part, of Watson, Bot. Cal. ii. 74: E. inequilatera, Engelm. Mex. Bound. |. ec. as to the Californian plant, doubtless. Described here from specimens collected by the writer, in Napa county, Cal., October, 1882. £. serpyllifolia, besides being wholly prostrate has veinless leaves, and is very brittle, by the absence of fibrous tissue; but the stem and branches of this plant are almost as tough as those of flax. It has the erect-spreading habit, but not the foliage nor the sharply angular branches of H. Neo-Mexicana, which latter is also brittle like H. serpyllifolia. Our Californian plant matches well African specimens of H. sanguinea. K. ruspyi.—Annual, pubescent, a span to a foot high, branches ascending: leaves oval, nearly sessile, very ob- lique, the major side cordate, serrate, and with a single veinlet supplementary to the mid-vein: stipules parted to the very base into a pair of slender, erect, ciliate sete: glands small, orbicular, cup-shaped, with a reniform, entire, rose colored appendage: seed quadrangular, rugose-pitted, red- dish. Northern part of Arizona, 1885, Dr. H. H. Rusby. EK. vELUTINA.—Velvety canescent: branches and branch- lets numerous, prostrate, forming a close mat: leaves crowded and almost sessile, veinless, the lower orbicular and coarsely toothed, the floral obovate-oblong and mostly en- 5—BvuLL. Cau. Acap. Scr, I. 5. Issued March 6, 1886. 58 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. tire: stipules short, setaceous, entire, deciduous: glands transversely oblong, dark red-purple, with a deep, flabelli- form, crenate, white or pinkish appendage: seed light gray, rather sharply angled and faintly rugose. Probably Lower California, but the specimen has no ticket. 3d. New Polypetale. RANUNCULUS BOLANDERI.—Stem stout, erect, 13—3 feet high, from a fleshy-fibrous, perennial root: glabrous below, the peduncles and calyx pubescent: leaves lanceolate, the radical on very long petioles, the cauline sheathing, margin obscurely repand-denticulate: petals bright yellow, broadly obovate, thrice the length of the sepals; akenes numerous, in a globose head; beak slender, acute, somewhat incurved. Long Valley, Mendocino County, May, 1886, H. N. Bo- lander, No. 4730. This large and showy species has the general appearance of R. Lingua of Northern Europe; but that has its akene tipped by a stout, blunt style. The transversely elongated, inflexed callosities which are distributed along the margin of the leaf, together with the great size of the plant, dis- tinguish this Coast Range species from its allies of the Sierra Nevada. R. Lemmoni and Rf. alismeefolius. Ranuncutus Lupovictanus.—Pilose-pubescent, a foot or two high: branches ascending or depressed, stout and fistular: leaves ternately parted, the segments broad and with some conspicuously callous-pointed lobes or teeth: calyx reflexed, petals 10—15, a half inch long: akenes in a globose head, cuneate-obovate, a line and a half long, thickened upwards. marginless, tipped with a short, slender, recurved style. High valleys among the mountains of San Luis Obispo County, California, and eastward to Tehachapi Pass. Col- lected by Mrs. Curran, in 1884. A large-flowered showy species, covering the ground in many places with its de- pressed flowering stems and branches. NEW POLYPETAL. 59 MECONELLA DENTICULATA.—Three to ten inches high: radi- -eal leaves entire, the laminal portion rhombic-ovate, acutish: cauline spatulate to linear, obtuse, sharply denticulate: petals narrowly oblong, 2 lines long: stamens 6—9. Temecula Cation, north of San Luis Rey, in San Diego ~ County, Cal., March 27, 1885, by the writer. The genus Meconella, with its few stamens, filiform fila- ments, narrow stigmas and slender, spirally-twisted capsules, together with its peculiar habit, seems more unlike Platy- stigma a good deal than that genus is unlike Platystemon. Hence the action of Messrs. Bentham and Hooker in reduc- ing it to Platystigma, appears to have been rather arbitrary. This new species has the small flowers of the original J. Oregana, Nutt., but the leaves of the stem are denticulate. ARGEMONE CORYMBOSA.—Annual or biennial, a foot or two high, robust, simple below, corymbosely branched above, armed throughout with rigid, straight, spreading spines: leaves rather crowded, 1—3 inches long, oval, entire or with shallow, rounded lobes, closely sessile by a broad, some- what clasping base: flowers white, small, numerous, in an ample corymbose, terminal cyme: capsule oblong-ovate, acuminate, barely an inch long, spinose, 4-valved. - Mohave Desert, June, 1884, Mrs. Curran. A peculiar species, very leafy, none of the leaves pinnat- ifid, the uppermost quite entire. The many, small, corym- bose flowers mark it at sight as a very distinct, not to speak of the uniformly quadrivalvular, taper-pointed capsules. Drasa Sonor#.—Annual, leafy at base, sparingly pubes- cent with branching hairs: flowering branches slender, race- mose from the base: leaves spatulate-oblong, or obovate with cuneate base, coarsely few-toothed: pods oblong-lan- -ceolate, 2—3 lines long, on ascending pedicels of about a line: petals white, minute, little exceeding the sepals, rather deeply emarginate. 60 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. Northwestern Sonora, March, 1884, collected by Mr.. Pringle, and distributed under the name D. cuneifolia, var. brevipes, Watson; but the minute, emarginate petals, branches racemose throughout their whole length, and pods on not only shorter but ascending or sub-erect pedicels, mark it as distinct from D. cuneifolia. CALIFORNIAN COLEOPTERA. : 61 A NEW SPECIES OF CALIFORNIAN COLEOPTERA. By J. J. Rivers, University of California. BRADYCINETUS, Horn. Bradycinetus Hornii ». sp. Male: Form robust, elliptical. Color ferruginous brown, shining; head, tips of armature, margins of prothorax anda spot near the outer margin of pro- thorax either dusky or black. Head: Clypeus trans- verse and feebly angulate at the sides, the front edge rising increasingly backward, until just before reaching the clypeal suture it ends in a well formed tubercle on either MALE. side; behind the sutural line onthe ver- HEAD. tex is a very prominent, stout, conical horn in front of the base of wh'ch the surface of the head is slightly concave; three-fourths of the lower portion of the horn and the whole of the frontal area finely rugose. Antenne: funicle shining, chestnut; club paler, not shining. Thorax: subtriangular, deepest longitudinally through the center; noticeably wider than the elytra at their juncture, and rather wider than their greatest breadth; seen from above the front margin appears truncate in the middle, then trends obliquely forward to the angles which are prominent; sides straight for a short distance, pos- terior angles strongly rounded; posterior margin much extended in the mid- dle with distinct sinuations toward the angles. The front area deeply con- cave, surmounted by four well formed tubercles; two occupying the center, bold and projecting over the concavity, two others, one on either side of the central two, situated near the anterior margin of the thorax at its exterior angles. The area around the two anterior tubercles very rugosely punctate; and transversely across the disc are large distinct punctures nowhere ex- tending to th: posterior margin. A well defined margin, reflexed at the sides, surrounds the whole. Elytra: very convex, obtusely rounded behind, having fourteen well defined and regularly punctured striw, the interstices of which are flattened and indistinctly wrinkled. The under side paler than the upper; dense fringes of light chestnut hair line the reflexed portion of the thorax andelytra, while the femora, tibia and tarsal joints, as well as the lower side generally, are well supplied with rather long chestnut hair. Length, .48—.52 inch. 6—Bunn. Can. AcaD. Scr. I. 5. Issued April 23, 1886. 62 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. Female: Form and color asin male. Labrum project- ing, rugose, covering the mandibles. Head: clypeal mar- gin raised; a feeble tubercle just in front of the clypeal . suture, immediately behind which is a central trans- WK verse ridge, undivided, slightly higher in the middle and Xslightly apiculate at either end. Antenne less robust than in the male. Thorax: very convex, shining; out- line obtusely triangular; anterior margin seen from above, truncate in the centre; angles produced; sides rounded; posterior margin much produced to meet the scutellum, sinuate toward the angles which are rounded; the front discal area characterized by a bi-lobed transverse raised line at either en1 of which, outward and for- ward, is a well formed but depressed tubercle; behind which line the disc is dense with coarse corrugated punctures, which become scattered and plain, nowhere reaching the posterior margin, but taking a transverse course, barely reach the side margins, where they become less distinct. Elytra: much the same as in the male, but the interstices of the fourteen punctate striz a trifle more wrinkled and much more convex, Length, smaller than the male. FEMALE, Habitat: burrowing in the ground near the city of Sonora, Tuolumne Co., Cal.; found also in Sacramento Co. The name selected for this species is intended to be a slight tribute of hon- or to Dr. Geo. H. Horn, the emiuent Coleopterist, as a slight return for _Many favors. STRIDULATING ORGANS. Chas. Fuchs, Esq., having obtained living specimens of the above new species of Bradycinetus discovered that it pos- sessed the power of stridulating. His researches through coleopterological literature disclose nothing relative to the stridulating faculty in this genus. The latest work on class- ification, that of Le Conte and Horn, makes no mention of it, and as these able authors always notice such biologic characters when aware of them, it is safe to affirm that the observations of Mr. Fuchs are new, and that to him belongs the credit of the discovery of these particulars. The anatomical investigation by Mr. Fuchs of this beetle discloses the stridulating apparatus to be well developed, and to consist of three trans- verse bands situated respectively upon the fourth, fifth and CALIFORNIAN COLEOPTERA. 63 sixth dorsal segments, that on the fourth segment showing vpoldest. Each of these bands is seen with a high power to consist of cernuous bristles set in oblique rows, alternating and interlacing with one another; the point of each bristle is bent downward, forming a bow, and the band, as a whole, gains elasticity by the pressure of each bristle thus bowed against the next in the series. The rubbing of these three bands against the edges of the elytra produces the stridula- tion. The examination of species of the allied genus Bolbocerus shows the same stridulating power, but the outline of the bands in each case so ditfers as to show spe- cific characters. 64 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE LARVAL HISTORY OF PACIFIC COAST COLEOPTERA. By J. J. Rivers, University of California. The study of systematic entomology affords the student but a dim idea of what insects are noxious and what are in- noxious. The distinctive characters upon which the sys- tematic entomologist builds classification need not be and generally are not the characters of prime importance to the economic entomologist. The names of many of the groups of Coleoptera afford a slight generalized description which is often misleading. In the present state of entomologic © science, where systematic is given precedence over biology, it is dangerous to attempt to make a general statement of the habits of a single genus and impossible to generalize the habits of a group or family. The most valuable contribution to the life history of American insects which is generally accessible is Dr. Pack- ard’s ‘‘ Insects Injurious to Forest and Shade Trees.”’* In his introduction the author states that this work is purely tentative and designed to elicit the results of the observa- tions of students of economic entomology. It is‘on that ac- count that I feel at liberty to comment upon or question certain of Dr. Packard’s statements. On page 118, op. cit: Prionus laticollis, Drury, is noted as injurious to the poplar. If Prionus destroys living trees in other parts of America it has no such destructive habit in California; in fact the charge against borers that they destroy trees is a very old one, but by no means substanti- ated by my own observations. P. Californicus goes through its transformations in the roots of oaks, but these roots were dead in every case observed by me and usually belonged to *U. S. Entomological Commission, Bulletin 7, Washington, 1881. 6—Bu.Lu. Cat. Acap. Scr, Il. 5, Issued April 23, 1886, PACIFIC COAST COLEOPTERA. 65 stumps whose trunks had been felled years before. Last year I bred several from the decayed part of an old oaken chopping block. In fact Dr. Packard himself throws some doubt upon the destructive habit of P. laticollis, for in his note he quotes the report for 1872 of Prof. S. J. Smith, En- tomologist to the Connecticut Board of Agriculture, as fol- lows: ‘‘I have noticed it in logs of poplar, bass-wood and oak, and in the trunks of old, decaying apple trees.” On page 1537 op. cit. is the following: ‘‘We have found Buprestid and Longicorn borers in a dead sweet gum tree.’’ The caption at the head of the page, ‘‘ Insects Injurious to the Sweet Gum,” seems designed to lead to the inference that these borers killed the tree. But my observation is that the larve of insects of the two families noted feed only on dead wood. Again, on the same page, Ptilinus basalis and Micracis hirtella are listed as injurious to the California Bay. These species are both found in Berkeley, and I have observed their habits for the last seven years, and as a result of such observation I am in a position to assert that they bore into the twigs of the tree mentioned only when dead, dried and decaying. On page 71, op. cit., we find a figure of Oncideres cingu- latus in the act of girdling a hickory twig. In connection with this insect we meet with one of the most interesting and remarkable points in the whole range of insect biology. For, knowing that its larva will have to feed upon dead and sapless wood, this beetle, at the time of depositing its egg in the living and easily penetrated green wood, has instinct or forethought to girdle the twig, and thus assure the future larva the conditions necessary for its metamorphosis. The question, ‘‘ Are Curculio larva lignivorous?” has been partially discussed in Bulletin of the Brooklyn Ento- mological Society, vol. vii, page 150, by Warren Knaus, and in Entomologica Americana, vol. i, page 18, by W. H. Harrington. The question was brought up by the finding of 66 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. Wollastonia quercicola in cottonwood logs in an advanced stage of decay. The Curculios are a group of insects in systematic value the equivalent to a sub-order, and known as the Rhynchophora (Latreille), which bear certain intimate resemblances to one another in the perfect and final forms, while in their larval stage they may and certainly do differ in many particulars of habit. W. quercicola belongs to the Calandride, a family abounding in species whose habit in the larval stage is preéminently to feed on dry food. The metamorphoses of the Rhynchophora (Latr.) are not at all well known, but I have bred the following, belonging to this sub-order, and have found them to be lignivorous in the larval stage: PLATYRHINUS LATIROSTRIS Fabr.— Decaying oak stumps highly charged with mycelia of a fungus. ScoLyTus DESTRUCTOR Oliy.—Dead sapwood of elm. Mesitis Tarp Woll.—Decaying beech. Moyartarum Hourroxt Woll.—Various hard woods. HYLESINUS CRENATUS Fabr.—Dying ash. ANTHRIBUS ALBINUS Lin.—Old wood. BRACHYTARSUS SCABROSUS Fabr.—Elm bark. RyvxcoLus—several species. —Bark of trees. The foregoing are old world species of Curculios that do not atfect a herbaceous diet; sand the three following species are of similar habits. SCOLYTIDZ. MOoNARTHRUM SCUTELLARE Lec. —Bark of dead Quercus agrifolia. MONARTHRUM DENTIGERUM Lec.—- Bark of dead Quercus agrifolia. PACIFIC COAST COLEOPTERA. 67 MIcRACIS HIRTELLA Lac.—Dead branches of California laurel, Umbellularia Californica. The Brenthidz are well known to have the general habit of perforating trees and of depositing a single ege in each hole thus made, by this means providing that the larva shall have a full supply of the wood upon which it feeds. The question, then, should not be: are Cureulio larvee lignivorous? but rather, how many have that habit? Ina great group like this of Curculios, comprising many forms varying greatly from one another, one can easily appreciate the fact that we meet with many different tastes and habits. Some are known to feed upon all kinds of grain in store; one finds its food in rice, another in barley, and others in maize. Many species of Balanius undergo their changes in nuts, the larva feeding upon the kernels; another group is to be found in Cynips galls; and one species, geographi- cally distributed from San Diego to Alaska, is to be found beneath seaweed upon the shores. Enough has been in- stanced to show clearly that we can draw no inference from the fact that two insects are found in the same natural group, that for that reason their habits are similar; and it is evident that a classification by habits would be of little aid to the systematic entomologist. CHRYSOMELIDA, DiasroticA 12-punctata Oliv.—This is a most destruc- tive insect to our peach orchards, and is not as yet sufli- ciently studied. If it resembles in habit the eastern species of the genus, and feeds in the larva stage upon the roots of cereals, it may be possible to rid ourselves in some degree of this pest by some rotation of crops. In the meanwhile sprays and washes are beyond a doubt not only useless, but in most cases a positive injury. We shall have to study further before speaking positively of the larval history of this insect pest. 68 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. The Ptinidz is a family of limited extent, whose habits seem to be very similar wherever members of it are found. In California I have observed the following: MELANDRYIDZ. Dircz#a Riverstt Lec.—Larva feeds in decaying trees of Madrona, Arbutus Menziesii. In trees in position the insect is found in the primary forks of the roots, and in prostrate logs among the more seasoned fibers of the wood. PTINIDE, Prinus INTERRUPTUS Lec.—Black fungus of the laurel, Umbellularia Californica. PTINUS QUADRIMACULATUS Melsh. — Decayed Ceanothus thyrsiflorus. HEDOBIA GRANOSA Lee.—Dead branches of Umbellularia Californica. HADOBREGMUS GIBBICOLLIS Lec.—Decaying wood of Myrica Californica and dead willow. VRILLETTA CONVEXA Lec.—Dead Quercus agrifolia. Prininus BASALIS Lec.—Dead twigs of Umbellularia Cali- fornica. SINOXYLON DECLIVE Lec.— Any dead tree or unpainted wood, very partial to wine casks and oak barrels. The dep- redations are done by the beetle while boring for a suitable place to deposit its eggs. Its burrow is straight across the grain of the wood, reaching the interior of the cask, causing waste and deterioration of the contents. Hot solution of alum applied to the outside of the casks will prevent bor- ing. Potycaon Sroutm Lec.—Dead and dried willow. PACIFIC COAST COLEOPTERA. 69 Potycaon conrerTUS Lec.—Found boring into a slab of chestnut oak that had been deposited for years in the mu- seum of the University of California; also bred from the stem of dead apricot trees that had been grafted on a peach root. There appears strong evidence that these trees were not destroyed by the borer, but through the influence of the ‘‘black knot’’ on the roots, they being diseased with knobs as large as a man’s fist on every root; while all the trees killed had the root diseased, only a portion was infested with the larva of this beetle. Many similar observations made by myself and others go to show that in the larval stage this beetle is xylophagous. On the other hand, there is indisputable proof that this larva infests living trees by entering the twigs at the axils of the leaves. Lyctus striatus Melsh.—Devastates furniture made of California laurel, Umbellularia Californica. Dr. Packard, op. cit. p. 75, quotes Dr. LeConte as saying that it affects the trunks and branches of Carya tomentosa. This is not borne out by my observations, as I am well satisfied that the larva lives in dead and dry wood. SCARABAIDZ. ‘ POLYPHYLLA DECEMLINEATUS, Say. Larva that produced this species was found in the earth from one to two feet from the surface, among root fibres of a coarse grass and roots of a Californian Laurel. Umbellularia Californica. The earth was sandy loam situated upon the banks of a river, and which is overflowed during the rainy season of the year. ODONTAEUS OBESUS, Lec. This has a light chestnut larva with tufts of bristles surrounding each spiracle. Mandib- ular and clypeal portions well developed, redder in color and 70 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. thicker in texture than any other part. The legs are prom- inent. Feed upon rootlets of Umbellularia Californica. It is much infested with a small, pale-colored mite which is evidently parasitic on the species. LUCANIDE. PLATYCERUS OREGONENSIS (Westwood) — Dead trees of Photinia arbutifolia, Umbellularia Californica, Quercus ag- rifolia and Eucalyptus. Puiatycerus AGaAsstt Lec.— Decayed trees of Arbutus Menziesii; also in wood too much decayed to be identified. SINODENDRON RUGOSUM Mann.—Decayed oak, Quercus ag- rifolia. The 522 North American species of Cerambycide are all borers; the insect deposits its egg in a hole perforated in the wood, and the larva penetrates further and further ac- cording to a rhythmic order peculiar to the species until its metamorphoses are completed. The following is a list of the Californian species whose habits I have observed: CERAMBYCIDZ. ErGaTes sprcuLatus Lec.—Rotting coniferous trees. Bred from Sequoia sempervirens, Pinus insignis, Abies Doug- lasii, ete. Prionus Catirornicus Mots. — Bred from rotten damp roots of Quercus agrifolia. ASEMUM NITIDUM Lec.—Decayed Pinus insignis. HyYLorruPEs LIGNEUS Fab.—Dead trees of Libocedrus decurrens. ELAPHIDION IMBELLE Lec.—Bred from decayed oak near San Diego, Cal., by F. E. Blaisdell. PACIFIC COAST COLEOPTERA. fal HotopLeura Hetena Lec.—Dead twigs of Umbellularia Californica. Rosana FUNEBRIS Mots. — Decaying Umbellularia Cali- fornica among the mycelia of some fungus. XYLOTRICHUS NAUTICUS Mann.—Dead sapwood of the oak, Quercus agrifolia. XYLOTRICHUS PLANIFRONS Lec.—Dead branches of willow. NECYDALIS LEVICOLLIS Lec.—Decayed oak, Quercus agri- folia, and in dead Eucalyptus globulus. Leprura L®TA Lec.—Dead Quercus agrifolia and Quer- cus sp. LEPTURA CRASSIPES Lec.—Decayed wood of Umbellularia Californica. SynapHara Gurext Lec.—Dead limbs of California buck- eye, Asculus Californica. PoGonocHERus crintrus Lec.—Dead branches of Quercus agrifolia. TROGOSITIDZ. TROGOSITA VIRESCENS F'ab.—Dead Libocedrus and several kinds of oak. CLERIDZ, THANASIMUS EXIMIUS Mann.—Dead twigs of Umbellularia Californica. Among many entomological enigmas of long standing is one that is about being solved. From time to time in many parts of the United States, large luminous larve of some Coleopteron have been found, and it has been conjectured that these larvze belong to some of the Elateridz, the gen- eral supposition being that they were larve of the genus Melanactes. Every attempt at breeding them resulted in 72 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. failure because their natural food was unknown. I have recently found what their food consists of. Before making this discovery I had arrived, from a careful study of the anatomy of the mouth parts of these larve, at the conclu- sion now confirmed that they are carnivorous in habit. Their food consists of the vegetable feeding Myriapoda, particularly of Julus and Polydesmus with a preference for Julus, because the large area of the rings of this genus af- fords space for the larva to penetrate the interior of the Myriapod. Its manner of feeding is to seize the hinder part of the Julus, and perforate a segment, reaching the soft inner parts, which it devours at leisure, creeping through many segments without disjointing them, and re- maining inside these rings for days at a time, till one can see little else but the slowly wriggling form of the dying Julus. T have a full fed larva, which I hope will go through its metamorphosis, and solve the problem. And now its mode of life is made known, other persons who are equally anx- ious with myself that nature shall yield this long kept secret, can apply themselves with renewed energy to the task of discovering the identity of the perfect insect. NOTES ON SATURN. 73 NOTES ON SATURN. By Prof. George Davipson, A. M., Ph. D. After midnight of Friday, the 13th November, 1885, the atmosphere was unusually steady; sky clear; no wind; at- mosphere saturated with aqueous vapor; heavy dew falling. The satellites of Saturn were plainly visible with a moder- ate power to the equatorial of 6.4 inches objective. The planet was examined for nearly two hours with different powers, the best effects being obtained with powers of 300 to 350 diameters; and the summary of the matters of inter- est is as follows: The Encke division was traced for 120° about each end of the major axis, leaving only 120° not seen. The division was faint but it was there, a little outside the middle of the ring A. In the ring B the inner part presented such an appear- ance in its delicate shading as would arise from a rapid hor- izontal rotary motion being given to a dise of irregularly distributed and yielding matter. I could detect no atmos- pheric unsteadiness that would give rise to this phenomenon. The dusky ring presented equally distinct ans; on for- mer occasions I had been satisfied that they were sometimes of different brightness, and had endeavored to find some law for this variation. The dusky ring was well defined at the ansz and across the body of the planet, but I was con- vinced that the limb of the planet was visible through the dusky ring, very nearly, if not quite up to the inner edge of ring B. The shadow of the planet was cast upon the preceding side, and where it reached the outer edge of the ring B, it was recurved farther from the planet as if the outer edge of B had a round moulding above the general level of the plane. 6—BUuLL. Cau. Acap. Sci. I. 5, Issued April 23, 1886. 74 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. The markings of the planet were quite distinct. The darker color of the pole was gradually toned down until it met the second moderately faint belt south of the equator. The second belt was quite dark but appeared to have a more marked darkness on the following side of the central line, where it should have been brighter on account of the sun- light. Then came the bright equatorial belt without mark- ings and north of it a narrow dark band about half as broad as the trace of the dusky ring across the planet, with a nar- row dark band about half as broad as the trace of the dusky ring across the planet, with a narrow lighter space between it and the edge of the dusky ring. January 8, 1886. The atmosphere was unsteady, but at quiet moments I saw the Encke division by using a power of 250 diameters. Observations made with the Clark Equa- torial of 6.4 inches. January 25, 1886. The atmosphere was wonderfully steady. I saw the dusky ring of Saturn with powers as low as 150 diameters, and the equatorial beltings were beauti- fully sharp. The shape of the shadow on the outer part of the B ring was apparently not so recurved as heretofore. I saw the limbs of the planet through the dusky ring to the inner edge of ring B. I was able to follow the grayish in- ner edge of the B ring across the body of the planet and in contrast with the dusky ring below it. The Encke division at the preceding part of the ellipse was clearly outside the middle of A; at the following part it was barely outside the middle of A; no difference of breadth of the Cassini divis- ion could be distinguished at either extreme. February 14, 1886. Atmosphere steady. Carried powers to 450 diameters. The Encke division clearly exhibited; on the preceding side it is outside the middle of A, on the following side it is barely inside the middle of 4; I carry it well down to the narrow part of the ellipse. The dusky ring is well seen and it seems that the inner edge extends more than half way from B to the planet. The limbs of the 7 NOTES ON SATURN. 75 planet are seen through the dusky ring and the inner edge of B. I cannot determine any difference of brightness be- tween the preceding and following parts of the dusky ring. I have watched carefully and repeatedly a minute—ex- cessively minute—and white protuberance on each side of the planet apparently off the broad bright equatorial belt, but really at the points where the faintly dark belt nearest the dusky ring disappears at either limb. This would seem to indicate that this faint dark belt is raised above the gen- eral surface of the spheroid. March 31,1886. To this date I have not been able, on account of atmospheric conditions, to test the last observa- tions of February 14. WEATHER TYPES ON THE PACIFIC COAST. (a WEATHER TYPES ON THE PACIFIC COAST. By W. A. Grassrorp, 2d Lieut. Signal Corps, U.S, A. Assistant. (With Four Plates.) A short study of the charted weather reports of the Pa- cific Coast, reveals certain types lasting for a considerable period which admit of classification. East of the Rocky Mountains, however, no such characteristics are present; the storms or cyclonic areas, as well as the anti-cyclonic or areas of high pressure generally originate in the Gulf of Mexico, the Rocky Mountain slopes, or in British America, and move in succession overa curved path almost invariably to the eastward at a uniform rate, and with uniform charac- teristics. They disappear as regularly near Nova Scotia. It is very seldom, if ever, that perfect paths of low pressure areas are traced from the Pacific Coast across the mountain plateaus and ranges, although some few cases have been charted on the storm track maps; but even these are not so uniform as in the East, for they frequently tarry for quite a period, clinging to some valley or plateau. On this coast a noticeable feature is the difference in the storm frequency between the northern and southern boundary lines of the United States. Areas of low pressure of any intensity are of infrequent occurrence in southern California, but going north become more frequeut as Vancouver Isiand is ap- proached. From a search of the Weather Reviews for three years, it is found that areas of low pressure entering the Pacific Coast states from the ocean during that period num- ber 90; those north of the 45th parallel are 54; between 45° and 40°, 25; between 40° and 35°, 10; below the 385th par- allel, 1. Another peculiarity of the areas of high and low pressure here is their arrangement in recurring and symmet- rical types; recurring, beca: se there is a tendency to assume the same barometric condition on successive days; symmet- 7—BULL. Cau, ACAD. Scr. If. 5. Issued Aug, 31, 1886. 78 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. rical, because the recurrence as denoted by the barometer takes about the same area, shape and intensity. Except the November, and the greater storm of January last, and in fact the centers of these were the whole time at sea, there has been no distinct cyclonic area, such as ap- pear in the Eastern States, central over California during the past season. Those who examine the Signal Service synoptic charts with its reports may have observed “ High” and ‘‘ Low” designated, but these are often such only by con- trast; the areas where the group of barometric readings, re- duced to sea level, are the greatest or the least that appear on the map, being so named. Another observation may be noted. When severe and stormy weather prevails on this Coast, and especially in California, almost invariably the press dispatches announce from the East the prevalence of cold waves, snow blockades, tornadoes, ete. If complaint be made at any time that the climate of the Pacific Coast is in no way superior to the or- dinary Eastern weather, attention may be drawn to the fact that at that time cold waves, snows, etc., prevail over the East; if here the winds are high they are balanced by tor- nadoes or hurricanes there; if washouts delay travel on this slope, floods in the streams of the great Eastern valleys and seaboard do vastly more damage; if frosts nip the buds in our California citrus belt, in Florida oranges are frozen. Such is the action of storms on this Coast relative to the margin of the great Arctic high pressure ridges which surge down from British Columbia. These coincidences show a common sensitiveness to distant weather conditions. Contrary to the usual rule in the states east of the Rocky Mountains, we have observed here a recurrence and per- sistence of fine clear weather, or of rainy days for quite a period. The interruptions are slight, of short duration, and the prevalent types are unmistakable. The synoptic charts during these periods show a general resemblance. For instance, during February last scarcely any rain fell. WEATHER TYPES ON THE PACIFIC COAST. 79 In April we had almost constant rain from the Ist to the 17th, then followed suddenly clear weather to the month’s end and after. The fact that the change from one type to another is so very sudden is what causes the difficulty on this coast in forecasting the weather. These phenomena, as aids to forecasting, I call weather types. This study is only possible by reference to the reports of the observations taken three times a day simultaneously at 44.M., noon and 7 p. M., Pacific time, telegraphed to San Francisco and charted by entry on outline maps. Isobars and isotherms are drawn showing the belts or areas of like pressure and temperature, and symbols are added marking stations where rain has fallen or cloudiness exists. It is seen that map after map, day after day is almost identical. A persistence of some one barometric characteristic covers the same region. Applying the principle of composite pho- tography, taking a transparent outline map of the same scale as the weather map and drawing lines enclosing like areas, and continuing this process on the same transparent map, we have represented a great number of like areas su- perimposed upon each other. We thus find the high or low barometer regions to cor- respond with certain characteristic conditions of cloudiness and rain, which remain stationary and hover over the same locality during the continuance of the high or low. For instance, grouping all the charts that have high pressure over Oregon, and the low over southeastern California, it is noticed that remarkably fine warm weather with northwest- erly winds continues for a succession of days, while this con- dition lasts. When the barometer changes, it does so sud- denly, and the weather changes with equal rapidity. The greater the number of these like features of barometer and weather found, the greater, of course, is the frequency of the type. Illustrating in the case of February last, it is found that a persistent high overlay the district embracing Oregon with parts of Nevada and Idaho. Plate IJ illus- 80 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. trates the superimposing of a series of daily charts showing this feature. Indeed, if only the observations of a single station are studied, taking a specific instance of the recurrence ofa persistent weather type, the list of days in which rain of any consequence fell on successive days in San Francisco during the last rainy season, shows six such periods lasting from six to fifteen days each. These periods of the rainy season, and the contrasting conditions of rain absence inter- vening, are the special object of this inquiry. IT now come to determining and naming these weather types, commencing with the rainy season of 1885-6. On November Ist, the first interruption of the dry season of 1885, disregarding some slight rains occurring prior to this date, began at the time when the high, which had moved inward from the coast with the advance of the season and finally hung stationary over the eastern slope of the Cascade Range, moved further eastward before the low area advanc- ing on the Washington Territory coast from sea. This low area spread south and brought the rainy season for San Francisco and this portion of the State. This type I call the NORTH PACIFIC CYCLONIC. It prevailed from November Ist to 10th, and from Janu- ary 11th to 14th, and is distinguished by a low barometer area of considerable depth over and to the westward of Or- egon and Washington Territory, which, striking the mount- ain range and high pressure to the eastward, cannot break over the barrier, and is held there with fluctuating depth for some time. The high, which always exists somewhere in the margin of the low, continues central in the district north of Salt Lake. During the prevalence of this type, southerly gales occur from Cape Mendocino to Vancouver Island. Kain prevails and frequently becomes heavy over Oregon, Wash- ington Territory, in California south to San Luis Obispo WEATHER TYPES ON THE PACIFIC COAST. 8] and in the San Joaquin Valley. The temperature through- out the coast is about normal. It is only when a subsidiary low is developed in southeastern California, locally called a ** Sonora Storm,” that rain spreads over the southern part of the State, being generally of short duration. See Plate IIT as an example of the conditions existing during this type. INTERIOR ANTI-CYCLONIC. This second type closely resembles the preceding in that the interior high is well marked, but differs in that the low upon the coast is less indepth. This type pre- vailed from November 11th to 15th; November 25th to December 6th; December 14th to 26th; January 27th to February 12th. It is characterized by a high barometer (about 30.89 inches) over Utah, Nevada and Southern Idaho. The accompanying low barometer on the north- ern coast drops down frequently to 29.70, and is cen- tral west of Washington Territory. These lows appear to beat against the high, the low area often dropping down for ashort time nearly to Cape Mendocino. At other times they push the high southerly over Arizona and pass east- ward beyond our boundary. Again when the surge of high pressure is very great over Idaho, a low often pushes upon it from the southwest coast of California, at which time rain may occur in light showers on the southern coast. The rainfall, except as just mentioned, never passes south of San Francisco, and is generally limited to light showers in Oregon and Washington Territory. Gales are very strong from the southeasterly at Cape Mendocino and at the mouth of the Columbia River, north of which they come more from the south. The temperature is usually high, and at times, of steep gradients, from Nevada southward; near Los An- geles, the warm ‘‘ Santa Anna” winds may occur. Plate IT serves to illustrate this type if the pressure over Idaho and Nevada is considered about 30.30, and the low on the North Pacific Coast about 29.80 inches. 82 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. NORTH PACIFIC ANTI-CYCLONIC TYPE. This type is very frequent, but sometimes of short dura- tion. It prevailed from November 10th to 15th; December 7th to 13th; December 3lst to January 10th; February 12th to 21st; February 23d to 25th; March 10th to 12th; March 23d to 28th; April 2d to 5th, and April 17th to 29th. While this type is prevalent the high, as is implied by its name, rests over Oregon and Washington Territory, with a permanent low over southern California. It is attended with clear weather, only interrupted by an occasional shower near Vancouver Island. During its prevalence in its perfection and greatest intensity, and while the isobars are perpendicular to the coast line, is the time when the dreaded dessicating ‘‘north wind’’ prevails in the Sacra- mento and San Joaquin valleys. The temperature is high during the day, especially after several days’ continuance of the type, while at night frosts often occur. The winds are usually light and variable on the coast of Washington Territory and Oregon, but on the coast of California high _ with southerly gales. If in the spring during the preva- lence of this type high winds and sandstorms occur in southern California, they are almost sure to be followed by rain. The proverb that a succession of frosts is liable to be followed by rainy weather, obtains warrant from the fact that the breaking up of this type is usually foretold by frosts and most certainly followed by rain. The occurrence of this type on the first ten days of January, 1886, appears to bear a certain relation to the great surges of high pressure from the Arctic regions moving well westward over British Columbia. The isobar of 30.3 to 30.5 inches enclosed the area. The weather on the coast was unusually cool and clear; frosts extended into southern California. During this period remarkably cold weather was prevailing in the Eastern States. These surges of high pressure in their movement covering almost the width of the continent dur- ing the first ten days of January, caused the development WEATHER TYPES ON THE PACIFIC COAST. 83 of intense cyclonic areas originating in the Gulf of Mexico or Texas and moving northeastward along the Atlantic coast, accompanied by the most severe cold wave of the year east of the Rocky Mountains. Plate ITI illustrates this type. THE GENERAL CYCLONIC TYPE. This type is characterized by the most severe storms that occur on this coast. The rain area overspreads all sections, falling in torrents, and gales of the greatest violence with frequent thunderstorms occur, rivers overflow, and wash- outs impede travel. The barometer drops very low and suffers rapid fluctuations, and remarkable gradients occur between the coast and interior. Simultaneous with this type is aseries of exceedingly high pressure waves over the Rocky Mountain plateau and states to the eastward, accompanied by severe storms and intense cold. During the last sea- son there were only two occurrences of this type, viz., from November 15th to 25th, and January 15th to 26th. The general feature is a cyclonic disturbance on the Pacific coast line, which, apparently unable to cross over the Sierra Nevada, seems to spread out over the entire length of our region, until it gradually wastes away or finds escape be- yond the limits of our field of observation. The occurrence of this type in January last is especially worthy of careful review. On the 15th another surge of high pressure fol- lowed the north Pacific anti-cyclonic of the first ten days of January, extending from British America over the Rocky Mountain region. On this coast was developed a series of storms among the severest in the history of the country. The temperature was very low in Montana, and spread its influence over portions of this coast, causing frost, snow, ice and unusual cold in portions of the Pa- cific States. Rains were heavy and almost continuous, gales frequent and severe, needing no description to those who were here at the time. The storm, as represented by 84 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. the barometer, was a series of most extraordinary fluctua- tions; the disturbance would suddenly appear at any given station, and after a few hours be scarcely perceptible, only again to appear at this or some other station. A diagram showing these fluctuations is interesting. The center ap- peared for a time to be over the interior valleys of Califor- nia, and not great in depth, and it was only upon consulting ship reports that it was found that the eye of the storm was far to the westward. This center appeared first upon the coast about 34. M., January 20th, off Point Conception, where the roughest weather was experienced. A few hours later it was reported off the mouth of the Columbia River. From 5 to 8 a. M., about 175 miles southwest of San Fran- cisco, the Zealandia was in a southeast and southwest hurri- cane, with the glass at 29.23. ‘The barometer, about the same time at San Francisco, was 29.31 inches; at 8 A. M., at Cape Mendocino, the barometer fell to 29.15, with the wind a hundred miles per hour from the §.E.; at noon it was 29.06, with the wind from the southeast and blowing with hur- ricane violence, carrying away the anemometer, after which accurate observations were interrupted for a few hours. At the same time the wind was southwesterly at San Fran- cisco, blowing 42 miles, but at Point Lobos, the south head of Golden Gate, six miles away, it was 96 miles an hour. The cyclone was off the coast of Oregon at 7 A. M., as shown by a pressure of 29.17; but by the following morning, the 21st, at 4 A. M., the pressure had risen, and the cyclone had completely vanished from the charts, and by 12 m. the isobar of 30.20 passed from Washington Territory through Oregon down to the center of California and out near San Luis Obispo. But one other isobar (30.10), drawing isobars for every tenth of an inch, appeared on the chart, and this enclosed northwest Washington Territory. The next morn- ing (22d) the cyclone reappeared at the mouth of the Co- lumbia River, here also carrying away the anemometer. It again subsided, and burst in once more the same day at the WEATHER TYPES ON THE PACIFIC COAST. 85 Straits of Juan de Fuca, the glass going down to 29.00. Again almost disappearing, it came in upon the Washing- ton Territory coast the 26th, the barometer falling this time to 29.15. On the 27th it was not to be seen, and if it passed eastward it did so far beyond the northern boundary. During this time severe washouts occurred in Southern California, and the telegraph lines were everywhere pros- trated. 1 find this type is not a frequent one, and comes only in such intensity as described at long intervals. The great storms of 1875 and 1879 are the only ones that can be ranked with this one. See Plate IV. The next distinct type is the SOUTH PACIFIC ANTI-CYCLONIC, which appears as a moderate high along the southwestern California coast. It is peculiar on account of the rains which accompany it, being one of those types which bring out many inquiries from those having and observing barom- eters, asking the question, how it is that we have rain with so high a barometer. It creates isobars somewhat perpendicular to the coast, bringing in the rain-bearing southerly winds at San Francisco. It is noteworthy that any type exhibiting isobars perpendicular to the coast line is almost sure to bring rain, while if the isobars are parallel to the coast, fair weather follows. This type was in exis- tence from March 31st to April 2d, and from April 7th to 17th. During its prevalence a faint low may exist in the north Pacific. Rain occurs in the interior California valleys and northward, also in the vicinity of Los Angeles. Should the general pressure fall considerably below the normal, but with the relatively high barometer continuing in the same region, gales with thunder and hail storms are fre- quent in southern California. The winds are not strong north of San Francisco, except when the barometer becomes very low, and such cases are few. This type disappears by the movement of the high along the coast into Oregon, and 86 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. ceases very suddenly. The temperature is unusually low. See Plate V. SUB-NORMAL TYPE. This type is marked by a succession of days when the pressure is moderately low, and below the normal over a large area. The isobars are broken up, are wavy or enclose several subsidiary low areas, with an absence of any de- cided gradients. This type prevailed from February 26th to March 4th, and from April 5th to 7th. Rain at intervals occurs, frequent local storms, and thunder storms are re- ported. Occasionally a gale, but local in character, does considerable damage. The winds are variable, and the weather cool and cloudy. It might be well to add that the changes occurring in the cyclonic types follow a general principle that a disturbed equipoise recovers itself in proportion to the intensity and rate which the disturbance has originally developed. The greater the high, the greater the depth of the low which follows, and if the change is sudden, the appearance of the opposite condition is sudden. In meteorology, as in me- chanics, these vibrations of the disturbed equipoise are lia- ble to continue for some time in wayes of gradually decreas- ing length before coming to rest; and the observance of this principle enables us to say that a disturbance is not defi- nitely passed although the synoptic charts give but little in- dication of its recurrence. The dry season demands only the briefest consideration, having but one general characteristic—high pressure over the sea and low over the land. The type of the dry season has about the sameness of the weather which accompanies it. The high is greatest and most persistent over the ocean and north Pacific coast, and lowest from Arizona to Nevada including eastern California. Almost the only peculiar fea- ture of the type is the occasional low over the central val- leys of California. . WEATHER TYPES ON THE PACIFIC COAST. 87 Rain is almost entirely absent when this type becomes perfectly established, and only occurs in light showers in Oregon and Washington Territory, when the high happens to drop down well on the California coast, creating a condi- tion similar to that of the ‘‘South Pacific Anti-Cyclonic Type,’’ already described. Another feature of the dry sea- son is the development of considerable intensity of the high in Oregon, the pressure being at the same time very low in southern California, creating the northerly winds in the Sacramento and San Joaquin valleys. The boundary between the wet and dry season would, i believe, be as definite as the sun’s march north or south if not for these disturbing weather types, which bring into effect conditions overriding the gradual change of tempera- ture. It is well established that the temperature of the Pa- cific Ocean differs very little anywhere on the coast, and the monthly variation is so slight that it may be disregarded. We can in a general discussion say that the temperature of the ocean washing our shores is about constant. It is wholly different over the land, and the difference increases in proportion to the distance from the sea. In the winter, the prevalent type is such as to drive the ocean winds over a country where the temperature is cooler than themselves, and where the condensing conditions are strong enough to well deplete them of moisture; hence rain results upon the western slopes and little remains for the Rocky Mountain country. During the summer, on the contrary, the winds from the Pacific Ocean passing at once over the drying country, do not precipitate their moisture at all till the Rocky Mountain summits condense them. Thus the rainy season is transferred from this coast to these higher regions. The change of one season to another is best illustrated by projecting the curve of surface temperature of the Pacific Ocean, with the mean daily temperature of a place in prox- imity to it, for instance, San Francisco. As soon as the air temperature curve permanently crosses the former, the 88 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. change of season takes place. A specific case of this principle is discussed and well illustrated in the last Bul- letin of this Academy, by Prof. Davidson, in his paper on the air and water temperature at the Golden Gate. Nore—The plates show in figures for each station: Ist, temperature; 2d, barometer; 3d, wind velocity and, when reported, the minimum velocity since the last report, in brackets; 4th, the amount of rainfall. The wind direction is shown by an arrow flying with the wind. The state of the weather at the time of the report is shown thus: cloudy or fine day, circles fully or one-half shaded; rain by L. R. or H. R., as it is heavy or light; & for snow. TRANSITS OF THE II AND III SATELLITES OF JUPITER. 89 TRANSITS OF THE II AND III SATELLITES OF JUPITER. By Grorce Davipson, U. S, Coast and Geodetic Survey. {Davidson Observatory, March 20th, 1886.] About three o’clock in the morning of Sunday the 21st, I watched the transits of the II and IIT Satellites of Jupiter and their shadows. The shadow of the II Satellite was on the northern edge of the northern dark belt, but it was in- tensely black; the image of the satellite was probably a diameter from the shadow but was in the edge of the white part of the planet. This image was more than white; it was a brilliant white. The image of the III Satellite was yet three or four diameters outside the planet’s limb; a few minutes before its first contact therewith the black image of the shadow of II was not so conspicuous as it had been, for I picked out the bright image of the satellite before seeing the dark shadow. I was using a power of 150 diameters. About the time of the first contact of III, the sky became slightly hazy and I did not get the time of the contacts of the shadow with the planet’s limb. After the shadow of the ITI Satellite was on the disc of the planet, and just after the first contact of IIL as a white image, the image of II became too faint to be certain of my seeing it. The haziness or light fog increased, and the planet was in- visible to the naked eye, but occasional thin openings through the mist enabled me to see III and its shadow after both were certainly on the disc of the planet. For seven minutes after, the white image was brighter than the body of the planet; both the shadow and image were transiting the disc where it was moderately clear of dark lines; yet the shadow was travers- ing the northern edge of a faint one. In fifteen minutes after the second contact, I noted the shadow of III, but could not see the image of the satellite. At twenty-three 7—BULL. Cau, Acap, Scr. II. 5. Issued Aug. 31, 1886. 90 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. minutes after second contact, the shadow was clear and black, but I could make out no image of the satellite. When the II shadow was half way across the planet, I could not see the image of IT at the clearest intervals. At forty-three minutes after the second contact of ITI, the shadow looked elongated; a minute later, I saw a small darkish speck where the image of III should be, and the shadow of this speck immediately suggested a balloon and its car. In place of the white image of the satellite, there was a small darkish speck, and as the seeing was difficult, I could not detect any definite form to it. This appearance continued until the satellite was nearly half way across the planet’s disc. The planet was getting low down, day had broken, and the haze was increasing, so further observa- tions were discontinued. Several sketches were made of the planet during the transits. THE ANNULAR SOLAR ECLIPSE OF MARCH 5, 1886. 91 THE ANNULAR SOLAR ECLIPSE OF MARCH 5, 1886. By GrorcE Davipson, U. 8. Coast and Geodetic Survey. [Davidson Observatory. | This eclipse was only partial at San Francisco, where four digits of the sun’s diameter were obscured on the south- east border. At San Francisco the clouds broke away about an hour before the time of first contact, and the atmosphere became moderately steady at that epoch. The sun’s disc was marked by three large groups of spots north of the equator, and the details of these spots became very sharply defined. The bright facule about the western group were plainly traced, and the rice-grain structure of the whole surface was easily made out. The observations were made with the full aperture of the Clark Equatorial of 6.4 inches diameter, using a Herschel solar prism, and a power of about 170 diameters. The first contact took place at Lh. 16m. 58.5s. local sider- ial time, and the second contact at 3h. 30m. 21.0s. The second contact is a good observation, because it is easy to watch the narrowing, dark segment of the moon, and also because the observer can almost proportion the rate of the rapid shortening of the two cusps. This observation is with- in a fraction of a second. The observation of the first con- tact is always more or less in doubt, because the dark limb of the moon must have made its impression upon the limb of the sun before the eye detects its approach; and this dark segment is relatively long and narrow. When the border of the sun is unsteady from the disturbance in the atmos- phere, the difficulty is still further enhanced. Neverthe- less, I consider the observation within a second or two. During the progress of the eclipse the images of the sun 7—BULL, Cau. AcapD, Scr, II. 5. Issued Aug. 31, 1886, 92 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. and moon were projected upon a white background, and exhibited as in a camera obscura. The geographical position of the Davidson Observatory is latitude, 37° 47’ 24.75” north; longitude, 122° 25’ 40.54’, or 8h. 09m. 42.70s. west of Greenwich. The phenomenon was also observed with three-inch and smaller telescopes, by Messrs. Lawson, Morse, Welker and Hill, of the Coast and Geodetic Survey. BUEEE an No. 6. California Academy of Sciences. THE WASHOE ROCKS. BY GEO. F. BECKER. INTRODUCTORY. It is well known to all who are interested in lithological geology that Messrs. Hague and Iddings' have denied the validity of many of the results which I reached concerning the rocks of the Washoe district.” These geologists frankly confess that they commenced the study of the Washoe rocks with a preconceived theory which they desired to prove, and that they found my collections convenient for this pur- pose.” To prove their hypothesis, however, it was essential to ignore or disprove a large part of my conclusions as to the structure of the district; for though my results were not inconsistent with their main thesis, the region could not be Nots !.—Bull. U.S. Geol. Survey, No. 17. Notes ?.—Monograph III, U. 8. Geol. Survey. Nore °.—They say, page 10: ‘‘In studying the collections of lavas from the Pacific Coast voleanoes we were forcibly impressed with the insensible gra- dations in the micro-structure in the groundmass of rocks of the same min- eral composition from a purely glassy form to one wholly crystalline, and cor- responding exactly in structure to a fine-grained granite-porphyry. vials In seeking a locality in the Great Basin which could afford the necessary conditions for carrying out such an investigation as we desired to make, showing the actual transition from the glassy to the granitic structure, it was readily seen that the Washoe district was the only place offering suffi- cient material for the work.” 8—BULL. Cau. ACAD. Sci. II. 6 Issued November 6, 1886 94 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. said to afford conclusive proof of it unless my conclusions as to structure and succession were first overthrown. This demolition they have somewhat ruthlessly attempted. During the past season I have re-examined the Washoe district with their paper in hand, but without being able to detect any substantial error in my former results. I also gathered many new facts concerning the relations of the rocks and, much as I regret being drawn into a controversy, it seems needful to call attention to these as well as to arguments not presented, or imperfectly presented in my former report. I shall be as brief as possible and deal only with the more essential points, being unwilling to con- tribute an unnecessary word to controversial literature. SOME GENERAL PRINCIPLES. Before proceeding to points which are in dispute, I desire to state certain principles concerning which, so far as I know, Messrs. Hague and Iddings would wholly agree with me. Given the chemical composition of an eruptive magma; the mineralogical results are dependent solely on the physical conditions to which it is subjected. It is not a question therefore, whether if similar magmas are sub- jected at different times to similar temperatures and press- ures similar mineralogical and lithological results will ensue, but whether at different geological eras the physical conditions attending the cooling of eruptive masses have been substantially identical. That this has sometimes been the case will scarcely be denied. The problem with which geologists have to deal, however, is not precisely that just stated, for, since the earlier formations have been deeply eroded while the degradation of comparatively recent rocks is as arule correspondingly small, upper portions of more recent eruptions have to be compared with lower portions of more ancient eruptions. The lithological problem is thereby greatly complicated. The main purpose of lithology, to my thinking, is to trace THE WASHOE ROCKS. 95 the physical conditions through which a mass of readily ascertainable chemical composition has passed. Hence, in the present state of ignorance concerning the effects of high temperatures and pressures, the most rational method is to study and record every peculiarity of every occurrence and every perceptible difference between rocks. When at some future time the causes of the observed effects are well known, it will be easy to ignore distinctions which are in- significant. If all traceable distinctions are not now pre- served, however, it will then be necessary to trace them out lest significant differences should be neglected. It has never appeared to me, for example, that a distinction between pre-Tertiary and Tertiary eruptions was a natural one, but I regard it as an artificial substitute which it would be unwise to abandon, at least until some available natural principle distinguishing little eroded from deeply eroded rocks is discovered and thoroughly established. Rocks can, of course, never be classified with the sharp- ness of minerals. Rocks are essentially mixtures and therefore pass over into one another insensibly. The won- der is, that rocks not only conform in some degree toa system, but that certain lithological types exhibit such an extraordinary persistence, being met with at the most re- mote quarters in typical development. While the very nature of the case thus excludes a rigid classification of rocks, observation clearly indicates the possibility of reduc- ing them to a natural system. THE PORPHYRITIC PYROXENE ROCKS. The Issue-—Those who are familiar with the points at issue between Messrs. Hague and Iddings and myself, will readily see that the main subject of controversy is the pyrox- enic rocks.* In my memoir on the Comstock, I claimed Norte 4.—Mr. W. Cross’ paper on hypersthene andesites was published after my lithological discussions of the Washoe rocks was ready for the press, and too late for a revision. The Washoe pyroxenic rocks contain much hyper- sthene, although the quantity of augite usually exceeds that of hypersthene. 96 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. that there were two separate eruptions of porphyritic, pyroxenic, plagioclase rocks, closely allied, indeed, but presenting peculiarities in structure and occurrence which made it necessary, according to the accepted criteria of the time, to separate them into diabase and andesite.’ Messrs. Hague and Iddings consider both of these masses literally or substantially as a single Tertiary eruption. During the past season I have found additional reasons for maintaining the existence of diabase, and also for divid- ing the pyroxene andesite into two distinct outflows separa- ted by a long interval of time. Diabase at Steamboat.—At Steamboat Springs, at the west- ern foot of the Virginia range, and about six miles from Virginia City, occurs an extensive series of sedimentary beds. ‘They are for the most part in a condition of great alteration, much plicated, on the average nearly vertical, the strike following the general direction of the Sierra. Andesites and basalts have broken through them and over- lie them. No trace of a fossil could be detected in these rocks. They are certainly pre-Tertiary, however, for the Miocene to the north and the Pliocene to the south (at Car- son) are very differently characterized. This series appears to be at least as old as the beds determined as Jura-Trias by the geologists of the 40th parallel. These beds contain pebbles of the exact physical and mineralogical character of the most typical portion of the east wall of the Comstock lode, which I determined as porphyritic diabase.* It is Nore °.—In my memoir on the Comstock lode, it is maintained that the rocks of the district, in the order of their succession, are as follows: Granite, metamorphies, granular diorites, porphyritic diorites, quartz-porphyry, por- phyritic diabase, later diabase (black dike), earlier hornblende andesite, augite andesite, later hornblende andesite, basalt. It will be shown in this paper that the augite andesite would be more properly entitled pyroxene andesite, and that it is divisible into two eruptions, bztween which, how- ever, no other lava is known to have been ejected. Note ®.—Asis almost invariably the case at Virginia, the pyroxenes are represented only by pseudomorphs, but these are unmistakable. THE WASHOE ROCKS. 97 thus absolutely certain that there is somewhere in the neigh- borhood of Mount Davidson real pre-Tertiary diabase, not distinguishable either by definable characteristics or by those more subtle properties known as habitus from Com- stock diabase. The locality in which these pebbles occur now receives the drainage from Mt. Davidson. According to my investigation of the faulting action on the Comstock, this locality formerly received the drainage from the diabase area at Virginia. Be this mentioned, however, only as evidence that the two localities are substantially in the same district. It would be impossible and is unnecessary to show ‘that these pebbles are from the particular mass which forms the east wall of the lode. This occurrence throws the bur- den of proof on to anyone who chooses to deny the pre- Tertiary age of a rock which, in its characteristic exposures, has a distinctly different character from representative augite andesites. The lithological distinctions between the porphyritic dia— base, and the augite andesite of Washoe are somewhat re- fined, and in many cases it may be impossible from the mere study of specimens to discriminate them. This could hardly be otherwise, for it is difficult to con- ceive that a porphyritic diabase could so differ from a por- phyritic pyroxene andesite, that every hand specimen, or every slide could be unhesitatingly referred to its proper category. In theirtypical developments, however, they are distinguishable without difficulty. It may be that this is only because in the course of geological periods the older rock has been eroded to adepth at which the glassy magma had a better opportunity to crystallize and at which fluid inclusions were more readily formed, while the infiltration of waters for ages has produced, even in the freshest spec- imens, effects familiar to the observers of the older rocks; or the distinctions between the older and younger rock may be due to some other cause not yet elucidated. However this may be, the east wall of the Comstock, at the higher 98 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. levels, and particularly on the 500-foot level, is entirely similar to diabases of well ascertained age, while the augite andesite found over a thousand feet lower is equally typical augite andesite. Of these two types, one answers perfectly to the pebbles in the pre-Tertiary rocks at Steam- boat, while the other does not. There are thus good litho- logical arguments, as such arguments go, for the assertion that the east wall of the Comstock is diabase, though these do not by any means complete the chain of evidence ad- ducible. Pyroxene Andesite at Steamboat.—There are at Steamboat Springs extensive masses of pyroxene andesite, indistin- guishable from a portion of the indubitable Washoe ande- sites. This rock also cuts ordinary hornblende andesite in dikes at the springs, and furthermore, passes by insen- sible gradations and in good exposures into an extremely micaceous ‘‘trachytic’’ andesite in all respects similar to the later hornblende andesite of the Comstock region. The hypersthene seems to be gradually suppressed and replaced by mica, the augite at the same time yield- ing to hornblende. So gradual is the transition, that in some croppings of the intermediate rocks one may search for half an hour before detecting a flake of mica, and from this rock with a vanishing trace of mica to one which looks as if it contained 30 or 40 per cent. of biotite, every degree of admixture can be found. In large adjoin- ing areas on the other hand the pyroxene andesite appears to be entirely free from mica. ‘The exposures are so good and so extensive that there can be no mistake about these facts. At Steamboat Springs then, only six miles from the Comstock and on the same mountain range, there is cer- tainly a pre-Tertiary porphyritic pyroxene rock in pebbles and avery recent porphyritic pyroxene lava in large masses. The latter is certainly more recent than the ordinary dense hornblende andesite. Micaceous Pyroxene Andesites at Washoe.—Having studied THE WASHOE ROCKS. 99 these relations at the Springs I made an examination at Washoe for purposes of comparison. On Mt. Kate, and the range of hills to the southeast of it, I detected the same transition rocks, in small quantities but distinctly developed. This range is mostly composed of a very coarse pyroxene andesite. Its structural relations had always puzzled me, for while the rock of which it is com- posed presents, as a whole, apparently insignificant litho- logical differences from the ordinary pyroxene andesite of the Comstock area, there seemed plain evidence that the main mass had been much eroded, while this range seemed to have suffered but little. It now appears to be the first portion of the series of eruptions of which the later horn- blende andesite was the last, and I believe it to have been much later than the main, comparatively level pyroxene andesite area, though no eruptive rock, intermediate in age, has been detected. I may also mention that I have traced the same passage from pyroxenic to micaceous andesite at Mt. Shasta and at Clear Lake. Messrs. Hague and Iddings recognize that my diabase preceded the older hornblende andesite. They also recog- nize that the later hornblende andesite was ejected long after the earlier hornblende andesite. The pyroxene ande- site of the Mount Kate range, which is connected with the later hornblende andesite by transitions, must, therefore, to accord with their admissions, be younger than the rock which I called diabase. The discovery of these transitions thus leads inevitably to the conclusion that the pyroxenic porphyries of Washoe are not substantially one eruption. Earlier Hornblende Andesite.—The relative age of the older hornblende andesite of Washoe seems to me very clear. It overlies both the diabase and the diorite in thin sheets, and Messrs. Hague and Iddings admit that it is younger than these rocks. They assert, however, that it is also younger than the mass of rock laid down on my maps as augite andesite. They are consequently compelled to 100 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. argue that in the region penetrated by the Forman shaft, a thickness of over 1,300 feet of hornblende andesite has been injected beneath an earlier mass of pyroxene andesite. This I regard as a mechanical impossibility. Granting, for the sake of argument, the soundness of the theory of laccolitic eruptions, these can occur only where the overlying rock is coherent and tough. If a sheet of wet paper is laid on a slab of glass or marble, it is not difficult to inject beneath it a mass of water, which will simulate a laccolite. But a single pin-prick in the dome allows the water to escape and the paper to flatten. Eruptive rocks after cooling are always cracked, and they are also brittle. Laccolites cannot therefore be formed in eruptive rocks. The only remaining supposition is, that the pyrox- ene andesite floated upon the hornblende andesite. If solid pyroxene andesite will float upon melted hornblende ande- site at all, which seems improbable, the pyroxene andesite would certainly not float high out of the melted mass, but would be almost submerged. The hypothesis of flotation, therefore, implies that the whole region was flooded with hornblende andesite to the level of the top of Mount Kate, a supposition which is entirely at variance with all appear- ances. I believe also that a careful inspection of the prom- ontory of augite andesite, in which the Forman shaft is sit- uated, on my map, including an examination of the topog- raphy, or a very hasty glance at the model prepared from the map, will lead most geologists to regard the supposition that the hornblende andesite has been injected beneath the pyroxene andesite, as highly improbable. Conclusions as to Pyroxenic Rocks.—I re-assert, there- fore, that there was an eruption of porphyritic pyroxene rock (diabase) prior to the hornblende andesite erup- tion, and that pyroxene andesites also followed the horn- blende andesite. These pyroxene andesites appear divisi- ble into two outtlows, one of which certainly immedi- ately preceded the later hornblende andesite, while there THE WASHOE ROCKS. 101 seems sufficient evidence that the other eruption of pyrox- ene andesite was far earlier and comparatively near to the date of the hornblende andesite. It is worth noting that most of the glassy pyroxene andesite, and perhaps all of it, belongs to the erupticn immediately preceding the later hornblende andesite. DIORITE. Not characteristically pyroxenic.— Messrs. Hague and Iddings maintain that the two walls of the Comstock are the same rock and both originally in the main py- roxenic. That in some cases the granular diorite of my report contains fresh brown hornblende, far exceeding the accompanying augite in quantity, they do not deny, but they assert their belief that in the main mass of the granular rock, containing green fibrous hornblende in irregular patches, this mineral is uralitic. ‘This is a case in which full direct evidence is scarcely available, there being com- monly no means of deciding whether the bisilicate in a particular slide is a product of the degeneration of pyroxene or of hornblende. During my last visit I collected a series of specimens with a view to testing this question on the fine exposures of the face of Mount Davidson. In a great portion of this rock the grains are somewhat indistinct from an admixture of the minerals. In other portions equally granular, the grains are sharp and appar- ently free of impurities. Specimens of the latter class were selected and slides from them show that they contain unquestionable crystals of hornblende with characteristic outlines. Porphyritic diorite.—Renewed observations were also made on the porphyritic patches of the mass. On the bare faulted surfaces of the diorite of Mount Davidson, though consider- ably more than 90 per cent. of the rock is granitoid in struc- ture, there are patches of porphyritic rock surrounded by granular material, and patches of granular matter sur- 102 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. rounded by porphyritic rock. Neither one nor the other form inclusions. They resemble the dark spots so constantly found in granite and show in innumerable instances, a tran- sition from one structure to the other. In some cases this transition is rapid though unmistakable, in others it is very gradual, so that it would be impossible to say within some inches where the mass should be called granular, and where porphyritic. In a great proportion of cases, the por- phyritic portions contain hornblende recognizable with the naked eye. Under the microscope, hornblende is seen to be abundant, and augite almost entirely wanting. Now, I know of no reason to suppose that the change from a porphyry with a granular ground mass to a thoroughly granular struc- ture is regularly accompanied by a change of the bisilicate from hornblende to augite; indeed, there is ample direct evidence that this is not necessarily the case. The infer- ence then is strong that where these patches occur, and I know of no part of the mountain which is free from them, the mass is essentially and originally hornblendic. Crystallization of diorite does not vary with depth.—But even if it could be shown that the granular west wall of the Com- stock were of the same mineralogical composition as the east wall, as I believe impossible, it would be a necessary inference from the whole nature of the occurrence that the two rocks which I call granular diorite and porphyritic dia- base are different eruptions which have cooled under wholly different conditions. The diorite is now exposed on the 3,000 foot level of the Chollar mine. It is at this point ab- solutely identical in mineralogical and physical character with the rock on the surface. This statement is not founded on general impressions. I gathered every variety of the diorite which was to be found on the 3,000 level, and took the specimens with me to the flume above the crop- pings. I found no difficulty in matching each of them per- fectly as to structure and coarseness. The only trace of difference was in the color, which was of course a bluish THE WASHOE ROCKS. 103 gray in the specimens from the mine and a yellowish tint where the rock was exposed to the air. It is manifest and indisputable that the west wall of the 3,000 foot level cooled under a pressure greater than the rock of the west wall of the croppings, the difference amounting to that of a vertical column of 3,000 feet of west country rock. The specific gravity of this rock is about 2.80. It is consequently certain that a pressure of above 3,600 pounds per square inch, or about 256 kilos per square cm. has produced no perceptible difference in the mineralogical or physical character of the west country rock. Nor that of diabase.—The diabase of the 3,000-foot level is porphyritic and rather finer grained than it usually is on the Sutro Tunnel or any higher level. An additional pres- sure, nearly as great as in the case of the diorite, has equally failed to produce a coarser or less porphyritic character in the diabase, or, in short, to induce any approximation be- tween the rocks. These rocks are so distinct at the 3,000- foot level that no common miner fails to see the difference between them, or to recognize the character of each and the distinction between them as the same which prevailed at higher levels. In short, there is at the lode a very sharp break in the general character of the rock. In the effort not to burden my memoir with wearisome details, I there perhaps insufficiently described the distri- bution of the granitoid diabases, though I distinctly as- serted that the commonest variety of the east country diabase is a fine-grained blackish-green rock. The granitoid variety is, in fact, decidedly rare, though circumstances led me to pay particular attention to its occurrences. The granitoid form is not only most likely to be confounded macroscop- ically with diorite, but is also least subject to decomposi- tion and best fitted for microscopic study. It forms a very small portion of the mass. The two rocks cannot be one eruption.—According to my . 104 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. calculations, the faulting on the Comstock amounts, at this locality, to about two thousand feet vertical dislocation. If this is correct, and if the two walls are portions of the same eruption, the fine-grained diabase of the 3,000-foot level cooled under a pressure of at least one thousand feet greuter than the coarse granitoid rock which forms the west wall at the croppings. It is also to be observed, that since these rocks are separated only by the width of the fissure, and must have been in contact before the fissure formed, it is impossible to suppose those portions of the rocks which were originally on one level subject to ditterent physical conditions in cooling, if they originally formed parts of one eruption. It is of course open to all to doubt the correct- ness of my theory of the faulting on the Comstock. Tf I am wrong, the fault may have been greater, but I think few geologists who have studied the district would be willing to admit a fault of above three thousand feet. If the vertical displacement is supposed. three thousand feet, the fine-grained diabase of the 3,000-foot level must have cooled under a pressure not less than that of the granitoid diorite west of the croppings, if the two rocks formed portions of the same eruption. On the other hand, this would involve as a consequence the assumption of an immense erosion since the fault took place, an hypothesis at variance with many observed relations. One of these is on Messrs. Hague and Iddings’ hypothesis, the survival of glassy portions of the great eruption of porphyritic pyroxene rock. There being no limit to suppositions, however, any amount of faulting may be supposed. It then appears that if the texture of these rocks is a function of the depths at which they cooled, the coarseness and granula- tion increasing with the depth, though slowly, the amount of faulting which will account for the character actually observed must exceed six thousand feet by a distance which is indefinite but certainly enormous. This no one will maintain for a moment. THE WASHOE ROCKS. 105 PROGRESSIVE CRYSTALLIZATION. Observations on the surface.—Messrs. Hague and Iddings, however, claim to observe in my slides a progressive in- crease in the coarseness of the grain of the rocks from the contact between the later hornblende andesite with the augite andesite to the lode itself. This is a distance of about ten thousand feet. They appear to me to have been misled, and for this opinion there are ‘various grounds. Messrs. Hague and Iddings admit that the later hornblende ande- site is much later than the pyroxene andesite. The latter has, consequently, been subject to very considerable ero- sion. If, therefore, there is a progressive tendency in the physical character of this rock on the Sutro Tunnel level, such a tendency should also be sensible on the present sur- face of this rock, lying as it must considerably below the original surface, Indeed, as I shall presently show, it should afford a better opportunity for establishing their theory. I have gone over the entire surface area east of the lode, with a view to the examination of this point. I found that while the pyroxene andesite is as a whole pretty uni- form, quite as much so as similar rocks usually are, it was possible in any area of a few yards square to find very con- siderable differences in the grain of the rock. Carrying quantities of chips about with me for comparison, I found it impossible to establish anything like a tendency in the crystallization. I examined with particular care a belt about 7,500 feet long lying directly above the Sutro Tunnel, and could detect no tendency to coarser or more uniform grain at the western edge of the pyroxene andesite area above the tunnel than near Shaft No. II, nor could I detect anything of the kind at any intermediate point. Secondary Minerals in the Tunnel Rocks.—1 have also re- examined the Sutro Tunnel which is no longer a satisfac- tory field for observation, being now almost everywhere timbered. I have carefully reviewed my own slides from 106 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. the adit as well as the new ones prepared for Messrs. Hague and Iddings. In the greater part of these, the groundmass, as well as the porphyritic crystals, are highly modified, and a very large proportion of the grains so carefully measured by Mr. Iddings are neither more nor less than secondary quartz. In my opinion, if his micro- scopic analysis of the groundmass of these rocks proves any- thing, it is simply that solfataric ‘action increased in inten- sity as the distance from the lode decreased, an interesting result but not a new one. . Physical Conditions.—If the diabase and augite ‘andesite formed a single eruption, the original surface may have been level. Ifso, there could have been no difference in pres- sure or rate of cooling on any horizontal line. Those who do not accept my theory of faulting on the Comstock will probably regard the east country as a single continuous mass. In that case, it is hard to see how there can have been any notable increase of pressure or retardation of cooling along the Sutro Tunnel. If the truth of my theory of the faulting is granted, the tunnel strikes the east wall of the Comstock at a point which was originally about 1000 feet lower than the eastern edge of the augite andesite. But I have already shown that an increase of depth of 3000 feet makes no perceptible difference in the character of the rock. The influence of a single thousand feet cannot pos- sibly be traceable therefore. The supposed eruption may also have formed a volcanic cone above the Comstock instead of a level surface. In this case, too, horizontal planes would be level or equipo- tential surfaces, or planes of equal pressure,‘ and there could be no tendency induced by pressure to more thorough crystallization on horizontal lines, even if it were supposed Norte ‘.—This can readily be seen by considering extreme cases. Suppose a hollow cone filled with fluid. Then of course horizontal surfaces are sur- faces of equal pressure. Suppose a perfectly rigid cone; the same result fol- lows. From these extremes any intermediate case of a viscous cone follows. THE WASHOE ROCKS. 107 that crystallization could progress after the cones were complete though still hot. It is difficult to imagine any influence other than pressure tending to modify the char- acter of the rock in a horizontal direction excepting the rate of cooling, which would depend upon the distance from the nearest surface. The dip of the lode is 45°, an angle greater than that of any volcanic cone,* hence the rock at the lode on the 3000 foot level must have been further from the surface of the supposed cone than that at the croppings, besides being under enormously greater pres- sure. Since no difference tending to confirm the views of Messrs. Hague and Iddings is perceptible on the dip of the lode, it seems improbable that any could be detected along a horizontal line equally far removed from the surface. fiate of variation of crystallization.—It is very evident from Messrs. Hague and Iddings’ paper, that the rate of in- crease of crystallization is more rapid near the inner end of the tunnel than near the outer end. The difference in this respect between the ordinary fine-grained diabases and the diorites, supposed by them to be the same rock, is very great; while they do not claim to have found anything like so great a difference between different portions of those tunnel rocks which I regard as pyroxene andesites. Now, one cannot consider the laws of cooling and the curves and functions representing them for a moment without perceiving, that the difference of rate of cooling decreases very rapidly near the surface of a cooling body, and almost disappears at considerable distances from the radiating surface. Hence, it would seem that if the difference in erystallization is de- pendent on the rate of cooling, and if Messrs. Hague and Iddings have correctly interpreted the structure of the dis- trict, the rate of increase in the Sutro Tunnel should have been greatest at the eastern edge of the pyroxene andesite and nearly or quite imperceptible near the lode.’ Note *.—American Journal of Science, 1885, vol. 30, p. 283. Nore *.—It is well known that iron-blast furnace slags, which are glassy if 108 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. The present surface of the pyroxene andesite lies some 1,200 or 1,500 feet nearer the original surface than the sec- tion of it made by the Sutro Tunnel. If a cone of the rock originally existed here, it follows from the above that the surface should afford a sensibly better opportunity than the Tunnel for tracing the increase of crystallization. It offers the further advantages of more extensive exposures and far greater freedom from decomposition. As already pointed out, however, it yields no argument in favor of the theory propounded by Messrs. Hague and Iddings. The intensity of solfataric action must approximately follow the logarithmic conduction curve which, as I show- ed, represents the distribution in the east country of heat emanating from the lode. So far as the observation of Messrs. Hague and Iddings on the ground mass of the rocks refers to secondary products, it thus appears in entire con- sonance with my investigations. Progressive crystallization not provel at Washoe.—The case with reference to progressive increase of crystallization then stands as follows: On the line of the Sutro Tunnel the augite andesite at the surface above the tunnel has been examined for over 7,000 feet, and no tendency could be de- tected to any progressive change in the rock. It is difficult to imagine any conditions under which such progressive tendency (if it ever existed) would not be more marked at the present surface than in the Sutro Tunnel; or in other words, the change between the extreme ends of the line ex- amined on the surface would be expected to correspond to the change on a longer line in the tunnel. Other portions of the augite andesite area were examined with a similar result. There is no sensible difference between the diorite at the crop- allowed to cool in the air, are ‘‘ basaltified” or converted into a tough, lithoid mass if they are run into pits and covered with a few feet of non-conducting material. Laboratory experiments, of course, prove much the same thing. In these cases the relation of the change to the distance from the surface is just what would be expected if the granulation is a simple inverse function of the rate of cooling. THE WASHOE ROCKS. 109 pings and that at the 3,000 foot level. The distance between these exposures is about 4,200 feet. Since the pressure must have differed more for these two points than for points equally removed on a horizontal line at the inner end of the tunnel, and since the difference of distance from the original surface of these points on the dip can hardly have been less than that for corresponding points on the tunnel, a much ereater difference in degree of crystallization would be ex- pected on the dip of the lode than in an equal distance on the tunnel. Similar remarks apply to the diabase. The variation of the rate of increase of crystallization indicated by Messrs. Hague and Iddings is the reverse of that of the rate of cooling, while theory and experiment seem to indi- cate that these two quantities should vary in the same sense. The grains which Mr. Iddings measured are largely those of secondary quartz and perhaps other secondary min- erals. These secondary crystals appear actually to increase as the lode is approached, as would be expected. The Su- tro Tunnel and, so far as is known, the Washoe district af- ford no valid proof of progressive increase of crystallization in holocrystalline rocks. OTHER DISPUTED POINTS. Diorites. — Although the main issues have now been treated, it appears unavoidable to make some remarks as to other points upon which Messrs. Hague and Iddings dis- agree with me. I have already mentioned in this paper the relations between the porphyritic cliorites and the granular forms of the same rock which make it impossible to sepa- rate them. Ialso enlarged upon the same relation in my memoir on the Comstock. The area I have laid down as diorite is, I repeat, after re-examination, substantially one rock. If (as my opponents claim) the porphyritic diorite is hornblende andesite, then the whole mass of Mount David- son is hornblende andesite and neither augite andesite, as they assert, nor diorite as I believe. I am not so rash as to 9 punns CALAAGCAD, scl. LL. 6: Issued November 6, 1886. 110 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. assert that my lines of demarcation are faultless. I can only say that they were laid down with the most scrupulous care and as the result of arduous labor, and that I know of no errors. If, however, it may hereafter prove that I have erroneously determined some slide, specimen or cropping, here or elsewhere in the district, this will not invalidate the general truth of my conclusions. The case of the micaceous diorite is precisely analagous to that of the porphyritic hornblende diorite. Mica occurs in patches on the bare rock surfaces of Mount Davidson— here a flake or two, there a group fading out into rock in which there is no mica discoverable. These occurrences are less striking than those of porphyritic diorite in the region immediately above the central group of mines, be- cause the presence of mica at this point is unattended by any physical or structural modification of the granitoid mass. To the north of Spanish Ravine there is an increase in porphyritic forms, both micaceous and hornblendic, but the change is very gradual, and as typical granitoid diorite occurs here as on Mount Davidson. If the micaceous rock is all later hornblende andesite, as Messrs. Hague and Iddings pronounce it, then Mount Davidson is later horn- blende andesite. “White rock.”—Messrs. Hague and Iddings assert that some white rocks found in the tunnel are identical with the rock called, in my report, felsitic quartz porphyry. The white rock contains no original quartz, but abundant sec- ondary grains. It is connected macroscopically and micro- scopically by transition with less altered andesites. This can be shown from some of the slides referred to by Messrs. Hague and Iddings as the white rock, when compared with others which they recognize as andesites. An exactly simi- lar case is exposed on a very large scale by the cuttings made in the hillside to gain space for the Combination Hoisting Works. Here typical hornblende andesite is in- tersected by a belt of solfataric action; and every imagin- THE WASHOE ROCKS. Sa. able intermediate stage, from a mass like hard, white chalk to a fresh andesite, is plainly visible on an unbroken expo- sure. There are other exposures in abundance on the sur- face. The analogy between this white rock and the felsitic quartz porphyry depends on a single specimen of the former, which shows a banded structure something like that of rhyo- lite, a feature which is also of common occurrence in the felsitic rock. Now, I have called attention to this struct- ure of the east country rock in the following terms: **TIn several of the rocks a stratified or laminated structure is visible; but in the half-dozen such cases known to me, the phenomenon extends for very short distances, often only a few feet, and appears to be the result of some local varia- tion in the composition of the rock; for not only can I perceive no general uniformity in the direction of the layers in these different spots, but I have a single hand specimen which shows two sets of them at an angle of nearly 90° to one another.” “There are limited occurrences of excessively fine-grained, closely laminated diabase, resembling slate. ‘The diorites and both the andesites show the same phenomenon.”’ The specimen of white rock supposed to be so significant came from one of these spots, which occur not only in it but in other rocks as well. The lamination, however, is not characteristic but extremely exceptional in the white rock. The specimen is not representative, but was carefully pre- served as an exception, and the peculiarity which it presents has no taxonomic value. Quartz porphyry.—Messrs. Hague and Iddings employ this as it appears to me, wholly baseless identification, to argue that the white rock containing no quartz excepting as a re- sult of decomposition, is a dike of rhyolite, and proves that my identification of the only quartzose rock in the district as pre-Tertiary quartz porphyry is erroneous, as well as my in- terpretation of its structural relations. - ~ ~, = ’ : ny ue roa Ww,” 29- Seoe ee we A i: * ‘ a7 ™ Pi. te ee a x > > — - a ’ : : x i - i ae 7 — a - v ; GENERA CONFUSED UNDER BRODIAA. 125 STUDIES IN THE BOTANY OF CALIFORNIA AND PARTS ADJACENT. BY EDWARD LEE GREENE. Ve (With Plate VI.) 1. Some Genera which have been Confused wnder the Name Brodicea. Of the species herein to be discussed, only five or six are presumed to be new. Many of them have long been known, and most of them have been collectively elaborated by at least two eminent botanists within a few years. There has been the widest diversity of opinion among authors regard- ing the limits of the genera, and the entire group is confes- sedly a perplexing one. Before so many as twenty species had become known, no less than thirteen genera had been either established for, or more or less replenished with them; but in the most recent pronouncement,’ the bulk of the species, embracing at least three very good genera, as we understand them, are all disposed under Brodiwa. From the earliest days of my residence on this coast, where these plants are indigenous, I have regarded the arrangement placed before students and amateurs in the Botany of Calli- fornia, as most unnatural; and having now given five succes- sive seasons to the study of the commonest species under circumstances peculiarly favorable to the forming of a sound and rational judgment upon them, I am now ready to offer the result of my investigations. The Liliacez as an order are poor subjects for herbarium study. The fabric of their flowers is delicate, being made up of a maximum of water and a minimum of permanent Nore !.—Botany of California, Vol. ii, by Sereno Watson, pp. 152-157. 10—Bvutu. Cau. Acap. Scr. II. 6. Issued November 13, 1886. 126 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. tissue, and the characteristics of the filaments and their ap- . pendages, matters of acknowledged importance to the sys- tematist, are sure to suffer obscuration, if not entire obliter- ation, in the process of drying under pressure. Neverthe- less, almost all which has been written hitherto upon Bro- dicea and its allies has been written from the herbarium, and all our authorities upon the group are foreign authorities. No exception is to be made of botanical scholars belonging to the Atlantic side of our own continent: for they are three thousand miles distant from the habitat of these plants, and as regards facilities for acquiring familiar and thorough knowledge of the genera and species, possess little if any advantage over authorities residing at London or St. Peters- burg, Paris or Berlin. ; In the field there stand forth a few broad hints of generic limitation which must, I think, impress every observer. We have, for example, a group of perhaps a half dozen species whose scapes are tall and weak and either actually twining or else, by a marked tortuosity, expressing a demand for extraneous support. And there is another group, more numerous in species, whose scapes are short and rigidly erect. But the external dissimilarity does not end here. The voluble or tortuous kinds bear compact umbels of small flowers; the stiff-stalked species have loose umbels of large flowers; and, moreover, the two groups, as we for the pres- ent call them, have each its own pattern of a perianth; some- thing in the outline of that organ which, though nearly im- possible to define in words, is recognized at a glance by the botanist’s eye, if he have the fresh flower before him. Now if the individual perianths of the two kinds be carefully ex- amined, other differences easily definable reveal themselves. The weak-stalked, small-flowered assemblage of species have uniformly a thin, somewhat inflated perianth-tube with the body of which the filaments are so perfectly coalescent as to disappear from the wall of the tube altogether. In the stitf-stalked, loose-umbeled group the perianth-tube is of GENERA CONFUSED UNDER BRODLEA. 127 firm texture and not inflated, and the filaments, stout and angular, are prominent upon the wall of the tube, down to its very base, being attached only by one of the sides or angles. This last named character I discovered in the field, but am able henceforth to trace it even in the dried speci- mens. In the first named group the volubility of the scapes is the most striking outward mark of a genus; but it is very apt to disappear before the specimens are ready for the herbarium; and the one unlucky species whose stalk does. not altogether untwist itself in drying has, by closet bot- anists, been forced away from its less strongly twining rela- tives, and must henceforth labor bibliographically under the weight of at least four generic synonyms, of which Macroscapa is barbarous, Rupalleya and Dichelostemma in good form, Stropholirion admirably chosen, but all equally uncalled for. The confusion of the two genera whose respective limits I have thus briefly and informally indicated, was begun by the very first author, Salisbury, to whom any of the species were known; and it was continued by his con- temporary Smith. The renowned author of the Enumeratio Plantarum was first to recognize in the species of Smith’s Brodica two distinct generic types. I was long under the impression that Kunth’s name, Dichelostemma, would have to be continued for one of these two genera. Of the priority of Salisbury’s Hookera over Brodiwa I was not aware until that fact was so clearly brought out, less than a year ago, by Mr. Britten, editor of the London Journal of Botany, and this important circumstance being recognized, it does not appear necessary to take up the name Dichelostemina; for, the plant which Salisbury brought forward as the type of Hookera, namely H. coronaria, being of one genus and that which Smith figured as the type of Prodicea, that is, B. congesta, representing the other, I see no reason why both these generic names ought not to be continued in use. But, Brodica and Hookera, as thus outlined, will include 128 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY QF SCIENCES. somewhat less than one half of the species under considera- tion. The others have in no instance the perianth-pattern of either of those genera; are never, like them, merely tri- androus; and their anthers are in no instance adnate. Along with considerable variability in the shape of the perianth, they display always six perfect stamens with versatile an- thers. There is, moreover, a striking peculiarity in the way in which the filaments are joined to the tube of the peri- -anth, and that is of the following description: the filament is slender and the upper part free, more or less; the adnate portion inconspicuous down the upper part of the tube, reappearing toward the base in the form of a thin but prom- inent crest. The species, however closely agreeing in habit and in the points of floral structure thus indicated, are diverse to a troublesome degree in the relative propor- tions of the tube and limb of the periant, and more espec- ially in the structure and attachment of the andrcecium. The three or four species representing the very extremes of this diversity were, singularly, those which fell first into the hands of botanists, and each of these was very naturally and, under the circumstances, quite logically taken to be the type of a genus; and so there was T7ifeleia, seeming to approach Brodiea by its broadly tubular perianth; Sewber- tia, in which the tube is attenuate below and the internal crests very strongly brought out; Calliprora, in which the cristiform reappearing of the filament quite fails, but is com- pensated for by an alar dilation of the upper free part of that organ; Hesperoscordum, in which the whole perianth is open campanulate, and the filaments dilated and monadelphous below. This last has, in my opinion, better claims than any of the others to separate generic rank. A year ago I should probably have insisted on its restoration. But the past season’s collecting has yielded us a second species whose filaments are not at all dilated, but simply and singly adnate to the perianth for one half their length. Morphologically there is nothing in these two plants to keep them out of GENERA CONFUSED UNDER BRODLA#A. 129 Allium. The old species was actually referred to that genus by “two celebrated botanists of Europe, each acting independently of the other. Its showy umbels very closely resemble those of the beautiful Alliwm wnifolium of nearly the same habit; but Hesperoscordum is wholly wanting in alliaceous properties. With this group, therefore, collect- ively distinct as it is from both Hookera and Brodica, I see nothing to be done but to join the whole in one under the oldest name, Tirifeleia. Against Mr. Baker’s view that they are susceptible of admission to the South American genus Milla there appear to me some quite insuperable objections. All the South American species which he has so referred have inarticulate pedicels, different subterranean parts, and some of them at least are strongly alliaceous. We have some North American plants which seem to be exactly in- termediate in character between Brodiea and Milla, namely, the two species of Androstephium, forming a genus whose validity has not, I believe, been called in question. It ex- hibits the coronated perianth of Brodica, but has alliaceous qualities. Our California plant, which now goes happily, in my estimation, under Mr. Watson’s name, JJuilla, is also a connecting link between —or rather, an argument for the distinctness of —the North and South American genera. This is excluded from Allium only by its wanting the well- known properties of that genus, while, on the other hand, it is inadmissible to Triteleia by reason of its jointless pedicels. Two other of our California genera of this alliance need to be here spoken of: Bloomeria, which, although it now rejoices in three well-marked species, is, I apprehend, in danger of falling into Triteleia through the Calliprora group; and Brevoortia, which has an inflated perianth to bring it close to Brodicwa, and a development of the filaments at the base of the tube suggestive of Triteleia, but which is best Nore *.—Allium lacteum, Benth. Pl. Hartw. 339; and Allium Tilingi, Regel. All. Monogr. 124. 130 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. retained in generic rank, especially since a new plant from Lower California with a somewhat similarly inflated and as brilliantly scarlet colored perianth, must also be accorded a like grade, on account of the very distinctive character of its andreecium. BRODIZAA, Smite in part. Tube of the perianth thin and subtranslacent, campanulate or somewhat urceolate, more or less inflated and angular or saccate; segments about equaling the tube, campanulate- or rotate-spreading and often somewhat recurved. Fila- ments 6, inserted on the throat of the perianth, coalescent with the tube below and disappearing from its surface, developed above the insertion into petaloid appendages, those opposite the outer segments sterile, or with a half-sized anther, the other three always fertile. Anthers basifixed. Ovary sessile, or nearly so. Style stout. Stigma 3-lobed. Leaves 2, deep green, very fleshy. Scape tall, weak and tortuous, or, in several species occasionally twining under the many- flowered, compact umbel.—Smith, Linn. Trans. x. 3. excel. B. grandiflora; Baker, Journ. Linn. Soc. xi, 375, in part; S. Watson, Proc. Am. Acad. xiv. 236, and Bot. Calif. ii. 152, in part. Dichelostemma, Kunth. Enum. iv. 269; Wood, Proc. Phil. Acad. 1868, 173. Macroscapa, Kell., Pacific, 1854. Stropholirion, Torrey, Pac. R. Rep. iv. 149. t. 23. Rupalleya, Moriére, Bull. Linn. Soc. Norm. 1863. Hookera, in part, of Salisb. Parad. Lond., and of Britten, Journ. Bot. xxiv. 51. * Fertile stamens 3; perianth-tube much constricted under the segments. B. votupmis, Baker, 1. c. 377. Scape 4—10 feet high, in smaller plants tortuous only, in larger ones firmly twin- ing towards the summit; perianth rose-purple, 6—S lines long; tube 3—4 lines in diameter, hardly as long, hexagonal, the angles somewhat saccately enlarged about midway; GENERA CONFUSED UNDER BRODLAA. LB segments rotate-spreading, with recurved tips; fertile fila- ments produced behind the anthers into a pair of ligulate, emarginate appendages nearly equaling the linear-sagittate anthers, and, like the very similar staminodia, ciliolate- scabrous.—Mucroscapa, Kell. 1. c.: Rupalleya, Moriére, 1. ¢.: Stropholirion Californicum, Torr. 1. ec. and Watson, 1. ¢.: Dichelostemma Californicum, Wood, 1. ¢. Of rather extended yet well defined habitat, being found exclusively among the foothills on either side of the Sacra- mento valley, but not crossing either divide of mountains; thus ranging northward and southward for a hundred miles. The figure in the Pacific Railroad Report is not very accur- ate, for the angularity of the tube of the perianth is not at all brought out; but this may be owing to the fact of the artists having only dried specimens to work from; and in such this character is not »pparent. The scape is also wrongly represented, twining as it were evenly and regu- larly, like that of a Convolvulus, for almost its whole length, a condition not likely to be found in reality. The plant in- habits the outer borders of thickets and also the open grounds adjacent to bushes. The scapes commonly grow erect and independent of foreign support, and remain so until toward the time of flowering; then a short coil of a few very abrupt turns is made just below the umbel around some more or less horizontally projecting branch or twig. This is the condition of tall and Inxuriant specimens grow- ing near small trees and shrubs. Those farther off from such extraneous supports twine in like fashion about each other, or if entirely isolated, do not twine atall. All the other species, except B. congesta, which has its own peculiar mode of taking hold of bushes, are occasionally twining; this one almost universally so. There is therefore no dif- ference in habit between this and the other species, and Mr. Baker’s transference of it to this genus is one of the good points which in his elaborate monograph, he has made with 132 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. respect. to our Californian species. I may add, that in re- spect to color, B. volubilis is commonly rose or nearly white, but not rarely exhibits the violet shade which predominates in the genus. Its flowering season is from early in May to the middle of June. B. Muutirtora, Benth. Scape 2—4 feet high, scabrous under the umbel, tortuous or occasionally twining as in the last: perianth deep violet-purple, 8—10 lines; tube narrowly constricted above, twice as long as broad, shorter than the spreading segments: staminodia obtuse, entire, little ex ceeding the oblong, deeply bifid anthers.—P!. Hartw. 339; Baker, 1. ¢. 154; B. parviflora, Torr. & Gray, Pac. R. Rep. ii. 125; Wood, |. ¢.: Hookera multiflora, Britten, 1. c. From central California to Oregon, in the mountains only, at least in California. Mr. Watson’s remark in the second volume of the Botany of California, that the present species flowers a month or two earlier than B. congesta, evinces en- tire lack of knowledge on the part of his informants. B. multiflora is the latest of all species, being found in good condition of flower as late as July. It is considerably later than B. congesta, which is next to it in tardiness. B. coneEsTa, Smith. Scape 3—5 feet high, flexuous, but apparently never twining: flowers blue-purple, in a dense capitate raceme: perianth as in the last species: staminodia bifid, spreading with the limb of the perianth, and purple, as in no other species. Trans. Linn. Soc. x. 3. t. 1; Baker, l. c.; Watson, |. c.: Dichelostemma, Kunth. Enum. iv. 470; Wood, 1. c. 173: Hookera pulchella, Britten, 1. c. in part, not of Salisb. Central California to the borders of British Columbia, in open or wooded places among the foothills, flowering in May and June. The figure in the Transactions of the Linnean Society was apparently taken from a specimen not well de- veloped, and does not indicate that distinctly racemose char- acter of the inflorescence which Mr. Watson supposes to be ° GENERA CONFUSED UNDER BRODIAA. 1a exceptional, but which we who see every year hundreds of luxuriant specimens know to be universal. This, like L. volu- bilis, attains its best development when growing in the edges of thickets where its tall scapes obtain their needed support by taking a zigzag course up among the branches of the bushes. It isa peculiar species in this respect, and more peculiar still in the racemose inflorescence. ** Fertile stamens 6. «— Perianth-tube constricted above. B. PULCHELLA. Scape 2—4 feet high: flowers umbellate: perianth as in B. congesta: appendages of filaments erect or somewhat convergent over the anthers. Hookera pulchella, Salisb. Parad. ii. t. 117;Britten, 1. c. excl. syn.: B. congesta; B, capitata in part of several authors (?). The plant which I here quite confidently take for the real Hookera pulchella, has not been long known to me; but I had named and diagnosed it as a new species before having seen the figure in the Paradisus. It is distinguishable from B. congesta, with which it grows, by its umbellate inflores- cence and hexandrous flowers, and from B. capitata by its differently shaped perianth and estival flowering season, that species being early vernal. Its existence, as a species, is certified to me, first, by my own field observations and comparisons, made at Berkeley, where it grows and flowers with B. congesta, or even a little later than that, and fully six weeks after B. capitata has passed out of the field. I have also a single specimen from the Yosemite Valley, ob- tained late in June, 1886, by Miss Brunton. The hexan- drous character of Salisbury’s plant has been a stumbling- block in the path of all authors from his own time down to the present; for every one has inferred from the close, in- deed quite perfect, similarity of the perianth, that this and Sir J. E. Smith’s B. congesta were identical; but that is plainly triandrous. Salisbury himself, believing them to be the same, was able to reconcile in his own mind the dis- 134 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. crepancy by a supposition that three of the anthers were deciduous. He says he has observed that to be the case. Our field studies reveal no tendency even, to anything of that kind. Kunth, in the Enumeratio, supposes the hexan- drous representation in the Paradisus to be an error of the artist. Perhaps this learned author did not read English, and so, failed to be instructed by Salisbury’s verbal testi- mony to the faithfulness of the figure in this respect. It is a very interesting piece of information, that which Mr. Britten has given us in a foot-note appended to his valua- ble article that, among the original specimens of B. congesta collected by Menzies, he finds one whose difference from all the others had not escaped the keen perception of Robert Brown, who marked it ‘‘ Distinct and hexandrous.’’ This specimen will most likely prove to be of the present species; for, as I have already said, this grows with B. congesta and flowers at the same time. A collector would naturally ob- tain the two at once, and at a season of the year when the other common and well known hexandrous species would be long out of flower. The plant which Professor Wood saw at Yreka, in the northern part of the State, ‘‘ Growing with the other [B. congesta], readily distinguished at sight,” must have been this and not B. capitata, which, apart from its far earlier flowering, does not grow so far to the north- ward, to my knowledge. += Perianth-tube funnelform, not at all constricted above. B. mvsvLaris. Scape 3—5 feet high: leaves often a yard long and an inch broad: bracts elliptic-lanceolate, acumin- ate, scarious, tinged with purple and marked by dark veins; umbel elongated: perianth light purple, ten lines long; tube about 4 lines; segments ovate-oblong, obtuse, campan- ulate, not recurved: appendages of filaments erect, not con- vergent.—B. capitata, Greene, Bull. Cal. Acad. i. 227, not of Bentham. Islands off the Californian coast, from San Miguel to Gua- GENERA CONFUSED UNDER BRODIAA. 135 dalupe. Closely related to the next but many times larger; best distinguished by the elongated umbel, of which the central pedicels are longest and the outer gradually shorter, giving the cluster the peculiar configuration of the raceme of B.congesta; indeed, the pedicels need only to be united, and then we should have a repetition of the inflorescence of that species. The corms are the largest in the genus, often two inches in diameter; and those brought from Guadalupe and grown at Berkeley flower simultaneously with B. congesta, many weeks later than the species to which, morphologi- cally, it is nearly related, namely— B. caprrata, Benth. Scape 6—18 inches high; leaves nearly as long, 3—6 lines wide: bracts elliptic-oblong, ob- tuse or acute, herbaceous and, in California, of a rich dark violet-purple: pedicels unequal] but the outer elongated, not the inner, forming a loose, broad umbel: perianth as in the preceding, but smaller: corona connivent over the anthers. —P]. Hartw. 339; Watson |. c.: Milla, Baker, 1. c. 381: Dichelostemma capitatum, Wood. 1. ¢. in part, doubtless. Central California to Utah and New Mexico and southward to the northern districts of Mexico, flowering from January to April. In the vicinity of San Francisco, hillsides may be found empurpled with it in early March. It commonly erows in masses, on very open stony ground, the weak scapes often twining about one another for mutual support- In this species alone are the umbels occasionally compound, the elongated outer pedicels becoming true peduncles, each bearing its bracted umbel within the common spathe. The figure in the Botanical Magazine, t. 5912, does not fail to illustrate the dark, almost metallic beauty of the bracts which is a fine peculiarity of this species, at least in Cali- fornia; but the stamens are wrongly represented as exposed by an open corona, whereas in nature the parts of it are sufficiently convergent to hide them. 136 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. HOOKERA, Satisscury in part. Tube of perianth firm and opaque, turbinate or somewhat urceolate, but never at all inflated or saccate: segments equaling the tube, campanulate- or rotate-spreading, the tips often recurved. Filaments 6, stout and 3—4-angular, not coalescent with the perianth-tube, but coherent with it by one side or angle and remaining prominent down to its base, 3 antheriferous and the alternate 3 bearing white, pet- aloid lamelle. Anthers basifixed. Pistil as in the preced- ing genus. Scapes shorter, more rigid, never twining or tortuous. Umbels loose and mostly few-flowered, the pedi- cels elongated and firm.—Parad. Lond. ii. t. 98; Britten, Journ. Bot. xxiv in part. Brodica, in part, of Smith, Baker, Watson and others. H. Cattrornica. Scape 2 feet high, stout and somewhat scabrous: leaves a foot or two long, a fourth of an inch broad, flattened: pedicels 10—25, 2—3 inches long: peri- anth 13—2 inches, rose-color to deep purple: anthers } inch long, slightiy shorter than the ligulate, retuse staminodia.— Brodicva Californica, Lindl. Trans. Hort. Soc. iv. 84; Brodiwa grandiflora, var. elatior, Benth. Pl. Hartw. 339; B. grandi- flora, var. (?) major, Watson, Bot. Cal. 11. 153. Upper part of the Sacramento Valley. H. coronariA, Salisb. l. ce. Scape stout, about a foot high: leaves a line wide, somewhat terete: pedicels 5—10, 1—4 inches long: perianth an inch or more long, purple: anthers 4—5 lines long, exceeding the oblong-lanceolate, mostly acute staminodia.— Brodiea grandiflora, Smith, Trans. Linn. Soc. x. 2; Hook. Bot. Mag. t. 2877; Baker, ]. c. in part; Watson, 1. c. excl. var. The commonest species, occurring nearly throughout Cal- ifornia, Oregon and Washington Territory. H. mrvor, Britten, 1. c. Scape very slender, 3—6 inches high: pedicels 2—6, 1—3 inches long: perianth an inch or GENERA CONFUSED UNDER BRODLEA. 137 somewhat less, the limb rotate-spreading: anthers 2 lines long, shorter than tne retuse or emarginate staminodia.— Brodica grandiflora, var. minor, Benth. Pl. Hartw. 340; B. minor, Watson, 1. ec. Common from the Sacramento Valley to the southern ex- tremity of the State. Readily distinguished from the pre- ceding, when seen in the field, by its rotate perianth-seg- ments. H. TERRESTRIS, Britten, ]. c. Scape commonly altogether subterranean, the umbel only above ground: leaves subter- ete: pedicels 2—10, slender, 3—4 inches long: perianth less than an inch, the limb rotate: anthers 1} lines long, shorter than the yellowish emarginate staminodia, the margins of which are involute.—Brodiea, Kellogg, Proc. Cal. Acad. i. 6; Watson, l. c. From near San Francisco northward to the borders of Oregon, toward the coast. Its yellowish staminodia, with their margins rolled in, resemble true anthers but are wholly sterile. H. sTELLARIS. Scape 2—6 inches high: leaves nearly ter- ete: pedicels 83—6, an inch or more long: perianth 10 lines long, red-purple: fertile filaments wing-appendaged behind the anther, the appendages broadly oblong, half the length of the anther: staminodia longer than the stamens, white, emarginate, their margins slightly involute.—Brodica, Wat- son, Proc. Am. Acad. xvii, 381. Near Ukiah, Mendocino County, discovered in 1881, by Mr. Carl Purdy, and not yet found elsewhere. H. rosea. Scape slender, 3—6 inches high: leaves sub- terete: pedicels 5—8, an inch long: perianth 10 lines long, rose-red, the segments narrow and apparently campanulate- spreading: free portion of fertile filaments deltoid-dilated; anthers not quite equaling the white, obtuse, slightly invo- lute staminodia: capsule short-stipitate, the cells 5—8 ovuled. 138 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. Collected at Hough’s Springs, Lake County, May, 1884, by Mrs. M. K. Curran. Distinguished from JZ. stellaris by the narrower segments of the perianth, and by the deltoid filaments and the absence of appendages behind the anthers. H. Finirouia. Scape slender, 6—12 inches high; leaves linear-filiform; pedicels 3—6, $—2 inches long; perianth dark blue, 6—9 lines long; segments rotate, broadly oblong; anthers sessile, 2 lines long, nearly twice the length of the triangular staminodia.— Brodica, Watson, l. ec. Neighborhood of San Bernardino; collected by the Parish Brothers and by G. R. Vasey. H. Orcurtm. Seape stout, a foot or more high; leaves linear, flat or conduplicate, not terete; pedicels 5—15, an inch or two long; perianth-segments oblong-lanceolate, twice the length of the short tube; free portion of the filaments about two lines long, the linear anthers nearly as long; staminodia wanting (?). San Diego county, near the city of that name, and also thirty miles to the northward.—C. R. Orcutt, 1884. The comparatively short tube of the perianth and the elongation of the filaments are peculiarities of this species quite as remarkable as the absence of staminodia; although I do not speak positively on the last named point. I have seen only dried specimens, and shall not be surprised if an examination of the living flower brings to light some trace, at least, of staminodia. TRITELEIA, Dover. Hoox. Linpt. Tube of the perianth from narrowly turbinate to open campanulate, not inflated, angular, or saccate, longer or shorter than the segments. Stamens 6, usually in two rows; filaments slender, from almost wholly adnate, to nearly free, the free portion mostly without wing-like appendages, coalescent with the upper part of the perianth-tube, but usually reappearing strongly at base of the same, in the form GENERA CONFUSED UNDER BRODIA@A. 139 of thin but prominent crests. Anthers smaller than in Hookera and versatile. Ovary ona long slender stipe, or rarely almost sessile. Scapes tall and slender, but firm, not tortuous. Umbels loose, many-flowered.—Lindl. Bot. Reg. t. 1293 and t. 1685; Hook. Fl. Bor. Am. 11. 186, t. 198, B.; Kunth. Enum. iv. 465, as to the N. Am. species only; Wood. Proe. Phil. Acad. 1868, 171. Hesperoscordum, Lindl. 1. e.; Hook. 1. c.; Hook. & Arn. Bot. Beech. 400; Kunth, I. c. 464; Wood, l.c. Calliprora, Lindl. Bot. Reg. t. 1590; Hook. & Arn. ji. c.; Kunth, |. c. 476; Wood, 1. ¢. 172. Seubertia, Kunth, 1. c. 475; Wood, 1l.c. 171. Part of Milla, Baker, and of Brodiea, Watson. * Perianth broadly tubular.—TRITELEIA proper. T. aranpirLora, Lindl. 1. c. Scape a foot or two high; pedicels numerous, an inch long; perianth light blue, an inch long; anthers oblong, a line long, the lower sessile in the throat opposite the outer segments, the upper on the inner segments on a short, free filament which is winged below.—Milla, Baker 1. e. 3880; Brodica, Torr. Stansb. Rep. 397; Brodiwa Douglasii, Wats. 1. ¢. From Oregon and Washington Territory eastward to northern Utah and western Wyoming. T. Howetiu. Scape 2 feet high, or more; umbel and perianth as in the first species, filaments of the lower stamens very short and deltoid, those of the upper a line and a half long, and winged broadly, the wing truncate or retuse, or nearly rounded above.—Srodiva, Watson, Proc. Am. Acad. xiy. 301. First collected in Oregon, by Mr. Eddy, 1871; more recent specimens are those from Washington Territory, collected by Mr. Howell; and from these Mr. Watson defined the species. ** Perianth turbinate, attenuate at base.-—SEUBERTIA. T. cANDIDA. Scape 2—4 feet high; umbel 6—10-flowered ; perianth an inch anda half long, shining white with 6 green 140 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. veins on the outside, segments equaling the tube; filaments with a slender free part which is 2} lines long and coiled almost or quite into a ring; anthers oblong, a line in length, obtuse at each end, fixed exactly in the middle; ovary half exserted from the throat of the perianth, ona slender stipe 8 lines long; style slender, 2 lines long, somewhat incurved; cells of capsule about 6-seeded. Foot-hills of the Sierra Nevada back of Fresno, June, 1886. Mr. J. R.Scupham. A beautiful species, related to the next, but very distinct, with its snow-white, green-veined perianth and coiled filaments. ) T. uaxa, Benth. Scape about two feet high, rigid and stoutish: umbel 10—30-flowered: perianth an inch anda half long, from light to dark violet, cleft to the middle: fila- ments free for a line’s length; anthers ovate-lanceolate with a 2-lobed base, fixed below the middle and borne erect: ovary on a slender stipe a half-inch long.—Hort. Trans. n. s. i. 413, t.15; Lindl. Bot. Reg. t. 1685; Hook. & Arn. Bot. Beech. 401: Seubertia, Kunth. 1. c.; Wood, 1. c.: Milla, Baker, l. c.: Brodicea, Watson, 1. c. Very common in the central parts of California, flowering in May and June, the most showy aud beautiful species of the whole alliance. T. pEDUNCULARIS, Lindl. Scape 1—3 feet high: umbel 15—35-flowered, the pedicels greatly elongated, often 6—10 inches long: perianth pale rose-purple or nearly white, about an inch long, cleft below the middle, the segments wide-spread: stamens and pistil nearly as in the last species, but the anthers nearly linear, with retuse apex.—Bot. Reg. t. 1685; Hook. & Arn. 1. c. 401; Kunth. 1. c. 469: Dfilla, Baker, 1. c.: Brodiwa, Watson, 1. c. From Point Tiburon, near San Francisco, northward to Lake and Mendocino Counties, also in the Sacramento Valley, growing in moist springy places, and later in its flowering than the other species. GENERA CONFUSED. UNDER BRODLAEA. 14] T. Bripcest. Scape rather slender, a foot or more in height: umbel few-flowered: perianth as in 7. laxu, but with a more slender tube, stamens in one row, the free por- tions of the filaments dilated downwards.—Prodiva, Wat- son, |. c. A well-marked species, of somewhat limited range, appa- rently. We have it only from near Chico (Mrs. Bidwell), and from near the coast in Humboldt County (Mr. C. C. Marshall). T. LemMon®. Scape a foot high: pedicels an inch long: perianth deep orange, 4—5 lines long, segments twice the length of the tube: filaments stout, terete, nearly equal, in- serted at the mouth of the tube; anthers 1—14 lines long: ovary short-stipitate.—Brodiewa, Watson, Proc. Am. Acad. xx. 376. Mountains of the northern part of Arizona. T. crocea. Scape a foot or more in height: pedicels 6—15, slender, an inch or two long: perianth yellow, 7—9 lines long, cleft below the middle: anthers oblong, less than a line long, obtuse at each end, the lower nearly sessile on the tube, the upper borne on a free filament reaching the middle of the segment: ovary on a slender stipe 2 lines long.—Subertia, Wood. 1. ec. 172: Milla, Baker, 1. c. 384: Brodica, Watson, |. e. Known only from the extreme northern part of California. T. eracinis. Half as large as the last species, the leaf usually solitary, pedicels more numerous: perianth yellow, cleft below the middle: frlaments subequal, the free part much elongated, carrying the sagittate acute anthers above midway of the segments: ovary as in the preceding.—Bro- dicea, Watson, l. ec. Common in pine woods of the Sierra Nevada, from Plu- mas to Merced Counties. Collected by Mrs. Austin, Mrs. Curran, Dr. Kellogg, Mr. Sonne, and others. 11.—BULL. Cat. Acap. Scr. II. 6. Issued November 13, 1885. 142 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. ee Perianth tube short, the segments rotate - spreading, filaments below coalescent with the short perianth-tube, free and broadly appendaged above it.—CALLIPRORA. T. rxrompEs. Scape 4—2 feet high: leaves 1 or 2: fila- ments of two lengths but all bifurcate at apex, the oblong anther inserted on a central cusp: color light yellow, or the anther only sometimes bluish.—Ornithogalum, Ait. f. Hort. Kew 11. 257: Milla, Baker, 1. c. 383: Brodie, Watson, 1. c.: Caulliprora lutea, Lindl. Bot. Reg. t. 1590; Hook. Bot. Mag. t. 3588; Kunth, l. c. 476; Hook & Arn. |. ec. 400. Common from the southern portions of the State to Or- egon. T. tuaEens. Like the preceding in size and habit; append- ages of the filaments rounded, not bifurcate, at apex: peri- anth deep saffron color within, exteriorly the entire tube and the broad midvein of the segments brownish black. Collected only by the writer, on mountain summits back of Vacaville, May 4, 1886. eek% Perianth open-campanulate, cleft below the middle, seg- ments not rotate-spreading.—HESPEROSCORDUM. T. HYACINTHINA. Scape a foot or two high: pedicels 5—20, slender: perianth 5—8 lines long, white with green veins, or sometimes tinged with purple: stamens in one row; fila- ments deltoid-dilated and monadelphous below, attenuate above and tipped with a small ovate-oblong anther: capsule short-stipitate.—Hesperoscordum hyacinthinum, Lindl. Bot. eg. t. 1293; AZ. lactewm, Lindl.*1. c. t. 1639; Wood, l. c.; A. Lewisii, Hook. Fl. Bor. Am. i. 185, t. 198; A. hyacinth- inum and H. lactewm, Kunth. |. c. 464: Milla hyacinthina, Baker, 1. c. 385: Brodicea lactea, Watson, 1. c.: Allium lac- teum, Benth. Pl. Hartw. 339; 4. Tilingi, Regel. All. Mon. 124. From middle California to British Columbia; affecting moist grounds, flowering in May and June. The var. lila- GENERA CONFUSED UNDER BRODL/A. 1438 cina, Watson, said to inhabit Mendocino and Humboldt counties in this State, is not known to me unless it be the following very distinct species. T. tinactna. Scape less than a foot high: pedicels 10—15: perianth a half inch long, lilac-purple: stamens in one row; filaments not deltoid-dilated or in any degree monadelphous, coalescent with the tube throughout, free above it, and bearing the linear-oblong anthers more than half way up the segments. Amador County, May 25, 1886, Mrs. M. K. Curran. BEHRIA Nov. Gen. Perianth tubular, persistent, abruptly subglobose-inflated and 6-saccate above the attenuate base, thence more grad- ually contracted into the long, narrow, 6-toothed tube. Stamens 6: filaments filiform, free down to the base of the sac of the perianth, there abruptly dilated and united into a short crown: anthers versatile, exserted from the perianth. Ovary stipitate, 3-celled, many-ovuled: style filiform, long- exserted: stigma small, 3-lobed. Plant with the scarious- bracted umbel and slender, jointed pedicels of Triteleia; scape apparently tortuous or twining as in Brodica: leaves and corm (?) unknown. The genus is dedicated to our ex- cellent friend, H. Herman Behr, M. D., Professor of Bot- any in the College of Pharmacy of the University of Cali- fornia. B. Tenuirtora. Pedicels 8—15, very slender, an inch or two long: perianth 10 lines long, the supra-basal sac 3 lines broad, tubular portion hardly more than a line in diameter, the ovate-oblong teeth about a line long, erect or slightly spreading, brownish, apparently; waole body of the per- ianth bright scarlet: anthers linear-oblong, a line long, ob- _ tuse at each end, fixed by the middle, yellow: capsule ovate, a half inch long. 144 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. The umbels are all we possess of this very beautiful and interesting new ally of Brodiwa. They are ticketed ‘‘San Jose del Cabo,” which means that they are from Cape St. Lucas, or thereabouts, but the name of the collector is un- known. The fragments have been lying in the herbarium of the Academy for many years, and I had supposed, before Opening a perianth that the plant would be a second species of Brevoortia. 2, Miscellaneous Species, New or Noteworthy HELIANTHEMUM OCCIDENTALE. Suffrutescent, a foot or more high, stout and much branched; stellate-hirsute throughout except the corymbose inflorescence, which is more densely hirsute, with simple, glandular-viscid hairs: leaves linear-lanceolate, an inch long, their margin more or less revolute: inner sepals 4 lines long, ovate, acuminate, outer linear one-half as long: petals 5 lines long: stamens about 20: capsule equaling the calyx. On adry summit in the central part of the Island of Santa Cruz, growing there along with H. scoparium, which is com- mon all over the island. CEANOTHUS ARBOREUS. A small tree 15—25 feet high, trunk 6—10 inches in diameter, smooth, with a light-gray bark; branches soft-pubescent: leaves ovate, acute, serrate, or often rather crenate, 2—4 inches long, green and puberu- lent above, whitish and soft-tomentose beneath: flowers pale blue in a compound raceme: fruit not crested. Island of Santa Cruz; common on northward slopes in the more elevated regions. The largest known species, with more ample foliage than is found in any other; always tree- like in shape, with clean trunk and open but round head, like a well-kept orchard tree; in this particular most unlike any other Ceanothus. Lupinus carNosuLus. Annual, not slender, 1—2 feet | high, somewhat succulent, finely pubescent, with appressed MISCELLANEOUS NEW SPECIES. 145 hairs: leaflets oblanceolate, an inch long, obtuse, but with a small, recurved cusp: racemes loose: bracts equalling the calyx, the upper lip of which is deeply cleft: corolla 5 lines long, deep blue throughout, keel naked: pods when young strongly villous-hirsute. Near the village of Olema, Marin County, April, 1886. Plant with the habit of large states of Z. nanus, but very distinct, wanting the variegated or changeable petals and villous-edged keel of that species; the herbage fleshy as in L. affinis. Lupinus UMBELLATUS. Annual, slenderand much branch- ed, a foot or more high, canescent with a soft, villous pu- bescence: leaflets 7—11, only a half-inch long: peduncles slender; pedicels elongated, bearing the few small flowers in an umbellate cluster: calyx-lips narrow, the upper deeply cleft: corolla 2—-3 lines long, ight blue: pods 5—7-seeded. Island of Santa Cruz, 1886. Near Z. micranthus, but distinguished therefrom by its dense white pubescence, small, crowded leaflets and almost umbellate inflorescence. SYRMATIUM, Vogel. Calyx campanulate-tubular, almost equally 5-toothed or —cleft, persistent. Petals subequal, free from the stamens: claw of the vexillum remote from the others; wings spread- ing; keel broad above and usually obtuse orretuse. Stamens 10,.diadelphous; anthers uniform. Style incurved. Pod linear, compressed, rostrate-attenuate, falcate-incurved, 1—3-seeded, indehiscent, deciduous by an articulation of the pedicel.—Herbs or shrubs with 3—7-foliolate leaves and gland-like stipules. Flowers small, in few-flowered, bracted or naked umbels, yellow changing to red.—Linnea, x. 591 (1836): Drepanoiobus, Nutt. MS. cited in Torr. & Gray, FI. N. Am. 1. 324 (1838): part of Hosackia, Bentham, Torrey, Gray, and all recent authors. In restoring this long neglected: genus, I am not obliged 146 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. to rest it upon those characters alone, sufficient although they would seem to be, which were indicated both by Vogel and by Nuttall a half century ago. The indehiscent pods, promptly deciduous at maturity, are so utterly and widely unlike those of any Hosackia that I suppose, the character being here pointed out, there will henceforth remain less excuse than formerly for confounding the genera. It is so manifest a character to any one examining the plants in the field at the maturing of the fruit, that I wonder Nuttall, in his field-researches, did not notice it. The generic name proposed by him is more pleasing than that of Vogel, but it came into publicity after Syrmatium. It is therefore now of little importance that the authors of the Flora of North America, in the place referred to, did not make unmodified use of Nuttall’s manuscript of Drepanolobus, but only em- ployed his names and descriptions, referring the species generically to Hosackia. The goodly number which have been newly discovered in later years have all come out under that name, excepting the three herein first described. Full descriptions of all the rest are to be found in either the Botany of California or the Bulletins of the California Academy, that of each under the specific name here adopted. S. DENDROIDEUM. Shrubby, erect, 4—7 feet high, with roughish brown stem an inch or two in thickness, and many short ascending branches: branchlets angular, their growing parts more or less minutely appressed-silky, the plant other- wise glabrous: leaflets three, narrowly oblong, obtuse: um- bels numerous, on short peduncles, not bracted: calyx 3—4 lines long, the triangular-subulate teeth a fourth as long as the nearly cylindrical tube: corolla 4—6 lines long: pod #-inch long, slightly curved, 3-seeded: seeds terete and straight. Hill tops, among other bushes, on the higher parts of Santa CruzIsland. Near S. glabrum, but of entirely differ- ent habit, with much larger flowers and fruit, on short, rigid, crowded branchlets. MISCELLANEOUS NEW SPECIES. 147 S. parens. Shrubby, like the preceding, but the stem low, and branches spreading horizontally; silvery-canescent throughout: leaflets 4—65, obovate-oblong, rather acute: umbels numerous, sessile, bractless: corolla as in the last species; calyx with very short teeth: pod 6—8 lines long, the short 1—2-seeded body nearly equalled by the slender, nearly straight beak. Island of San Miguel, in the Canon del Mar, but more abundant on the summit of the islet known as Gull Island, a mile or more off the shore. Of very different aspect as compared with its kindred species of Santa Cruz; and there isa difference of another kind quite as striking as any men- tioned in the specific character. The Santa Cruz species was in full fruit at the begining of July. That of San Miguel was. just well in flower two and a half months later: and the two islands are not more than forty miles apart. S. cuaprum, Vogel, Linnea, x. 591.—Hosackia, Torr. Bot. Wilkes Exp. 274; Watson, Bot. Cal. i. 187: Drepanolobus scoparius and D. crassifolius, Nutt. in Torr. & Gray, Fl. N. Am. i. 325. S. cyTisomEs.—Hosackia, Benth. Trans. Linn. Soc. xvii. 366; Torr. & Gray, 1. ¢. 324; Watson, |. c. 138: Drepano- lobus, Nutt, 1. ¢. S. guncEUM.—Hosackia, Benth. 1. c.; Torr. & Gray, ie; 325; Watson, 1. ¢.: Drepanolobus, Nutt. l. cc. S. prostraTum.— Drepanolobus, Nutt. 1. ¢.: Hosackia decum- bens, var. glabriuscula, Hook. & Arn. Bot. Beech. 187; H. prostrata, Watson, l. ¢. S, micrantrHum.—Drepanolobus, Nutt. 1. ¢.: Hosackia, Wat- ares 1s. S. SERICEUM.— Hosackia, Benth. 1. C.; Torr. & Gray ae (Cae 9 p) Watson, if Cc. S. aRGoPHYLLUM.—Hosackia, Gray, Pl. Thurb. 316; Wat. 148 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. son, 1. ¢.; H. argentea, Kellogg, Proc. Cal. Acad. iii. 38, fig. 8. S. PROCUMBENS.—Hosackia, Greene, Bull. Cal. Acad. i. 82. M . VEATCHII.— Hosackia, Greene, 1. c. 83. S. OrnitHopus.—AHosackia, Greene, 1. c. 185. S. pisticHum.—Hosackia, Greene, 1. c. 186. S. DECUMBENS.—Hosackia, Benth, 1. c.; Hook. Fl. Bor- Am. 1. 34; Torr. & Gray, 1. c. 324; Watson, 1. c. 138, excel. var. (?) Nevadensis: Drepanolobus, Nutt. 1. e. S. NEVADENSE. Annual, diffusely procumbent, the slender branches 1—3 feet long: sparingly villous or somewhat tomentose: leaflets 3—5, small, cuneate-obovate: umbel on a short peduncle and with a unifoliolate nearly sessile bract: calyx a line long, the slender teeth a half-line: pod 23 lines, strongly incurved, yielding a single curved seed.—Hosackia decumbens, var. (?) Nevadensis, Watson, |. e. Common from Donner Lake and Yosemite to the eastern borders of Nevada. S. ToMENTOSUM, Vogel, 1. c.—Hosackia, Hook. & Arn. 1. ¢. 137; Torr. & Gray, 1. c.; Watson, 1. c. 139: Drepanolobus lanatus, Nutt. 1. ec. S. HEERMANNI.—Hosackia, Dur. & Hilg. Pac. R. Rep. vy. 6. t. 4; Watson, 1. c. S. NIvEuM. Suffrutescent, a foot high, white, with a villous- tomentose pubescence: leaflets 5, obovate or oval, acute: flowers capitate, the head nearly sessile, bractless; corolla 4 lines long, little exceeding the calyx of which the equal, filiform teeth are as long as the turbinate tube: pod 1-seeded, very short, wholly included in the calyx. Island of Santa Cruz on exposed rocky slopes, but nearly extinct. The few specimens collected do not at all indicate the shrubby character of the species; for they are young seedling plants of perhaps the second year, just beginning MISCELLANEOUS NEW SPECIES. 149 to show their first flowers, and were found in the sandy moist bed of a deep ravine, out of reach of the sheep. The remnants of a few of the parent shrubby plants were after- wards discovered on the rocky summit above. HEUCHERA MAXIMA. Caulescent, the stout, fleshy decum- bent branches 1—2 feet long and nearly an inch thick, leafy throughout: leaves round-cordate, 8—6 inches in diameter, with 5 shallow lobes and large rounded, but abruptly slen- der-pointed teeth: petioles and leafy peduncles stout, of about equal length, hirsute: thyrsus narrow, 8—12 inches long: calyx white, 3 lines long, acute at base: petals minute, white. Rocky steeps near the sea, on the northward slope of Santa Cruz Island. Anenormous species of Hewchera, the stout caudex-like stems more or less reclining, often fully two feet long, and many of them from the same root; simple or with suberect branches, all having numerous axillary, leafy peduncles which are rather short, the thyrsus alone rising higher than the leaves. LYONOTHAMNUS ASPLENIFOLIUS, Greene, Bull. Cal. Acad. i. 187. Having been favored with an opportunity of visiting the island where this interesting tree is endemic, I wish to add here a few remarks concerning it. The fruit, which in the latter part of July was found nearly mature, is assuredly that of a Saxifragaceous rather than a Rosaceous plant, con- sisting as it does of a pair of follicles rather than a two- celled capsule: and so the opinion of Professor Gray as to the ordinal place for the genus is well confirmed. But the flowers are altogether indistinguishable from those of the Rosaceous genera Vauquelinia and Heteromeles. The tree is no rarity on its native shore. There are a hundred fine groves of it distributed up and down the thirty miles of the island’s northward slope, individual specimens often as high as thirty-five and forty feet. The wood, close-grained 150 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. and hard, is called ‘‘iron wood” by the men on the island. No other small tree of our coast equals this in grace of form and beauty of foliage. The flowers, too, are quite showy in their season, the larger corymbs often measuring a foot in diameter. Plate VI is from a pen-tracing of a branchlet and fruit-cluster made by Dr. Kellogg. GALIUM BUXIFOLIUM. Shrubby, two feet high, erect and compactly branching: branches sharply quadrangular, the uppermost subdivided into innumerable, short, slender, very leafy branchlets: leaves coriaceous, evergreen, the lowest in fours, those of the branchlets in pairs, all obovate- oblong, acutish, tapering to a short petiole, 4—S lines long, sparsely scabrous on the margin and along the midvein beneath: flowers unknown: fruit dry, minutely hispid, short-pedicelled, solitary, terminal and axillary. On rocky shelves in a deep ravine near the sea, Island of Santa Cruz; also a single plant in a similar locality on San Miguel. A beautiful species and a rare one. MATRICARIA OCCIDENTALIS. Annual, glabrous, scentless, robust, 14—23 feet high, corymbose-paniculate above: leaves 2—3-pinnately dissected into linear segments: heads discoid, 6—8 lines high, bracts of the involucre oblong, a line and a half long, scarious-tipped: corolla 4-toothed: akenes sharp- ly angled, and with a broad coroniform margin a little below the summit: receptacle somewhat fusiform. In grain fields of the lower San Joaquin and Sacramento region, collected by the writer in May, 1886, near Byron and at Elmira and Vacaville. I have seen this plant in earlier years, but was wont to pass it by unexamined, sup- posing it to be some species introduced from the old world, its restriction to cultivated fields of wheat and barley sug- gesting the idea. But on inspection I find it a very near relative of our American JM. discoidza, distinguishable from it, indeed, more by its different habit and size, lack of fra- grance, and its late flowering than by any striking charac- MISCELLANEOUS NEW SPECIES. Nira! ters of flower or fruit. The better known species, common in all parts of the country, and although a low and homely weed, always pleasing with its delightful fragrance, is quite past its season and nearly dead when the larger is beginning to develop its large heads. It is, moreover, a puny dwarf compared with the new plant. Berita (Dicu#ra) Burkes. Erect, slender, freely branch- ing, 1—2 feet high, slightly hirsute-pubescent: leaves pin- nately parted into long, linear lobes: bracts of the involu- cre 10—12; rays as many'and conspicuous: pappus of 8—10 minute, entire, acute pale and a single slender awn which is nearly twice as long as the akene. Near Ukiah, Mendocino County, common in moist fields, flowering in June. Collected by Mr. J. H. Burke. Species well marked by its large size, and peculiar pap- pus, although closely allied to B. Fremonti of the valley of the Sacramento. CNICUS FONTINALIS. Two feet high, robust, with widely spreading branches ending in middle-sized, nodding heads: stem and upper surface of the broad, pinnately-parted leaves glandular-pubescent: bracts of the involucre imbri- cated in many series, herbaceous, broad, squarrose-spread- ing or reflexed, abruptly acute, with a short spinose tip and no viscid or glandular spot: flowers dull white: anther-tips triangular, acute. : At Crystal Springs, San Mateo County, growing among the various springs and streamlets at the north side of the reservoir from which San Francisco is supplied with water. A rather surprising spot in which to find, at this late day, so large and conspicuous a plant unknown to botanists. The entire physiognomy of the plant, so to speak, is peculiar; but its low stature and stout branches recall the common C. quercetorum, which, by the way, is abundant on grassy, stony knolls just above the springs. The ample recurved bracts are the most singular characteristic of this excellent, 152 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. perhaps quite local, new thistle. The root is, as in all our native species, biennial. STEPHANOMERIA TOMENTOSA. Annual, stout, 3—5 feet high, paniculate above the middle, white-tomentose throughout when young, the inflorescence glabrate: lower leaves spatu- late in outline, runcinate-pinnatifid, upper lanceolate, nearly or quite entire: heads 3—4 lines high, closely ranged along the upper half of the virgate branches, 5—8 flowered; lig- ules pale pink: akenes ragose-tuberculate between the five angles: pappus white, of about twenty distinct, fragile bristles, which are plumose to the base and deciduous. Central parts of the Island of Santa Cruz, but not common. MALACcOTHRIX INDECORA. Annual, diffuse, forming a mat 2—5 inches deep and twice as broad: leaves very thick and succulent, oblong-lanceolate, pinnately lobed, the lobes ob- tuse: involucre 3 lines high, inner series of scales linear- lanceolate, herbaceous and green, the outer successively shorter and purple: ligules short, greenish yellow: akenes a half line long, 5-angled and 2—3-striate between the angles: pappus with no exterior bristle, wholly deciduous in a ring, the bristles barbellate above, ciliolate below the middle: receptacle naked. MALACOTHRIX SQUALIDA. Annual, 8—12 inches high, with stout branches from near the base: leaves not succulent, lanceolate, laciniate-pinnatifid, the segments and their teeth acute: involucre a half inch high, its imbricated scales pale green with dark midveins and tips: akene less than a line long, angled and striate as in the preceding: pappus wholly deciduous in a ring, the bristles retrorsely ciliolate at base, barbellate-scabrous above: receptacle with minute palez. The two plants above described inhabit together two or three execrable islets, nesting places of innumerable cormor- ants and gulls, close by the northern shore of Santa Cruz Is- land. Similar as to the technicalities of akene and pappus, MISCELLANEOUS NEW SPECIES. 153 they are very distinct species, and, in appearance, not much like their nearest relatives, JZ. foliosa and JZ. insularis of other islands lying to the southward. ‘They have not comeliness or even cleanliness to recommend them, yet make a valua- ble accession to an interesting genus; but the following may perhaps be reckoned a still more welcome discovery, or rather, rediscovery. MALACOTHRIX INCANA, Torr. & Gray, Fl. N. Am. ii. 486; Gray. Bot. Cal. i. 434; Syn. Fl. 423. Scanty specimens were obtained by Nuttall, just fifty years ago, on an ‘“‘Island in the Bay of San Diego,” and no more has been seen or heard of the species until this year. A Malacothrix answer- ing perfectly to the description published is abundant on San Miguel, the smallest and remotest of the Santa Barbara eroup of islands. But I met with it first on the western ex- tremity of Santa Cruz, where it was growing in small quan- tity, on a shaded sandstone terrace a little above the beach. CaLals CLEVELANDI.—Calais Parryi, Greene, page 49 of this volume, not of Gray. Dr. Parry has shown me that my plant described in the last number of the Bulletin cannot be the species so named by Gray. I had entirely overlooked the statement of that author, that, in C. Parryi, the awns are twice or thrice longer than the palez; and I here dedicate what now ap- pears plainly a new species, to my esteemed friend, Mr. Cleveland of San Diego, who was I think the first collector of it. Downineta concotor. Slender, diffusely branching, 4—6 inches high, minutely puberulent under a lens: tube of the corolla turbinate, nearly as long as the limb, cleft from the base of the upper lip one third of the way down; lobes of the upper lip lanceolate, deflexed and appressed to the sides of the tube: flower blue throughout, the central part of the lower lip dark, surrounded by a narrow border which is paler than the deep sky-blue of all the other parts. 154 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. In a wheat field near the village of Suisun, May 2, 1886, growing with the common species, each plant forming a compact, well rounded mass altogether intensely blue with an extraordinary profusion of flowers. The other three species already recognized are almost impossible to dis- tinguish, in herbarium specimens, but this, even when dried, looks very different from those. Its cleft corolla- tube is a new and unwelcome character, too much lke Lobelia. TETRAODON SETOSUS. : 15 ON TETRAODON SETOSUS, A NEW SPECIES ALLIED TO TETRAODON MELEAGRIS LACEP. BY ROSA SMITH. Length 12 inches (14 inches to margin of caudal fin); depth, inflated, 6 inches. Head 4 (43); orbit 4 in head. Snout about 3 in head (measuring to front of orbital bone), the upper profile abruptly concave behind lip. Interorbital space moderate, one and a-half times diameter of orbital bone. The eye itself seems to be drawn backward from its proper place in the orbit and has been stretched out of shape in drying. Orbital ridges not greatly elevated, the interorbitalregion nearly flat. Body everywhere thickly beset with short, slender, stiff spines, except around mouth, at bases of fins and around vent; these spines or bristles averaging one-eighth of an inch in height, their insertion in the skin not quite so far apart as their height. The spines are nearly uniform every- where. Some of them show no lateral roots, while many are from two- to five-rooted, giving the skin a stellate ap- pearance. About seventy spines from eye to dorsal fin, but the spines are thickly scattered without being in regular rows. The smooth area about the mouth is two-thirds diameter of orbit. The dorsal and anal peduncles are wholly smooth and the caudal peduncle has spines only at its base, which are recumbent and mostly imbedded in the skin. Caudal fin subtruncate, one-half longer than caudal pe- duncle, the base of the fin entering twice in its height. _ Base of dorsal fin two and a half times in its height; mar- gin unevenly rounded. Base of anal one and three-fourths in height, the fin rounded posteriorly. Pectorals truncate, one-fourth higher than broad. 156 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. Color dark brown, everywhere with roundish white spots, most of them one-eighth of an inch in diameter, equal to or exceeding the pupil; these spots coalesce on the ventral surface, forming vermicular markings, which usually are wider than the brown interspaces; the dorsal dots are nar- rower than the brown ground between. All the fins simi- larly spotted, though the spots are smaller than on the body. No streaks nor black marks anywhere. Pectoral and dorsal fins with a white edge as wide as the dorsal spots. Anal fin very narrowly margined with white. This description is made from a dried skin in fine condi- tion which came from Mexico. The specimen is now in the collection of the California Academy of Sciences, and bears the registered number 2,996. October 30, 1886. Or = NORTH AMERICAN COLEOPTERA. Li DE:CRIPTIVE NOTICES OF NORTH AMERICAN COLEOPTERA. I: (With Plate VII.) BY THOS. L. CASEY. Read Oct. 18th, 1888. Under the above title it is intended to publish short studies,. either of species or small groups of genera, which may from time to time be investigated in a detached and desultory manner. Care will be taken, however, to indicate the rela- tionships wherever possible and whenever these are at all obscure, so that it is hoped no confusion will be introduced into our already overburdened nomenclature. Large and complicated genera, or those*in which the species are very closely allied and difficult of recognition, will not be touched upon except under very peculiar conditions, as these should form the subject-matter of separate essays. In this connection it may be stated that it is my intention to include, if possible, within the faunal region considered, the entire North American continent terminating on the south in the isthmus of Panama and including the islands of the West Indian archipelago, as this appears to consti- tute a more natural region than that which is limited on the south by the Mexican-boundary of the United States. The present paper contains descripfions of new genera and species, mostly from the Pacific Coast, but with a few from 12—BuL.t. Cat, Acap. Scr. IIL. 6, Issued November 27, 1886. 158 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. other portions of the continent; they are, in addition, prin- cipally members of the clavicorn families Pselaphide and Staphyhnide. In the latter family there seems to be considerable con- fusion in regard to the estimation of the number of abdom- inal segments, and having recently seen some remarks by M. H. Jekel (Col. Jk. Eleuth. Bibl., p. 22-23), which set forth the subject very clearly and fully, I take pleasure in transcribing them as follows :— ‘‘Une autre cause d’embarras trés sérieux pour les étudiants est l’insta- bilité—ou plutot la non-concordance des auteurs dans 1’énumeration des seg- ments abdominaux. LErichson avait parfaitement reconnu l’existence des deux piéces du dos situées entre le metanotum et les segments normaux de l’abdomen —visibles et découverts seulement chez un petit nombre de groupes ou les elytres n’atteignent pas l’extrémité des épiméres metathoraciques — et il avait prévenu ses lecteurs que, pour éviter des erreurs, il ne compterait les segments du dos qu’a partir de—et avec—celui qui se présente comme premier en dessous, et dont Ja contexture est semblable en dessus comme en dessous aux suivants et fait corps avec eux, et offrant la méme censistance. En cela il fut suivi—comme il avait éié précédé—par un grand nombre d’auteurs recommandables. Plus tard les uns n’ont voulu compter qu’une seule de ces deux piéces dorsales ‘interihoracico-abdominales,’ regardant l’une d’elles comme un faux-segment A cause de son étroitesse et de sa consistance mem- braneuse; d’autres la comptent aussi, de sorte que nous sommes en présence de trois systémes, de sorte que le segment anal est pour les uns le 6° (la plupart des auteurs jusques et y compris Erichson, Fairmaire etc), pour d’autres le 7¢ (Kratz, G. Thomson ete), pour d’autres enfin le 8* (Pandelle etc). **Tout en constatant l’existence des deux piéces dorsales en question, — dont la consistance est si différente de celle des autres segments, et qui ne se détachent pas du thorax lors de la rupture de l’abdomen—elles ne devraient pas étre comptées comme abdominales dans les travaux descriptifs des especes, d’autant plus que les auteurs qui les comptent n’en parlent jamais dans leurs descriptions—et pour cause—ces minces filets semicoriaces, semimembran- eux n’oftrant aucune modification de forme ou de sculpture appréciables, lorsque, par exception, ils sont découverts par Ja briéveté des élytres. Enfin, méme dans ce cas, leurs analogues ne se présentent pas en dessous cachés qu’ils sont par les épiméres, le metasternum ete. Dans cette illogique situa tion on se trouve avoir un ou deux segments de plus—selon la fantaisie des auteurs—en dessus qu’en dessous de l’Abdomen, 6 ventraux et 7 ou 8 dorsaux ad libitum. ‘+ N’eut-il pas été préférable, pour la compréhension de tous, de s’en terir au sage conseil et A l’exemple d’Erichson, dont la judicieuse logique n’ame nait aucune perturbation dans les errements antérieurs, basés sur la parité a NORTH AMERICAN COLEOPTERA. 159 -des segments extérieurement appréciables et conformes en dessus comme en dessous? Que l’on nous prouve, comme question d’anatomie générale et transcendante et technique des Staphylinides, qu’il y a 8 pieces, 10 meme (Pand. Ann. Soe. Ent. Fr. 1869, 265) en d2ssus de l’abdomen,-cela est fort bien, mais ceci une fois établi n’énumerons pas dans des descriptions qui doivent étre claires et compréhensibles pour tous, et n’assimilons pas aux vévitables segments abdominaux ces annexes metathoraciques qui s’arrctent au niveau des épiméres du metasternum, et qui font corps avec lui “Je previens done que j’en reviens A l’ancienne méthode, et que, quelque soit Vallongement ou la briéveté de l’élytre, le compte des segments abdominaux se fera dans mes descriptions, & partir du premier ventral et de son corres- pondant dorsal, ce qui est la logique et la précision, que l’on ait affaire a un Aléocharien ou 4 un Omalien.”’ These remarks fitly convey my own views and are similar, in substance, to what I should have stated as a result of study and observation. In all my future writings the ven- tral segments will be counted from, and including the first as seen from below, which is the real first segment of the abdomen. For an illustration of this structure the reader is referred to the plate at the end of the present paper, where the basal portion of the abdomen of Hesperobium is figured in detail. It is there seen that the first segment has at the base a raised flat margin, rapidly diminishing in length to the median carina, where it almost disappears. It is possi- bly this raised margin which has been mistaken by several authors for a small basal segment, partially hidden by the posterior margin of the metasternum and the coxe. The true significance of the basal elevation is not appar- ent, unless, perhaps, that it serves to form a closer joint when the abdomen is drawn up, and still allow of a certain amount of flexibility. That it is not the ventral portion of the small membranous or coriaceous posterior segments of the metanotum is abundantly proven by the fact, as shown above by M. Jekel, that these coriaceous parts do not project beyond the metasternum and do not in reality form part of the abdomen; also because the other segments are also provided with an entirely analogous raised basal 160 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. margin, and finally very conclusively by the fact that these. margins also exist on the dorsal surface of the segments, being practically continuous from the ventral to the dorsal plate. The coriaceous segments merely serve to connect the abdomen proper to the metanotum, and apparently do not even extend through to the under surface of the meta- sternum, or at least one specimen—from which the drawing is taken—has the first ventral so far exserted from the posterior margin of the metasternum as to leave a very large extent of membrane exposed to view, and no signs what- ever of a segmental division are visible. Another inaccuracy mentioned by M. Jekel, is in regard to the measurement of length in the Staphylinide, where - the abdomen is often extended, This is not, however, of so great importance, as it is much easier to state, 1f the speci- men be nique, whether or not the abdomen is extended, than to make minute measurements of other portions of the body. If the specimens be numerous, the lengths of ex- treme examples should be quite sufficient for all practical purposes. As a source of ambiguity often observable in the writings of coleopterists, may be mentioned the variety of ideas at- tached to the word epipleure, in describing the elytra. Pascoe has alluded to this subject (Ann. Maz. Nat. Hist. Jan. 1869, p. 2), and suggested a definite meaning for the word; the notation here proposed is similar to that of Mr. Pascoe, with a single exception. The inflexed sides of the elytra—for which I would pro- pose the word hypomera—are generally composed of two. parts, the first bemg a more or less elevated lower margin of greater or less width, and the second the remainder of the inflexed side, usually Limited above by a more or less distinctly defined edge, generally reflexed. Above this the disk of the elytra is declivous, the declivity merging grad- ually into the dorsal and central portions of the disk, which are nearly always less convex. When the sloping sides of NORTH AMERICAN COLEOPTERA. 161 the disk are very abrupt and more or less distinctly limited by a line, as in many species of Leemophlceus, they are des- ignated as the plewre, the word epipleure being applied to the second portion of the inflexed sides above mentioned, and the word hypopleure to the first, or raised lower margin. This last has been called the epiplewral fold by Pascoe; but in addition to the undesirability of two words to express our meaning where one can just as well be employed, we must consider the fact, admitted by the distinguished au- thor quoted, that the hypopleurz are not in reality folds at all. Ina few of my previous descriptions I have used the word hypopleurz to designate the entire inflexed sides or hypomera, but in future the names here given will be ad- hered to. While dealing with kindred topics, it seems desirable to indicate the perversity of the brain in interpreting the ima- ges formed upon the retina of the eye in delineating and de- seribing form. A good way to illustrate this is to observe the letter S in print, where the two salient curves in the or- dinary position of the letter appear to be of nearly equal size; if now the letter be inverted, it will be seen at a glance that the lower portion in its former position is much the larger. In a similar way vertical lines appear relatively longer than transverse lines, and this has led to many errors in describing the shape of the prothorax; when the width and length of the latter are equal, it invariably appears at the first glance to be longer than wide, and is generally so described, thus introducing an element of confusion and doubt for those attempting to identify species from descrip- tions. This defect can be gradually overcome in various ways, but perhaps best by trying to delineate the form of the insect; for those who have never attempted it, this will generally be found a very difficult feat, and one requiring several attempts before a satisfactory outline can be pro- ‘duced. The short diagnoses usually given are purposely omitted, 162 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. their place being sufficiently supplied by the first few lines. of the descriptions, which deal with the general form, color and other similar characters, in conjunction with the gen- eral remarks usually appended in large type. In general monographic memoirs they are quite unnecessary, and merely consume space which might better be occupied by descriptive matter, because in such monographs or revis- ions, the key-tables, which should always be given, amply serve the purpose for which the diagnoses are intended. It will be observed that the descriptions refer in all cases to the single specimen assumed as the type. The diversity of opinion as to the proper definition of a genus or the structural differences warranting the generic isolation of special groups, holds with almost equal force in regard to the ideas attached to the species which compose them. Forms which some coleopterists would regard as specific, are held by others to be simply racial, and by others again as merely accidental variations not even worthy of a name. This divergence of opinion must necessarily exist until our knowledge becomes more extensive, and until an approxi- mately complete series of specimens of all species can be obtained from every region of the globe. I have preferred, therefore, in the existing state of knowledge, to describe one definite type and give such general remarks as may in- dicate the variation exhibited by the material at hand; addi- tional series may alter our conception of the species to a considerable degree, but having a single typical description, we possess something tangible upon which to base the sub- divisions into races or definite varieties, as may be deter- mined by such representatives. In other words, it would produce more confusion than benefit to attempt to give a general description based upon material which must inevi- tably be incomplete. It will also be noticed that the English language is alone employed in descriptions and diagnostic tables. My rea- sons for this course are, first, because I believe that the NORTH AMERICAN COLEOPTERA. 163 time necessarily employed in learning to write the Latin lan- guage with fluency, in such manner as to be entirely certain that our ideas are being properly expressed—and it is use- less to attempt it without such knowledge—might be better occupied in a study of the technicalities of the science, es- pecially in view of the fact that there is probably no man of even moderate education possessing a good knowledge of Latin, who cannot at least understand descriptions drawn up in the three languages— French, German or English. Again, supposing a student to be ignorant of the indispensa- ble triad of modern languages, it is easily seen that the amount of information concerning a species which he can obtain from the short three or four lines written in Latin and forming the diagnosis, is simply tantalizing. Hither the entire description with all appended remarks should be written in Latin, as in the Staphylinide of Erichson or the Tomicini of Kichhoff, or else the student must perforce have a knowledge of these languages in order to read the descrip- tion of the species, otherwise the most important part, as far as identification is concerned, or that relating to the de- tails, is entirely lost tohim. Without wishing to be consid- ered unduly iconoclastic, it must be candidly confessed that the necessity for the latinization of the few lines usually be- ginning a description is not readily appreciable. When used with a moderate amount of care, the French and English languages are very perspicuous and eminently adapted to concise scientific expression. The spirit of these languages demands simplicity and conciseness, and they are, in addition, peculiarly fitted for technical descriptions be- cause of their power of absorbing words derived directly from the Latin and Greek. In regard to ambiguity, there are few who can maintain that they possess this undesirable quality to a greater degree than the Latin, and we may go so far as to say that they are far less ambiguous than a large proportion of the ordinary entomological Latin of the present day. The majority of our working coleopterists are com- 164 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. pelled to engage in active pursuits, either professional or commercial, which demand a knowledge of the three lan- guages mentionéd, and, if after acquiring them, these can also serve them in the scientific recreations of their leisure moments, thus rendering unnecessary the acquisition ofa special language for such purposes, itappears to the writer that we have gained one very important point, since just so much time and labor may be saved for useful scientific work. Physicists, mathematicians, astronomers, and zodlogists in fields other than entomological, have long since abandoned the Latin as a medium of publication. The leading mathe- matical and astronomical journals employ the modern lan- guages exclusively, and, although they appeal to a much more extensive class of readers than do the entomological journals, it has not been found that anything has been lost by the change, but on the contrary, as they at present reach a larger number of readers, such a course has tended to more widely diffuse scientific knowledge, and to create a more universal desire for its advancement. This subject is, however, a somewhat delicate one, and merits further consideration and argument. The binocular microscope, with objectives of from two- thirds to two inches focal length, is inevitably destined to supplant the hand-lens in the future study of entomology, its advantages being perfect steadiness of the object, suffi- cient magnifying power to bring all the organs prominently into view, and the healthful and unconstrained use of both eyes, giving a stereoscopic effect; at the same time both hands remain free for writing or drawing. To one accus- tomed to this mode of studying insects under ten mm. in length, an adherence to the usual method of research by means of the hand-lens, where the eye is unnaturally strained, and the images consequently apt to be distorted and to convey a wrong impression, seems entirely unac- countable. A long list of errors in describing sculpture and formation of various parts of the body, owing to insuf- NORTH AMERICAN COLEOPTERA. 165 "ficient magnifying power and other unsatisfactory conditions, could easily be given, and in this connection it must be borne in mind that it requires much more amplification and acute- ness of sight and perception to discover a character or the structural nature of an object than it does to see the same after it has once been described. I allude to the use of the microscope rather for original research than for cursory observation and comparison, as these objects can be much more conveniently attained with a good hand-lens. As greater attention is being given to exactness and per- Spicuity in describing the characteristics of species, a general catalogue of terms to be employed for the almost infinite variety, of sculpture, punctuation, lustre, pubes- cence, form and color, should be compiled, each modifica- tion being illustrated by reference to a particular species wherein it is preéminent; the colors should be indicated on a lithographic plate. Such a catalogue as this would con- duce greatly to uniformity in description, and therefore to ease of identification of species; it should be undertaken by a special congress of entomologists, or by some one of the large European societies, and would be of great value in systematizing the science. In conclusion, the author begs the indulgence of coleop- terists for errors, past, present and future. Having en- tered upon the detailed study of our smaller Coleoptera, he finds himself forced to rely in great measure upon the libra- ry, which, although undoubtedly a most trustworthy and unbiased guide, is still more or less unsatisfactory because of the insufficient and often erroneous descriptions of our earlier authors. Under such circumstances errors are un- avoidable, and he trusts they may be overlooked to some extent, upon the assurance that his utmost endeavors have and will be employed in seeking the truth regardless of all other considerations. San Francisco, October 11, 1886. 166 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. The following is a list of the genera and species here described or brought to notice :-— HYDROPHILIDE. Ababactus pallidiceps. Limnocharis picea Horn. Lena testacea n. gen. polita. Ramona capitulum n. gen. angustula. Leptogenius brevicornis n. gen. alatacea. Scopzeus rotundiceps. congener. truncaticeps. coniciventris. Scopeodera nitida Lec. n. gen. GiLpHinR. Leptorus texanus n. gen. bicolor. Silpha zenescens. versicolor. PSELAPHIDZ. longiceps. Batrisus mendocino. Orus parallelus. zephyrinus. Apocellus niger. speculum. Phlwopterus filicornis. monticola. Amphichroum flavicorne. occiduus, alutaceum. Bryaxis texana. pilosellum. infinita. veterator. Nisa n. gen. crassicorne. Reichenbachia, tumorosa. Pelecomalium binotatum n. gen. tumidicornis modestum. informis. Lathrimeum humerale. gracilicornis. Orobanus rufipes. nevadensis. densus. fundata. ACA: TRICHOPTERYGIDE. Nisaxis n. gen. Actidium rotundicolle. Sonoma n. gen. Ptilium sulcatum. Oropus striatus Lec. n. gen. Smicrus americanus. convexus. : BYRRHIDZ. interruptus. abbreviatus. Ditaphrus scymnoides n. gen. Actium n. gen. TENEBRIONIDS. STAPHYLINIDE. Eleates occidentalis n. gen. Lomechusa montana. Tachyusa crebrepunctata. Autalia elegans. Eumitocerus tarsalis n. gen. ScOLYTID2. Heterothops exilis. Renocis heterodoxus n. gen. CURCULIONIDE. Barinus squamolineatus n. gen. NORTH AMERICAN COLEOPTERA. Tei LIMNOCHARIS Horn. The species of this genus are probably numerous in North America, although but two have been described; I now add several other peculiar forms. The genus is apparently valid, since in all the numerous specimens which I have examined, there are clearly eight ventral segments, the eighth being small and more or less retractile, so that, while in the type of angustula it is nearly as long as the seventh and very con- spicuous, it may sometimes be almost entirely withdrawn; itis never entirely invisible, however. The labrum also differs greatly from that of Limnebius as described by La- cordaire, for in Limnocharis it is not broadly rounded, but is deeply sinuate in the middle. The antenne have, as . stated of Limnebius by Du Val, nine joints, the first two subanchylosed so as to form a long slender scape. The mentum instead of being strongly rounded, approaches in Limnocharis more nearly the trapezoidal form, and in the very singular ZL. coniciventris described below, it is almost perfectly trapezoidal, being transversely truncate at apex. The eighth segment of the abdomen does not bear a tuft of hair, but has one or two terminal sete, perhaps according to the sex. The species of the genus at present known from the United States are as follows:— Sides of the elytra distinctly arcuate. Surface more or less polished. Prothorax very strongly transverse, at apex nearly twice as wide as NONI tat iste tees Ae En ae ee Fee Sloat Chee eR EE eae picea. Prothorax less strongly transverse, a apex less than one-half wider than long. Apical angles of elytra narrowly but distinctly rounded....... polita. Apical aroles:notirounmdedia.:. Y<: .1 , spongiose; median small, nude... Reichenbachia. Head having no occipital fovez, finely and strongly carinate beneath later- ally. Pronotum having small, feebly-impressed, lateral foveze and a very minute, more abrupt median puncture, all nude. ........... Nisaxis. Pronotum devoid of foves; elytral strize obsolete’ ...... -—— : Ryzaxis Saulcy.—In our fauna this genus contains the three species sanguinea Leach, conjuncta Lec. and Brend- elii Horn. Nisa n. gen.—There being no specimen of this genus be- fore me at the present time, I cannot state positively whether the head is laterally carinate or not, it is, how- 1LeConte—Tr. Am. Ent. Soc. VIII, p. 183. 2 The characters given for inornata Brend. indicate a very peculiar species which warrants closer study than has yet been givenit. As the occipital fovece are wanting, it may be attached for the present to Nisaxis, but it prob- ably possesses differential characters of generic value. NORTH AMERICAN COLEOPTERA. 183 ever, attached to that group to which it is probably most closely allied. Nisa includes but two species, luniger Lec. and cavicornis Brend. REICHENBACHIA Leach.—By direct comparison with Euro- pean representatives there is no apparent difference in the American forms. NIsaxis n. gen.—Here the species are decidedly more mi- nute than in any of the other genera of this group, and are probably more abundant than hitherto supposed. It is very distinct in its cephalic characters, as well as those of the pronotum and sexual modifications. The discal striz of the elytra are usually shorter than in the other genera, and the basal carine of the first dorsal segment short and widely distant. At present it can include only tomentosa Aubé.? BRYAXIS Leach. The more salient characters separating Bryaxis from the other genera here noted, besides the sexual modifications already mentioned, are the comparatively large size, more distinct abdominal border, the pronotal fovez and the very large eyes situated almost at the extreme base of the head. B. texana 0. sp.—Form rather slender, pale rufo-testaceous throughout; legs concolorous; autenne and abdomen very slightly darker; integuments polished; pubescence very short, suberect, not dense. Head rather small; eyes very large, prominent, situated very close to the basal angles, more con- vex posteriorly; base broadly truncate; surface feebly convex, impunctate, occipital fovez situated on a line through the anterior portion of the eyes, moderate, rather deeply impressed, mutually more than three times as dis- tant as either from the eye; apical fovea very slightly smaller, more broadly impressed at the sides; apical angles very slightly rounded; antenne rather slender, distinctly longer than the head and prothorax together, club rather ’The species described by me (Cont.I, p. 33) as inopia, has been considered a synonym of this species in the recently published Check List of North American Coleoptera. As inopia has two well-developed occipital fovez, it cannot be placed in the neighborhood of tomentosa. If the compilers of the catalogue are determined to regard it as asynonyn:, some more appropriate Species should be selected with which to combine it; it belongs near rubi- cunda, although somewhat resembling tomentosa, 184 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. prominent; joints three to eight equal in width, nine to eleven increasing uniformly and rather rapidly in width. Prothorax widest in the middle, where it is scarcely wider than the head, distinctly wider than long; sides very narrowly rounded, convergent and more broadly rounded anteriorly, moderately convergent and rather deeply sinuate toward base; the latter broadly, feebly arcuate, five-sixths as wide as the disk, one-half wider than the apex; the latter transversely truncate; disk strongly convex, not percep- tibly punctate, broadly impressed before the base toward the sides, trans- versely subgranulose along the base; lateral fovew rather large, deeply im- pressed, at one-third the length from the base; median about equal in size, less deeply impressed. lytra at base distinctly wider than the prothorax, at apex twice as wide as the latter; sides evenly and moderately arcuate; disk distinctly wider than long, broadly and not strongly convex, more abruptly declivous along the sides; humeri rather prominent; surface excessively feebly and obsoletely punctate; sutural striz fine, deeply impressed, nearly parallel; discal very fine and feeble, slightly arcuate, gradually evanescent at slightly less than one-third the length from the apex. Abdomen polished, impuuctate; border strong; carine of first segment very short, divergent, distant by fully two-fifths the total width. Legs rather long and slender; posterior tibiz feebly clavate, very slightly bent, very feebly and obsoletely grooved exteriorly at apex. Length 1.3 mm. Texas; (El Paso 1). The sole representative is a male, exhibiting the usual very marked abdominal characters. The first segment is very long, four-fifths as long as the elytra, and is almost the only portion of the abdomen seen when viewed vertically; its apex is rather abruptly deflexed, transversely impressed in the middle; the edge with a small, rounded, very distinct, median sinuation; remaining segments almost vertical, very short, almost equal; second broadly and extremely feebly sinuate in the middle; surface anteriorly with a transversely arcuate, impressed channel which is partially hidden under the first segment, and which corresponds in outline with the sinuation of the first; remaining segments not sensibly mod- ified. The apical margins of the first and second segments are abruptly thinner. This species probably belongs to the Belfragei type, but the description of that species wili not apply to this. B. infinita u.sp.—Form slightly robust,dark rufo-castaneous; head black- ish; elytra rufous, darker at base and apex; antenne and legs concolorous, NORTH AMERICAN COLEOPTERA. 185 dark fuscous; integuments polished; pubescence rather coarse, very short and rather dense. Head moderate, much wider than long; eyes very large, prominent; base broadly truncate; surface feebly convex, scarcely percepti- bly punctate; occipital fovez rather large, feebly impressed, on a line through the anterior margins of the eyes, mutually two and one-half times as distant as either from the eye; apical equal in size, feebly impressed; sur- face between the antennz gradually declivous; antennze somewhat robust, distinctly longer than the head and prothorax together, club rather promi- nent; basal joint feebly dilated, slightly longer than wide, second slightly smaller, longer than wide, subcylindrical, third slightly shorter, slightly obconical, distinctly longer than wide, tenth as long as wide, much wider than the ninth, eleventh distinctly wider than the tenth, slightly elongate, obliquely acuminate. Prothorax widest at two-tifths the length from the apex, where it is scarcely wider than the head, nearly one-third wider than long; sides rather strongly rounded, rather strongly convergent and feebly sinuate to the base; the latter broadly, feebly arcuate, three-fourths as wide as the disk, one-half wider than the apex; the latter transversely truncate; disk strongly convex, scarcely punctate; lateral and medial fovez equal, moderate, the former more broadly impressed. LHlytra at base distinctly wider than the prothorax, at apex slightly less than twice as wide as the lat- ter; sides evenly, not very strongly arcuate; disk slightly wider than long, evenly, rather feebly convex, extremely minutely punctate; sutural strie very distinct and deeply impressed, rather approximate, nearly parallel; discal deeply impressed and distinct, becoming slightly recurved posteriorly, and terminating abruptly at one-fifth the length from the apex. Abdomen fully as wide as the elytra; border wide and prominent; surface scarcely punctate, moderately convex; basal carinz distant by slightly more than one-third the total width, distinct, less than one-third as long as the segment, almost par- allel. Legs rather long and slender. Length 1.5 mm, Texas; (Austin 14). This species is remarkable amongst the American repre- sentatives of the genus, in the complete absence of male sexual modifications of the dorsal segments of the abdomen. The male described above is very slightly more robust than the female, and has the antenne slightly longer and with a more prominent club, the tenth joint especially being shorter and more transverse in the female. The type speci- men has the cedeagus protruded, The lateral members are seen to be two thin, elongate laminz, obliquely acuminate at apex and having at the middle of the external edge a small tuft of dilated membranous hair. 186 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. REICHENBACHIA Leach. The species are numerous, as a rule smaller than in the preceding genus, and especially distinguished by the rather finer abdominal border and the dorsal surface similar in both sexes. The species here described may be assigned as follows:— Head §' and Q with three fovex. Antenne dissimilar in the two sexes. tumorosa, tumidicornis and informis. Antenne similar in the scxes......... gracilicornis and nevadensis. Head J and Q bifoveate. Antenne dissimilar in the sexes........... Jundata and franciscana. The special relationships will be indicated under each description. * R. tumorosa n. sp.— Rather robust; color rather dark rufo-castaneons; antenn concolorous in the middle, paler at base and toward the apex; elytra and legs paler, much more flavate, the former not darker at apex; pnbescence fine, short, not at all dense. Head rather small; eyes moderate, prominent, very coarsely granulate, at nearly their own length from the base; front trans- versely and rather strongly convex, almost completely impunctate, highly polished, having on a line through the middle of the eyes, two small, deeply impressed fovew, mutually three and one-half times as distant as either from the eye; with a large, deep impression between the antenne at the bottom of which there is a very minute, spongy-pubescent fovea; apex strongly declivous, angularly and slightly produced in the middle; antenne rather short, robust, as long as the head and prothorax together; first joint mod- erate, second smaller, subglobular, third wider, short, strongly transverse, triangular, closely adjacent to the fourth, which is very large, strongly transverse; joints five to eight, transverse, very rapidly and uniformly di- minishing in width, sixth shorter than the seventh, eighth normal, eight to eleven evenly, very gradually increasing in width. Prvthorax moderate in ‘The long, erect, stout sete, growing upon the lower surface of the head are sometimes vulbous at the extremily, the enlargement being apparently formed of a viscid substance which may perhaps be a secretion. If, how- ever, this is the case, the sete are in all probability hollow tubes. It may be this secretive matter which is so pleasing to ants, with which so many species of Pselaphide are associated. The same appearance of the sete has been before referred to in a short paper on our Euplectini (Cont. H, p. 94), although at that time I had not remarked the viscid nature of the material forming the enlargement. Fy NORTH AMERICAN COLEOPTERA. 187 size, widest at two-fifths its length from the apex, where it is slightly wider than the head and distinctly wider than long; sides strongly, evenly rounded, moderately convergent and feebly sinuate toward base; the latter broadly, very feebly arcuate, one-half wider than the apex, which is transversely truncate, and four-fifths as wide as the pronotal disk; basal angles obtuse and very slightly prominent, not at all rounded; disk strongly, evenly con- vex, polished, almost impunctate, lateral fovez rather small, not very deeply impressed; median puncture very small; base finely margined, sur- face immediately before it feebly impressed, the impression obsolete in the middle. Hlytra at base distinctly wider than the prothorax, at apex fully twice as wide as the latter; sides evenly, rather strongly arcuate; together broadly truncate behind; disk evenly, rather strongly convex, much wider than long, two-thirds longer thin the pronotum, finely, very feebly and obsoletely, evenly and rather sparsely punctate; sutural striz strong; discal strong, feebly arcuate, abruptly terminating at one-fifth the length from the apex. Abdomen impunctate, highly polished, rather convex; first segment longer than the next two together, with two fine, very distinct carine, which are distant by two-fifths the entire width, nearly one-half as long as the segment, and nearly parallel; at each side, near the border, and partially nnder the elytra, there is a large spongiose fovea; between this and the border a fine attenuated carina, two-thirds as long as the segment. Legs long and slender. Length 1.4 mm. California; (Sonoma Co. 4). The description is taken from the male; the female anten- ne are normal, robust and scarcely as long as those of the male. In the latter the terminal segment of the dorsal sur- face is very broadly emarginate at apex, the emargination being evenly rounded and nearly ten times as wide as deep; the ventral segments are not at all impressed. This species belongs near sagax Lec., but differs greatly in the structure of the male antennze as recorded in the original description of that species. R. tumidicornis ». sp—Form rather slender, piceous; autenne slightly paler at apex; elytra bright rufous, base and apex clouded with a darker tint, legs dark rufous; pubescence rather coarse, very short, not dense; integuments polished. Head modeiate in size; eyes rather small, very convex, coarsely granuiated and prominent, at fully their own length from the base; sides be- hind them feebly convergent, distinctly arcuate; base broadly truncate; angles narrowly rounded, not prominent; surface broadly, feebly convex, excessively minutely, sparsely punctate; on.a line through the middle of the eyes there are two large, deeply impressed f-vez, mutually three times as distant as either from the eye; also near the apex a slightly smaller fovea, with the 188 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. sides more broadly impressed; apex broadly angulate; antennz as long as the head and prothorax together; basal joint rather small, longer than wide; second slightly smaller, cylindrical, slightly longer than wide; third small, scarcely as long as wide, obconical; fourth as wide as the second, very strongly transverse; fifth strongly inflated, transversely oval, more than twice as wide as long; sixth slightly more strongly dilated; longer, transversely ovoidal, slightly more acute inwardly; seventh widest, shorter than the pre- ceding, apex truncate, very strongly transverse, more acute inwardly, more than three times as wide as long; eighth slightiy longer than the seventh, one-half wider than long, obliquely truncate inwardly; ninth very small, slightly wider than long; tenth slightly wider than long, distinctly wider than the ninth; eleventh rather slender, pointed, as long as the three preced- ing together, distinctly wider than the tenth. Prothorax widest very slightly in advance of the middle, where it is slightly wider than long, very slightly wider than the head; sides strongly arcuate, feebly sinuate before the basal angles; disk strongly convex, very minutely punctate; lateral foveze very large, rather deep; surface near the base slightly impressed and coarsely punctate toward the sides; median puncture elongated longitudinally. Elytra at base much wider than the prothorax, at apex more than twice as wide as the ‘latter; sides strongly and evenly arcuate; truncate behind; disk rather strongly and evenly convex, excessively minutely, rather sparsely punctate, one-fourth wider than long, two-thirds longer than the prothorax; sutural strie strong, nearly straight; discal very fine, rather feeble, terminating at one-fifth the length from the apex. First ventral segment much shorter than the next two together; carinz very fine, two-fifths as long as the segment, distinctiy divergent, distant by one-third the total width; carine near the lateral border nearly as long as the entire segment; lateral basal fovez dis- tinct. Zegs rather long, very slender; posterior tibiz very slender, distinctly arcuate and clavate, scarcely at all flattened. Length 1.2 mm. California; (Santa Cruz and Santa Clara Cos.) Described from the male in which the terminal dorsal segment is narrowly and very feebly emarginate at apex, the emargination much narrower than in twmorosa, evenly rounded, about eight times as wide as deep; ventral seg- ments not impressed. In the female the antennz are slightly shorter than in the male, normal, club robust. Very abundant throughout the region indicated. It be- longs near albionica (Mots.), but differs according to the description given by Dr. LeConte in the structure of the male antennze, and more especially in that of the posterior tibis which are not perceptibly flattened. The antenne NORTH AMERICAN COLEOPTERA. 189 of albionica are described as having the ‘fifth joint dilated, sixth larger than the following, rounded, 7—9, large, trans- verse.” This description evidently cannot be applied to tumidicornis. One of the localities given by the above- mentioned authority is Colorado; this is probably a mis- print for California, as there is very little likelihood of albionica occurring east of the Sierra Nevada Mts. In the description of albionica given by Mannerheim (Bull. Mose. 1852, p. 371), the only joints which are described as dilated are the fifth and sixth. In the present species the seventh is distinctly the widest. The posterior tibiz are not described by Mannerheim as being flattened, but simply dilated, which is more nearly the case in tumidicornis. There have probably been several species confounded by the various authors, as these species do not appear to have a very wide distribution, but are more or less local. Although so abundant about Santa Cruz, I have not yet found this species to the north of San Francisco, although I have collected over very extensive regions, giving special attention to the Staphylinide and Pselaphide. Its gait is rather more rapid than is usual in this genus. R. informis n. sp.—Rither slender, dark rufo-sastaneous; elytra bright rufous, slightly darker near the apex; antenuz and legs pale rufo-testaceous; integuments polished; pubescence very fine, short aad sparse. Head mod- erate; eyes very convex, at scarcely their own length from the base; sides behind them feebly convergent and urcuate; base broadly truncate; -angles distinctly rounded; surface feebly, evenly convex, excessively minutely, sparsely punctate; punctures slightly larger and closer toward the sides; hav- ing, on a line through the middle of the eyes, two moderate, not very deeply impressed fovez, mutually three times as distant as either from the eye; near the apex a more broadly impressed fovea, with the pubescent portion equal to that of the occipital foveze; apex declivous, broadly angulate; an- tenn as long as the head and prothorax together, club robust; basal joints moderate, second slightly the smaller; third slender, much longer than wide; fourth small, slightly transverse; fifth slightly dilated, a little longer than wide; sixth as long a3 wide, as wide as the fifth, obliquely truncate at apex, joints seven to nine, very slizhtly wider than long, equal in width to the fifth; the eighth slightly smaller; nine to eleven very rapidly increasing in width. Prothorax widest very slightly before the middle, where it is very slightly »>\ —BULL. CAL. Acap. Scr. II. 6. Issued November 27, 1886. 190 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. wider than the head and slightly wider than long; sides rather strongly, evenly rounded, moderately convergent to the base, very feebly sinuate near the basal angles, which are obtuse, not rounded; base broadly, feebly, but distinctly arcuate, one-half wider than the apex; the latter transversely tran- cate; disk strongly convex, excessively, minutely, sparsely punctate, coarsely so along the basal margin; lateral foveze rather small, not very deeply im- pressed, at less than one-third the length from the base; median very small, longitudinally, slightly elongate. Elytra at base distinctly wider than the prothorax, at apex more than twice as wide as the latter; sides evenly, not very strongly arcuate; apex truncate, feebly sinuate laterally; disk very slightly wider than long, nearly three-fourths Jonger than the prothorax, evenly, moderately convex, excessively minutely, obsoletely and sparsely punctate; sutural strie deeply impressed, nearly straight; discal fine, dis- tinct, slightly arcuate, terminating at one-tenth the length from the apex. Abdomen rather elongate, convex; first segment not as long as the next two together; bisal carine distinctly divergent, separated by distinctly less than one-third the total width, one-half as long as the segment. Legs rather long and slender; hind tibiz not strongly clavate. Length 1.4 mm. California; (Mendocino Co., 2). Described from the male; the terminal dorsal segment is more than four times as wide as long, very broadly, feebly emarginate at apex. This species belongs near propinqua Lec., but is not very closely related to any other described species. R. grazilicornis 0. sp. —Rather robust, dark rufo-castaneous; elytra dark, obscure rufous; antennz and legs paler, dark rufo-testaceous; integu- ments rather dull, head and elytra more polished; pubescence coarse, rather long, molerately dense, suberect, rather conspicaous. Head moderate or rather small, much longer than wide; eyes rather large, very convex, at much less than their own length from the base; sides behind them strongly coarctate to the base which is broadly subsinuate; surface feebly, evenly con- vex, not perceptibly punctate; having on a line through the middle of the eyes two rather large and feebly impressed fovee, mutually more than three times as distant as as either from the eye; apical fovea slightly smaller but more widely and deeply impressed; antennal emarginations rather ap- proximate, angular; apex slightly produced, narrow, declivous, with the sides nearly straight and feebly divergeut anteriorly; antennz very slender, slight- ly longer than the head and pronotum together; first and second joints longer than wide, cylindrical, the second slightly smaller, three to six each cylindri- cal, slender, more than twice as long as wide, sixth slightly smaller, seven and eight scarcely more robust, the former twice as long as wide, the latter quadrate, ninth slightly more robust, a little longer than wide, tenth slightly wider than long, two-thirds wider than the ninth, slightly trapezoidal, elev- NORTH AMERICAN COLEOPTERA. 191 enth one-half wider than the tenth, obliquely ovoidal, pointed. Prothorax widest at two-fifths the length from the apex, where it is much wider than the head and one-third wider than long; sides acutely rounded, slightly con- vergent and feebly arcuate to the base, before which they are nearly straight; base broadly, feebly arcuate, one-half wider than the apex and three-fourths as wide as the disk; apex broadly, very feebly emarginate; disk strongly con- vex, very minutely punctate; lateral fovez large, feebly impressed, at two- fifths the length from the base; median small, well before the base. Hlytra at base just visibly wider than the prothorax, at apex slightly less than twice as wide as the latter, broadly truncate, feebly trisinnate; sides evenly, not strongly arcuate; disk broadly convex, finely, not densely, very feebly punc- tate; sutural striz deep, feebly arcuate; discal fine, distinct, not deeply im- pressed, terminating at one-tenth the length from the apex. Abdomen rather short, moderately convex; first segment distinctly longer than the next two together; carinz fine, distinct, nearly one-half as long as the segment, feebly divergent, feebly directed outward at apex, distant by less than one- fourth the total width; carinw adjoining the margins extremely fine, almost obsolete. Legs long and slender; posterior tibize feebly clavate, slightly bent inward toward the apex, where there is externally a short groove for the re- ception of the tarsi when reflexed. Length 1.3 mm. Texas; (Austin 1). Described from the male; the terminal dorsal segment has at the apex a small semicircularly rounded emargina- tion, nearly twice as wide as deep, the angles being acute and slightly produced; last ventral segment very feebly im- pressed in the middle. This species belongs to the rubicunda type of the genus and should be placed near that species, from which it differs in the smaller and deeper apical emargination of the male. The external groove at the apex of the posterior tibize ap- pears to be a generic character. R. nevadensis n. sp.—Moderately slender, piceous; elytra rufous, slightly darker at apex; legs dark, brownish-piceous; antenn slightly paler, rufo- fuscous; integuments polished; pubescence short, coarse, evenly but not densely placed. Head moderate; eyes rather large, prominent, at scarcely more than one-half their own length from the base; sides behind them rather strongly convergent aud strongly arcuate to the base, which is very broadly truncate; surface rather strongly convex, not perceptibly punctate behind; having on a line just in advance of the middle of the eyes two large, deeply impressed fovex, which are mutually two and one-half times as dis- tant as either from the eye; between the antennz transversely impressed, 192 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. impression finely punctate, having at the bottom a smaller circular fovea; antennz short and robust, not as long as the head and prothorax together, club robust, second joint subcylindrical, longer than wide, slightly narrower than the first, three to eight narrower, subequal in width, third, fifth and sixth slightly longer than wide, fourth and seventh subquadrate, eighth smallest, wider than long, eight to eleven increasing evenly and very rapidly in width, ninth and tenth strongly transverse, eleventh slightly longer than wide, obtusely and obliquely acuminate. Prothorax widest at one-third the length from the apex, where it is very slightly wider than the head and one- fifth wider than long; sides rather strongly, narrowly rounded, moderately convergent and nearly straight toward base, just before which they are very feebly sinuate; base three-fourth$ as wide as the disk, one-third wider than the apex; the latter transversely truncate; disk strongly convex, scarcely perceptibly, sparsely punctate; lateral foveee moderate, at two-fifths the length from the base; median small, distinct, not at all elongate. Zlytra at base distinctly wider than the prothorax, at apex distinctly more than twice as wide as the latter; sides evenly, rather strongly arcuate; disk moderately convex, scarcely perceptibly punctate; sutural strie deeply impressed, nearly parallel; discal rather strongly arcuate and deeply impressed, terminating at one-fifth the length from the apex; together distinctly wider than long, two- thirds longer than the prothorax. Abdomen moderately convex; basal seg- ment aslongas the next two together; carine distant by two-fifths the entire width, very short, distinctly less than one-third as long as the segment, dis- tinctly divergent, nearly straight. Legs slender, posterior tibie feebly clavate, strongly arcuate. Length 1.3 mm. Nevada; (Reno, Washoe Co. 3). The sexual characters appear to be very slight, but there is apparently very little doubt that it belongs in the rubi- cunda group of species. It may be readily distinguished by the transverse impression between the antenne and the very short basal carine of the first dorsal segment; in the type these are scarcely more than one-sixth or one-eighth as long as the segment, but in another specimen which has shorter antenne, and therefore probably the female, they are more than one-fourth as long as the segment. The pos- terior tibiz are unusually strongly arcuate. R. fundata n. sp.—Moderately robust, piceous-black; elytra rufous, clouded slightly darker at apex and base; antennz dark brownish-piceous; legs dark brownish-piceous, femora more rufous; integuments polished; pu- bescence fine, very short, somewhat dense on the abdomen. Head moderate, wider than long; eyes moderate, at less than their own length from the base; NORTH AMERICAN COLEOPTERA. 193 sides strongly rounded to the base, which is transversely truncate; surface broadly, feebly convex, scarcely perceptibly, sparsely and very obsoletely punctate; occipital fovex on a line through the anterior portions of the eyes, moderate in size, not very deeply impressed, mutually three times as distant as either from the eye; apical fovea entirely wanting; apex abruptly and very strongly declivous, having two small approximate ciliate tubercles; antennze long and slender, one-half as long as the body, club slender; basal joint large, irregular, second much smaller, slightly more robust than the third, the lat- ter distinctly longer thau wide, fourth smaller, subquadrate, fifth to seventh slightly dilated, the sixth slightly the shortest, as wide as long, eighth nar- row, joints eight to eleven very gradually, evenly increasing in width, all longer than wide. Prothorax widest at two-fifths the length from the apex, where it is as wide as the head, distinctly wider than long; sides evenly, strongly arcuate, moderately convergent and feebly sinuate to the base; the latter broadly, feebly arcuate, four-fifths as wide as the disk, nearly one-half wider than the apex; the latter transversely truncate; disk strongly convex, not visibly punctate except along the base; lateral fovez rather small, not very deeply impressed, at one-third the length from the base; median rather large, somewhat longitudinally elongated. Elytra at base slightly wider than the prothorax, at apex twice as wide as the latter; sides evenly and rather strongly arcuate; disk evenly, rather strongly convex, sparsely and very ob- soletely punctate; sutural striz deep, nearly parallel; discal distinct, arcuate terminating at one-fifth the length from the apex. Abdomen moderately con- vex; first segment scarcely as long as the next two together; basal carinre fine, slightly divergent, distant by slightly more than one-third the total width, very short, about one-fourth as long as the segment. Legs slender; posterior tibie very feebly clavate, slightly bent; tarsi rather long. Length 1.2mm, California; (Sonoma Co. 3). Described from the male, the terminal dorsal segment being rather broadly emarginate, the emargination evenly younded and feeble, about eight or nine times as wide as deep. The female is quite similar to the male, but has the antenn normal in structure and slightly shorter; the vertex also lacks the two ciliate tubercles, and the median punc- ture of the pronotum appears to be less elongate. Belongs near compar Lec., but is abundantly distinguished from that species by the structure of the antenne and the darker colors. R. franciscana 2. sp.—Form rather slender, black; antennz brownish- piceous; elytra dark rufous; legs dark piceous-brown; under surface black; 194 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. integuments polished; pubescence fine, short, subrecambent, rather dense. Head moderate, slightly wider than long; eyes moderate, at less than their own length from the base; sides strongly rounded to the base, which is very broadly truncate or just visibly sinuate; surface feebly convex, finely, evenly and distinctly punctate; occipital fovez rather small, feebly impressed, ona line through the middle of the eyes, mutually slightly more than twice as ‘distant as either from the eye; apical fovea wanting; vertex broadly, feebly sinuate above, abruptly and very strongly declivous, the face of the decliv- ity bearing a transversely oval sensitive area of very dense, erect, short sete; antenns rather short and robust, about as long as the head and pro- thorax together, club somewhat robust; two basal joints, rather small, the -second slightly the smaller, third narrower, slightly longer than wide, per- ceptibly obconical, fourth very slightly wider, a little transverse, fifth slightly dilated, a little longer than wide, seventh and eighth equal, a little narrower, very slightly narrower than long; joints eight to eleven uniformly, rather rapidly increasing in width, eighth as wide as the seventh, eight to ten wider than long. Prothorax widest at two-fifths its length from the apex, where it is scarcely perceptibly wider than the head and distinctly wider than long; sides strongly, evenly rounded, moderately convergent and nearly straight toward base; the latter broadly, feebly arcuate, four- fifths as wide as the disk, one-half wider than the apex; the latter trans- versely truncate; disk strongly convex, finely, rather densely and evenly punctate, lateral fovese rather large, moderately impressed, at slightly more than one-third the length from the base; median very small, near the base. Zlytra at base slightly wider than the prothorax, at apex scarcely twice as wide as the latter; sides evenly and rather strongly arcuate; disk very slightly wider than long, moderately and evenly convex, very minutely, not densely punctate; sutural strie deep, nearly parallel; discal distinct, arcuate, terminating at slightly less than one-fifth the length from the apex. Abdomen moderately convex; basal segment nearly as long as the next two together; bis. carinz very fine, very distinctly divergent, distant by about one-fourth the total width, slightly less than one-third as long as the seg- ment. Legs short and robust; intermediate tibie short, robust, not at all clavate, slightly thicker in the middle, having a large, robust terminal spur; posterior tibie longer, more slender, slightly clavate. Length 1.3 mm. California; (San Mateo Co. 1). The description is taken from the male. The terminal segment is rather broadly and extremely feebly emarginate at apex. This species belongs near the last, but may easily be dis- tinguished from any hitherto described by its colors, punc- tuation and male sexual characters. The female probably NORTH AMERICAN COLEOPTERA. 195 has simple antennz and lacks the sensitive oval patch on the declivity of the vertex. R. deformata Lec.—Three specimens of this species were taken at Paraiso Springs, Monterey Co. The antenna is figured on the plate; the abnormally large second joint is excavated and coarsely punctured beneath. SONOMA 0. gen. (Euplectini. ) The following genus belongs near Faronus and Sagola, with apparently much greater resemblance to the latter. The species thus far described belong to the Pacific Coast fauna, and were placed by Dr. LeConte in Faronus. The diagnosis may be given as follows, the general characters being those of the Euplectini. Posterior cox contiguous; tarsi with two equal claws. Antenne rather distant at base, feebly but distinctly clavate; first joint much longer than the second. Head slightly smaller than the prothorax, with three nude fovez not connected, the two posterior small, the apical large and very deep; gene not at all prominent, rounded. Prothorax with two small discal fovex before the middle, a very large, deep, widely diluted basal fovea, and one at each side not connected. Elytra with sutural striae; discal deep and broad, short, basal. First segment of the abdomen very short, shorter than the second or third, coriaceous above, corneous beneath, without basal carinze; second seg- ment having an apical transverse line of finely spongiose sensitive surface which is interrupted in the middle. Tarsi rather short. Eyes well developed. Body very depressed, linear. The head is not carinate beneath, but has a deep trans- verse groove just behind the mentum and maxille. The elytra are much longer than the prothorax, depressed. The flanks of the elytra are normal. The middle cox are sub- contiguous, separated by a very narrow carina. The genus Sonoma is distinguished from Faronus by the form of the gene and the short basal segment of the abdo- men; from Sagola Sharp it differs in its less approximate and less prominent frontal tuberculations, and especially in the structure of the antenne, which are in Sagola not at all clav- 196 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. ate; the three outer joints in Sonoma are distinctly enlarged, forming a loose club. The transverse areas of sensitive surface near the apex of the second dorsal segment are analogous to similar transversely oval patches previously uoticed by me as being very common in the Homalini of the Staphylinide, and they probably serve the same purpose in each group. They have been noticed by Dr. Sharp in Sagola. Although both the species of Sonoma before me have these sensi- tive patches, I am not certain that their presence is con- stant throughout the genus. OROPUS nu. gen. (Euplectini.) Tarsi with two unequal claws, posterior cox very closely approximate. Maxillary palpi moderate in length, fourth joint rather elongate and spindle- form, widest near the middle, bristling with minute sete at apex. Head with two small occipital fovez, which are spongiose and connected by an arcuate, impressed groove; antennz similar in the sexes; eyes well developed. Prothorax with two lateral spongiose fovez at base, connected by a deeply impressed line, also with an impressed median canaliculation; sides near the base with a small, acute, refiexed tooth. Elytra with acute lateral mar,in; each having four deep punctures at base, prolonged posteriorly as fine dis- tinct strizc. Abdomen with a short basal segment, hidden by the elytra above, visible beneath, not extending beyond the cox; second segment long, more than twice as long as the third. ‘Tarsi three-jointed; basal joint very small, second very long. Abdomen strongly margined above. Body rather robust and convex. This genus belongs to the Trichonyx group of the Eu- plectini, but differs greatly from that genus in the position of the posterior cox, which are here very narrowly sepa- rated, almost contiguous at base. In Trichonyx they are quite distant, more than three times as distant as in the present genus. Oropus belongs near Trogaster Sharp, and ditfers from it in the form and position of the pronotal teeth. In addition, the following characters distinctive of Trogas- ter are not found in Oropus:—Antenne dissimilar in the sexes; fourth joint of maxillary palpi rather short, widest near the base; head with two small occipital foveze, which NORTH AMERICAN COLEOPTERA. 197 are not spongiose, and not connected by the anterior arcu- ate groove, the latter terminating posteriorly in two very deep fovez just in advance of the occipital pair. Elytra each with with three fovere at base, the lateral prolonged posteriorily in two divergent striz. The structure of the abdomen differs decidedly in the two genera, although Trogaster has the short basal segment, the second ventral is but very little longer than the third. In Trogaster the first three visible dorsal segments are nearly equal; in Oropus these decrease uniformly and rapidly in length. Amauronyx agrees well with the present genus in abdominal structure, but has the posterior cox separated as in Trichonyx, the elytra with but two basal foveve, and the pronotum without lateral teeth. I have drawn my comparisons from specimens of dmau- ronyx Maerkeli Aub.; Trichonyx sulcicollis Reichb., and T'ro- gaster aberrans Sharp, very kindly given me, together with many other Pselaphides and Scydmenides, by Capt. Ch. Kerremans of the Belgian army. Oropus has thus far occurred only on the Pacific Coast; one species has already been described by Dr. Le Conte under the name of T'richonyz striatus; I now add three others from more southern latitudes, of which convexus is assumed to be the type of the genus. In the following descriptions the elytral striz are desig- nated by the numbers one to four, in order from the suture outward. The four species may be distinguished as follows :— Elytral striz two and three subequal, extending distinctly behind the middle. Pronotal canaliculation not interrupted before the transverse basal groove. Cunaliculation) dilated ‘anteriorly... s25 «2/1» «<(ses)eteere oieieiete o + striatus. Canaliculation not dilated anteriorly, coarse, dilated in the middle, convexus. Canaliculation completely interrupted behind the middle. . -Interruptus. Elytral strize two and three unequal, shorter...............- abbreviatus. 198 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. These species, with exception of the first, which was described by Dr. Le Conte from Vancouver Island, were all taken in wet moss at the bottom of ravines near the sea- coast, and within a very limited area. I have met with them in no other locality. O. convexus 2. sp.—Form rather robust, convex, dark rufo-castaneous; elytra scarcely perceptibly paler, dark rufous; legs and antenne slightly paler, rufous; pubescence coarse, rather long, not very dense; integuments polished. Head ro!.ust, much wider than long; eyes moderate, prominent, at their own length from the base; sides behind them strongly convergent and arcuate to the base, which is about one-half as wide as the width at the eyes; impressed groove strongly arcuate; occiput with a narrow canaliculation in the mid- dle at base; antennz robust, short, as long as the head and prothorax to- gether; basal joint robust, longer than wide, distinctly narrowed toward base, second slightly narrower, cylindrical, as long as wide, three to eight slightly narrower than the second, gradually slightly shorter, third slightly wider than long, ninth and tenth abruptly much wider, short, transverse, the tenth slightly the larger, eleventh distinctly wider than the tenth, conoidal, acutely pointed, as long as the four preceding joints together. Prothorax widest slightly before the middle, where itis scarcely visibly wider than the head and nearly as wide as long; sides here very strongly rounded, thence rather strongly convergent and distinctly sinuate to the base; the latter broadly arcuate, two-thirds as wide as the disk, one-third wider th«n the apex; the latter feebly arcuate; sides toward the apex slightly sinuate. basal angles prominent, slightly obtuse, not at all rounded; disk broadly convex; canalicu- lation terminating at one-sixth the length from the apex, slightly dilated in the middle in the form of a small puncture, continued toward base beyond the transverse groove nearly one-half the distance between the latter and the base; transverse groove deeply impressed, very feebly posteriorly arcuate, at one-third the length from the base; lateral foveze deeply impressed, spongiose; disk between transverse groove and base strongly convex; surface finely, sparsely punctate. ZHlytra ut base slightly narrower than the prothoray, at apex one-half wider than the latter; sides rather strongly and nearly evenly arcuate; disk broadly and ratherstrongly convex, as long as wide; humeri long- itudinally prominent but not carinate; sutural strie very deeply impressed, entire, slightly arcuate, two and three equal, fine, strongly impressed, two- thirds as long as the disk, four short, arcuate, terminating slightly before the middle, fine, strongly impressed; surface rather finely, feebly and sparsely punctate. Abdomen slightly shorter and narrower than the elytra; border inclined, strong and conspicuous; surface broadly convex, very minutely, sparsely punctate. Legs moderate in length, slender; femora slender, very slightly clavate; posterior tibie nearly twice as long as the tarsi, very feebly dilated toward tip. Length 1 9-2.0 mm. NORTH AMERICAN COLEOPTERA. 199 California; (Sonoma Co. 2). The type is a male; the abdominal sexual characters are not very well marked and consist of a very small transverse impression beneath, near the apex. The under surface of the head is moderately convex, with a fine but distinct median carina; it is coarsely, rather deeply and not densely punctate. The female which I have associated with this male is very slightly more depressed and very slightly more robust; the antenne are shorter and more robust; the under surface of the head is more finely and feebly punctate; the median pronotal channel is finer and not so distinctly dilated in the middle; the elytral striw are more feebly impressed; the pubescence of the body is slightly denser and the color is paler, especially that of the elytra, which is rather bright rufous. If the specimen were not a female I should not hesitate to describe it as distinct, but as the sexual char- acters in this genus are not known the above differences may be due simply to the usual sexual modification. The material before me is so limited that very little can be learned of specific variability, but in tabulating the species above I have made use only of those characters which are regarded as of great importance in other portions of the Pselaphide. 0. interruptus n. sp.—Moderately robust, convex, uniformly dark rufous; legs and antennz very slightly paler; pubescence rather coarse, not long, moderately dense; integuments shining, pronotum slightly duller. Head much wider than long; eyes moderate, convex, at their own length from the base; sides behind them strongly convergent and arcuate to the neck, which is deeply impressed, broadly sinuate; occipital foveee on a line through the anterior limits of the eyes; occiput with a narrow median canaliculation; antennz rather robust, as long as the head and prothorax together; basal joint slightly robust, a little longer than wide, second very slightly narrower, cylindrical, scarcely as wide as long, three to eight very slightly narrower, decreasing in length, third distinctly wider than long, nine and ten rather abruptly longer and much wider, transverse, tenth distinctly longer and slightly wider than the ninth, eleventh more robust than the tenth, elon- gate, conoidal, slightly obliquely pointed, scarcely as long as the four preceding together. Prothorax widest at a little more than one-third its 200 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. length from the apex, where it is distinctly wider than long, very slightly wider than the head; sides strongly rounded, thence convergent to the basal angles, bisected by the lateral teeth, very feebly sinuate between the teeth and the basal angles; base broadly arcnate, two-thirds as wide as the- disk, one-third wider than the apex; disk broadly convex; canaliculation abrupt, rather narrow and deep, beginning slightly behind the apex, abruptly terminating at the middle; transverse groove deeply impressed, broadly, feebly arcuate, at distinctly less than one-third the length from the base, prolonged posteriorly in the middle in a deep broad channel nearly half way tothe base. lytra at base nearly equal in width to the pronotum, at apex nearly one-half wider than the latter; sides evenly and strongly arcu- ate; humeral prominences convex, strong, elongate; disk slightly wider than long, rather strongly convex, broadly impressed along the suture; strive one strongly impressed, fine, two and three approximate, equal, fine, distinct, two- thirds as long as the disk, four fine, deeply impressed, one-third as long as the disk; surface rather coarsely, feebly and sparsely punctate, Abdomen troally convex, impunctate; border strong, rather strongly inclined. Legs moderate in length. Length 1.9 mm. California; (Sonoma Co. 1). The type is amale. The species is easily distinguished from convexus by the shorter and less robust basal joint of the antenne, more broadly and evenly arcuate impressed frontal groove, short pronotal canaliculation, broader median posterior continuation of the transverse groove, and by the color, which is more uniform and paler rufous. O. abbreviatus n. sp.—Rather robust, moderately depressed, very dark rufo-testaceous; an enn and leys concolorous; elytra scarcely perceptibly paler; integuments polished; pubescence coarse, rather long and somewhat dense. Head much wider than long, neck one-half as wide as the width at the eyes; surface almost impunctate; frontal impressed channel very strongly arcuate; antennz as long as the head and prothorax together, moderately robust; basal joint robust, longer than wide, second slightly narrower, a little longer than wide, third very slightly wider than Jong, ninth and tenth abruptly wider, subequal in length, the latter very slightly the wider, elev- euth slightly wider than the tenth, ovoidal, symmetrically pointed, scarcely «us long as the preceding four together. Prothorax widest very slightly before the middle, where it is as wide as long; sides very strongly arcuate, converg- ert and very feebly arcuate to the apex, sinuate near the latter, less strongly convergent toward the base, strongly sinuate just before the latter; base broadly arcuate, three-fourths as wide as the disk, one-half wider than the apex; disk broadly convex; median canaliculation rather fine but deeply im- pressed, beginning near the apex, continuous in width and depth across the NORTH AMERICAN COLEOPTERA. 201 ‘transverse groove nearly one-half the distance between the latter and the base; transverse groove deeply impressed, at slightly more than one-fourth the length from the base, feebly, posteriorly arcuate; lateral fovee rather large, moderately impressed. Llytra at base slightly narrower than the pronotum, at apex one-half wider than the latter; sides evenly and rather strongly arcu- ate; humeral prominence convex, elongate; disk very finely, sparsely punc- tate, nearly as long as wide, moderately and nearly evenly convex; stria one deeply impressed, entire, two and three very closely approximate, finely im- pressed, distinct, the former three-sevenths, the latter four-sevenths as long as the elytra, four fine, deeply impressed, more divergent, one-third as long as the disk. Abdomen slightly narrower and much shorter than the elytra; border strong. JZegs slender. Length 1.8 mm. California; (Sonoma Co. 1), This species, which is represented by the male, is easily distinguished from the others by the brevity of the second and third elytral striz. It is further distinguished by the shape of the pronotum and by the form of the frontal im- pressed groove, which is here very strongly arcuate, more so than in convexus. The antenne are very similar in structure throughout, but present slight differences mainly affecting the first, ninth, tenth and eleventh joints. ACTIUM 2. gen. (Euplectini.) The Californian species hitherto placed in Trimium in re- ality form a very distinctly characterized genus. In the fol- lowing comparative statement, I have had before me a male and female of the European Trimium brevicorne Reichb. which was taken by Aubé as the generic type. In Trimium as thus represented, the eyes are very unequal in the sexes, in the males being moderate in size, in the females much smaller. The pronotum is crossed by a very fine, feebly impressed, basal groove. The flanks of the elytra are per- fectly devoid of humeral foveze. The first visible dorsal segment is elongate, equal in length to the next two together. The generic character of Actium may therefore be briefly given as follows:— 202 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. Maxillary palpi rather small, second joint very strongly clavate, third mi- nute, subglobular, fourth elongate, oval, moderately robust, longer than the remainder taken together. Basal groove of pronotum very strong and dee; ly impressed. Eyes rather large, convex aud promiuent in both sexes. Elytra having on the flanks, just behind each humeral prominence, a large spong- jose fovea, which is continued to the elytral apex by a broadly and deeply impressed groove, limited inferiorly by a fine acute ridge. First three visible dorsal segments of the abdomen subequal, first slightly the longer. Actium differs from Euplectus in its more abrupt terminal joints of the antenne, in the presence of spongiose foveze on the head, in the very much more robust and convex form of body, and in the structure of the abdomen. In Euplectus, as represented by Bonvouloiri Reit. and signatus Reichb. the first three visible dorsal segments are equal, the fourth very much longer; the second and third ventral segments are equal in length. In Actium the fourth visible dorsal is but very slightly longer than the third, and the second ven- tral is distinctly longer than the third. It will be seen therefore that the genus Actium properly occupies a posi- tion intermediate between Trimium and Euplectus. The sexual characters at the apex of the venter are usually quite complex. It is highly probable that our eastern representatives of Trimium will also necessitate the founding of a separate genus, although this cannot be definitely stated at present. LOMECHUSA Grav. L. montana n. sp.—Robust, rather depressed; sides parallel; pale rufo- testaceous throughout; antennz and legs concolorous; pubescence very fi: e, sparse, abdomen polished, almost glabrous; anterior portions finely aluta- ceous, elytra more shining than the pronotum; under surface polished. Head small, much wider than long; eyes rather large and prominent, at nearly their own length from the base; sides behind them nearly parallel; very feebly ar- cuate; front with a large deep impression; entire surface very minutely granulose and excessively minutely, not densely punctate; antennz very slen- der, not incrassate, two-thirds as long as the body; basal joint very large, twice as long as wide, rather abruptly narrowed at the base, not as long as the next three together; second slightly longer than wide, not one-half as wide as the first, scarcely two-thirds as long as the third; joints three to seven NORTH AMERICAN COLEOPTERA. 203 equal, seven to ten very slightly decreasing in length, eleventh long and slen- der, attenuate; apices of joints three to ten obliquely truncate. Prothorax twice as wide as the head; apex throughout the breadth of the latter broadly, roundly emarginate; apical angles thence very broadly rounded, coarctate with the sides which become nearly straight and slightly divergent to within a short distance of the base, where they become abruptly slightly convergent and nearly straight to the basal angles; the latter obtuse and searecly round- ed; base broadly and strongly arcuate in the middle, sinuate laterally; disk twice as wide as long, depressed in the middle, very broadly and strongly re- flexed at the sides, extremely feebly retlexed anteriorly, more strongly and broadly so along the arcuate portion of the base, also more strongly im- pressed at the sides and toward the apical angles, very minutely subgranulose with evenly distributed, not dense, fine, granulose or strongly asperate punc- tures. E/ytra as wide as the prothorax; sides nearly parallel, feebly arcuate; apex broadly truncate, feebly sinuate laterally; inner angles distinctly round- ed; humeri rather broadly rounded; disk nearly two-thirds wider than long, one-third longer than the pronotum, feebly convex, more strongly so toward the humeri; base feebly declivous, finely, feebly subgranulose, finely, rather sparsely granulosely punctate; punctures more distinct than those of the pronotum; suture margined with a fine, polished but not distinctly elevated line which extends along the scutellum and base. Abdomen as wide as the elytra; sides nearly straight and parallel; broadly, obtusely rounded behind; surface strongly impressed in the basal half, broadly, feebly convex behind; lateral tufts of hair bright fulvous; under surface strongly convex, having very sparsely placed, erect setz. Legs long and slender; tarsi_ cylindrical; first joint of the posterior longer than the next two together, one-third longer than the fifth. Length 4.3 mm. California; (Truckee, Nevada Co. 1). Elevation 6,000 feet. A very interesting addition to the fauna of California; the typical representative was found under a stone deeply imbedded in soft soil near the margin of a small stream; no ants of any description could be seen, and in fact myrmeco- philous Coleoptera of all kinds appear to be extremely rare on the Pacific Coast. TACHYUSA Erichs. T. crebrepunctata n. sp.—Rather slender, moderately convex, black throughout; antenne and legs same; tarsi and palpi paler, piceo-testaceous; pubescence short, fine, dense and recumbent, coarser, longer and more sparse on the abdomen; integuments shining, finely, deeply, evenly and very densely punctate, head and abdomen slightly more coarsely and sparsely 204 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. so. Head and labrum together slightly longer than wide; front and occiput strongly convex and declivous at the sides, flat above; eyes large, at scarcely their own length from the base; sides behind them slightly convergent, strongly arcuate; base broad, truncate; antenne slender, very feebly incras- sate, scarcely as long as the head and prothorax together; second joint slen- der, elongate, much longer than the third; joints three to ten decreasing in length, the former more than twice as long as wide, the latter very slightly wider than long. Prothorax slightly wider than long, widest at one-third its length from the apex, where the sides are rather broadly arcuate, thence rather strongly convergent and nearly coarctately rounded to the apex, and slightly less strongly convergent and feebly sinuate to the base; the latter broadly and strongly arcuate throughout, four-fifths as wide as the disk and slightly wider than the apex; the latter broadly and feebly arcuate throughout; basal angles very obtuse and distinctly rounded; disk broadly and rather strong- ly convex, depressed in the middle toward base, and immediately before the basal margin transversely and feebly impressed. lytraat base one-fourth wider than the pronotum; sides nearly parallel, feebly arcuate near the base, strongly so near the apex; apical angles acute and slightly produced; together subtruncate behind, feebly emarginate at the suture; disk nearly quadrate, two-fifths longer than the pronotum, feebly and nearly evenly convex; su- ture very finely margined. Abdomen distinctly narrower than the elytra; sides parallel and nearly straight; border wide and prominent; surface feebly convex; three basal segments rather deeply impressed at base but not more densely or coarsely punctate, not carinate in the middle. Legs moderate in length, very slender; tibiz densely herissate with coarse, semi-erect setz; joints of the posterior tarsi decreasing rather rapidly in length, first nearly one-half longer than the second. Length 2.5 mm. California; (Monterey Co. 1). This species is rather closely allied to 7. Harfordi, but differs in its smaller size, shorter, smaller and more trans- verse prothorax, and denser and stronger punctuation. The middle coxe are distinctly although not widely sepa- rated; the mesosternal process is rather short, broadly an- gulate, the apex of the angle being broadly rounded; the connecting surface is deeply impressed AUTALIA Leach. A. elegans 1. sp.—Rather slender and depressed; head and abdomen toward tip piceous-black, remainder dark piceo-castaneous; antennz dark fuscous throughout; legs rather pale brownish-flavate; pubescence fine, sparse, long and distinct; integuments polished. Head slightly longer than wide; semicircularly rounded behind from eye to eye; surface strongly and evenly NORTH AMERICAN COLEOPTERA. 2.05 convex, impunctate; antenne distinctly longer than the head and prothorax together, distinctly incrassate toward the apex; three basal joints elongate, second very slightly shorter than the first or third, four to ten gradually shorter and wider, the former distinctly longer than wide, the latter slightly wider than Jong. Prothorax very slightly longer than wide; sides in the ante- rior third strongly convergent and nearly straight to the nuchal emargination which is broadly and feebly incurvate and ‘one-third as wide as the disk; in the posterior two-thirds the sides are parallel, broadly and feebly incurvate at the posterior third, at the anterior third strongly rounded; disk’transversely and rather strongly convex at the sides, feebly so in the middle, where there is a narrow, rather feeble canaliculation extending from near the apex to slightly behind the middle; also at the base four fovexw, the inner pair continued anteriorly and slightly obliquely nearly to the middle by narrow, deeply impressed canaliculations; the outer pair dilated laterally, and ante- riorly, obliquely and briefly prolonged at their iuner extremities; surface highly polished, finely and sparsely granulose in the middle toward base; basal margin broadly and feebly arcuate; angles right and very narrowly rounded. Elytra at base nearly one-half wider than the pronotum; sides nearly parallel, strongly arcuate toward apex; together subtruncate behind; disk feebly convex, abruptly and strongly so at the sides, impunctate; sutura] striz fine and distinct; each elytron strongly bifoveate at the base. Abdomen at base three-fourths as wide as the elytra; sides parallel and feebly arcuate; border narrow, deep and strongly inclined; surface feebly convex; first three segments transversely and very strongly impressed at base; impressed areas coarsely, strongly and densely granulose, traversed longitudinally by five carine, remainder of the surface scarcely punctate on the basal segments, finely, asperately and very sparsely so on the apical. Legs slender; first four joints of the posterior tarsi slightly elongate, nearly equal. Length 2.0 mm. California; (Lake Co. 1). Mr. Fuchs. The prosternum is well developed in front of the coxe, slightly swollen, connected with the supracoxal surface by an even convexity without trace of raised line; between the coxe it is produced back as an acute angle, strongly car- inate in the middle and projecting under the apex of the mesosternum, the posterior edges of the supracoxal surface being narrowly and strongly reflexed; the portion behind the coxe is membranous. The mesosternum is ample, broadly arcuate and very nar- rowly reflexed anteriorly, finely carinate throughout along the middle, the surface on either side of the middle being broadly impressed for the reception of the anterior cox in 15—BULL. Cau. Acap. Scr. II. 6. Issued November 27, 1886 206 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. repose; posteriorly, between the widely separated middle cox, it is scarcely at all produced, but is very broadly arcuate, reflexed and far above and free from the long truncate metasternal process; the entire mesosternum is coarsely, strongly and densely granulose, forming a striking contrast to the highly polished pro- and metasterna. The anterior and middle tarsi have each four distinct joints, but the long, very slender fourth joints are provided at base with a very smali and ill-defined segment, which renders the accurate determination of the structure a mat- ter of great difficulty’. EUMITOCERUS n. gen. (Tachyporini.) Head moderately deflexed; eyes adjacent to the prothorax; antenne long, very slender, capillary, verticillate; two basal joints much more robust, first slightly less than twice as long as the second; labrum very small, much wider than long, arcuate anteriorly, strongly inflexed and hidden under the project- ing clypeus; maxillary palpi long, filiform and slender; second joint long and very slender, third obconical, scarcely more than two-thirds as long as the sec- ond, fourth slender, finely acuminate, slightly swollen toward base, longer than the third, much more finely and densely pubescent. Pronotal hypomera extremely strongly inflexed, almost parallel with the dorsal surface; wide be- hind, very narrow anteriorly. Elytra passing a little beyond the metaster- num. Auterior cox narrow, conical, convex anteriorly; posterior moderately prominent, conical posteriorly, emarginate externally; posterior femora and trochanters attached at the apices, their point of insertion not at all concealed. Ventral segments margined; sixth exposed dorsally. Tarsi five-jointed. In- teguments asperate. It can be readily seen that Eumitocerus bears a great re- semblance to Habrocerus, but differs from that genus in the >—I cannot but agree with Wollaston in his statement (Cat. Can. Col., p. 535, foot-note), concerning the difficulties of the tarsal system as applied to the Aleocharini. In many of the minute species it is impossible to determine the number of tarsal joints in such manneras to leave no doubt in the mind of the investigator, because of the hairy vestiture and the ap- parent division of the terminal joint in many cases, which, as I have before remarked, may be indicative of a real division at an early period in the his- tory of the species. The more the subject is investigated, the more apparent is it that the division of the Aleocharini in accordance with the number of tarsal joints, is neither scientific in indicating true affinities, nor practical in its application. a NORTH AMERICAN COLEOPTERA. AOR relatively much shorter third joint of the maxillary palpi, and more especially in the structure of the posterior coxe. In appearance it differs considerably, by reason of its aspe- rate sculpture, in this respect being apparently related to Tricophya. In the latter genus thé elytra do not extend beyond the metasternum, and the third and fourth joints of the maxillary palpi are subequal in length. There is at my disposal, unfortunately, but one specimen. I cannot therefore give a representation of the maxilla; the labial palpi appear to be very minute and are not distinctly visible in the type. From the cursory glance which I ob- tained before the antennz were broken, I am confident that these are filiform and verticillate throughout. E, tarsalis n. sp.—Form rather slender, dark castaneous; abdomen black, paler at the apex; legs pale piceo-testaceous; antennae flavate, basal joints piceo-testaceous; pubescence fine, denser on the elytra, recum- bent, brownish, not conspicuous; integuments very feebly alutaceous, shining. Head moderate, slightly wider than long, feebly and evenly convex; eyes small, convex, finely granulate, rather prominent; front feebly, densely and subasperately punctate; palpi testaceous; infraorbital ridge not visible. Prothorax widest at two-thirds its length from the apex, where the sides are obtusely subangulate and where it is nearly one-half wider than long; sides thence moderately convergent and feebly arcuate to the apex, slightly less strongly convergent and nearly straight to the base; the latter squarely truncate; basal angles obtuse and very slightly rounded; apex broadly and feebly emarginate, distinctly narrower than the base; disk evenly and moderately convex, obliquely and feebly impressed near each basal angle, very finely, rather densely and evenly punctate; punctures strongly asperate. Scutellum rather large, as wide as long, asperate. lytra at base as wide as the base of the pronotum; sides feebly divergent, nearly straight toward the base, feebly arcuate posteriorly; together as long as wide, broadly sinuate at apex, nearly one-half longer than the pronotum; disk feebly, transversely convex, finely, rather densely and evenly punctato-asperate; punctures slightly coarser than those of the pronotum. Abdomen at base very slightly narrower than the elytra; sides rather strongly convergent toward apex and nearly straight; border moderate, feeble on the fifth segment; surface transversely and moderately convex, even, minutely, very feebly and rather densely punc- tato-asperate at base, the punctures becoming more minute and sparse toward the vertex; under surface more coarsely and strongly punctato-asperate to- ward the base, sculpture subimbricate. Legs moderate, anterior short, rather robust, remainder slender; posterior tarsi long, much shorter than the tibiz, 208 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. very slender, first joint longer than the next three together, as long as the last three. Length 1.8 mm. California; (San Mateo 1). Mr. C. Fuchs. The type of this interesting species is probably a male. The tarsi are very remarkable; the anterior are irregular, attached obliquely to the tibiz, and have the basal joint large, broadly dilated and slightly darker in color; the next three joints are very small, emarginate at tip, pale flayo- testaceous in color, and moderately dilated, successively less strongly so; the fifth slender. The intermediate tarsi are irregular and are very distinctly dilated toward base; both the anterior and middle tarsi are densely clothed be- neath with very slender papille, and are verticillate at the sides; the papille beneath are sometimes terminated by very minute enlargements which are apparently composed of a viscid substance, and analogous to the erect setze ob- served upon the under surface of the head in the Euplectini of the Pselaphide. The claws are very small. There are no sexual characters of importance observable at the abdominal vertex. HETEROTHOPS Steph. H, exilis n. sp.—Form very slender, rather convex; pale reddish-testa- ceous throughout; head slightly darker, more castaneous; antenne and legs slightly paler, pale flavate; integuments polished; head and pronotum glabrous; elytra and abdomen finely and rather densely pubescent, the elytra the more sparsely so. Head rather strongly deflexed, oblong, abruptly and feebly con- stricted at the neck; sides thence to the eyes feebly convergent, feebly arcu-. ate, twice as long as the eyes which are small, not at all prominent and almost at the apical angles; surface transversely and rather strongly convex, impunc- tate, finely and excessively feebly strigose; antennz inserted at a very short distance from the eyes, shorter than the head and prothorax together; feebly incrassate; first joint as long as the next two together, third small, much shorter than the second, slightly longer than wide, tenth distinctly wider than long, eleventh slightly longer than the two preceding togetter. Prothorar scarcely longer, and, at the apex very slightly wider than the head, widest at the base where it is but very slightly wider than long; sides convergent from base to apex, broadly, evenly and distinctly arcuate; apex broadly and very feebly arcuate, three-fourths as wide as the base; the latter evenly and very NORTH AMERICAN COLEOPTERA. 209 distinctly arcuate throughout; angles broadly rounded; disk transversely and rather strongly convex, impunctate, excessively minutely and obsoletely stri- gose with a few setigerous punctures along the sides and base and four discal punctures, one near each apical angle, and another just before and on either side of the centre of the disk. lytra at base very slightly narrower than the prothorax; sides very feebly divergent, very feebly arcuate; together broadly and distinctly sinuate behind; disk very feebly convex, slightly wider than long, very slightly shorter than the pronotum, evenly, not very coarsely, deeply, moderately densely and asperately punctate; intervals extremely feebly reticulate. Scutellum rather large, triangular, asperate. Abdomen long, slender, at base nearly as wide as the elytra; apparently not capable of much contraction; sides gradually convergent and nearly straight to the apex; bor- der rather wide, deep, nearly vertical; surface rather convex, finely and very densely punctate. Legs rather short and slender; first four joints of the posterior tarsi decreasing rapidly in length, first subequal to the fifth. Length 2.4 mm. California; (Monterey Co. 1). The single representative is probably a female; the an- terior tarsi are slightly dilated; the seventh segment has four long, setigerous, anal styles, but both the dorsal and ventral plates of the sixth segment are broadly and evenly arcuate at apex. It is related to pusio Lec., but differs in the arrangement and number of the occipital punctures; these are one at the middle of the upper margin of the eye and one below the posterior margin of the eye between the latter and the in- fraocular ridge; at the base on the sides there are afew very minute punctures, and a transverse row of large setigerous punctures immediately before the nuchal constriction ex- tending across the head. The type specimen was found under pine bark early in February near the town of Monterey. ABABACTUS Sharp. A. pallidiceps n. sp.—Slender, rather depressed, piceous; head rufo- testaceous; legs pale flavate; antennz opaque, pale flavo-testaceous; head sometimes clouded in the middle of the disk; pubescence sparse throughout, fine; integuments polished. Head distinctly longer than wide; post-ocular portion slightly less than twice as wide as long, semicircularly rounded be- 210 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. hind; eyes large, at twice their length from the base, finely granulate; sur- face moderately convex, rather sparsely, unevenly and not deeply punctate; punctures varying in size: antennal tuberculations abrupt, smal and strong, with the anterior edges acute and prominent; surface between them grad- ually and anteriorly declivous, transversely truncate at apex; labrum short and broad, acutely incised in the middle, finely, acutely and prominently bidenticulate, edge just without each tooth finely sinuate; fourth joint of the maxillary palpi small, much narrower than the apex of the third, conical, acute; antenne long and slender, as long as the head and prothorax together, not incrassate; second joint distinctly shorter than the third, all the joints longer than wide. Prothorax nearly three-fourths as wide as the head; sides parallel, distinctly and almost evenly arcuate; base and apex almost equal in width, truncate; basal and apical angles equally and rather broadly rounded; disk cylindrically convex, one-half longer than wide, coarsely, feebly and irregularly punctate; punctures sparse near the sides, more dense in an irregular line bordering the median impunctate area, which is very slightly more strongly convex throughout its length. Elyira at base one-third wider than the prothorax, slightly wider than the head; sides nearly parallel, extremely feebly arcuate; together broadly and very feébly emarginate behind; humeri very narrowly rounded; disk two-fifths longer than wide, nearly one-third longer than the prothorax, depressed, very feebly impressed toward base along the narrowly elevated suture, rather coarsely, feebly and evenly punctate; punctures impressed, distant by more than their own diameters, not appreciably more feeble toward apex. Abdomen slightly narrower than the elytra; sides parallel and straight; surface finely, more deeply, evenly and not densely punctate. Length 4.8-5.2 mm. California; (Santa Rosa, Sonoma Co. 2; Anderson Val., Mendocino Co. 1) In the male the second ventral segment has in the centre of its disk a small deep fovea bearing a small brush of erect hairs, the third segment having two similar fovez, rather approximate, arranged transversely, distinctly before the middle, each bearing one or two erect robust sete; sixth segment with a very narrow deep incisure, with the sides nearly parallel, very acutely rounded at apex and five times as deep as its mid-width, bordered throughout its length with a narrow, deeply concave gutter which is prolonged anteriorly, continuing thence as a single groove to the base of the segment, becoming gradually attenuated. The prothorax is very slightly narrowed toward apex, the basal angles thus being more prominent than the apical. NORTH AMERICAN COLEOPTERA. 211 The color may vary somewhat from immaturity, both the head and prothorax being sometimes paler. The single specimen upon which this statement is based differs, how- ever, in its slightly denser elytral punctuation; it is prob- ably a female, the sixth segment being entire, narrowly rounded at apex; the second segment is entire, but the third has the two foveze as described in the male. The present species belongs near A. politus Sharp, which it resembles greatly in sexual characters; from nactus Horn, it differs in color and in its much more elongate prothorax and elytra. The genus Ababactus differs from Hesperobium not only in the structure of the labrum,—which allies it more closely with Cryptobium,—and tarsi, as remarked by Dr. Sharp, but also in the complete absence of the large basal carina of the first ventral segment, which is such a prominent feature of Hesperobium. ‘The two post-ocular annular punctures are well developed in Ababactus, and are com- pletely absent in Cryptobium fracticorne Payk. LENA 2b. gen. (Pderini.) Body robust, depressed; head rather large; antennze short and robust; labrum rather short, broadly rounded, with a simple median sinuation about twice as wide as deep with no trace of denticulation or carina; third joint of labial palpi very minute and slender; third joint of maxillary palpi much longer than the second, slender, fusiform, obtusely pointed at tip; fourth excessively minute, slender, subulate; eyes moderate, coarsely granulaie. Prothorax subquadrate, narrowed toward base, shorter than the elytra. In- termediate and posterior tarsi rather siender, cylindrical; first joint of the latter as long as the next two together, distinctly longer than the fifth; fourth short, very slightly dilated, oblique at apex; anterior tarsi robust and spon- gy-pubescent beneath, very feebly dilated. Integuments rugulose, coarsely punctate, shining. Neck rather slender; gular sutures well separated. This genus belongs near Medon, but is easily distin- eulshed from it by a peculiar and complicated modification of the pronotal hypomera, the surface being deeply grooved opposite the base of the coxe and the acute dividing line 243 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. being bisinuate anteriorly. It does not appear to be very closely allied to any of the Central American genera, and may be easily recognized by its short robust form, rather large truncate head, simple sinuate labrum, slender fusi- form third maxillary palpal joint, short antenne and non- carinate prosternum. I have compared it directly with Medon brunneus Erichs. We have but one species. L. testacea 2. sp.—Robust; sides parallel; pale rufo-testaceous, elytra, legs, palpi and antennz toward apex slightly paler and more flavate; pubes- cence of elytra and abdomen fine, rather long, not dense. Head about as long as wide; sides parallei, almost straight; base trausversely truncate, feebly sinuate in the middle third; angles right, very narrowly rounded; eyes at twice their length from the base, slightly prominent; front finely subgranu- lose, coarsely, very feebly and not densely punctate, with a rather broad median impunctate line; antenne equal in length to the head, distinctly in- crassate toward tip; basal joint distinctly longer than the next two together, second distinctly longer and more robust than the third, the latter slightly longer than wide, joints four to ten subequal in length, increasing distinctly in width, the former as long as wide, the latter much wider than long. Pro- thorax widest at the anterior angles, slightiy shorter and narrower than the head, very slightly wider thanlong; sides rather feebly convergent from apex to base, very feebly arcuate; base broadly subtruncate; angles rather broadly rounded; anterior angles rather more narrowly rounded; sides of apex very strongly convergent to the neck, nearly straight; nuchal truncation rather feebly sinuate, two-fifths as wide as the disk; the latter feebly and evenly convex, finely subgranulose, rather coarsely, evenly and feebly punc- tate; punctures denser and finer than those of the head, with scarcely a trace of a median impuuctate line. Hlytra at base very slightly wider than the prothoras, as wide as the head; sides very feebly divergent, nearly ’straight; together broadly and extremely feebly emarginate behind; disk as long as wide, one-third longer than the prothorax, very feebly convex, scarcely im- pressed along the snture, which is bordered with a thickened but scarcely elevated margin; surface not granulose, polished, rather finely, evenly and not densely punctate, punctures impressed, deeper but not as large as those of the pronotum. Abdomen very slightly narrower thin the elytra; sides parallel and distinctly arcuate; border rather narrow, deep and strongly in- clined; surface broadly convex, very finely and feebly reticulate, polished, excessively minutely and rather sparsely punctate, each puncture being en- tirely filled by a hair. Zeys rather short and very slender. Length 2.2 mm. Texas; (Austin 2). NORTH AMERICAN COLEOPTERA. 213 There is unfortunately no male of this genus yet discov- ered; the sixth segment of the female is short and broad, very broadly and feebly rounded nearly throughout its width at apex, subtruncate. The species may perhaps prove to be apterous. RAMONA 0. gen. (Pederini.) This genus belongs to the Lithocharis and Medon divis- ion of the Pederini, and is allied somewhat to Caloderma and to several genera recently described from Central America. It may be distinguished by the following char- acters :— Head smaller than the prothorax; the latter quadrate, shorter than the elytra. Labrum entire, short, broadly rounded throughout, without inequal- ity except some very minute and feeble undulations, three or four in number near the middle, having dorsally a small median carina; neck rather slender, one-third as wide as the prothorax. Anterior tarsi broadly dilated; posterior slender, cylindrical, first four joints decreasing very rapidly in length, first nearly as long as the next two together, fourth cylindrical, very slightly Jonger than wide. Head and pronotum without trace of median impunctate line, stria or elevation; integuments extremely finely and densely punctate, alutaceous. Hyes moderate in size, coarsely granulated. The third joint of the maxillary palpi is rather more stronely dilated than is usual in this group, the fourth being normal. The elytra differ from those of many allied genera in having no sign whatever of the usual narrow ele- vated margin adjoining the suture. The genus is distin- guished from Medon and Caloderma by many characters, the most important of which is the strong dilatation of the anterior tarsi. . The sexual modification of the male is very slight, con- sisting of a simple broad sinuation at the apex of the sixth segment, the fifth being entire. But one species is known at present. R. capitulum v. sp.—Rather slender and depressed, black throughout, apical edges of the ventral segments paler; intermediate and posterior legs 214 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. piceous, anterior legs and tarsi throughout paler, piceous-brown; palpi pi- ceous; autenne piceous, paler toward tip; pubescence extremely short, fine and excessively dense on the elytra aud abdomen, much less dense anteriorly. Head small, as wide as long; sides behind the eyes very slightly divergent posteriorly, feebly arcuate; base truncate; angles not prominent, rather broadly rounded; front evenly and feebly convex, excessively minutely and densely punctate; antennz rather long, slender, as long as the head and pro- thorax together, not incrassate; basal joint scarcely as long as the next two together, second three-fourths as long as the third, scarcely as long as, but slightly more robust than the fourth, joints four to six equal, twice as long as wide, six to ten decreasing in length, the latter scarcely as wide as long. Prothorax widest in the middle, where it is distinctly wider than the head; sides parallel, feebly arcuate; base and apex broadly arcuate, the latter very feebly so; basal angles broadly rounded; apical more narrowly so; disk as wide as long, feebly and evenly convex, excessively minutely, evenly and densely punctato-granulose. Hlylra at base just visibly wider than the prc- thorax; sides nearly parallel, feebly arcuate: together broadly and very feebly em arginate behind; disk slightly longer than wide, nearly one-fourth longer than the prothorax, feebly convex, not appreciably impressed along the suture, excessively densely and very finely granulose, each granule bearing a minute hair. Abdomen not narrowed toward base; sides paraliel aud straight border narrow, erect; surface feebly, cylindrically convex, excessively mi- nutely, feebly and densely punctate; punctures slightly asperate and not arranged in any order. Legs rather short and robust; first joint of the pos- terior tarsi fully as long as the fifth. Length 3.7 mm. Nevada; (Reno 1). The unique specimen is a male, the sin uation of the sixth segment being about four times as wide as deep and acutely rounded. The pronotum has besides the regular system of excess- ively minute granulate punctures, a widely and irregularly scattered system of larger, though still very small, rounded, shallow punctures, each of which bears a small, erect seta. The elytra are opaque, the head and prothorax somewhat shining. LEPTOGENIUS n. gen. (Pederini.) Body slender, roughly sculptured. Head large, borne on a narrow neck. Prothorax small. Elytra longer and wider than the pronotum, Abdomen as wide as the elytra, gradually decreasing in width toward apex; four basal segments equal in length; fifth nearly one-half longer than the fourth; sixth NORTH AMERICAN COLEOPTERA. ITS very short. Antenne short; basal joint very robust. Maxillary palpi large; basal joint small, slender, second longer, robust, sublunate, third very large, flattened, subsecuriform, much longer than the first two together, fourth very minute, in the form of a very short robust spine, erect, protruding from the apex of the third. Labial palpi extremely small, slender; third joint appar- ently long and slender, second scarcely shorter and distinctly more robust, basal joint not visible. Mandibles Jong and slender. Gular sutures contigu- ous throughout. Labrum short, very broad, strongly arcuate, with a minute median emargination slightly wider than deep, on each side of which there are two exceedingly minute, approximate and robust teeth, upper surface hay- ing a fine median, longitudinal carina. Legs slender; anterior tarsi not at all dilated; first four joints of the posterior decreasing uniformly and rapidly; in length, first slightly longer than the fifth. Prosternum having a fine, strongly elevated, median carina, slightly less elevated at the anterior margin; under surface of the neck carinate. The exact relationship of this genus is not apparent; it is different in appearance from any of the other Peder- oid genera with which I am familiar, and in fact appears to be a transitional form having uncertain affinities. The labial palpi are very minute and in their position in the two representatives before me are so deeply placed that it is im- possible to give their exact structure. The principal points of departure from the normal Peder1 are in the peculiar short antennz and spiniform—not subu- late, oblique and retractile—terminal joint of the maxillary palpi, also in the large third and small robust second joint of that organ. The cox are normally Pederoid. L. brevicornis 2. sp.—Slender, pale ochreous-lestaceous throughout; elytra slightly darker, castaneous except near the base; pubescence extremely short, sparse, very evenly distributed throughout; integuments thick, opaque, very coarsely scabrous, not at all shining. Herd slightly longer than wide; sides parallel, nearly straight; base truncate, narrowly and distinctly sinuate in the middle; angles moderately broadly rounded; surface transversely and moderately convex, coarsely and very densely granulose; eyes moderate, slightly convex, on the sides at a little less than twice their length from the base, very coarsely granulate; antennz a little shorter than the head, dis- tinetly clavate, funicle slender at base, posteriorly and strongly geniculate; basal joint robust, one-half longer than wide, second slightly less robust, subglobular, three to six very small, very slightly wider than long, equal, scarcely more than one-half as wide as the second, seventh slightly wider, 216 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. seven to nine increasing rather rapidly in width, ninth and tenth strongly transverse, equal, a little longer than the third, together scarcely as long as the eleventh, which is ovoidal and pointed. Prothorax widest at one-third its length from the apex, where it is very slightly narrower than long; sides thence very strongly convergent and broadly sinuate to the apex which is slightly produced, truncate at tip and less than one-third as wide as the disk; sides in the posterior two-thirds rather rapidly convergent to the base and very feebly arcuate; apical angles obtuse, rather narrowly rounded and somewhat prominent; basal rather broadly rounded; disk feebly convex, feebly and broadly ridged along the middle especially in the basal half where it is broadiy and feebly biimpressed. Llytra at base distinctly wider than the pronotum; sides very feebly divergent, feebly arcuate; together broadly, angularly and feebly emarginate behind; disk quadrate, subde- pressed, very slightly longer than the pronotum, coarsely and very closely granulate; on each elytron there is a very feeble impression extending from the scutellum slightly obliquely and near the suture nearly to the apex. Scutellum very indistinct, smail, rounded. Abdomen at base as wide as the elytra, and, at the apex of the first segment, slightly wider; sides gradually convergent and slightly arcuate to the apex; border strongly inclined and very distinct; surface moderately convex, coarsely aud densely ruguloso- granulate. Under surface of the head coarsely and closely punctate; punctures round, variolate and almost in contact; under surface of the abdomen shining, rather finely punctate; punctures asperate and arranged in wavy, interrupted, transverse rows. Length 1.7-2.0 mm. Texas; (Galveston 2). The sculpture of the pronotum consists of a very minute reticulation of coarse strongly elevated lines. The sexual characters are very feeble; the type is a male and has the apex of the sixth segment broadly truncate or excessively feebly sinuate throughout; in the female the sixth segment is longer and extremely feebly angulate throughout its width at apex. The male is much smaller than the female. The two representatives of this very interesting species were found in detritus and rubbish on the inner side of the sand dunes lining the ocean beach. It is the smallest Peederide described from the United States. Scopus. The genus Scopus of Erichson was distinguished from the other Pederoid genera by a remarkable character relat- NORTH AMERICAN COLEOPTERA. AAT ing to the ligula, which organ is here, in opposition to the general rule, tricuspid at the apex. Many representatives having the tricuspid ligula are found in America, and as they are all small and generally possess some of the char- acteristics of Scopus, such as the narrow neck, they have been assigned to that genus without due consideration. Upon examination these various forms are found to differ considerably in structure, so much so in fact that the desir- ability and propriety of generically separating them can no longer be doubted; several of the more markedly distinct groups have already been noticed. Diagnoses of the genera which inhabit the United States, may be stated as follows:— Posterior angle of prosternum prominent, the lower edge of the intercoxal lamina being reéntrant or inwardly arcuate at and near its vertex and not longitudinally continuous in curvature with the prosternum. Anterior angles of prothorax very broadly rounded or obsolete. Posterior under side-pieces of pronotum well developed. Surface punctate PLMAITIGACEOUS cepa eee ais, toe ertaces aieuer a esclpd sleuiiane Sektetosre te Scopeeus. Posterior under side-pieces rudimentary. Surface polished and nearly im- PAUNGlatehroOnChOUbsent= eet setel« clei me sks eee ae siete orotate Scopzodera. Posterior angle of prosternum not prominent, the lower edge of the inter- coxal lamina being outwardly arcuate at and near the angle and longitu- dinally continuous in curvature with the prosternnm. Anterior angles of the prothorax more or less prominent. Posterior under side-pieces of the pronotum rather well developed. Neck very slender; integuments excessively minutely punctate, aluta- COE): calc Bac SR Ao DY TROIS RE ER Reece On ee inane Leptorus. Neck broader; integuments coarsely punctate, polished.............. Orus. The generic characters of Scopus have been taken from a typical representative of S. levigatus Gyll., for which I am indebted to M. A. Sallé. SCOPAAUS Erichs. Several American species are assignable to this genus, among others opacus Lec. The following species of the Pacific Coast may also be placed here at present. S. rotundiceps n. sp.—Rather slender, black; legs castaneous, paler toward tip; antenne and palpi rufo-fuscous, the former paler and flavate at the apex; pubescence fine, short, very dense, more sparse on the pronotum, most conspic- 218 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. uous on the head; integuments shining. Head distinctly longer than wide, semicircularly rounded behind from points slightly behind the eyes; sides par- allel and nearly straight; surface rather strongly convex, very minutely and densely punctate; punctures much feebler and sparser along the middle; an- tenn slightly shorter than the head and prothorax together; first joint but yery slightly longer than the second and third together, tbe latter subequal in length, the second joint somewhat more robust, joints three to ten decreasing rather rapidly in length, the former distinctly longer than wide, the latter slightly wider than long. Prothorax distinctly narrower than the head, two- fifths longer than wide, widest in the middle; sides in the anterior third rather strongly convergent and very feebly sinuate to the nuchal emargination which is narrow and deeply sinuate; sides in the posterior two-thirds rather feebly convergent and broadly arcuate throughout; anterior angles extremely obtuse and broadly rounded, almost obsolete; posterior broadly rounded; base ex- tremely feebly arcuate; disk trausversely and moderately convex, very mi- nutely and not very densely punctate; punctures subasperate, evenly distrib- uted; a narrow line along the middle impuuctate; at the base there is a very fine median carina. L/ytra at base nearly one-third wider than the prothorax; sides nearly parallel, feebly arcuate posteriorly; together bioadly, angularly and extremely feebly emarginate behind; disk feebly convex, slightly longer than wide, distinctly lonzer than the pronotum, feebly impressed on the suture toward base, rather coursely and densely punctate toward the suture and base, excessively minutely and slightly more sparsely so exteriorly and api- cally; suture finely margined with a narrow elevated border which is depress- ed and much narrower at the scutellum. Abdomen at base slightly narrower than the elytra; sides very feebly divergent and nearly straight to the apex of the fourth segment; fifth as long as the two preceding together; surface broadly and feebly convex, extremely minutely ani densely punctate. Legs finely punctate, rather short and robust; first joint of the posterior tarsi one- third longer than the second, slightly shorter than the fifth. Length 3.3 mm. California; (Mt. Diablo, Contra Costa Co. 2). The specimens are both females;’ the sixth segment is broadly angulate behind, the apex scarcely at all rounded, the sides of the angle being broadly and very feebly arcuate. The species is easily distinguished by its narrow head semicircularly rounded behind. 6—In a male since obtained at Reno, Nevada, the fifth segment is deeply and roundly emarginite at apex, the lateral angles being slightly pro- duced; the surface has a deep oval impression, becoming extinct near the base; the sixth segment is deeply sinuate at apex, the sinus fully twice as wide as deep, with the edges slightly reflexed; the surface impressed. NORTH AMERICAN COLEOPTERA. 219 §. truncaticeps n.sp.—Slender; sides nearly parallel; black, posterior margins of the four basal abdominal segments paler; legs castaneous, paler toward tip; palpi and antennz reddish-brown throughout; pubescence very fine, short, rather dense, pale fulvous in color, more conspicuous on the pro- notum toward the apex; integuments shining. Head robust, rather depressed, very slightly longer than wide; sides parallel, feebly arcuate behind the eyes; base truncate and very feebly arcuate; angles rather broadly rounded; surface rather feebly convex, broadly impressed between the antenne, very finely and densely punctate, the punctures deep and much sparser in the middle anter- iorly, slightly sparser posteriorly; antennz slightly shorter than the head and prothorax together; basal joint distinctly longer than the next two combined, second slightly more robust and a little shorter than the third, the latter much longer than the fourth, joints four to ten decreasing gradually in length, the latter slightly longer than wide. Prothorar distinctly narrower than the head, widest slightly in advance of the middle, but slightly more than one- third longer than wide; sides in the anterior third strongly convergent and distinctly sinuate to the nuchal emargination which is broadly and feebly sin- uate, in the posterior two-thirds moderately convergent and distinctly arcuate to the base which is narrowly truncate in the middle; angles rather broadly rounded; apical angles very obtuse and very broadly rounded; disk very broadly and feebly convex, minutely and not very densely punctate, with a narrow impunctate median line, having also a very short median basal carina extending thence as a very fine, nearly obsolete stria nearly to the middle, Elytra at base one-fifth wider than the prothorax; sides nearly parallel and straight; together almost transversely truncate behind; disk rather feebly convex, impressed on the suture toward the scutellum, finely, evenly and not very densely punctate; punctures slightly finer exteriorly and apically; suture finely margined, margin very gradually finer toward base. Abdomen at base slightly narrower than the elytra; sides very feebly divergent and nearly straight; surface rather feebly convex, very minutely and densely punctate; basal segments transversely impressed at base, with the impressed areas much more coarsely and densely punctate; fifth segment much shorter than the two preceding together. Legs rather short and slender; first joint of the posterior tarsi scarcely one-fourth longer than the second, much shorter than the fifth. Length 4.0 mm. California; (Anderson Val., Mendocino Co. 1). Described from the female in which the sixth segment is broadly angulate, with the apex of the angulation scarcely at all rounded; sides forming the angle broadly and feebly incurvate. This fine species is readily distinguished from the pre- ceding by its form, size and sexual characters. 220 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. All the species of this genus which I have examined have the bases of the first three or four dorsal segments of the abdomen transversely impressed and densely and coarsely punctate. Inthe Orus group the impressions are simply finely reticulated or alutaceous and are entirely devoid of punctures. S. brunnipes Lec.—(Tr. Am. Ent. Soc. VITI, p. 179).— This form is described as haying ‘‘pale brown legs.” I have thus far seen no such species in California, the legs of all the Californian species here described being very dark. SCOPZEODERA ». g2n. The species composing this genus have a distinctly Stili- cioid outline and do not resemble Scopzeus in outward form. In addition to the characters given before, we may mention the much longer legs and longer and more slender tarsi. Besides nitidus Lec. this genus will perhaps comprise several allied species described from South America by Dr. Sharp, and also those Central American species placed by this au- thor in Scopeus under group 4, together with the Colom- bian S. pulchellus Erichs. : LEPTORUS . gen. The species assignable to this genus have a peculiar ap- pearance and differ considerably from Scopus. They are elongate, very slender, parallel, with oblong prothorax hay- ing the anterior angles more or less prominent, and the sides parallel or slightly convergent behind and nearly straight. The genus is widely extended in its distribution through- out the eastern portion of the United States, extending through Mexico to Central America where it is represented by filum, concolor, Salvini, obscurus, piceolus, brevipennis, and umbra, recently described by Dr. Sharp in the Biologia Centrali-Americana. It will also include exiguus Er. and NORTH AMERICAN COLEOPTERA. Paya | picipes Cas. On the west coast it is replaced by Orus, hay- ing a much wider neck and a distinctly different system of punctuation; this appears to extend down the western slope of the continent, also to Central America, where it is repre- sented by a species recently described by Dr. Sharp from Guatemala. Leptorus is probably a large genus, and the several forms, which are often closely allied, should be described with great care and constant attention to details if they are to be even approximately identified by future reviewers. In addition to the characters pointed out in the preced- ing table, it should be stated that the eyes are situated just before the middle, on the sides of the head; they are strong- ly, longitudinally oval, very coarsely granulated, and have on their upper edge in the middle a large, rather shallow, spongiose fovea bearing a single very long seta. In Orus the eyes are larger, less coarsely granulated, more broadly oval, and have near the upper border, and in a transverse line with the posterior margin, a small, deep, setigerous puncture which is entirely nude. The puncture in this case, though very near the eye, is entirely disengaged from it, while in Leptorus the fovea, which is of an entirely different structure, intrudes slightly upon the continuity of the edge. L. texanus 0. sp.—Slender; sides parallel; moderately depressed; pale rufo-testaceous, elytra clouded with piceous toward base; abdomen piceous, very slightly paler toward tip; antennz testaceous throughout; legs pal- flavate; pubescence excessively fine and short, dense except on the pronotum where it is sparse; integuments alutaceous, except the pronotum which is polished. Head slightly longer than wide; sides paralle), very feebly arcn- ate behind the eyes; base transversely truncate; angles narrowly rounded; surface transversely and rather strongly convex, excessively minutely and densely punctate; punctures impressed, deep, slightly sparser along the middle; eyes rather prominent, at twice their length from the base; antennze slightly shorter than the head and prothorax together, basal joint slightly longer than the next two combined, second slightly longer and more robust than the third, joints four to ten decreasing distinctly in length, the former 16—BvuLuL. Cau. Acap. Scr. Il. 6. Issued November 27, 1886. piers CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. slightly longer than wide, the latter a little wider than long. Prothorax very slightly narrower than the head, one-third longer than wide, widest at one- fourth the length from the apex; sides thence extremely feebly convergent and nearly straight to the base, and very rapidly so and very feebly sinuate to the apex which is very narrow; anterior angles obtuse, slightly rounded; posterior rather broadly rounded; base broadly and very feebly arcuate; disk transversely and feebly convex, excessively minutely punctate; punctures about one-half as wide and more than twice as distant as those of the head, slightly more sparse in the middle, where there is a narrow impunctate line, and toward base a very fine, feeble and obsolete median stria. H/ytru slightly wider than the prothorax; sides nearly parallel, feebly arcuate posteriorly; together broadly, angularly and very feebly emarginate behind; disk onc- fourth longer than wide, slightly longer than the pronotum, very feebly im- pressed on the suture toward the base, extremely finely and rather feebly punctate; punctures evenly distributed, scarcely as sparse as those of the pronotum, distinctly asperate; suture finely margined with an elevated line which is much finer near thescutellum. Abdomen at base slightly narrower than the elytra and slightly narrower than at the apex of the fourth segment, rather strongly convex, excessively finely, densely and subasperately punc- tate; first four segments equal in length, the fifth one-half longer. Legs rather short and robust; joints of the posterior tarsi decreasing very grad- ually and uniformly in length, first slightly longer than the second and shorter than the fifth. Length 2.5 mm. Texas; (El Paso 2). The type is a male, the sixth ventral segment being nar- rowly and deeply emarginate; emargination very small, dis- tinctly deeper than wide, sides nearly parallel and straight, bottom broadly rounded. In the female the sixth segment is broadly and feebly angulate, the apex being broadly rounded. L. bicolor n. sp.—Slender; sides parallel; moderately convex; pale rufo- testaceous, four basal segments of abdomen piceous-black, last two slightly paler; elytra clouded with piceous at base near the scutellum; antennée throughout and legs pale rufo-testaceous, the latter slightly more flavate; pubescence extremely short and fine, rather dense on the elytra and abdo- men. Head slightly longer than wide; sides behind the eyes parallel and very feebly arcuate; base truncate; angles narrowly rounded; eyes moderate, slightly prominent, on the sides just before the middle; front transversely and evenly convex, minutely reticulate, extremely minutely and rather densely punctate; punctures more dense tuward the eyes, less dense along the middle; antenne one-half longer than the head, second joint slightly longer and more robust than the third, joints two to five longer than wide, six to ten’shorter, , | -_—s bo NORTH AMERICAN COLEOPTERA. PA equal in length, the latter slightly transverse. Prothorax widest at one- fourth its length from the apex, where it is scarcely as wide as the head, one- fourth longer than wide; anterior angles very narrowly rounded, decidedly prominent; sides thence strongly convergent and feebly sinuate to the neck, which is not excessively narrow, and distinctly convergent and very feebly arcuate to the base which is transversely truncate in the middle, two-thirds as wide as the disk; angles somewhat narrowly rounded; disk transversely and feebly convex, very minutely reticulate or subrugulose; excessively, minutely punctate; punctures finer and more sparse than those of the head, with a very narrow indistinct median impunctate line, and, toward base a very feeble median carina which is finely striate along its crest. Elytra at base very slightly wider than the pronotum; sides nearly par- allel, feebly arcuate; together very feebly and broadly emarginate behind; disk distinctly longer than wide, one-fifth longer than the prothorax; feebly convex, broadly and feebly impressed along the suture, extremely minutely, evenly and rather densely punctate. Abdomen very slightly narrower toward base, feebly convex, very minutely and densely punctate. Anterior femora nearly twice as robust as the intermediate, abruptly and deeply sinuate on the inner edge near the apex; tarsi very feebly dilated, finely and densely pubescent beneath. Length 2.3 mm. Texas; (Austin 5). The anterior tibiz of the male exhibit very striking char- acters; they are distinctly dilated and have along the flat- tened interior face six parallel, oblique rows 2f short, inclined setie, the rows becoming shorter toward the apex. The four posterior femora are distinctly compressed and arcuately bent. The male has the sixth segment broadly sinuate at apex, the sinus being four or five times as wide as deep and rather narrowly rounded, the sides being very gradually recurved; from beneath the sinuation, and appar- ently attached to the seventh segment, there protrudes a robust ligala, slightly longer than wide, strongly convex on its lower face, abruptly constricted at base, squarely trunc- ate at apex, with the angles not rounded; the upper face is broadly concave, serving as a rest and guide for the male generative organ; the latter in the present species is very complex, being cylindrical, with two unequal lateral pro- cesses, angulate on the right and broadly rounded on the left. 224 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. The peculiarity of the anterior tibie is apparently gene- ric, or at least affects a large number of species. L. versicolor n. sp.—Very slender; sides parallel; colors and pubescence as in becolor, except that the abdomen is dark fuscous and slightly paler at apex. Head rather large; distinctly longer than wide; sides behind the eyes feebly but distinctly divergent and feebly arcuate to the base which is broadly and distinctly sinuate; angles rather prominent and narrowly rounded; front broadly and feebly convex, not reticulate, shining, very minutely, evenly and rather densely punctate; punctures separated by two or three times their own diameter; antennz one-half longer than the head, second joint much longer and more robust than the third, fifth very slightly longer than wide, tenth very slightly wider than long. Prothorax widest at one-fourth its length from the apex, distinctly narrower than the head; anterior angles. narrowly rounded, prominent; sides thence strongly convergent and distinctly sinuate to the neck which is very slender, and distinctly convergent and nearly straight to the base which is transversely truncate and three-fourths. as wide as the disk; angles somewhat narrowly rounded; disk one-third longer than wide, feebly convex, very minutely, evenly punctate, scarcely visibly subrugulose; punctures scarcely perceptibly more sparsely distributed than those of the head; median stria toward base nearly obliterated. lytra at base scarcely perceptibly wider than the prothorax; sides distinctly diverg- ent and very feebly arcuate; disk very feebly convex, very feebly impressed along the suture toward base, minutely and feebly subrugulose, finely, evenly, rather densely and subasperately punctate; slightly longer than wide and just visibly longer than the pronotum. Abdomen nearly as in bicolor, slightly more sparsely punctate. Length 2.1-2.5 mm. Texas; (Austin and Waco). The sixth segment in the male is broadly sinuate at apex, the sinus being slightly less than four times as wide as deep, rather acutely rounded; ligula long and narrow, per- fectly flat, gradually wider toward the apex which is broadly and extremely feebly sinuate, angles rounded. The anterior femora and tibie are as in bicolor, but the former are not so robust as in that species. The form of the head and the sexual characters will serve to distinguish this species from the preceding, to which it is otherwise closely allied. its longiceps n, sp.—Very slender, rather convex; sides parallel; head and elytra pale brownish-testaceous; prothorax paler, more flavate; abdomen dark fuscous, scarcely paler at apex; antennz and legs throughont pale rufo- NORTH AMERICAN COLEOPTERA. apa testaceous; pubescence fine and dense throughout, longer on the head, less conspicuous on the pronotum. Head much longer than wide; sides parallel and distinctly arcuate; base transversely truncate; angles not prominent though rather narrowly rounded; front transversely, rather strongly convex, extremely minutely, feebly, evenly and not densely punctate; eyes at much more than twice their length from the base; autenne short, scarcely longer than the head, rather robust, second joint very slightly Jonger than wide, slightly longer and much more robust than the third, tenth rather strongly transverse. Prothorax very slightly narrower than the head, widest at one- third its length from the apex; anterior angles very broadly rounded; sides almost parallel and distinctly arcuate; base transversely truncate, angles rather broadly rounded; disk nearly one-third longer than wide, moderately and evenly, cylindrically convex, very minutely, evenly and rather densely punctate; punctures appreciably closer than those of the head; throughout the basal three-fifths there is a fine, well-marked, median stria. lytra at base distinctly wider than the prothorax and fully as wide as the head; sides parallel and very feebly arcua‘e; together distinctly longer than wide and just visibly longer than the pronotum; surface rather feebly convex, rather nar- rowly and feebly impressed along the suture toward base, very minutely, evenly and densely punctate; punctures slightly coarser and jast appreciably more dense than those of the pronotum. Abdomen very slightly narrowed to- ward base, excessively minutely, feebly and rather densely punctate. Femora and tibize as in bicolor. Length 1.9 mm. Texas; (Austin 1). This species is aberrant not only in the more broadly rounded apical angles of the prothorax, the elongate head and shorter antenne, but in the smaller eyes, more com- pressed and truncate third maxillary palpal joint, and espe- cially in the position of the spongiose setigerous fovea, which is not at the middle of the upper margin of the eye as in the other species, but behind the eye one-half the length of the latter, and in a line with its upper margin. The neck also is relatively much less slender than in the other species. With exception of Leptogenius brevicornis it is the smallest Pzderide described from our territories. Unfortunately there is before me but a single representa- tive, a female, so that the sexual characters of the male can- not be given; the form is very distinct, however, and will be easily recognizable. The Central American species described by Dr. Sharp, 226 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. alluded to above, are apparently all distinct from those here brought to notice. /ilum differs in the coloration of the antenne and in the sexual characters; concolor decidedly in coloration of the entire body; the cedeagus, however, is ap- parently similar to that of bicolor; Salvini appears to be closely allied to versicolor, but as no ligula is described in alluding to the male sexual characters,’ and as the elytra appear from the figure to be longer and broader, and the apical angles of the prothorax much less pronounced, the two species are probably distinct, more especially in consid- eration of the very different faunal regions involved. Ob- scurus and piceolus are very distinct in color; brevipennis and umbra differ altogether in structure. Exiquus Er. differs radically in coloration. Color appears to be a very constant character, as it is practically the same throughout large series of several spe- cies which I have before me. ORUS Cas. This genus, and the closely related Leptorus, constitute a group differing remarkably from Scopzeus and Scopzodera in the structure of the intercoxal portion of the prosternum. In Orus the posterior edge of the prosternum is more swol- len than in Leptorus, and the median portion is, posterior- ly, elevated into a longitudinal ridge which becomes the lower edge of the intercoxal lamina. O. punctatus Cas. and the species here described are the only known representa- tives of this genus in the United States.* 7.—The ligula is present in all the species of this genus, but, proba- bly only before copulation, is securely held within the long angular cleft of the seventh segment, and is only pushed down and out of the cleft, so as to be plainly visible, after sexual connection has occurred. §.—By a very regrettable error it was stated by me (Bull. Cal. Acad. Sci. I, p. 315) that the ligula in Orus is bicuspid. One of the very minute teeth was in all probability hidden under a particle of dust, as the appear- ance in the specimen examined was undoubtedly that of a bicuspid ligula; NORTH AMERICAN COLEOPTERA. 224 0. parallelus n. sp.—Narrow, rather depressed; sides parallel; piceous- black throughout; legs rufo-piceous; tarsi and antenne throughout paler, rufo-fuscous; pubescence fine, rather sparse on the pronotum and elytra, denser and more conspicuous on the head and abdomen; integuments polished, head subalutaceous. Head very slightly longer than wide; sides distinctly convergent anteriorly from the base, distinctly arcuate behind the eyes; base broadly and extremely feebly arcuate: angles broadly rounded; surface broadly and feebly convex, very feebly impressed in the middle anteriorly, very mi- nutely and densely punctate, also extremely finely and rather feebly subragu- lose; punctures not sparser but rather coarser along the middle; antennz slightly shorter than the head and prothorax together; basal joint slightly longer than the next two together, joints two to four subequal in length, slightly elongate, fifth very slightly shorter, joints five to ten decreasing rap- idly in length, the former distinctly longer than wide, the latter very slightly wider than long. Prothoraz very slightly narrower than the head, oblong; sides extremely feebly convergent from apex to base and nearly straight; anterior angles obtuse and broadly rounded; sides thence very strongly convergent to the nuchal emargination which is two-fifths as wide as the disk and feebly in- eurvate; basal angles broadly rounded; disk transversely and feebly convex, two-fifths longer than wide, rather finely, feebly and densely punctate; very narrow median area impunuctate throughout the length. Elytra at base slightly wider than the pronotum; sides very feebly divergent, feebly arcuate toward the apex; together broadly, angularly and very feebly emarginate be- hind; disk slightly longer than wide and slightly longer than the pronotum, feebly convex, broadly and feebly impressed on the suture, more particularly near the base, finely, rather densely, evenly and subasperately punctate; sv- ture finely margined with an elevated border which becomes rather abruptly less than one-half as wide near the scutellum, where also it is not so strongly elevated. Abdomen at base slightly narrower than the elytra; sides very feebly divergent posteriorly; surface broadly convex, extremely minutely and densely subsequent observation, however, of cleaner and more perfect specimens, re- veals the fact that the ligula is tricuspid, hence the statements made upon the apparent relationship of the genus with Lithocharis (1. c. II, p. 36), which were based primarily upon the assumption of a bideutate ligula must be considered ill-founded. The wide departure of the genus from Scopus in general form, but particularly in the relatively wide neck and prosternal strac- ture, is very convincing proof that the time has come for a division of the Scopzeoid species into distinct generic groups, and also points strongly to the advisability of a division of fthe Pzderini into two sections depending upon the formation of the ligula. Although Dr. Sharp bas, in the Biologia Centrali-Americana, correctly placed the genus near Scopeeus since the above was originally written, I still deem it proper to publish the rectification in the same work in which the error was committed. 228 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. punctate; fifth segment two-thirds longer than the fourth. JZegs rather short; posterior tarsi short, first and second joints equal in length, slightly longer than wide, much shorter than the fifth; tibize obliqnely truncate and finely fimbriate at tip. Length 3.3 mm. California; (Napa and Sonoma Cos. 4). The specimens are all females, the sixth segment being broadly rounded behind. The present species is remarka- ble for its long parallel prothorax, which is scarcely at all produced in front of the apical angles. It may be distin- guished from punctatus by its slightly larger size and much finer and denser pronotal punctuation. The oblique apical truncation of the hind tibiz appears to characterize a large number of genera; the truncation is slightly excavated and bordered exteriorly by an erect line of long, slender, closely-placed sete. The tabular statement of our Pederini given in this Bulletin (Vol. IL., p. 38), requires modification since the | publication of the Central American genera by Dr. Sharp | in the Biologia Centrali-Americana, and as the assumption upon which the positions of one or two genera are assigned has been found to be erroneous, the following table is offered as a substitute until the entire group can be revised. This scheme would be much more usefui if it could have included all the American genera, but as in the present state of literature there would be considerable doubt regarding the position of several, I have thought best to restrict it for the present to the genera occurring north of Mexico. I—Ligula not tricuspid, usually bilobed. Prosternum membranous under and behind the coxze. PZDERI. A—Fourth tarsal joint normal, not bilobed. Antenne anteriorly geniculate, first joint greatly elongate. Neck broad; abdomen carinate at base................-..- Hesperobium. Neck narrow; abdomen not carinate............. ...-.... Ababactus. Antenne posteriorly geniculate. basal joint moderate in length. First joint of the posterior tarsi not longer than the second. NORTH AMERICAN COLEOPTERA. 229 Labrum bilobed............ iL) vee ee ee gery ete, at) tee Lathrobium. Taprum transversely truncate... se. gece ellecier =~ a o's Trachysectus. First joint of the posterior tarsi distinctly longer than the second. Neck rather wide, not less than one-third as wide as the prothorax. Anterior tarsi very slightly or not at all dilated. Labrum 4-dentate. Mictasternumy very lone. ...1.-1- cee Caloderma. Metasternum very short.........-----+-e2+ -+e: Oligopterus. iobram bidentate 2+. 0. A. o... setts eee ine © ts. erro lok Medon. Labrum unidentate......... Je padaces eae eeenes ¢ Lithocharis. Labrum unarmed. Deeply emarginate:.. 5.550.200 oe eee ee Dacnochilus. Broadly and rather feebly sinuate.............-.--+-++++-- Lena. Labrum entire. Elytra much shorter than the prothorax........ Liparocephalus. Anterior tarsi strongly dilated. Mabromsunidentaters.is: ase: loose cect token tteetae as Aderocharis. Mia brum) entire: A rOnCatGs.1-y-.o 6 + -f soi oe oie orto isisicte ees ve Ramona. Neck extremely slender; labrum bidentate..........-...----+++: Stilicus. B—Fourth tarsal joint bilobed. Labrum triangularly emarginate, unarmed............--------- Peederus. Prosternum corneous under and behind the coxe; the side pieces of the ? pronotum connate with the intercoxal process. SUNIL. Third joint of the maxillary palpi normal; fourth minute, subulate. Posterior tarsi with the fourth joint lobed beneath. GAD HITTIN DIG OLLALG aera ae. bie teens Sele lurte eres Shale ote esis con eveleare aren Sunius. Labrum ‘arge, rounded, ciliate; elytra Bngeies than the prothorax, Stilicopsis. Third joint of maxillary palpi securiform; fourth minute, not subulate, triangular, erect. Fourth joint of the posterior tarsi not lobed, normal...... Leptogenius. II-—Ligula tricuspid. Prosternal intercoxal lamina deeply emarginate anteriorly; neck extremely slender. Inflexed posterior portion of pronotal hypomera well developed. Scopeus. Inflexed portion rudimentary ...........----. seers eee ees Scopxodera. Prosternal intercoxal lamina inferiorly arcuate anteriorly. Neck extremely slender .................. SAR ice RRS Leptorus. Neck one-third as wide as the prothorax......................45. Orus. 230 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. The sequence of genera in the above tabular statement is, it must be confessed, unnatural in approximating Stilicus and Pzederus, these being undoubtedly widely divergent forms. It merely serves to show, however, that it is im- possible to present in a linear arrangement, groups com- posed of elements which are divergent from one or more central types, and which can only be represented graphi- cally by the diagrams adopted in chemical science to exhibit the structure of a compound molecule, the various affinities being shown by connecting lines. If a linear arrangement be pursued, based upon the mod- ification of any special organ or part of the body, similar breaks must inevitably occur. Assuming, as above, that the structure of the prosternum is of more importance than that of the tarsi, the latter being in turn of greater moment than that of the labrum or mandibles, we should isolate Pederus as a group intermediate between the Lathrobii and the Sunii, and it would not be consistent to separate them by the the latter group, although it may include forms which in a radial arrangement would be brought very near certain types of the Lathrobii. Such for instance are Stilicus and Echiaster, in distinguishing between which the prosternal character loses some of the importance which it is supposed to possess, unless we regard the similarity of habitus as a mere coincidence. The latter I have assumed in the case of Stilicus and Scopeus. NOTES. Apapactus Sharp. — This genus is represented in our fauna by A. nactus Horn. and A. pallidiceps Cas. TRACHYSECTUS Cas.—Represented by 7. confluens Say. CALODERMA Cas.—Recent investigation shows this genus to be similar in prosternal structure to Medon, from which it is distinguished by several important characters. The labrum is short, small, conical, very feebly explanate near 9 NORTH AMERICAN COLEOPTERA. yal the sides, triemarginate, the notches being similar in shape, deep, the middle about twice as large as the lateral; later- ally the apex is broadly sinuate, thus giving four small, acute, prominent denticles. In Medon, as represented by M. fusculus Mann., the labrum is much larger, nearly flat, broadly explanate at the sides, not at all sinuate laterally at the apex, so that it is at most bidentate. In comparing the European Medon, as for instance brun- neus Er., with many of the American genera, there is one feature relating to the metasternum which appears to have been generally overlooked, and which is indicated on the upper surface by the length of the elytra. The metaster- num in the European genus is remarkably short, strongly convex, and much shorter than the intermediate coxze. This appears to be a rather important character in the present comparison, and distinguishes Caloderma at once, for in this genus the metasternum is unusually well developed, and is more than one-half longer than the coxze, which in turn are relatively distinctly smaller than in Medon. The species having a rugulose pronotum are the most highly developed forms of the genus, and should be consid- ered typical, although much less numerous in species than the form with punctate pronotum. OLIcoprERUS Cas.—Allied to Medon in prosternal and metasternal structure. It differs from Medon in the struc- ture of the labrum, which is here distinctly 4-dentate, and from the more typical forms of that genus in the very widely distant gular sutures, rapidly divergent toward base, in this respect being more closely allied to Pseudomedon Rey. It differs from Caloderma in its very short metaster- num. Mepon Steph.—This genus as represented in our fauna will consist for the present of the two groups of species previously placed by me in Lithocharis. There is another sroup of nondescript species, occurring in the Southern 232 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. States, which may also be considered as Medon until future investigation can be made with more ample material. These three groups will then probably give rise to four allied genera, or perhaps more properly, subgenera. Lirnocnaris Lacord.—Represented in our fauna by och- racea Gray., alutacea Cas., and quadricollis Cas. The last two differ from the first in sexual characters—although they have the characteristic comb-like sculpture at the apex of the fifth segment—and in the smaller, more acute and prom- inent labral tooth. MetraxyopontTa Cas.—Lirgocuaris Lacord. LiparocepHaLus Mann.—No description of the anterior tarsi is given, and the position of the genus is assumed. ADEROCHARIS Sharp.—Represented by A. corticina Grav., and possibly also by tabacina Cas. Ecuraster Er.—No species of this genus has yet occurred within the United States, and it is therefore omitted from the table. Scrocuaris Arrib.—Although Dr. Sharp intimates that this genus may occur within our limits, I have not yet seen it. It may be easily recognized by the very robust first and second joints of the antenne. The labrum is bidentate and the integuments are generally very finely and densely punctate. APOCELLUS Erichs. A. niger 2. sp.—Moderately robust, convex; upper surface intense black throughout, except the elytral suture which is dark piceo-testaceons; metas- ternum, abdomen and head beneath black; prosternum and side-pieces paler, piceo-testaceous; antennz same toward base, black toward tip; legs pale luteo-testaceous, femora shaded piceous in the onter half; pubescence ex- tremely sparse; integuments highly polished. Head distinctly longer than wide; sides behind the eyes distinctly convergent and rather strongly arcuate; base truncate and very feebly incurvate in the middle; augles very broadly rounded, coarctate with the sides; eyes small, inthe middle, rather promi- nent; on a transverse line slightly less than their own length behind them, NORTH AMERICAN COLEOPTERA. BHO there are two small, widely distant, deeply impressed occipital foveze; antenna! tuberculations slightly convergent posteriocly; epistoma distinct, declivous, wider than long, very feebly arcuate at apex; labrum short, broad, rather strongly and evenly emarzinate throughout its width; antenne slightly longer than the head and prothorax together, rather strongly incrassate; sec- ond joint much shorter than the third, longer than the fourth, tenth very slightly wider than long. /Prolhorar widest at one-third its length from the apex, where jt is slightly wider than long and as wide as the head across the eyes; sides thence very strongly convergent to the apex which is squarely truncate and about one-half as wide as the disk, and ratber feebly though dis- tinctly convergent, evenly and distinctly arcuate to the base; the latter broadly and extremely feebly arcuate, two-thirds as wide as the disk; angles very obtuse and rather broadly rounded; sides at the apical third rather broadly rounded; disk strongly convex, with a few very widely scattered se- tigerous punctures. lytra at base slightly wider than the prothorax; sides rather strongly divergent, distinctly arcuate toward the apices; together trans- versely truncate behind; disk rather depressed, abruptly strongly declivous at the sides, slightly wider than long, nearly one-fourth longer than the pro- notum; suture narrowly and strongly margined with an elevated line; surface having a few very small, widely scattered, setigerous punctures having a ten- dency to lineal arrangement. Abdomen at base very slightly narrower than the elytra; sides parallel and nearly straight; border very thin, erect and deep, nearly equal on the five basal segments; surface very finely and sparsely pu- bescent and punctate toward the sides, almost impunctate in the middle. Legs moderate in length; femora robust; third joint of the posterior tarsi less than twice as long as the first and second together. Length 2,8-3.3 mm. Texas; (Galveston 5). The description is taken from the male, the sexual char- acters of which are of the usual form in this section of the genus; the double, posteriorly excavated emargination of the sixth segment is scarcely more than one-third the width of the segment, and the arched lamin of the seventh nearly meet over the broadly rounded excavation; eighth segment broadly impressed. It is a very distinct species and belongs immediately after crassicornis in the list of the genus as published by me (Cont. II, p. 153). The order of the species has been changed in the recently published check-list of Mr. S. Henshaw, so that the least characteristic forms of the genus there head the list, while the species upon which Erichson founded the genus appear last. My only commen- tary is a passing allusion; I cannot refrain, however, from 234 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. expressing the opinion that the reversal was unnecessary, and that the order proposed is far less scientific than that published in the revision above referred to. Apocellus brevipennis Cas.—Five specimens of this species were recently taken, also at Galveston, Texas; it was orig- inally described from a single specimen from Louisiana. PHLEOPTERUS Mots. P. filicornis 0. sp.—Rather robust, depressed, black throughout; tro- chanters slightly paler, dark rufous; legs piceous-black; tibiz much paler and rafous toward tip; tarsi rufous; palpi fuscous; antenn# black throughout; pubescence rather long, very dense, subrecumbent and conspicuous, fusco- cinereous in color; legs densely pubescent; tibiz abruptly nearly glabrous in the apical fifth or sixth; tarsi glabrous, joints finely spinulose at the apices; shining. Head as long as wide, depressed, transversely and rather strongly impressed between the antennz, deeply and widely biimpressed between the eyes; surface finely and rather densely punctate; ocelli very miuute, round, distant, on a line slightly in advance of the posterior margins of the eyes; the latter very prominent; fourth joint of the maxillary palpi slightly more than twice as long as the third, the latter not three times as long as wide; antenne very long, slender and filiform, not -in the least incrassate, two-thirds as long as the body; second joint much shorter than the third, joints three to ten subequal in length, much elongated, eleventh slightly longer, fusiform. Prothorax widest slightly before the middle; sides thence very feebly convergent, feebly and evenly arcuate to the obtuse and rather broadly rounded anterior angles and somewhat strongly convergent, rather strongly and evenly incurvate throughout to the basal angles, which are nearly right and not at all rounded; base broadly and extremely feebly arcuate throughouf, three-fourths as wide as the disk and distinctly narrower than the apex; the latter transversely truncate, feebly excurvate toward the apical angles; disk scarcely one-third wider than long, transversely, rather strongly and perfectly evenly convex; having at the middle of each side, a very deep punctiform impression; flanks thence to the basal angles very abruptly and strongly declivous; surface very finely, evenly and densely punctate; punctures perforate. Hlytra at base slightly wider than the pro- notum; sides moderately divergent; humeral and apical angles very broadly rounded; together broadly arcuate behind with the inner angles abruptly and rather strongly rounded; disk nearly one-third longer than wide, slightly more than twice as long as the pronotum, broadly and feebly convex, rather coarsely, very evenly and densely punctate; punctures impressed, slightly more distant than those of the pronotum. Abdomen very short behind the elytra, much wider than long, subalutaceous, very minutely, evenly and rather closely punctate. Jegs rather slender; first joint of the posterior — -—" a SS i ~~) NORTH AMERICAN COLEOPTERA. 235 t tarsi slightly longer than the next two together; anterior tarsi distinctly dilated. Under surface of the abdomen minutely, densely and evenly punctate. Length 5.0 mm. California; (Placer Co. 1). Mr. Fuchs. The mesosternum is minutely and strongly rugulose and alutaceous toward the middle, finely and imperfectly car- inate posteriorly, more strongly so anteriorly, terminating near the anterior margin in a small, abrupt, acute tubercle. The abrupt loss of the dense pubescence at the tips of the tibiz is very remarkable. This species is rather smaller and much more densely punctate than longipalpus, and has a much less transverse prothorax. AMPHICHROUM Kuaatz. A. flavicorne nu. sp.—Moderately robust, depressed; pronotum and elytra glabrous; abdomen very sparsely pubescent laterally; male black, with the lateral edges of the pronotum and elytra testaceous; female having the entire disk of the pronotum rufo-testaceous and the elytra luteous, except the suture, which is piceous; antenne pale flavate throughout; legs piceo-testa- ceous; integuments polished. Head scarcely longer than wide, depressed, densely, rather coarsely and deeply punctate in the middle; having a small, punctiform impression at the base of each antenna; obliquely and very deeply bifoveolate between the eyes; antennz moderate in length, less than one-half as long as the body, rather slender; basal joint three-fourths as long as the next two together, second two-thirds as long as the third and about as long as the tenth, joints three to ten decreasing perceptibly in length and increasing in thickness. Prothorax two-thirds wider than long, widest in the middle; sides strongly and nearly evenly rounded, slightly more strongly convergent toward the apex, which is broadly and very feebly emarginate and equal in width to the base and to the head; base truncate; apical and basal angles broadly rounded, the former slightly the more narrowly so; disk moderately and evenly convex, more strongly so at the sides, which are narrowly and abruptly explanate, extremely sparsely, rather finely and very unevenly punctate except along the sides and base, where the punctures are much denser. Hiytra at base very slightly wider than the prothorax; sides very feebly divergent and nearly straight; together truncate behind; humeral and exterior apical angles broadly rounded; disk as long as wide, slightly less than twice as long as the prothorax, depressed, more convex at the sides, narrowly elevated along the suture except near the base, feebly, rather sparsely and unevenly punctate. Abdomen as wide and long as the elytra; sides strongly arcuate; surface shining, extremely finely and feebly punctate, 236 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. very minutely, feebly and transversely reticulate. Legs moderate in length; anterior tarsi feebly dilated. Length 3.5-4.0 mm. California; (San Francisco 2; Lake Co. 2.) Mr. Fuchs. The pronotum has a very small impressed fovea in the middle at the base which is sometimes absent and some- times replaced by a larger and more irregular impression which, however, is not transverse as in floribundum. This species resembles floribundum Lec. in several char- acters, especially in the punctate head and coloration of the body, but differs remarkably in the antenne, which are of a pale and pure flavate throughout in the former; the anten- nz are piceous in floribundum except the three basal joints, which are paler. In all the species of Amphichroum here described, there are visible on the first, or sometimes the second, exposed dor- sal segment of the abdomen two small, approximate patches of a more or less transversely oval shape, on which the pu- bescence is excessively short and dense and usually of a pale cinereous or bright fulvous color; they are also to be seen in a similar position, but oblique in direction, on the abdomen of Homaliwm algarum Cas. These pubescent and very minutely rugulose areas, which are probably sensitive, are not sexual, and appear to characterize a large portion of the Homalini. A. alutaceum n. sp.—Form rather slender, depressed; head and abdomen black; pronotum, elytra, palpi and antennz toward tip rather pale castane- ous; basal margin and sides of the pronotum very narrowly pale flavate: antennze same toward base; elytral suture dark rufo-testaceous; legs dark brownish-testaceous; pronotum and elytra rather densely pubescent; head and abdomen very sparsely so; integuments shining. Head longer than wide; surface depressed, impunctate, coarsely granulose, shining, broadly and distinctly impressed between the antenne, obliquely, very finely and feebly bistriate between the eyes; ocelli small, approximate, distinct; antenne scarcely two-fifths as long as the body, slender, slightly inerassate; basal joint very slightly longer than the second; joints two to ten nearly equal in length, the latter one-half longer than wide, eleventh longer, obliquely pointed at tip, cylindrical at base. Prothorax widest in the middle, where it is scarcely one-fourth wider than long; sides nearly parallel, feebly arcuate NORTH AMERICAN COLEOPTERA. 257 throughout; apex very slightly narrower than the base, broadly and evenly sinuate; angles rather narrowly rounded; base very feebly arcuate through- out, angles rather broadly rounded; disk broadly, very evenly and rather teebly convex, very narrowly and abruptly explanate at the sides anteriorly, slightly more broadly and less abruptly so posteriorly, extremely finely, evenly and rather closely punctate; punctures slightly asperate; intervals finely subgranulose, subalutaceous. SHiytra at base very slightly wider than the pronotum; sides rather distinctly but very feebly divergent, very feebly arcuate; humeral angles narrowly, apical broadly, rounded; together truncate behind; disk depressed, broadly impressed in the middle; as long as wide, slightly less than one-half longer than the pronotum, rather coarsely, very evenly, closely and rather strongly punctate; panctures subasperate; intervals polished. Abdomen at base as wide as the elytra, at the apex of the third segment nearly one-fourth wider; sides strongly arcuate; border rather broad, feebly inclined; surface depressed; three visible basal segments transversely impressed at base; segments two to four finely, evenly and rather densely punctate; segments one, five and six impunctate; second visible segment with two small, transverse, approximate, minutely rugulose and apparently pubescent patches. Zegs moderate in length, slender. Under surface piceous-black, with exception of the pronotal and elytral hypomera, which are flavate. Length 3.5 mm. California; (Marin Co. 1). This species resembles veterafor in the general character of its sculpture and pubescence, but differs greatly in general form, and especially in its much less transverse prothorax with but slightly arcuate sides. A, pilosellum n. sp.—Males slender; females rather robust, depressed; color rather pale reddish-testaceous, nearly similar in the two sexes; head posteriorly, prothorax anteriorly, and elytra broadly and very indefinitely toward the suture and apices, clouded with a slightly darker castaneous tint; abdomen intense black throughout; antenne fuscous toward tip, basal joints pale testaceous; legs rufo-piceous; pronotum and elytra finely and sparsely pubescent, integuments shining. Heud very slightly longer than wide, rather depressed, glabrous, finely reticulate or subalutaceous, impune- tate, broadly and rather feebly impressed between the antennezx, feebly, finely and obliquely bistriate between the eyes; antenne rather short, mode- rately incrassate, less than one-half as long as the body; basal joint but slightly longer than the third, second nearly as long as the first, as long as the fourth, and slightly longer than the tenth, joints four to eight equal in length, eight to ten decreasing, the latter but slightly longer than wide. Prothorax widest in the middle, one-half wider than long; sides strongly rounded in the middle, feebly convergent and nearly straight anteriorly and 17—Bu.u. Cau. Acap, Scr. Il. 6. Issued November 27, 1886. 238 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. posteriorly; basa] angles broadly rounded; apical more narrowly so; disk evenly and moderately convex, rather broadly and gradually explanate and feebly reflexed at the sides, and especially near the basal angles, very obso- letely impressed along the middle and in front of the scutellum, finely reticu- late or subalntaceous, very finely, feebly and rather sparsely and evenly punctate. Elytraat base very slightly narrower than the prothorax; sides very feebly divergent, feebly arcuate; disk depressed, very slightly longer than wide, two-thirds longer than the pronotum, rather strongly, coarsely and sparsely punctate; intervals polished; punctures tending to form coarse, transverse tugule. Abdomen as wide as and distinctly longer than the elytra; sides rather feebly convergent posteriorly, on the first four segments feebly arcu- ate; border depressed, scarcely at all inclined; surface polished, nearly im- punctate in the middle, excessively minutely and feebly punctulate toward the sides. Legs slender; anterior tarsi very feebly dilated; first joint of the posterior as long as the next three together. Length 2.5-3.6 mm. California; (Lake Co. 7). Mr. Fuchs. Described from the male, which is more slender than the female. The species belongs near puberulum Fauv., but differs in its longer elytra and much sparser elytral punctu- ation. A. veterator nu. sp.—Moderately robust, depressed, dark piceous-brown; antennz toward base, narrow side and basal margins of the pronotum, and under surface of the head and prothorax, pale testaceous; abdomen black throughout; femora piceo-testaceous; tibiz and tarsi darker, piceous; anten- nee infuscate toward tip; palpi fuscous; head and pronotum subalutaceous; pronotum and elytra finely and densely pubescent, the latter shining. Head rather small, searcely as wide as long, transversely and feebly impressed be- tween the antenne, very finely, feebly and obliquely bistriate between the eyes; surface rather coarsely and strongly reticulate or subgranulate, impunc- tate; ocelli very small, round and distinct; antennz about one-half as long as the body, moderately slender, all the joints distinctly elongate, joints four to ten almost equal in length, the latter nearly one-half longer than wide, second distinctly shorter than the third, the latter subequal in length to the first. Prothorax anteriorly as wide as the head, widest in the middle; sides very slightly more strongly convergent anteriorly than posteriorly, evenly and rather feebly arcuate throughout; apex distinctly narrower than the base, broadly and feebly sinuate; the latter truncate in the middle, broadly arcuate toward the basal angles which are broadly rounded; apical broadly rounded, slightly less so than the basal; disk nearly one-half wider than long, evenly and very moderately convex, rather abruptly and very narrowly explanate at the sides anteriorly, broadly and very gradually explanate and feebly reflexed toward the basal angles, very obsoletely and vaguely impressed before the scutellum, finely and very feebly subgranulate, very minutely, feebly, subas- 9 je) NORTH AMERICAN COLEOPTERA. 2 perately, evenly and rather closely punctate. Hlyira at base scarcely as wide as the pronotum; sides very feebly divergent, very feebly arcuate; outer apical angles rather narrowly rounded; together truncate behind; disk depressed, quadrate, two-thirds longer than the pronotum, rather coarsely, very densely, evenly, strongly and subasperately punctate, Abdomen as wide as and slightly longer than the elytra; sides convergent and evenly arcuate to the apex; bo-- der rather strong, very slightly inclined; surface polished almost impunctate in the middle, finely rather strongly and densely, subasperately punctate lat- erally. Zegsrather slender. Under surface finely, evenly and sparsely pubes- cent; tibiz finely pubescent, sparsely and minutely spinulose. Length 3.0 mm. California; (Lake Co. 2). Mr. Fuchs. This species also belongs near puberulwm, from which it is easily distinguished by its much longer elytra. It bears a very deceptive resemblance to the following species, so that the identification and separation of the two wili require some care. A. crassicorne 1. sp.—Moderately robust, depressed, piceous-black; head dark rufous; basal third of the pronotum and the lateral and anterior mar- gims very narrowly pale testaceous; just behind the elytral humeri there is on each side a small, very indefinite paler spot; under surface of the abdomen and metasternum piceous-black; prosternum, head, legs throughout, palpi and antennz toward base, pale brownish-flavate; antennz toward tip pice- ous; head and pronotum subalutaceous; elytra polished; head glabrous, remainder finely and moderately densely pubescent. Head rather small, finely reticulate and subrugulose, transversely impressed between the anten- nx, finely, deeply and obliquely bistriate between the eyes; ocelli large, flat, not distinctly limited, round; antennz rather strongly incrassate, scarcely one-half as long as the body; joints four to ten decreasing very slightly in length, the latter slightly longer than wide. Prothorax scarcely more than one-third wider than long; anterior angles much more narrowly rounded than the posterior; form and sculpture nearly asin veterator; punctures slightly coarser and more distinct. Hlylra at base fully as wide as the pronotum; outer apical angles rather broadly rounded; together quadrate, two-thirds longer than the pronotum, nearly as in veferator, except that the punctures are obliterated along the apex. Abdomen in form nearly as in veterator, punctate throughout; punctures fine, asperate, evenly and rather closely placed, and more distinct toward the sides. Legs slender. Length 3.3 mm. California; (Siskiyou Co. 1). Mr. Behrens. The fourth joint of the maxillary palpi is nearly circular in cross-sections and convex throughout, while in all the 240 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. other species which I have seen the fourth joint is more or less deeply excavate interiorly, nearly throughout its length and is, in addition, strongly bent in flavicorne. Although the present species bears a remarkably strong resemblance to veterator in its sculpture, it may be distin- guished by its sparser pubescence, slightly more elongate prothorax, much deeper interocular striz, but especially by the form of the ocelli, which in this species are fully twice as wide as in veterator, and more indefinite in outline; no dependence is placed on color as this is known to vary ereatly; it is, however, strikingly different in the represen- tatives of the two species. A. floribundum Lec.—One specimen which I have referred to this species was collected by Mr. Fuchs in Lake Co. The antenne are relatively longer and more filiform than in any here described, and are piceous except the first three joints and the bases of some of the succeeding ones. The relationship of the species here described with those given by Mr. Fauvel (Not. Ent. vii, p. 72), is best shown by the following table, which is merely a continuation of the one given by that author, with a few slight alterations. Elytra shining, with more or less distinct punctuation. Pronotum and elytra glabrous. Pronotum polished. Elytra with very sparse, nearly obsolete punctuation........ sparsum. Elytra coarsely and generally distinctly punctate. Head distinctly and densely punctate; elytra black or maculate with testaceous, with the suture blackish or brownish. Antenne piceous, three basal joints paler.......... fioribundum. Antenne clear flavate throughout.... ...... ...-.. .flavicorne. Head impunctate. Head shining, with two oblique striz between the eyes. .scutatum. Head dull, granulose, strongly bifoveolate between the eyes. levicolle. Head and pronotum alutaceous, size large.................. testaceum. Pronotum and elytra visibly pubescent or pilose. Size large; pronotum and elytra very strongly and densely punctate, the former distinctly impressed along the middle.......... maculatum. NORTH AMERICAN COLEOPTERA. 241 Size rather small; pronotum very finely, elytra generally densely and more coarsely punctate; pronotum not distinctly impressed in the middle. Elytra less than one-half longer than the pronotum. Sides of the prothorax very strongly arcuate........... puberulum. Sides of the prothorax very feebly arcuate..... BR rays alutaceum. Elytra more than one-half longer than the pronotum. Elytra coarsely and not densely punctate............... pilosellum. Elytra very finely and densaly punctate. Interocular strize very fine; ocelli minute and distinct.. yeterator. Interocular striz deep; ocelli large, not very well defined. crassicorne. Elytra dull, very finely and transversely rugulose.. ............. opaculum. The genus is probably a very extensive one in California, which region also appears to be very rich in the entire group Homalini. PELECOMALIUM 2. gen. (Homalini). Body depressed, winged; elytra longer than the prothorax; antennee fili- form, very feebly incrassate, front not produced. Maxillary palpi with the first joint small; second elongate, slender; third and fourth flattened, the former slightly longer than wide, obconicai; fourth about one-half longer than the third, strongly securiform. Labial palpi small; first joint very small; second much wider and longer, slightly longer than wide, sides parallel, tip transversely truncate; third slender, oblique, truncate at tip, sides nearly parallel, much narrower and slightly longer than the second; second and third joints flattened. Posterior tarsi very long and slender, shorter than the tibiz; first and second joints elongate, the former much the longer; fourth deeply bilobed. Posterior tibizw slender, terminated by two slender, unequal spurs and severat small spines. ‘Tibic rather finely and sparsely pubescent, having a very few small lateral spines. It will be seen from the above diagnosis that this genus bears a great resemblance to Amphichroum, and in fact if the palpi were removed, it would be almost impossible to distinguish P. modestum from A. veterator, so great is the resemblance in every feature of the body, antenne and legs. The two species described below may be recognized by the following characters :— Size large; elytra coarsely and rather sparsely punctate...... binotatum. Size small; elytra finely and very densely punctate.......... modestum. 242 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. P, binotatum 2. sp.—Rather robust; body and legs throughout dark rufo- testaceous; head, abdomen, and under surface except the prosternum, black; elytra and hypomera rather paler and more Inteous; each elytron having a median apical spot of piceous-black, clearly limited and very distinct ; antennz piceous-black, three basal joints abruptly pale testaceous; palpi and man- dibles same; head and prothorax alutaceous, remainder shining; pronotum almost glabrous; elytra and abdomen finely and very sparsely pubescent, the latter toward the sides only. Head slightly longer than wide, depressed, neatly flat, transversely and feebly impressed between the antennz, finely, not deeply and obliquely bistriate between the eyes; surface finely and strongly granulose and subrugulose, impunctate; antennz scarcely two-fifths as long as the body, very slightly flattened and incrassate toward tip; joints one, and three to Seven nearly equal in length and one-half longer than the second; joints seven to ten rather rapidly decreasing in length, the latter one-fourth longer than wide. Prothorazx anteriorly as wide as the head, widest in the middle, about one-fourth wider than long; sides parallel, evenly and moderately arcuate throughout; apical augles rather narrowly rounded, basal very broadly so; apex and base equal in width, the former broadly and distinctly sinuate throughout, the latter very feebly and broadly sinuate in the middle; disk very broadly and very moderately convex, narrowly and obsoletely impressed along the middle, broadly and very feebly so near the scutellum, narrowly and abruptly explanate anteriorly at the sides, more broadly and gradually so thence to the base, finely and strongly retic- ulate, excessively minutely, sparsely and feebly punctate except near the sides and especially along the base, where the punctures are closer, larger and deeper. Elytra at base as wide as the pronotum; sides feebly though distinctly divergent; apical angles moderately broadly rounded; together transversely truncate behind; disk depressed, about as long as wide, two- thirds longer than the pronotum, finely margined along the suture, rather coarsely, strongly, evenly and rather sparsely punctate. Abdomen about as wide as, and slightly shorter than, the elytra; sides convergent and strongly and evenly arcuate to the vertex; border rather narrow and feebly inclined, finely and densely punctate; surface broadly polished and impunc- tate in the middle. Zegs slender. Length 4.7 mm. California: (Marin Co. 1). Mr. Harford. In the type of this very interesting species the middle tibize are broadly and strongly emarginate interiorly at one-third the length from the apex, the others being per- fectly entire. P. modestum nu. sp.—Moderately slender; head and abdomen black; pro- notum, except the lateral limbs, narrowly, and a short basal margin, antennz toward tip, and elytra, dark blackish-castaneous, the latter having on each side near the humeri a small, very indefinite spot of slightly paler tint; an- NORTH AMERICAN COLEOPTERA. 243 tenn toward base, palpi, pronotal and elytral hypomera and anterior legs pale testaceous; middie and posterior legs infuscate throughout; remainder of the under surface blackish; head and pronotum very feebly alutaceous, remainder shining; head glabrous, pronotum and elytra finely and densely pubescent. Head very slightly longer than wide, broadly and feebly im- pressed between the antennz, finely, very feebly and obliquely bistriate between the eyes; surface finely and rather feebly reticulate, impunctate; ocelli small, round, distinct; antenne long and slender, more than one-half as long as the body; joints one and three subequal in length, distinctly longer than the succeeding ones; joints two and four to seven nearly equal in length, tenth fully one-third longer than wide, cylindro-obconical. Prothorax anteriorly slightly narrower than the head, widest near the middle, where the sides are nearly evenly and moderately arcuate, slightly straighter to- ward the apex and base and very slightly more strongly convergent in the former direction; apex slightly narrower than the base, broadly and very feebly incurvate; the latter broadly and very feebly arcuate; apical and basal angles moderately broadly rounded, the former the more strongly; disk nearly one-half wider than long, moderately and evenly convex, not at all impressed, abruptly and narrowly explanate at the sides anteriorly, more broadly and gradually so toward the basal angles, where it is also slightly reflexed, extremely finely, evenly, feebly, subasperately and rather densely punctate, finely and distinctly reticulate. Hlytra at base scarcely as wide as the pronotum; sides very feebly divergent and arcuate; apical angles mode- rately broadly rounded; disk depressed, quadrate, nearly three-fourths longer thar the pronotum, very densely, rather finely, deeply and evenly punctate. Abdomen produced slightly at the apex, the last segment being rather long and slender; as wide at base as the elytra, polished, feebly and finely punc- tate near the sides, impunctate in the middle. Legs slender. Length 2.7 mm. California; (Lake Co. 2). Mr. Fuchs. Readily distinguishable from the preceding by its much smaller size, more transverse prothorax, finer and much denser elytral punctuation and coloration. Its approxima- tion in appearance to Amphichrowm veterator has been before alluded to, and is most remarkable; it is a smaller and slightly more slender species than the latter, but in prono- tal and elytral form and punctuation it is almost precisely similar. LATHRIMAUM Erichs. L. humerale un. sp.—Rather robust, moderately convex; head blackish, epistoma dark rufous; pronotum dark rufous, obscurely piceous in the middle; elytra pale luteous, dark rufous at the apices, immediately before 244 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. which there is a large rather indefinite area of dark piceous obliquely limited just behind the middle; on each elytron there is also, just before the middle, a small obscure spot of dark castaneous, not attaining the suture, and parallel to the oblique edge of the posterior spot; abdomen dark rufous; entire under surface and legs bright rufo-testaceous; antennz piceous, apical joint paler, first three joints very dark rufo-fuscous, nearly glabrous, remainder finely and densely pubescent; integuments nearly glabrous; highly polished. Head slightly wider than long, convex along the middle, broadly impressed along the sides, obliquely and very feebly bisuleate between the eyes, finely and not very densely punctate; sides behind the eyes short, rectangular, ocelli rather large, very prominent; eyes moderately prominent; antenne distinctly shorter than the head and prothorax together, feebly incrassate; third joint slender, distinctly longer than the second or fourth; the latter subequal, distinctly longer than the fifth, which is nearly one-half longer than wide; tenth slightly wider than long. Prothorax widest slightly behind the middle, where it is three-fourths wider than long; sides thence rather strongly convergent, strongly and evenly arcuate to the very broadly rounded apical angles, and slightly less strongly convergent and straight to the basal angles, which are obtuse and not rounded; edges finely serrulate; base broadly and very feebly arcuate, four-fifths as wide as the disk and wider than the apex; the latter truncate in the middle between the broadly rounded and slightly advanced lateral apices; disk rather strongly convex in the middle, where there is a rather deep longitudinal sulcation, limited laterally by two narrow well-defined ridges which terminate at one-third the length from the base; on each side, exterior to these, there are two rather strong, irregular elevations, thence to the lateral edges the surface is broadly explanate and feebly reflexed, broadly and very feebly impressed at the middle of each side; surface very coarsely, deeply and irregularly punc- tate; punctures sparser toward the sides. Zi/ytru one-third wider than the pronotum, at base equal to it in width; sides nearly parallel and somewhat strongly arcuate; together broadly subtruncate behind; exterior angles broadly rounded; disk strongly convex, slightly less strongly declivous behind than on the sides, nearly one-third longer than wide, two and one- half times as long as the pronotum, coarsely, deeply punctate; punctures closely placed in rather well-defined striz; intervals rather feebly convex, the third and seventh more strongly so; the latter near the humeri very strongly so. Abdomen very short and narrow behind the elytra, having two almost impunctate segments exposed. Legs long and very slender; posterior tarsi short, first two joints slightly elongate, the first slightly the longer; fifth much shorter than the first four together. Length 43 mm. California; (Humboldt Co. 1). The under surface, except the pronotal hypomera, and including the elytral hypomera, is very coarsely and deeply punctate; the abdomen finely subalutaceous and almost NORTH AMERICAN COLEOPTERA. 245 impunctate. The femora are very sparsely pubescent, the hairs being very short, stout and recumbent; the tibize finely and densely spinulose. The mesosternum is finely carinate in the middle anteriorly. The maxillary palpi are very slender and filiform, the third joint being twice as long as wide, the fourth being very slender, pointed and more than twice as long as the third. This species differs from pictum Fauy. in elytral structure, that species having all the elytral intervals equally and very feebly convex, and from swbcostatum Mikl. in the shape of the prothorax. OROBANUS Lec. 0. rufipes n. sp.—Rather slender, cuneate; black throughout except the eleventh joint of the antennz which is testaceous, and the legs which are rufous throughout; integuments shining; pubescence rather long, very fine, dense, recumbent, dark grayish-brown in color. Head moderate; eyes at nearly their own length from the base, moderately prominent, rather finely granulate; sides behind them feebly convergent and strongly arcuate, promi- nent; front feebly convex, very finely and extremely feebly punctate; having on aline slightly in advance of the middle of the eyes two deeply impressed, narrow, oblique and very short canaliculate punctures; ocelli minute, circn- lar; antennz moderate, slender, filiform, slightly less than one-half as long as the body; joints two to six subequal in length, the former slightly more robust and very slightly shorter; joints six to ten decreasing in length, the former nearly three times as long as wide, the latter distinctly thicker and three- fourths longer than wide, eleventh slender, shorter than the two preceding together, finely acuminate, compressed near the tip. Prothorax cordate, widest at one-third its length from the apex, where it is distinctly wider than the head and very slightly wider than long; sides very moderately conver- gent posteriorly, deeply and evenly incurvate throughout, strongly arcuate anteriorly; basal angles slightly obtuse, very slightly rounded; base broadly, evenly and very feebly arcuate, about three-fourths as wide as the disk and very slightly wider than the apex; the latter broadly, evenly and just visibly emarginate; apical angles almost obsolete; disk strongly and nearly evenly convex, having near the base atransverse row of small feeble erosions, and at each side, just before the middle, a rather strong impression which is continued posteriorly, gradually becoming more feeble and disappearing before reaching the basal angles; very finely, feebly, evenly and somewhat densely punctate. Ziytra at base slightly wider than the prothorax, widest at the apex where together they are slightly less than twice as wide as the prothorax; sides nearly straight; each elytron broadly rounded behind; hu- 246 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. meri broadly rounded; disk depressed, with a feebly impressed line on each parallel and near the suture, minutely, evenly, very feebly and not very densely punctate, slightly more than twice as long as the prothorax, one- third longer than wide. Abdomen at base slightly narrower than the elytra; sides convergent to the apex, strongly and evenly arcuate; extremely minutely, densely and asperately punctate. Legs slender; first joint of the posterior tarsi distinctly longer than the next two together, much longer than the fifth. Length 3.0-3.7 mm. California; (Hoopa Val., Humboldt Co. 7). The type is a male, the sixth segment being broadly and feebly emarginate at tip; in the female tne prothorax is much more distinctly wider than long and less strongiy cordate; the antenne are slightly shorter and do not attain the middle of the elytra; in size the female is smaller than the male. There is scarcely a trace of a median sulcation on the pronotum, the sides of which are more deeply sinuate to- ward the basal angles than in either densus or the Vancou- ver representative of simulator. The species is chiefly re- markable because of its slender form, sparse punctuation and rufous legs. It was found in wet moss in the interior of a flume for conveying spring-water. O. densus 0. sp.—Rather robust, depressed; body entirely black above and beneath, oral organs rufo-testaceous; legs fuscous throughout; antenne en- tirely piceous-black; pubescence cinereous, rather short, recumbent, extremely dense; integuments shining. Head moderate, slightly longer than wide; sides behind the eyes strongly convergent to the neck and strongly arcuate; eyes rather prominent, large, coarsely granulated, very densely setose; front depressed, feebly biimpressed between the eyes, finely and densely punctate, more sparsely so along the middle; antennz filiform, fully one-half as long as the body; basal joint subcylindrical, three times as long as wide, second two- thirds as long as the third, the iatter slightly shorter than the first, joints three to six equal, slender, six to ten gradually diminishing in length, the lat- ter more than twice as long as wide, eleventh fusiform, slightly oblique at tip, one-half longer than the tenth. Prothorar widest at the anterior third, where it is distinctly wider than long and slightly wider than the head; sides strongly arcuate, strongly convergent and distinctly and evenly sinuate toward the base; apex transversely truncate, about equal in width to the base which is broadly, evenly and very feebly arcuate; basal angles slightly obtuse, very narrowly rounded; disk transversely, evenly and moderately convex; impress- NORTH AMERICAN COLEOPTERA. QAT ed in the middle near the lateral edges, the impression becoming extinct to- ward the basal angles, finely, evenly and very densely punctate. lycra at base two-fifths wider than the prothorax; sides distinctly divergent, nearly straight, slightly obliquely truncate at apex; exterior angles broadly, inner more narrowly, rounded; humeri broadly rounded; disk feebly convex, broadly and feebly impressed on the suture toward base, nearly one-third longer than wide, two and one-half times as long as the prothorax, very finely, evenly and extremely densely punctate. Three segments of abdomen exposed together wider than long, as wide as the base of the elytra; margin distinct, inclined; surface feebly convex, finely, very feebly and very densely punctate. Under surface and legs finely and densely pubescent. less densely so toward the tip of the abdomen. Length 3.4-3.9 mm. California; (San Diego 3). Mr. W. G. W. Harford. Distinguishable immediately from the preceding by its more depressed and broader form, more parallel elytra, nearly three times as dense punctuation, darker legs, ete. It differs from simulator in its much denser punctuation and more depressed form. The three species may be distinguished as follows, the characters of simulator being taken from a specimen from Vancouver Island, kindly loaned me by the Museum of Comparative Zodlogy at Cambridge :— Legs dark fuscous. Surface polished; strongly convex... .......5.- 0.225: sae cues simulator. Surface under low power dull; very depressed.................- densus. Legs clear rufous; punctuation more sparse; form more slender..... rufipes. Since it is now known that there are several distinct spe- cies of this genus, the absolute identity of the Vancouver specimens taken by Crotch with simulator Lec., which was described from the regions east of the Rocky Mountains, may reasonably be questioned; a careful comparison of the two is therefore very desirable. By careful comparison of the above Vancouver type with the description given by Dr. Le Conte and M. Fauvel, I am inclined to believe that the former is a fourth species, hitherto undescribed. M. Fau- vel mentions the prothorax as being longer than wide; if this is actually the case, it is very distinct from any of the 248 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. specimens before me, all of which have it distinctly wider than long. ACTIDIUM Matth. A. rotundicolle n. sp.—Rather robust, strongly convex, piceous-black; legs and palpi pale flavo-testaceous; antennz pale testaceous at base, becom- ing piceous-black at apex; pubescence fine, very short, not at all dense; integuments shining, subalutaceous. Mead much wider than long, rather convex, very minutely and sparsely punctate; eyes moderate, rather prom- inent, coarsely granulate; antennz as long as the head and prothorax together; funicle slender; club robust; joints increasing in length and thick- ness. Prothorax slightly wider than the head, about equal in length, two- thirds wider than long; sides parallel and strongly, evenly arcuate; base broadly arcuate, distinctly sinuate laterally; basal angles obsolete; apex broadly truncate; disk broadly, evenly convex, very minutely reticulate or subgranulose, minutely, evenly and sparsely punctate. Scutellum small, equilatero-triangular, coarsely asperate. Hlytra at base as wide as the pro- thorax; sides parallel for two-thirds the length from the base, rather strongly, evenly arcuate, thence feebly convergent, very feebly arcuate to the apex which, conjointly, is rather abrnptly truncate; exterior angles broadly rounded, inner angles narrowly rounded; disk widest at nearly two-fifths its length from the base, nearly one-half longer than wide, one-half longer than the head and pronotum together, strongly cylindrically convex, minutely, densely reticulate or subgranulose, shining, very minutely, evenly, rather sparsely, subasperately punctate; punctures without definite arrangement. Legs rather long, somewhat slender; posterior tibiz very slender toward base; rapidly dilated, widest at the apical third, compressed; tarsi short, very slender. Length 0.4 mm. Texas; (Galveston 2). This species differs from those previously described from California in the sculpture which is much more feeble, and in the form of the prothorax. It is as robust as robustulum and does not appear to possess many characters in common with the three species described by Mr. Matthews. PTILIUM Erichs. P, suleatum n. sp.— Rather slender and convex; sides nearly parallel; color pale brownish-testaceous, antennz and legs slightly paler, more flavate; integuments coarsely sculptured, shining; pubescence fine, subrecumbent, not very dense, Head moderate in size, much wider than long, triangular; surface moderately convex, rather coarsely, irregularly and feebly tubercu- NORTH AMERICAN COLEOPTERA. 249 late; eyes small, at the base, convex, prominent, coarsely granulate; antennz rather long, distinctly longer than the head and prothorax together; two basal joints robust; funicle very slender; club strong, joints increasing in length and thickness. Prothorax widest at two-fifths its length from the apex, where it is distinctly wider than the head, one-half wider than long; sides strongly arcuate anteriorly, strongly convergent and very feebly sinuate toward base; the latter broadly, extremely feebly arcuate throughout, very slightly narrower than the apex, nearly three-fourths as wide as the disk; apex transversely truncate throughout; basal angles obtuse, scarcely percep- tibly rounded; disk transversely, moderately convex, densely, feebly, irregu- larly tuberculate or granulose, the tubercles nearly confluent and differing greatly in size; in the center there is a small, strongly marked canaliculation two-fifths as long as the disk, and, at each basal angle, a small impressed puncture. lytra at base as wide as the prothorax; sides parallel, distinctly and nearly evenly arcuate; together abruptly, very broadly rounded behind; apex broadly truncate; disk widest in the middle, where it is distinctly wider than the prothorax, nearly one-half longer than the head and prothorax to- gether. rather depressed in the middle, rather abruptly, strongly convex at the sides, finely, evenly, not very densely, subasperately punctate; asperities not definitely arranged. Scutellum moderate, asperate, triangular, slightly wider than long. Under surface pale brownish-testaceous, except the abdomen toward base, which is dark, blackish-piceous. Legs rather slender, short; tarsi rather short, very slender. Length 0.35 mm.) Texas; (Austin 1). This species can be readily recognized by its very minute size, there being but one smaller species of Coleoptera known; it is also distinguished by the peculiar form and structure of the prothorax. The metasternum appears to extend to the elytra at the sides. P. Hornianum Matth., which is of about the same size as the present species, differs from it in color, shape and sculpture. SMICRUS Matth. S, americanus 0. sp.—Rather elongate; sides parallel; body depressed, black; legs and antennze pale, dusky yellow; pubescence rather long, recum- bent, not very dense; integuments shining. Head large, triangular, slightly wider than long; eyes large, strongly convex, prominent, coarsely setose; surface feebly cqmvex, smooth, obsoletely and finely reticulate; labrum prom- inent, acutely rounded; second joint of antenne distinctly shorter than the first, both rather slender and elongate. Prothorax as long as the head, very slightly wider, three-fourths wider than long, widest in the middle; sides 250 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. parallel, evenly and very feebly arcuate throughout, not at all constricted at base; apex broadly, very feebly and evenly emarginate throughout its width; angles slightly acute, very narrowly rounded; base transversely truncate and straight throughout its width; angles nearly right, not rounded; disk broadly, feebly convex, more strongly so near the sides, not very densely covered with rather fine, flat, somewhat indefinite tubercles. Scutellam large, triangular, feebly, rather densely asperate. /ytra equal in width to the prothorax; sides parallel, nearly straight, abruptly transversely truncate behind; outer angles narrowly rounded; disk scarcely one-fifth longer than wide, very slightly longer than the head and prothorax together, depressed in the mid- dle, rather convex at the sides, finely, feebly, not very densely asperate; asperities not definitely arranged. Abdomen with four fully exposed seg- ments, the fifth, the basal, also being almost completely exposed; together as long as wide; outline parabolic; surface rather convex, rather finely, not densely, very feebly asperate or subgranulose, margined laterally with a flat border, becoming attenuated posteriorly; last segment as long as the three preceding together, rounded at apex. Legs rather short and robust. Length 0.9 mm, Texas; (Austin 1). The entire abdomen, extending under the elytra, is com- posed of eight segments; the under surface is polished and very feebly transversely asperate along the apex of each segment, and the apical two-thirds of the terminal; the latter at apex has a narrow, porrected, pale membranous bor- der. The antennz in the type are missing with exception of the two basal joints. The apex of the abdomen, more especially beneath, and the sides of the elytra toward the base, are slightly pale. The abdominal border beyond the elytra is not apprecia- bly elevated, and its surface is almost continuous in con- vexity with that of the upper surface; under the elytra and toward the base of the abdomen it becomes thinner, deep and erect. This species differs greatly from filicorns Fairm. in the structure of the pronotum, which is not at all constricted at base. DITAPHRUS 2. gen. (Byrrhide.) Body oval, pubescent. Head deflexed, retractile; eyes large, rather coarsely granulated, nearly hidden in repose, front excavated at the sides near the NORTH AMERICAN COLEOPTERA. 251 eyes for the reception of the antennz when in repose; epistoma very small, deflexed, divided by a fine distinct, straight suture; labrum small, transverse, vertical, detached from and covered by the epistoma; antennz inserted under the sides of the front, immediately before the eyes, 1l-jointed, base thick, gradually diminishing in thickness to the sixth joint, seven to nine very small, tenth wider, small, transverse, eleventh widest, longer than wide, ovoidal, maxillary palpi small, last joint slightly longer than wide, ovoidal, pointed, slightly compressed. Prosternum well developed, transversely truncate an- teriorly, widely separating the anterior coxze; process transversely truncate at apex, on the same level and in contact with the anterior edge of the mesos- ternum; the latter extremely short, strongly transverse, very broadly and feebly emarginate anteriorly; metasternum large, long; episternum narrow, elongate, obliquely truncate anteriorly, widest and angulate interiorly near the apex; metasternum slightly excavated at the side anteriorly for the recep- tion of the tips of the intermediate femora, the excavation extending very deeply and obliquely into the base of the elytrat hypomera. Anterior cox very small, transverse, attenuate laterally, open behind, widely separated; trochanters large; middle coxe not at all prominent, transversely oval, very widely separated; trochanters large; posterior coxa strongly transverse, at- taining the metasternal episterna, short, distinctly separated. Ventral seg- ments five; three basal not distinctly connate; first four uniformly and grad- ually decreasing in length; fifth as long as the two preceding together; first segment deeply and transversely excavated at base for the reception of the posterior femora. Prothorax short, broad; sides with an acute edge; inflexed sides divided from the prosternum by a very distinct suture; prosternum lat- erally and inflexed sides deeply and transversely excavated for reception of the anterior femora; pronotum excavated laterally at apex for reception of antennal club. Scutellum small, triangular. Elytra convex, covering the en- tire abdomen; hypomera distinct, extending only for two-fifths the length from the base, devoid of hypopleurz. Legs short, rather slender; femora not very robust, excavated along the lower edge for reception of the tibize; the latter simple, rather slender, not grooved, having a line of short, very fine, densely placed cilia along the outer edge; tarsi free, rather short, five-jointed joints simple; first of the anterior as long as the next two together; two to four very small; fifth as long as the three preceding together; claws divergent, small, simple, slender. This genus is very remarkable in antennal structure, in its excavated pronotum and many other characters. The single representative almost exactly resembles a minute Scymuus in external form. The median portions of the three sterna form a continu- ous surface from the head to the posterior cox, the meso- 257, CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. sternum being not at all depressed or impressed, and divided from the metasternum by a very feeble straight suture. Ditaphrus is related to Bothriophorus Muls., but is very distinct in antennal structure and in the form of the proster- num, this not being broadly emarginate at apex, nor ‘‘ pos- térieurement rétréci en point,” as in the latter. From Phy- semus Lec. it is apparently distinguished by its antennal structure. D. scymnoides n. sp.—Form elliptical, distinctly longer than wide, con- vex, black; under surface, legs and antenne fuscous; integuments alutaceous; P pubescence fine, pale, short, subrecumbent, rather dense. Head rather small, wider than long; surface broadly, evenly convex, finely, deeply and densely punctate; punctures coalescent and scabrous at base; antenne aslong as the width of head; occiput margined laterally along the eyes with a nar- row impressed channel for the reception of the antennz which joins the deep apical excavation of the pronotum. Prothorar about three times as wide as long; sides convergent anteriorly, feebly arcuate; base broadly arcuate, ab- tuptly more strongly so in the middle; apex broadly emarginate; surface broadly convex, very minutely, deeply, evenly, not very densely punctate; punctures separated by three or four times their own diameter. Scutellum slightly longer than wide. Llytra, viewed vertically, nearly three times as ongas the head and prothorax together, widest at one-third the length from the base; sides strongly arcuate, coarctate with those of the pronotum, evenly rounded to the apex which, conjointly, is rather narrowly rounded; surface strongly convex, rather finely, evenly, deeply and moderately densely punc- tate; punctures decidedly larger than than those of the pronotum, distant by two to three times their own diameters. Legs short; tarsi slightly reflexed. Under surface alutaceous and minutely punctate; abdomen finely, rather densely pubescent. Length 0.8-1.0 mm. -Texas; (Austin 11; El Paso 1). Rather abundant amongst decaying vegetable matter on the soft mud left by the receding water of the Colorado River. The antenna is figured on the plate and is seen to be of very singular structure. The club in Physemus, the only genus with which this can be confounded, is described as being three-jointed and almost solid. It is also highly probable that Physemus is distinct from Bothriophorus. These three genera should be separated as a group distinct from Limnichus. NORTH AMERICAN COLEOPTERA. 255 In the Californian species of Limnichus, the prosternum is very long, prolonged between the coxe, the apex of the process being strongly rounded and entering a deep emar- gination of the mesosternum; along the middle the surface is deeply grooved. ‘The first two ventral segments are sub- equal in length, the first three connate. The first four joints of the anterior tarsi are short, equal and together but slightly longer than the fifth. The antenne are eleven-jointed; club loose, three-jointed, joints gradually increasing in thickness; first joint, as in Ditaphrus, deeply seated in the lateral ex- cavation of the front. I have carefully verified this observation regarding the number of antennal joints in three or four species of Limni- chus and several specimens of Ditaphrus, and can state with great certainty that the antenne are not 10-jointed, as rep- resented (Class. Col. N. A., LeConte and Horn pp. 159, 161). Du Val had already corrected this error in his classic work on the genera of Kuropean Coleoptera (Vol. II, p. 267 foot-note). ELEATES 2. gen. (Tenebrionidz). Body oblong, strongly convex. Epistoma and sides of the front coarctate at apex, very broadly and evenly arcuate; front distinctly dilated before the eyes; the latter small, completely divided by the lateral edges, more than their own length in front of the prothorax; epistoma transverse, enclosed by the front; suture distinct and impressed in the middle. Maxillary palpi searcely at all dilated; third joint distinctly longer than wide, slightly shorter than the second; fourth twice as long as wide, distinctly longer than the second, subcylindrical, slightly bent and compressed, obliquely truncate at tip. Labial palpi rather small; third joint most robust, longer than the first two together, ovoidal, narrowly and obliquely truncate at tip. Mentum mod- erate, wider than long, its plane below the general surface of the head; ligula large, strongly and broadly bilobed; lobes almost entirely exposed. Maxillze exposed at the sides. Antenne gradually and very strongly incrassate, very strongly compressed; second joint globular, one-half as long as the third; the latter longer than the succeeding joints; four to seven, densely spongiose at the exterior apical angles; the remainder more extensively so and at both apical angles; joints more strongly pointed outwardly than on the inside; five to ten transverse, the latter very strongly so; eleventh large, as wide as the tenth, as long as wide, obliquely conoidal; antennal grooves deep near the eyes, obliterated in the middle. Anterior cox transversely oval, 18—Buuu. Cau. AcAap. Scr. II. 6. Issued November 27, 1886 254 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. strongly convex, slightly separated. Middle cox with small trochanters; posterior transverse, separated by a triangular process of the first ventral segment. Tibize scarcely dilated; spurs small but distinct, unequal; tarsi moderate, setose beneath, the posterior more densely so at base; last joint slightly longer then the preceding together; first four joints of the anterior and middle very short equal; first of the posterior as long as the next two com- bined. Elytral hypomera continuous throughout the length, rather narrow, strongly inflexed, nearly equal in width throughout, slightly concave near the base, elsewhere plane. Prothorax transverse; sides of the pronotum very abruptly and narrowly explanate or feebly reflexed; edges neither denticulate nor crenulate. Elytra finely costate; intervals punctate. The affinities of this genus are very readily seen to be in the direction of Bolitophagus and Eledona; it agrees with the first in the structure of the front and eyes, but differs in appearance, in this respect agreeing more closely with Eledona, from which, in turn, it differs radically in the structure of the eyes. In Eleates the epistoma is separated from the labrum by a very short, coriaceous bond, as is usual in this group, but the eyes are well in advance of the pro- thorax. It ditfers from both Bolitophagus and Eledona in the non-denticulate sides of the prothorax, a character con- sidered more or less important by Lacordaire and Du Val, who divide the European genera into groups depending upon the presence or absence of denticulations. E. occidentalis ». sp.—Rather robust; sides nearly straight and parallel; black throughout; legs, palpi and antennz dark rufo-fuscous; glabrous; in- teguments rather finely sculptured. Head nearly twice as wide as long; apex very narrowly reflexed throughout; surface near the apex and in front of the eyes slightly tumid; front broadly and feebly convex, extremely densely, rather deeply and coarsely punctate; punctures very much finer and obsolete onthe epistoma. Prothorax widest near the base, where it is two-thirds wider thin the head and twice as wide aslong; sides feebly convergent from base to apex, feebly arcuate; base broadly arcuate, more strongly so in the middle; angles slightly obtuse, not rounded; apex slightly narrower than the base, broadly and rather strongly emarginate; angles slightly prominent, anteriorly narrowly rounded; disk broadly, strongly and very evenly convex, rather coarsely, evenly, deeply and excessively densely punctate; punctures poly- gonal, intervals in the form of very narrow, strongly elevated lines. Scutellum broader than long, rounded behind. lytra at base slightly wider than the prothorax; sides nearly parallel and straight to within a very short distance of the apex, where, together, they are abruptly and very broadly rounded;. NORTH AMERICAN COLEOPTERA. 255 humeral angles distinctly rounded; sides narrowly reflexed, edges acute; disk broadly and very strongly convex, nearly three times as long as the pronotum; ridges very fine, rather feebly elevated; intervals evenly concave, each with a single series of round, rather deep punctures, distant by slightly more than their own widths; along each side of the immediate crests of the coste there is a line of very small, round, closely-placed areole; remainder of the surface slightly and irregularly roughened or subalutaceous, mode- rately shining. Legs moderate; femora compressed, excavated beneath through two-thirds the length for the reception of the tibiz; tibial spurs situ- ated at the inner apex, arranged parallel to the lower edge of the apex and almost in line with the point of insertion of the tarsi, claws large, simple, divergent. Length 4.5-5.0 mm. California; (Truckee, Nevada Co. 2). Mr. Harford. The lateral edges of the prothorax are sometimes ex- tremely feebly and irregularly undulated. This species, the first of its tribe to be announced from the Pacific slope of the continent, lives in fungus growing upon fallen logs. BARINUS n. gen. (Curculionide.) Body rather slender and elongate, clothed with large, elongate scales, entirely without hairs. Beak very short, rather stout, much shorter than the pro- thorax, slightly flattened, rather strongly arcuate; scrobes beginning slightly before the middle, descending obliquely to the eyes; the latter large, vertically oval, not very prominent, finely granulated; interocular surface scarcely wider than the beak, feebly impressed. Antenne rather slender; first joint of funicle slightly shorter than the scape, rather strongly clavate, very slender toward base, nearly as long as the remainder of the funicle; second to seventh nearly equal, cylindrical, more slender than the apex of the first; club abrupt, very elongate, oval, finely pubescent, slightly longer than the preceding six joints of the funicle combined. Prothorax without postocular lobes. Pro- sternum rather long in front of the cox, rather narrowly and deeply sulcate throughout its length, moderately separating the cox. Middleand posterior coxee widely separated. Metasternum longer than the first ventral segment. First two segments of the abdomen rather long, nearly equal in length; su- ture almost entirely obliterated in the middle; third and fourth segments short, equal, together scarcely longer than the first; fifth rounded behind, as long as the third and fourth together; posterior sutures strongly sinuate at the sides. Elytra conjointly rounded at tip, concealing the pygidium. Legs moderate in length, rather robust; tibize not grooved, all mucronate at tip; spur of the anterior and middle pairs vertical, of the posterior oblique and nearer the insertion of the tarsi; all very small and robust; second and third 256 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. joiuts of the tarsi broadly dilated, the latter strongly bilobed; fourth slender; claws very small, narrow, connate throughout their length except at the im- mediate apex. It will be noticed that this genus corresponds quite closely with Zygobaris, and I have drawn up the description in such form that it can be readily compared with the one given by Dr. LeConte for the latter (Proc. Am. Phil. Soe. XY, p. 321). It differs conspicuously in its shorter beak, in antennal structure and in its strongly grooved proster- num; also in the claws, which are connate nearly through their length. B. squamolineatus n. sp.— Form very narrowly elliptical, moderately convex, black; legs and antennze dark fuscous; coxe black; integuments shining. Head rather smal], hemispherical, subalutaceous, finely and not very densely punctate, with a few small robust scales along the inver margins of the eyes; beak scarcely twice as long as the head, slightly enlarged and flat- tened toward tip, finely and rather densely punctate toward the base, much more sparsely so near the apex. Prothorax about as long as wide, very feebly constricted near the apex, sides very feebly convergent from base to apex, abruptly and more strongly arcuate behind the constriction, base broadly arcuate, more strongly so in the middle; apex transversely truncate, three-fifths as wide as the base; disk transversely, nearly evenly and strongly convex, coarsely, rather densely and evenly punctate; punctures round, deep, perforate, separated by about their own width, distinctly finer along the apex: surface abruptly and densely squamose at the sides, with a narrow, sparsely squamose line along the middle; elsewhere each puncture bears a very minute, slender scale; scales all arranged transversely. Elytra at the humeri slightly wider than the prothorax; sides gradually convergent, broadly and nearly evenly arcuate to the apex, which, conjointly, is rather narrowly rounded; humeri longitudinally and rather strongly swollen; disk transversely and rather strongly convex, fully twice as long as the pronotum, extremely feebly constricted at one-fifth the length from the apex, deeply and narrowly grooved; striz finely, deeply and rather distantly punctate; intervals finely, feebly and more closely punctate, alternating broader and narrower; the narrow intervals having a single, the broad ones two rows, of large elongate scales arranged longitudinally; humeral row broader; the scales along the suture and also those near the the sides very much smaller and narrower. Scutellum slightly longer than wide, oval. JZegs finely and rather sparsely squamose; tarsi densely covered above with fine hair-like scales, densely spongiose beneath. Adomen densely squamose at the sides, sparsely so in the middle; devoid of scales along the bases of the last three segments Length 3.8 mm. NORTH AMERICAN COLEOPTERA. aT Central Illinois 1; Mr. F. M. Webster. The scales are generally white, but are slightly darker along the flanks of the elytra, where they are very small. The rows of scales upon the elytral intervals are not uniformly single or double, but ia many spots become more crowded and irregular. RENOCIS n. gen. (Hylurgini). Body subcylindrical. Head prominent, not concealed by the prothorax, inserted in the prothorax nearly to the eyes; slightly deflexed, not at all produced, beak entirely obsolete; eyes rather finely granulated, not at all prominent, on the sides, extending slightly under the head, short, very strongly transverse, with a small feeble sinuation in the anterior margin; antennze inserted on the sides of the head just before the eyes, short, ten- jointed; basal joint longer than wide, rather robust; second not one-half as long, subglobular; three to six very small; joints seven to ten forming a very abrupt, elongate, oval club, longer than the entire preceding portion, strongly compressed, sparsely pubescent. Mandibles prominent, short and stout, perfectly chisel-shaped apex transversely truncate, straight; inner face at apex obliquely truncate. Mentum short, transverse; maxille, ligula and palpi very small, invisible under a mass of coarse hair surrounding the men- tum. Labrum wanting. Anterior coxe prominent, subglobular, contiguous; middle cox widely distant, small, not prominent; posterior separated, transverse, attenuated laterally, only attaining the metasternal episternum, which is long, rather wide; sides parallel; epimeron not visible. Anterior cox in contact with the head beneath; prosternum entirely obselete before them; femora rather robust, simple; tibie very narrow at base, rapidly dilated and compressed toward apex, margined externally with a row of short, very robust spinules, obliquely truncate at apex; tarsi rather short, slender, not at all dilated but rather compressed, five jointed; third obliquely truncate and slightly produced beneath, not bilobed; fourth very minute; fifth slender, longer than the preceding united. Abdominal segments five in number; first two subequal, each nearly as long as the third and fourth together. Elytra covering the entire abdomen; pygidium invisible; prothorax strongly rounded at the sides, transverse, convex; sides continuous in curvature from the dorsal surface to the anterior coxe. Integuments covered with a dense scabrous mass of scales; base of elytra elevated and tuberculate. Scutellum not distinctly visible. In this genus the antennal club is strongly compressed, elongate-oval, obtusely pointed and four-jointed, the joints being connate and separated by straight transverse sutures. Both surfaces are glabrous, except the apices of the joints, 258 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. which are fringed with hairs, and the terminal joint which is sparsely pubescent over the entire surface. The scape is rather short and robust, distinctly shorter than the fun- icle and is not received in transverse grooves in front of the eyes, these being almost completely obsolete. The genus therefore seems to form a group intermediate in many of its characters between the Polygraphi and the Hylurgi, but for the present it should be placed between Chetophleeus and Carphoborus, from the latter of which it differs in the structure of the elytra behind,—these being evenly convex with no spinulose crests,—and in the struc- ture of the antennal club, which is here divided by three sutures, and not by two, as in Carphoborus. BR, heterodoxus 1. sp.—-Oblong; sides parallel; integuments black, densely clothed with scales mostly dark fuscous in color, but interspersed with whit- ish ones especially on the flanks and toward the base of the pronotum, re- placed on the head by a dense growth of longer, robust, shaggy pubescence. Head wider than long; front impressed, coarsely and sparsely punctate, shin- ing; antenne dark brown. Prothorax more than twice as wide as the head; sides in the basal two-thirds parallel and distinctly arcuate, slightly constricted near the apex which is broadly arcuate and slightly sinuate in the middle, more than one-half as wide as the base; the latter transversely truncate; disk transversely, strongly convex, two-thirds wider than long, very coarsely, rather densely punctate; scales generally recumbent toward base, erect toward apex; the latter fringed with a dense rowof short, very robust, squamiform hairs. lytra at base as wide as the prothorax; sides parallel and nearly straight for two-thirds the length from the base, then gradually rounded; to the apex, which, conjointly, is almost semicircularly rounded; disk cylindrica], nearly one-half longer than wide, two and one-half times as long as the prothorax, elevated along the basal margin, the summit of the elevation being broken into small crests; surface feebly striate; strie punctate; inter- vals flat, coarsely, rather sparsely and unevenly punctate; smaller scales usually recumbent; along the middle of each interval there is a row of longer, erect, fuscous scales. Under surface scabrous, black, coarsely punctate. Legs piceous; tarsi paler. Length 1.7 mm. Nevada; (Washoe Co. 1). The scales of the pronotum are generally entire, but upon the flanks they become narrow, almost hair-like, and are bi- furcate from their base, becoming, anteriorly and near the NORTH AMERICAN COLEOPTERA. 259 coxe, trifurcate. The sparse vestiture of the entire under surface is of this same nature. The single representative of this interesting species was beaten from the low trees bordering the Truckee River, in early spring, at Reno, Nevada. Cheetophleus hystrix Lec., found at San Diego, California, is another singular species and appears to resemble that above described in the structure of the head, but as that species is described as robust and oval, having the surface clothed with erect hair, it is abundantly distinguished from the present which is squamose and nearly cylindrical. APPENDIX. NOTES. iE: The genus Colusa is apparently regarded as identical with Echidnoglossa Woll. In order to determine if possible the truth in regard to the mutual relationship of these two gen- era, I have, therefore, made a short comparative study, tak- ing as a basis the careful description of HEchidnoglossa, given by Wollaston (Cat. Can. Col., p. 530). As, this study may be useful in future systematic investigations, it is given below: — In Echidnoglossa the ligula is slender, minutely bifid at apex; the labial palpi are distinctly 3-jointed, the joints subequal in length, the width decreasing. The posterior tarsi have the joints gradually and slightly decreasing in length to the fourth. In Colusa the ligula is elongate, very slender, slightly longer than the terminal joint of the labial palpi and is ap- parently perfectly simple at apex. The first two joints of the labial palpi are apparently cylindrical, rather short, 260 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. equal in diameter and closely connate or anchylosed; in most cases the suture is completely obliterated so that they appear to form but a single joint; the last joint is very long and slender, affixed very obliquely and is generally slightly longer than the first two together. The posterior tarsi are of rather peculiar structure; the first joint is fully as long as, sometimes distinctly longer than the next two together, the latter being equal in length and each distinctly shorter than the fourth; the fifth is generally longer than the first. If the words “elytris brevissimis” are to be accepted in their ordinary meaning, the genus of the Atlantic Islands must be remarkably different in appearance, since the elytra in Colusa are unusually long, wide and well developed. In the description of the single species of Echidnoglossa, Wol- laston states that it is alutaceous, scarcely punctulate, and sparsely pubescent. In Colusa the integuments are not alutaceous but polished, rather densely pubescent and deeply punctate, the elytra very coarsely and conspicuously so. The two genera are, nevertheless, allied by a very striking character which I have repeatedly verified in Colusa—the pentamerous tarsi—and Colusa is evidently the American representative of the eastern Echidnoglossa. I believe that enough has been said, however, to show that they should not be united without a much more careful comparison than has yet been accorded them. IT. The species described by me under the names Ilyobates (Bull. Cal. Acad. Sci. I, p. 307) belong in reality to Bolito- chara. By an unfortunate oversight the number of joints in the tarsi was recorded erroneously; both these genera possess the strongly elevated mesosternal carina. I am in- debted for this rectification to M. A. Fauvel. NORTH AMERICAN COLEOPTERA. 26] If. Attention is called to a very singular sexual character in a Californian species of Leptacinus, a figure of which is given on the plate. The species may possibly be brunnescens Lec. The pronotum of this specimen is not foveate at the sides, but another specimen of apparently the same species has a large deep fovea at about the middle of each side of the pronotum and very near the edge; the latter example has the sixth ventral segment simple and broadly rounded at the apex. TV: In the classification of the Coleoptera of North America— p. 97—oceurs the sentence: ‘‘The second ventral segment is marked with two short ridges.” As there is no such structure in our species of Stenini, the insertion of this phrase must be the result of an oversight. A Although the synonymical notices recently published by M. Fauvel through Dr. Horn (Proc. Ent. Sec. A. N.S., Phil., June, 1886, p. xiii) relating to several species of Stenini described by me may possibly be correct, there is a much greater probability of error. This probability almost amounts to a certainty in the case of Hemistenus reconditus, which is not the same as tarsalis Ljungh. In order to sub- stantiate this statement I would refer the reader to the out- lines of the tarsal claws of the two species, which I have figured on the plate accompanying the Revision. As for the other synonyms indicated by M. Fauvel, it can only be said that the descriptions of the species mentioned which are given by Erichson and Rey do not agree very satisfactorily with those which [I have drawn up as care- fully as possible in the Revision of the North American Stenini for the corresponding American forms. 262 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. In a group where the species are so excessively numerous and closely allied as in the Stenini, great care should be exercised in making synonymical statements, and, it may be added, there are probably extremely few species com- mon to Europe and North America. It is even possible that our familiar juno is not the same species as the Euro- pean juno, for the figure of the male sexual characters of this species given by Rey does not correspond, particularly the modification of the fifth segment, which scarcely agrees at all with the description which I have given for the Ameri- can species. vee Pryopuiti.—The statement made concerning this group (Class. Col. N. A., p. 99), viz, that the species are found under the bark of trees, is erroneous as far as the genus Pinophilus is concerned; the correct derivation of the word is given by Erichson (Gen. Staph., p. 670). Of the four species in my cabinet, the two collected by myself were taken in damp earth, under decomposing vegetable matter, and in a few instances under stones; the other two were at- tracted at night to the electric lights at El Paso, Texas. VEE PLATYSTETHUS SPIcuULUS Er.—Specimens of this species, which was described by Erichson from Colombia, South America, were recently taken at Galveston and Austin, Texas. These specimens correspond with others communi- cated by Dr. Duges, taken at Guanajuato, Mexico, showing that the species is of very wide distribution. The name should be added to our lists. WV GEE. AcLENus Er.—A colony of about forty specimens of a species which is probably A. brunneus Gyll., was recently taken by me in the environs of San Francisco. Full de- NORTH AMERICAN COLEOPTERA. 263 tails concerning the locality and other circumstances have been sent to the Entomological Society of Washington. IX. The statement of Dr. Horn (Proc. Ent. Sec. A. N. S. Phil.; June, 1886, p. xiii) concerning the identity of Platycerus Agassii Lec. and californicus Cas. is erroneous. These two species are mutually more dissimilar in outline, punctuation and general appearance than even oregonensis and depressus. Before describing californicus I had access to a very fine series of ten specimens of Agassi in the cab- inet of Mr. C, Fuchs, a specialist in this family, who had previously written a synopsis of the American species (Bull. Bk. Ent. Soc. V., p. 57). The specimens of this series agree perfectly with Mr. Fuchs’ description of the type of Agassii, and also with the description recently given by Mr. F. Blanchard (Tr. Am. Ent. Soc., XII. p. 169). Such absolute and unqualified assertions as the one re- ferred to on the part of Dr. Horn, unaccompanied by any comparative statements and hastily made without examining the type or even an authentic representative of the species condemned, are entirely uncalled for and generally of very little scientific value. ADDENDUM. As the present paper was passing through the press, it was found that the specific name exilis had already been employed for a species of Heterothops, and I therefore substitute the word occidentis. Fig. . J3—Orobanus rufipes Cas. . 14—0O. densus Cas. . 15 —Actidium rotundicolle Cas. . 16—Piilium sulcatum Cas. . 17—Smicrus americanus Cas. OQ 0g OQ 09 GQ 02° 0a" dq" CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. EXPLANATION OF THE PLATE. . 1—Reichenbachia tumorosa Cas.—Antenna . la—R. tumidicornis Cas.—Antenna J . 1b—R. informis Cas.—Antenna . 2—R., deformata Lec.—Antenna . 2a—R, fundata Cas.—Autenna . 26—R. franciscana Cas.—Antenna ¢ . 2—Eumitocerus tarsalis Cas. 3a—Anterior tibia and tarsus. 3b—Maxillary palpus. 3c—Posterior coxa. . 4—Leptacinus sp. incog.—Abdominal vertex showing long rigid sexual spine. 4a—Lateral view of same. g. 5—-Hesperobium Cas.—Base of abdomen beneath, showing structure. NotE-— This figure is referred to in the introductory notes of the present paper, p. 159. . 6—Leptogenius brevicornis Cas. 6a—Maxillary palpus. 7--Scopeus levigatus Gyll.—Infralateral view of prothorax showing form of intercoxal lamina. 7a—Labrum. g. 8—Scopeodera nitida Lec.—Same. 8a—Labrum. g. I—Leptorus picipes Cas.—Same. 9a—Labrum. . 10—Orus punctatus Cas.—Same. 10a—Labrum. . 11— Pelecomalium binotatum Cas.—I.abrum. lla—Maxillary palpus. 116—Posterior tarsus. lle—Labial palpus. 12—Lathrimeum humerale Cas. 18—Ditaphrus scymnoides Cas —Antenna. 19—Eleates occidentalis Cas. - 20—Renocis heterodoxus Cas. 20a—Slightly oblique side view of head. ee SUBMARINE VALLEYS ON THE PACIFIC COAST. 265 SUBMARINE VALLEYS ON THE PACIFIC COAST OF THE UNITED STATES. BY GEORGE DAVIDSON. Read at the Meeting of October 4th, 1886. (This paper was illustrated with diagrams.) The plateau of the Pacific Ocean reaches a depth of 2,000 to 2,400 fathoms within as little as forty or fifty miles of the Coast to the southward of Cape Mendocino. The descent to these profound depths is not uniform, however, except off the high range of the Santa Lucia. Generally there is a marginal plateau of ten miles out to the hundred fathom curve, and then the descent is sharp to five or six hundred fathoms. Off the level and shallow plateau of the Gulf of the Farallones, the descent is rapid within five miles of the South Hast Farallones, and reaches 2,000 fathoms in fifty miles. The determination of these great depths we owe to the deep sea soundings of Commodore Belknap, of which a full discussion was presented by me to the Academy in 1873-4. Into this marginal plateau of one hundred fathoms there have been developed, in the course of the operations of the United States Coast and Geodetic Survey, several remarka- ble submarine valleys. Notably that in Monterey Bay, heading to the low lands at the great bend of the Salinas River; and that off Point Hueneme at the eastern entrance to the Santa Barbara Channel, also heading into the low coast at the wide opening of the Santa Clara Valley. Then there are one or two near the mouth of the Laguna Mugu, two or three off the southern point of Carmel Bay, while the deep- est one enters far into the Bay. These all have remarkable characteristics which I have heretofore brought to the no- tice of the Academy. 266 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. Submarine Valley I. The latest developments of sub- marine valleys are near the high, bold coast under Cape Mendocino. A submarine ridge runs southward from Point Delgada at Shelter Cove, in latitude 40° 01’, for ten miles or more. But the depth of the marginal plateau at 100 fathoms is about six or seven miles from the shore. Just north of this bank, off Shelter Cove, there has been developed a deep submarine valley where it breaks through the marginal plateau and runs sharply into the immmediate coast-line under the culminating point of the crest-line of mountains. The head of this submarine valley is 100 fath- oms deep at one and a quarter miles from the shore, and the depth of 25 fathoms almost reaches to the rocks under the clitis. The mountain peak toward which it points is 4,236 feet above the sea and only two and a half miles in- side the shore line. The 100 fathom line lies six miles off Point Delgada, but where the valley breaks through the marginal plateau the depth reaches 400 fathoms. The slopes of the sides of this valley are very steep. Submarine Valley II. Hence northwestward to Point Gorda the 100 fathom line of soundings continues nearly parallel with the coast line except about midway, where a minor submarine valley 300 to 150 fathoms deep stretches sharply toward the shore, and within two and a half miles thereof. The head lies two and a half miles south by east from Spanish Flat, under the mountains. But immediately north of the point, there is a very deep submarine valley which comes in from the westsouthwest, and heads close un- der the shore three miles north of Point Gorda, and there- fore less than a mile north of the mouth of the Mattole River. The head of this great submarine valley, at the 30 fathom line, is only one-third of a mile from the shore in latitude 40° 181’. The depth of 100 fathoms in the valley is only one and a half miles from shore, and the sides of the valley SUBMARINE VALLEYS ON THE PACIFIC coast. 267 are remarkably steep. The 100 fathom curve of the valley comes close between the general 30 fathom curve on the north and south, where they are one-third of a mile apart. The opening of this valley through the edge of the 100 fathom plateau is 520 fathoms deep, and is only six miles S. 62° W. from Point Gorda. The barrier of coast line at the head of this valley is over 2,000 feet high. Submarine Valley II. Between Point Gorda and Cape Mendocino there is a second submarine valley, a little nearer to the cape. It comes in from the westward, but does not indent the 20 fathom line along the shore, but the depth of 100 fathoms in the valley is only one-third of a mile outside the regular 25 fathom coast line, and lies five miles 8. by E. from Cape Mendocino light house. The 450 fathom sounding in the entrance to the valley is only six and a half miles SW. by 8S. from the cape, and this valley is comparatively wide. Its north side is formed bya 30 fathom submarine plateau extending five miles from the cape. This valley heads under the great mountain mass, rising behind Cape Mendocino and reaching 3,400 feet ele- vation. The bottom of the valley is green mud, and yet in two places, at depths of 320 fathoms, broken shells were brought up with gravel. Both slopes of the valley are green mud up to about 30 or 85 fathoms, when the bottom changes to fine gray sand. Between the two submarine valleys of Point Gorda (II.) and Cape Mendocino (III.), the submarine ridge carries 50 fathoms out for four and a quarter miles from shore; the bottom is green mud outside of 35 to 40 fathoms, with fine gray sand inside. Northward of the Cape Mendocino submarine valley, the irregular bottom off Cape Mendocino, marked by Blunt’s reef, stretches well to the westward of the usual coast 268 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. depths, and is thence spread out towards Humboldt Bay as a broad and comparatively shallow plateau. Two problems are at once suggested by these submarine valleys. One is eminently practical. Steam coasting ves- sels bound for Humboldt Bay, when they get as far north as Shelter Cove in very thick fogs, haul into the shore to find soundings, and then continue parallel with the shore. One vessel has been lost by failing to find bottom until close upon the rocky coast. This steamer doubtless sounded up the axis of the deep submarine valley off King Peak, and could find no bottom. Had the existence of this valley been known, the vessel would have proceeded in a more guarded manner. The second bearing which these great submarine valleys have, is upon the deep sea fauna which must be brought close under the shores, the more especially as they bring in the colder waters coming down the coast outside of the in- fluence of the close inshore eddy current to the northward. ORNITHOLOGY OF GUADALUPE ISLAND. 269 ADDITIONS TO THE ORNITHOLOGY OF GUADALUPE ISLAND BY WALTER E. BRYANT. The avifauna of Guadalupe Island was entirely unknown to science until 1875, when Dr. Edward Palmer, in the in- terest of the U. S. National Museum, made a collection of seventy-two specimens embracing eight species of land birds and one water bird found dead on the island.’ The results of this work were published by Mr. Robert Ridg- way.” In ‘‘ The Birds of Guadalupe Island,” Mr. Ridgway remarks that ‘‘the land birds contained in the collection from Guadalupe embrace only eight species, so that the fauna of the island is by no means fully represented; indeed, the collector observed a humming-bird, two kinds of owls, and a hawk, of which no specimens were obtained. This is to be regretted, since most, if not all, of these would doubt- less have proved new. It is altogether likely, too, that other species escaped notice, and thus remain to be dis- covered; a rich field is therefore left to the future ex- plorer.” I have twice visited in pursuit of ornithological studies this remote island, which is extremely difficult of access. In January, 1885, I spent a brief time on Guadalupe, sufficient time, indeed, to but increase my desire for further investi- Note !.—The eight species of land birds were determined to be new to science. The water bird was an adult specimen in breeding plumage of the Pacific Loon (Urinator pacificus). Nore ?.—‘‘Ornithology of Guadeloupe Island, based on notes and collect- ions, made by Dr. Edward Palmer.” Bulletin, Hayden’s Survey, 1876, No. 2, p. 183. See, also, Bulletin of the Nuttall Ornithological Club, Vol. II, p. 58, July, 1877. 19—BuLu. Cau. AcAp. Scr. II. 6. Issued January 5, 1887. 270 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. gation. Through the kindness of Mr. Luis Huller I was enabled at the end of the same year to make a second visit, landing on the island on December 16, 1885. My expecta- tion was to stay about six weeks, but as it eventuated, it was one hundred and twelve days before an opportunity presented itself for me to leave the island. During these three months and a half I had ample time to most thoroughly prospect the island and to make a careful study, not only of the birds themselves but of their habits, number and distribution. Guadalupe being almost unknown and charts quite unat- tainable, a few words in the way of description may serve to render more lucid the remarks which follow. Guadalupe Island is situated about two hundred and twenty miles to the southward and westward of San Diego, the northern extremity lying in about 29° 10’ N., 118° 18’ W. Extending about fifteen miles in length, with a max- imum width of five miles, it is said to reach at its highest point an altitude of 4,523 feet. It is of volcanic origin, asis is evidenced by the loose, burnt rocks, and broken lava which cover the entire island. Rocks varying in size from the smallest pebble to that of a cocoa nut are thickly strewn about on every hand, while in places, huge boulders and ledges crop out. An unbroken ridge rising to its greatest height in the central portion extends the entire length of the island from north to south, forming a ‘‘ hog’s back.” On the western side of this range, the land slopes rapidly towards the ocean, ending in many places in high perpen- dicular cliffs. Towards the south the land is somewhat lower, sloping more gradually and ending less abruptly. It is noticeable that the southern part of the island, which is the lowest, is very rocky and barren, no trees growing below the central mesa. Whatever vegetation exists there, consists of stunted alfileria and scattered sagebrush. The western side is broken by two great canons separated by a barren hill of ORNITHOLOGY OF GUADALUPE ISLAND. re reddish rock. The northern portion consists of a very sharp ridge nearly or quite perpendicular on the western face, while on the eastern slope it descends rapidly and hides its surface under a covering of sagebrush. For convenience of reference, I shall mention the wooded tracts under four distinct heads :— First—At the northern end of the island is a fast decay- ing forest of pines, extending within narrow limits along the sharp ridge and down the almost perpendicular western face. Among these pines are to be found a few hardy oaks upon whose branches grow huge acorns, said to be the largest in the world. A few isolated pines are found grow- ing along the ridge nearly to its central portion. Second—Far down on the northwestern slope is a large grove of cabbage palms. Third—On the highest part of the island, with the excep- tion of a single peak (Mt. Augusta), is situated a large grove of cypress trees covering an area of a mile or more on the western slope; the eastern side of this forest ends abruptly at the edge of the ridge, below which is a comparatively level table land. Fourth—On this plateau grows a small cypress grove. Here I had my permanent camp, within half a mile of which were several springs and pools of water. With the excep- tion of one spring here and one or two towards the north, all the waters were more or less strongly alkaline. When- ever rain collected in the rocky basin of the small arroyos, this water was used in preference to the alkali water of the springs. The vegetation in a wet season, as was the winter of 1885-6, consisted chiefly of the common alfileria, while in places, especially about old goat corrals, dense growth of malva had sprung up. Throughout the entire length of the island, there grows in places a small white sagebrush with yellow blossoms. This sagebrush, to- gether with the bark of the cypress trees, serves 272 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. in dry years as food for the goats, who numbered, I should judge, about two thousand. In the large cypress grove I saw scarcely a tree that did not bear the marks of their teeth. The climate of Guadalupe was, at that season of the year, quite cool, in fact the nights were so cold that ice occasion- ally formed, while frost was of common occurrence. To- wards spring the weather moderated considerably, and in the summer, I am told, itis very warm. During many days the north-westers blew keenly, rising at times almost toagale. The fogs were very dense, and, driven by high winds, swept over the island, saturating it like rain. Although the rains were at no time very heavy, the slop- ing and rocky formation of the land allows most of it to flow off, so that afew hours of rain would send small tor- rents rushing down the arroyos. The work of preparing specimens was beset with many difficulties. On some days the large blow-flies that swarmed about camp compelled me to prepare and pack in a green condition the specimens as soon as brought in. But more trouble was caused by the dense fogs that often enveloped the camp and so relaxed skins that were not tightly boxed, as to render it necessary to reset them. The accommoda- tions, moreover, were not the most suitable, nor were the comforts of life in excess of the demand for them. As a result of three and a half months’ sojourn on the island, the number of known species has been increased by twenty- seven, making a total of thirty-six known to the island. Four of the straggling species, viz.:—Mountain Bluebird, Varied Thrush, Townsend’s Sparrow and Golden-crowned Sparrow, are recorded for the first time from so southern a latitude as Guadalupe Island, while their presence so far off shore, is of scarcely less interest. It is shown quite con- clusively that the four species (certainly three of them) that were noted, but not taken in 1875, are not new to science. ‘The very natural supposition to the contrary held by many, served to attract me to the island. ORNITHOLOGY ©: °.CUADALUPE ISLAND. 273 There yet remain un: iown the eggs of Pipilo consobrinus foto) ’ Thryothorus brevicaudus and Polyborus lutosus, and also the young plumage of Thryothorus brevicaudus, Colaptes rufi- pileus and Regulus obscurus. From Dr. Palmer’s notes I was led to suppose that the breeding season on Guadalupe differed but slightly, if any, from that about the vicinity of San Francisco Bay. Per- sonal observation, however, reveals the fact that on the island it is several months earlier, nesting beginning with many of the species in the winter, as will be seen by the dates accompanying the notes. The researches made by Mr. L. Belding on the western eoast of Lower California, disclose the fact that, as far south as Cerros Island (about 23 deg. north), the birds do not differ from those found near San Diego. With the exception of a pair of falcons (f/. mexicanus ?), which were not taken, the subjoined is a complete list of the birds which I found inhabiting Guadalupe Island. Nevertheless, there is a strong probability that others have and will find rest in transit, or permanently, as in the case of the cross-bills and nuthatches. Without going into the details of a strict technical treatise, I will endeavor to give a full account of the habits, distribution and num- bers of the birds from my personal observation. The measurements have been carefully taken and com- pared with specimens and published descriptions, those of the more common species being omitted. The Mexican names of many birds were not known to the inhabitants, and in some instances it was evident that they either confounded the species or applied to a bird the name of some similar bird with which they were familiar. As they may, however, be of use to others who may visit the island, I append the names as they were given me: 1.—Buteo borealis calurus.—‘‘ Aguilia,” which more strictly means an eagle. DA CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. 2.—Tinnunculus sparverius.—‘‘ Gavalancillo.” 3.—Polyborus lutosus.— ‘‘ Queleli.” 4.—Speotyto cunicularia hypogzea.—“ Lechuza.” 5.—Colaptes rufipileus.—‘ Carpentero.’’ This name is ap- plied to several of the woodpeckers in California, partic- ularly Melanerpes formicivorus bairdi. 6.—Micropus melanoleucus.—‘‘ Golondrina.’’ Also apphed to swallows in Lower California. 7.—Trochilus anna. — ‘‘Chuparrosa.”. Humming birds generally. 8.—Carpodacus amplus.—‘‘ Gorrion.” Pronounced ‘‘ Bu- rion,’ as itis spelled in B. B. & R. Hist. N. Am. Birds. In Calitornia C. frontalis rhodocolpus is also known by this name. 9,—Junco insularis.—‘‘ Gorrion azul.”’ 10.—Oroscoptes montanus.—‘‘ Sinsontle.’ 11.—Salpinctes guadeloupensis.—‘“‘ Saltapared. 12.—Regulus obscurus.—‘‘ Canaria.”’ 13.—Merula migratoria propinqua.—‘‘ Silguero.’ To Mr. H. W. Henshaw, Mr. W.O. Emerson and the authorities of the U. S. National Museum, I am much in- debted for the use of specimens with which to compare my own. I also wish to express my thanks to Mr. L. Belding for valuable information and suggestion, and to Capt. L.W. Johnston for his many kind offices during the two voyages which I have made with him. To Mr. John Lehr, the island agent, my thanks are due for his valuable aid during my stay. The nomenclature and order of the A. O. U. checklist has been followed in the preparation of this paper. b) 99 1. Larus occidentalis. WesterN GuLu.—A few single birds were seen off shore alighting on rocks which at high tide were entirely covered. I was told that the gulls had formerly bred in considerable numbers at the southern end of the island, where they were ORNITHOLOGY OF GUADALUPE ISLAND. ps, not so frequently molested by the ‘‘ Quelelis.” The latter, said my informant, had often been seen in the act of rob- bing the gulls of their eggs. The birds can undoubtedly nest at the present time on any other portion of the shore, especially the northern, where they would be comparatively free from this source of danger. Had more time been at disposal, a trip of a few days along shore might have re- sulted in the discovery of a breeding colony, although the month of April was rather early to look for gull’s eggs. Specimens in both adult and immature plumage in num- ‘bers were noticed about the island, but after getting well out to sea on the return voyage, the schooner was accompa- nied by a few adult birds only. On approaching the Cali- ' fornian coast, these were joined by a number of others, ac- companied by a few birds of immature plumage. Appar- ently the younger birds are not partial to long flights at sea, with the chances of encountering heavy weather, and there- fore prefer to follow the coast-line. If such be the case, the immature birds of Guadalupe may have been reared there, and were loath to put to sea in pursuit of vessels. 2. Puffinus gavia. BLACK-VENTED SHEARWATER.—A. decayed specimen, found on top of the island in April, has kindly been identified by Dr. Cooper as this species. One stormy night in Jan- uary, [ heard a bird, as he flew past camp, making a pecu- liar rasping squawk, and although I subsequently heard the same sound on numerous occasions, more particularly when encamped at a lower altitude, I was yet unable to detect the © author of it. My Mexican companion said the bird that made the sound was a ‘‘Cuapo,” common in Mexico; he also drew in explanation the outline of the bill of some ra- pacious bird; sach information is, of course, extremely un- reliable. Since then I have not found any one who knows of a bird by the name “‘Cuapo.”’ I was inclined to assign the sounds 276 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. to sea-birds, which hypothesis was strengthened by my hearing a far greater number of these night-fliers along the beach than on the top of the island, where the dead one was found. Inthe afternoon on which I left the island, large flocks of Shearwaters were seen a few miles from shore, all of which were on the wing, not much above the waves. Some or all may have been of this species. As the schooner neared Los Coronados Islands (about twenty miles south- west of San Diego), large flocks were seen on the water but rose long before the boat reached them. 3. Oceanodroma leucorhoa. Leacn’s Perret.—In the latter part of January, I was encamped for a few days upon a narrow shelf of rock below the top of a steep hillside, which formed a quiet lee where some slight protection could be had against the gale. No ornithological work was possible, and nothing could be done for the three days of the storm’s continuance but to hug the camp fire. At midnight of the last day, my com- panion awakened me to announce that some ‘little owls” were flying about. Every few minutes a bird would pass the small circle of light or hover for an instant in the glow above the fire, while from the enveloping darkness their calls and replies could be clearly heard. There seemed to be four or five close by, but so quick were they in their movements, with flight as erratic as that of a bat, that I found it impossible to shoot them. The next night, I set a steel trap, but the bait, consisting of a Junco, remained un- touched. The birds came about my camp only on the darkest nights or, if any were flying during moonlight, they were entirely silent. After the setting of the moon, how- ever, even though as late as four o’clock in the morning, they would make their appearance with their peculiar call. The note I find hard to describe; perhaps I may best char- acterize it by saying that they seemed to call hurriedly, “* here’s-a-letter,” ‘‘ here’s-a-letter,” and tb-n from the dark- ORNITHOLOGY OF GUADALUPE ISLAND. OTT ness came the reply from another that I supposed to be at rest, ‘‘for you,” ‘for you.” Toward the north I often found wings or other fragments of a petrel, and sometimes the entire body with the excep- tion of the head. Of several dozen picked up from the eround but one entire bird was found. Scores of these bodies were found, some of them partially eaten. My Mexi- can said that this wholesale slaughter was the work of cats, but only one or two of these animals were seen, while de- capitated petrels were lying about on all sides. There were many small holes in the moist hillside open- ing under boulders and fallen branches. Digging into these holes for a distance of from one to three feet, my search was rewarded by the discovery of petrels and fresh eggs. During the greater part of two days I dug into about eighty burrows, in most of which a single bird was found. In some cases a single egg, never more, laid upon a few pine needles in an enlarged chamber at the extremity of the burrow was disclosed to view on removing the bird. The birds seemed dazed when brought to light, and walked or fluttered helplessly along the ground for a few feet until they sufficiently recovered from their fright to make use of their wings. When tossed into the air they descended lightly and made their way.among the tree-trunks and wind- falls, dodging limbs and branches with a quick, bat-like motion. I donot know whether they flew out to sea or found concealment until nightfall, but the latter course seems the more probable. Seldom did a bird make a sound when seized, but occa- sionally a cry like that of a bird in distress would escape them. One individual, however, while being unearthed, kept up the peculiar night-call which had so puzzled me about the camp-fire. Their favorite breeding-ground was on the pine ridge, but nests were found as far south as the small cypress grove. It was very difficult to secure clean specimens since, upon 278 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. being caught, they invariably vomited and purged a reddish, thin, oily fluid of an extremely strong odor. The single egg which they lay is held against the abdomen of the sit- ting bird. It is shaped much like a pigeon’s egg, white in in color, while one end is wreathed with a fine spattering of minute dots of reddish brown and pale lavender. The average measurements of fifty eggs taken March 4th and 5th, is 35.7 x 27 mm. The largest eggs measure 37.5 x 27.5; 38x 27.5; 37 x 28 mm., and the smallest 31.5 x 26; 32.5 x 25.5; ; 33 x 27 mm. DIMENSIONS OF SPECIMENS. | Collector’ Sexand | 5 Tail | Middle No. c age. Wing. | feath’rs Dee tL caetee Tarsus. |toe aud } claw. mm, | mm. mm. mm. | mm. mm. 2555 Fs ad Loy eal $5 25 17 | 25 29 2556 3 ad 162 92 28 17 23 29 2558 4 ad 158 87 23 16 23 28 2559 4 ad 161 90 30 lb 25 23 2560 6 ad. 162 93 25 15.5 295 28 2561 4 ad. 160 89 | 32 17 24 28 2563 $ ad. 166 Yd = 17 25 29.5 2564 6 ad. 168 | 94 | 32 17 | 23 30 2566 winds 162 92 26 16.5 24 29 2567 Shad 166 Dias Dak Le See 24 30 2568 $ ae 160 92 —= | 15:5 22.5 28 2557 2 aa 171 99 | 30. | «216 24 25 2562 ane 167 <9) STN BO ly oI6 22 29 2565 abe 159° | "96 = Ue the 26 30 No. 11,164 in the collection of the Cal. Academy of Sciences, from At- lantic Ocean, measures—Tail, 94 mm.; depth of fork, 18 mm.; culmen, 16 mm.; tarsus, 22.5 mm.; middle toe and claw, 24.5 mm. No. 11,165 in the collection of the Cal. Academy of Sciences, from At- lantic Ocean, measures—Tail, 92 mm.; depth of fork, 18 mm.; culmen, 16 mm.; tarsus, 22 mm.; middle toe and claw, 25 mm. There is indicated in the longer tail, greater depth of fork and longer middle toe which is constant in the Guadalupe example, a Pacific or at least a Guadalupe Island form of Oceanodroma, differing mainly in these respects from O. leucorhoa. But I have not at present suffivient material from the Atlantic Coast to determine this satisfactorily. ——— ORNITHOLOGY OF GUADALUPE ISLAND. 279 4, Anser albifrons gambeli. AMERICAN WHITE-FRONTED Goose.—At my first visit on January 14, 1885, I shot a goose, which I have no doubt was of this species. The bird was a solitary individual, found a few hundred yards from the beach, and when shot fell over a cliff and was lost. Although flying well when flushed, it covered but a short distance before alighting. In the vicinity where it was first seen were many signs indi- cating that the bird had been there for some time, or that a flock had rested there during a migration. The young grass just appearing above the ground furnished sufficient food. 5. Buteo borealis calurus. WestTERN Rep-rTatt.—This is a resident species, and is probably the hawk seen by Dr. Palmer, but of which no specimen was obtained. They were not common, not more than three or four being seen during any single day, and probably the same birds were counted over several times in the course of a week. At the time of my departure I esti- mated their number as about equalling that of the Caracara eagle. They were oftener seen toward the north where the pines offered a high roosting-place. On pleasant days they extended their hunting excursions toward the south, some- times remaining for days in the vicinity of the small cypress grove, but on the occasion of foggy or rainy weather they disappeared, seeking shelter among the pines, where, perched on branches close to the leeward side of the trunk, they waited storm-bound till hunger or fair weather called them away. ‘Their extreme wariness and the nature of the country prevented me from securing more than a single specimen. This is an adult male, which was taken on the edge of the small cypress grove January 5. No nests were seen, but I have no doubt that among the scattered pines these birds hatch and rear their young. 280 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. DIMENSIONS OF SPECIMEN COLLECTED. Collector’s No. Sex ard age, Wing. Tail-feathers.| Bill from nostril/Tarsus,| Middle toe 2403 | gad. | 385 204 23 70 48 } Tris, dark brown. Cere, commissure and toes, chrome yellow. Length, 517 mm. Extent, 1249.5 mm. 6. Falco sparverius, AMERICAN SpaRrRowW-Hawk.—During the two days spent on the island in January, 1885, I saw a single pair of these birds, but only succeeded in securing the female. My so- journ during the winter and spring of the following year showed the birds to be a resident species. It was seldom that one could not approach within gun shot, even in open ground, while the bird was sitting perched upon either a boulder or the dead branch of a cypress. They especially frequented the central and higher portions of the island. By the middle of February male and female were seen in company, one pair remaining near some isolated cypress tree, while another pair had evidently taken up their abode in a rocky cliff, the absence of suitable tree-cavities forcing them to adopt some convenient hole in the rockg for a nest- ing place. Their means of subsistence, during the time of my obser-: vation, consisted of coleoptera, caterpillars and other insects, upon which food they became quite fat. I did not see them in pursuit of small birds, and believe it is not their custom to molest them, at least while insect food can be obtained. LIST OF SPECIMENS COLLECTED. Sex Collector’s} and Date. Wing. Tail {Bill from)Tarsus. | Middle No. age. feathers.| nostril. toe. mm. mm. mm. mm, mm. 2410 F) January 21, 1886 188 124 10 3l 23 2520 | ¢ad| February 15, 1886 188 122 1l 34 25 2519 | Qad| February 15, 1886 195 122 11.5 35 23 1687 | Qad| January 15, 1885 192 125 else 36 24 ORNITHOLOGY OF GUADALUPE ISLAND. 281 The feet, cere and ophthalmic region, yellow in all four. No. 2410.—Moulting. Blue of wings almost unspotted. Gizzard contained beetles only. No. 2520.—Contained insects. ; No. 2519.—Very fat. Gizzard contained caterpillars. 7» Polyborus lutosus. GUADALUPE CaRAcARA.—In January, 1885, during a two days’ excursion about the central part of the island, but four ‘‘ Quelelis ” were seen. By 1886 their number had been reduced by more than a score by the island agent, who never missed an opportunity to kill one. Arriving on the island in the summer time, when.the birds came to the shallow pools to drink, the agent would lie in wait behind a boulder and pick them off with a rifle. The birds, if missed, heeding not the shot, or, if but slightly wounded, not realizing the danger, remained near, making certain the destruction of all that came to drink at the fatal spring. During my rambles I frequently came upon the weather- beaten carcasses of “ Quelelis ” lying where they had fallen. In one place, four were found lying dead together. In regard to their numbers and destructiveness towards the goats running wild there, the facts noticed by Dr. Pal- mer in 1875, thoroughly substantiated by information given me by sea-captains and seal-hunters, are not apparent at the present time. Dr. Palmer’s assistant, Mr. Harry Stew- art of San Diego, writes me that he is unable to say how many were on the island at the time he was there, but that they were in great numbers. Their range extends over the entire island, from beach to summit. I believe that the killing of several goats each week near the central part of the island, attracted almost the entire number of ‘‘ Quelelis” to that vicinity, Being of an unsuspicious character, they will allow a per- son to walk directly towards them until within shooting dis- tance, merely watching the intruder until the distance be- comes less than agreeable. If they happen to be upon the 282 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. ground they beat a retreat at an awkward walk or, if neces- sary, a run, taking wing only as a last resort, and even then flying but a short distance before alighting. Their actions, gait and positions, while on the ground are similar to those of a buzzard. In flight, the hght color on the primaries is distinctly shown. During several consecutive days, a ‘‘Queleli” came to my camp, searching for scraps of food. One day I saw him making off, at a walk, from the cook-house, carrying with him a piece of bone from the leg of a goat, and upon which a little raw meat still adhered. With this bone, fully nine inches in length, grasped firmly in his bill, he retired to what he considered a safe distance before commencing his feast. As far as my observations went, the birds were entirely suent, but the agent informed me that when perchance a rifle ball carried away a wing or a foot, the unfortunate bird would scream long and loudly. If the wounded creature happened to be in company with others of his kind, he would be immediately attacked and killed. One which was badly wounded attempted to escape by running, with the assistance of his wings. Being overtaken and brought to bay, instead of throwing himself on his back in an attitude of defence, or uttering a cry for quarter, he raised his crest and with an air of defiance, calmly awaited death as became the Eagle of Guadalupe. Weakened by the loss of blood which poured from a wound in his throat, he finally fell for- ward and died—silent and defiant to the last. If a goat was killed and not immediately taken to camp, the hunter was almost certain to find upon his return that a ‘‘Queleli” (rarely more than one) had taken ,possession of the carcass. Their food during the season of caterpillars consists almost entirely of these larve, with a slight variation afforded by occasional beetles and crickets. Whenever op- portunity offers they are ready to gorge themselves upon ORNITHOLOGY OF GUADALUPE ISLAND. 283 the offal of a slain goat, retiring after the banquet to a con- venient tree to await the process of digestion. JI have never known of their eating the bodies of their own species, but they do not object to making a meal off the flesh of a fat petrel if fortune casts a dead one in their way. The goats, I believe, are seldom molested in a time of plenty by the few Eagles that remain, although during a scarcity of food, it is not unlikely that they would attack a kid or possibly even a full grown animal. By the latter part of April, the birds had apparently not paired, and I believe the eggs are not laid until the latter part of May or June. - The Mexicans said that a cliff was always chosen for a nesting place, thus making their nests difficult to find and still more difficult of access. This being the case, I fear the eggs will long remain unknown. LIST OF SPECIMENS. | Culmen Collector’s No.|Sex and age. Date. Wing.|Tail.) from |Tarsus| Middle toe. cere. mm.{mm.| mm. | mm. mm. 1692 6 ad. |Jan. 15, 1885} 462 | 260] 32 92 51 2387 6 ad. |Jan. +, 1886} 390 | 260) 33 84 53 2577 6 ad. |March 16, 1886] 399 | 260) 33 88 53 1691 6 ad. |Jan. 15, 1885! 418 | 276) 33 89 53 1699 6 ad. |Jan. 15, 1885] 405 | 268) 33 89 56 2408 6 ad. |Jan. 8, 1886] 412 | 266) 33 90 50 2504 @ ad. |Feb. 16, 1886) 418 | 285! 33 $4 54 2581 6 ad. |March 22, 1886] 414 | 273) 33 90 55 2409 6 im. |Jan. 18, 1885! 405 | 260) 32 92 54 2576 6 im. |March 16, 1886) 408 | 257! 32 88 54 Remarks.—The adult birds have light-brown eyes. Bill, pale bluish white. Cere, lores, feet and legs, chrome yellow. The yellow of lores as- sumes a salmon color soon after death. but this disappears for a short time if a finger is pressed upon the spot, resuming again the salmon color as the skin dries. Immature birds have dark-brown eyes. Bill, light bluish. Lores, not chrome yellow. Feet and legs, nearly ‘‘ Naples yellow’ in color. All of the so-called immature birds which I have seen (five in number) have been in worn or ragged plumage. 284 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. No. 1692Length, 609mm. One foot missing from below the knee; an old wound. No. 2387—Length, 603 mm. Extent, 1260.5 mm. Contained feathers and pieces of goat meat. No. 1691—Length, 631mm. Extent, 1308 mm. No, 2581—Fat. Ovaries slightly enlarged. Stomach contained a foot and some feathers of a petrel. No. 2409—Ovaries very small. 8. Speotyto cunicularia hypogea. Burrowine Owxi.—This species may or may not be one of the two kinds of ‘‘Strigide’’ mentioned in the ‘‘Ornithology of Guadeloupe Island,” but of which no specimens have ever been taken. It was the only species which I met with, and I have no positive evidence of there being any other owls on the island while I was there, although whenever a favorable night offered itself, 1 seized the opportunity to watch for nocturnal birds. The Mexicans said that there was a large Owl (‘“Teco- lote’’}, which they had occasionally heard hooting at night, but that it was very rare. From Dr. Palmer's assistant, I learned that one of the owls which was known to be on the island was a Horned Owl (Bubo). A single pair of Ground Owls were the only ones of this species met with. They frequented the open ground on the central part of the island near the alkali pools, appearing only after dusk. The notes made at the time will perhaps give the best idea of the bird’s habits as far as these were observed. The third night on which I had watched for them was unusually calm and quite chilly. The lingering twilight rendered objects still visible through the approach- ing gloom. Nearing a large boulder beside which I pur- posed to take my stand for that evening, I suddenly started up one of the very birds of which I was in search. Fright- ened by my approach, she rose a short distance in front of me, and instead of alighting on a rock, as I expected, and thus keeping me within sight, she dropped behind it, dis- ORNITHOLOGY OF GUADALUPE ISLAND. 2.85 appearing instantly. As I cautiously circled around the spot, I noticed her head peering out from one side of the boulder, and at once fired. After smoothing out her plum- age and placing her upon a rock, I stationed myself against the boulder and gun in hand watched for the male whose call I had heird issuing from the darkness. Soon the call was repeated nearer than before, and the form of an owl rose dark above the horizon not twenty feet away. He dis. covered my presence just as I threw my gun into position, and giving a cry of alarm, swerved off. He was, however, too late and was soon placed upon the rock beside his maie. They were both very fat, one was gorged with caterpillars, the other contained a single small beetle. LIST OF SPESIMENS COLLECTED. Collector’s number. Sex and age. Date. 2453 Gad. Feb. 2, 1886. 2452 2 ad. Feb. 2, 1886. Iris and feet yellow. 9. Colaptes rufipileus. GuADALUPE FLLickER.—Comparatively speaking, this bird was not rare in the restricted area of the large cypress grove, but apart from this locality less than a dozen were seen. Three specimens were taken among some palms within a short distance from the beach on the eastern side of the island. One only was heard among the pines at the north- ern portion, and in the vicinity of the large palm grove on the northwestern slope they were occasionally seen. Of all the species of this family I have ever met with, none have been so tame and unsuspicious or less frightened by the report of a gun. In January I witnessed a peculiar habit not before noticed, I believe, in birds of this genus. A pair of Flickers were perched facing each other upon a 20—BuLu. Cau. Acap. Scr. Il. 6. Issued January 5, 1887 286 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. gnarled root about three feet from the ground, their heads within a foot of each other. Suddenly the male, who had been sitting motionless before the female, began a some- what grotesque performance, which consisted in a rapid bobbing of his head. In this he was immediately followed by the female. This spasmodic bobbing and bowing they repeated alternately a few times, when both stopped as sud- denly as they had commenced. After an interval of a few seconds the male began again and was joined by the female. The movement resembled more an upward jerk of the head than a bow. Approaching on my hands and knees to get a closer view, I could hear a low chuckling sound while these strange ac- tions were in progress. What the outcome of this love- making—for such I regarded it—would have been I did not ascertain. The fear of losing the specimens —almost the first I had seen—prompted me to fire. The first shot brought down the female. At the report away flew the male, followed by another male, which, unseen by me, had been quite near, on the ground. They returned while I was still holding the female, and thus gave me an opportunity of securing them both. Their evident lack of timidity per- mitted me to draw near enough to plainly distinguish the characteristic bright red cheek- patches. In February I saw a repetition of the action above noted, the birds being in a cypress tree above me. They were very tame, espe- cially the female, who came quite near as I lay upon the ground, whistling ‘‘ quit-tu,” ‘‘ quit-tu,” and watching her puzzled actions. In a half-dead cypress this pair had par- tially pecked a cavity for a nest. In addition to the familiar scythe-whetting notes they have the peculiar ‘‘ wake-up” call and its rapid prelude of monosyllables. By imitating this call I decoyed a distant female to within short range, the bird coming through the thickest of the cypress grove, stopping at short intervals to call and listen for a reply. ORNITHOLOGY OF GUADALUPE ISLAND. 287 The food of this species during a portion of the year con- sists largely of smooth-skinned caterpillars, besides numer- ous beetles and ants; the latter are always obtainable and growing to a large size figure as an important item of their diet. The scarcity of decayed trees with the exception of fall- en ones, necessitates either work upon seasoned wood or the resort to dead palm stumps. The nests will therefore be found at heights varying from three to fifteen feet. By March 16, the birds were invariably found in pairs, and my wish to secure a setting of eggs before departing seemed in a fair way of being fulfilled. Strolling among the cypress on the 27th of March, I found four trees upon which the birds were at work or had been recently, and in such cases the birds themselves were always to be found in the immediate vicinity. Passing a half-dead tree I heard the sounding taps of a woodpecker at work, and as I neared the spot, the slight noise which I made as I carefully picked my way over the rock-strewn ground caused a handsome male bird to suddenly appear at an opening about four feet high. With a foot grasping either side of the entrance he gazed upon the intruder. Having comprehended the situa- tion, he flew to another tree, where he quietly awaited my inspection and departure. The hole was then down about fifteen inches. By April 7, it had reached a depth of about twenty inches and contained six fresh eggs, upon which the female was then sitting. As no description has hitherto appeared of the eggs of this species it may be well to pre- sent here the measurements of this set. (No. 803, author’s odlogical collection.) They correspond exactly, both in color and general shape, with scores of other eggs of this genus, and offer the following measurements in millimeters: 28x22; 28x22; 28x22.5; 29x22; 29.5x22; 29.5x22. A comparison of the measurements of the specimens taken on Guadalupe Island with those of the same genus which I have in my possession may be of interest. Although on the one hand the collection from the island 288 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. is probably the largest that has been obtained, yet on the other hand my series of the other form is not as full as could be desired, and furthermore I possess neither specimen nor description of the recently added variety saturatior. In the late revision of the nomenclature of North American birds, the variety hybridus was rejected. It seemed improbable that the wide departures from typical examples of either auratus or cafer could be attributed to hybridism. This fact impressed itself more and more on my mind by. the ever - Increasing occurrence of the so-called Hybrid Flicker. Specimens of this genus, however, are found which no stretch of the imagination can reconcile with any existing description of auratus, cafer or rufipileus, and I have no doubt that similar departures may be found in specimens of chrysoides and saturatior. DIMENSIONS OF ¢ ad. C. RUFIPILEUS. | i Collector’s No. Date. 1886. | Wing. | Tail. Tail-feathers Bill from nostril. mm. mm. « mm mm 2405 Jan.8. | 146 127 110 34 2406 Jan. 8. | 149 123 112 32 2460 Feb.2. | 148 120 116 33 2509 Feb. 12. 145 126 116 32 2511 Feb. 12. 147 124 ili 34 2514 Feb. 12. 150 122 108 30 2521 Feb. 15. 152 129 109 36.5 2522 Feb. 15 145 125 108 34 2524 Feb. 19 147 123 108 35 2525 Feb. 19, 146 128 114 36 AVETREO Ro hore ce “ae 144.5 124.7 AA? 33.5 No. 2406.—Length 312mm. Extent, 499 mm. No. 2460.—Stomach gorged with large black ants. ORNITHOLOGY DIMENSION OF 2 ad. C. RUFIPILEUS. OF GUADALUPE ISLAND. 289 — Collector’s No.} Date. 1886. Wing. Tail. Tail-feathers,| Bill from nostril. mm. mm. mm. mm. 2380 Jan. 2 149 126 111 29 2381 Jan. 4. 146 120 108 32.9 2407 Jan. 8. 143 119 104 33 2526 Jan. 23, 148 123 105 36 2427 Jan. 23. 148 125 110 31 2512 Feb. 12. 154 129 115 34 2513 Feb. 12. 148 124 109 32 2515 Feb. 12. | 141 117 104 34 2516 tBeb: 12:, | 146 120 107 33 2527 Feb. 19. 143 125 109 30 ARETE ER! | Sera uae er 146.6 122.8 108.5 | 32.4 | No. 2380.—Length 328.8 mm. Extent 487 mm. No. 2381.—Length 312mm. Extent 476 mm. No. 2427.—Ovaries small. COLAPTES CAFER 2 ad. Tris dark reddish-brown. Collector’s No.| Collector’s Name. Locality. Date. Bill from nostril. mm, 169 W.E. Bryant. (Berkeley, Cal./Jan. 22, 1881. 31 564 ss # jOakland, Cal.|Feb. 25, 1882. 32 599 ss de \Mt.Diablo,Cal. Apr. 1, 1882. 32.5 772 eS 2 Oakland, Cal./Feb. 22, 1883. 30 1065 D.S. Bryant. |Mt.Diablo,Cal.|May 5, 1878. 31 1095 - ce Oakland, Cal.|Mar. 27, 1879. 31 1175 a eg Lafayette, Cal.|Mar. 20, 1883. 30 1742 W.E. Bryant. /Oakland, Cal.|Jan. 25, 1885. 32 1985 ‘S fe a ‘© |Mar. 12, 1885. 31.5 2636 ss st Scott , Cal.|May 28, 1883. 29 MM ESTA LE aren ber yes ee eye eRe etetes Cala t/a: cPapevaydlevs’= etnbo|in ats s'cieiate Ge ietnens 31 No. No No. . 1175.— tawny-brown. Forehead brown. 564.—Cheek-patches indistinct. . 599.—Tail pinkish; crown, light tawny-brown. 1065.—One outer tail-feather yellow. 1095.—Narrow, red nuchal crescent. . 1742.—Crown rufous brown. . 2636.—Tail red; one outer feather yellow. Anterior portion of crown Caught on nest containing seven eggs. bo ce fers) CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. COLAPTES CAFER ¢ ad. Collector’s No.) Collector’s Name. Location. Date. Bill from nostril, ee | | 980 |D.S. Bryant. Oakland, Cal. |Nov. 18, 1877.| 33 1006 'D.S. Bryant. Gilroy, Cal. eee 23, 1877. 34 By an inspection of the preceding tables, it will be seen that the long bill is by no means a constant difference. While the length will average greater in rujipileus, specimens are found with the bill shorter than the average of cafer. The two examples of cafer given in comparison with rufipi- leus in the ‘‘Ornithology of Guadeloupe Island” were from Washington Territory, and under the present arrangement, I presume would be classed as saturatior, rather than as “true Mexicanus” (cafer). As yet I have seen no description of the male plumage of the Guadeloupe Flicker, but I am informed that one is soon to be published. Some of the specific characteristics which serve to distin- guish this insular species from the continental form, cafer, will be briefly noticed. In the majority of the specimens before me, the charac- teristic of the more pinkish tinge to the rump and upper tail coverts—especially the latter—seems to hold good. But in some individuals these parts are whiter than will be found in certain specimens of cafer. By raising the upper tail coverts and viewing them from the under side, the depth of the coloring may be best determined. This is of a sulphurous tinge in auratus. The bright tawny forehead is usually brighter in the males, and extends farther back on the neck. No specimens of cafer, which I have examined, are as richly marked as the most typical examples of rujipileus, but individuals of the latter sometimes possess less of the tawny brown than ex- treme cases among cafer. ORNITHOLOGY OF GUADALUPE ISLAND. 29] I have found but two exceptions to the extent of black on the ends of the retrices. One in the case of a female rujipi- leus, in which the black reaches only about 58 mm. from the ends of the feathers, and the other a female cafer (for- merly hybridus) in which the black extends about 57 mm. In typical rujipileus, the black covered about 63 mm. of the ends. This I found to be the most constant difference. The absence in every case of a definite or clearly defined cheek-patch in the females, and also the absence of mar- ginal light spots on the outer web of the exterior retrices in both sexes, will aid in determining this species. These spots, although rarely if ever wanting in typical cafer are seldom or never found in rufipileus. An apparent exception is found in a male from Guadeloupe Island, which has a slight touch of light on the webs. 10. Micropus melanoleucus. WHITE-THROATED Swirt.—On January 12, a flock of about fifty swifts passed near camp, moving towards the north- east. They flew in every direction, but kept well together, and gradually ascended to a higher altitude. IT could not get near enough to distinguish any characteristic markings. They were again seen during a few hours of sunshine on the 15th, but only at a distance. A storm of wind, rain and dense fog, which had lasted almost without interruption for twelve days, cleared away January 21, and with the welcome and returning sunshine came the swifts. They were flying lower than usual, and occasionally one would chatter as he swept above the tree- tops. The birds were feeding upon a species of slender black fly, with which the air was swarming, and although dispersed for a time by the report of a gun, they soon re- turned to their feast. As late as April, they were still on the island, but only a few at a time were seen, the flock hay- ing evidently separated, although not apparently paired off. One calm day, about a dozen birds were seen skimming low over the grass in the manner of swallows. As far as my ob- 292 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. servations go, this is something unusual for this species, which usually descends towards the earth only in dull, rainy weather in pursuit of insects driven lower by the humid atmosphere. If the birds were to remain on the island dur- ing the summer, they could find an abundance of suitable nesting places in the cliffs, either on the shore or on the side of the table-land where the small cypress grove stands. LIST OF SPECIMENS. ' Collector’s number. " Sex and age. ] Date s | eis . 2411 Q ad. | Jan. 21, 1886. 2584 © ad. March 26, 1884. 2584.—Ovaries, small. 11. Trochilus anna. Awna’s HuMMING-BIRD.—This diminutive straggler is no doubt the species seen by Dr. Palmer eleven years ago, but of which he did not succeed in obtaining a specimen. I had been in hopes of finding in this bird a new species of hummer. When the month of March arrived and I had not even caught a glimpse of the bird, although on one or two occasions I had heard it buzz as it went past, my hopes of securing this unidentified species were almost gone, and I fully resolved to shoot on sight the first saw. Returning one day to my temporary camp from an excursion through the pine belt, both barrels of my gun loaded with round ball (1§ 0z.), I stopped at the foot of a fallen pine, intent upon watching a small band of goats, when suddenly my Mexican companion seized my arm and whispered: ‘‘la chuparrosa, setor.” Following with my eyes the direction indicated by his outstretched hand, I saw a female hummer upon a dead twig among the pine branches, pluming her- self. The feelings I experienced some years ago in meeting a panther, at dusk, in a wooded canon when my gun was ORNITHOLOGY OF GUADALUPE ISLAND. 293 loaded for quail, were not dissimilar to those which now came over me as I gazed upon the coveted hummer not fif- teen feet away, and realized that my gun contained ball. As I broke open the breech and dropped the provoking loads, the bird rose and hovering about for a few seconds, during which I reloaded and waited in a fever of suspense, she returned to nearly the same spot, when I fired and killed —only an Anna humming-bird. Later I took another tfe- male, and afterwards a male, the two latter being found in the small cypress grove. The dearth of honied flowers must at times force them to subsist almost entirely upon insect food. The Mexicans told me that I would find them in great numbers about the palm trees on the northwestern slope; but an expedition to that region resulted in a total failure as far as the object for which it was undertaken was concerned, although the addition of two more straggling species to those already taken compensated me for the fa- tigue of the journey. LIST OF SPECIMENS COLLECTED. Sex and age. Date. 1886. Collector’s No. | 2588 | 6 ad. March 29. 2531 Danis March 4. 2582 2 ad. | March 22. 12. Sturnella magna neglecta. WESTERN Mrapow Lark.—-A single specimen was seen in the palm grove on the 22d day of March. Although I ap- proached quite near as he sat, loudly singing from the top branch of a fallen pine, I failed to capture him. That un- successful shot. one of the ‘‘ unaccountables” of a hunter- naturalist’s experiences, seemed at the time to be one of the keenest disappointments of my life. 13. Carpodacus amplus. GuapaLurE Hovusr Fincu.—When [ arrived at the island 294 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. in January, 1885, a few birds, usually in pairs, were found near the settlement. At the door of one of the huts, hang- ing in a cage, were several of this species, one of which. an adult male, had assumed the yellow plumage which others of this genus take on when confined. Soon after settling on the top of the island in December, 1885, the “ Gorrions” began to collect about the camp, making the mornings joyous with their song. By our refraining from discharging fire-arms in the im- mediate vicinity of the camp, they soon became quite tame, hopping about camp during the day, and roosting at night in the thickest cypress, or, during a storm, under the eaves of the palm-thatched huts. On the 24th of January I counted fourteen within a stone’s throw of camp, and attracted by the bread crumbs and other food which I threw out for them, their numbers daily increased until on the Ist of February the census of birds in camp, including both sexes, showed a total of twenty-two. Two weeks later they sud- denly departed, and were to be found only in pairs about the cypress groves, save in the center of the pine belt, where the blossoms and seeds of the ‘ chick-weed ” some- times attracted a flock of half a dozen, who busied them- selves feasting upon this tender food. Nothing, either in their habits or song, differed from C. frontalis rhodocolpus. They are easily entrapped under a box, and it was in this way that the Mexican women at the settlement succeeded in catching, during my stay, as many as two or three dozen, which they ate. . The dissection of specimens showed the food to consist chiefly of seeds from the cypress tree, mingled with green seeds of ‘‘ chick-weed.’’ Some of those taken near camp had their crops well filled with bits of tallow picked from the body of a goat which had been dressed and hung under a tree. Two nests were found in cypress trees nearly completed by February 22. A zest and set of five fresh eggs (No. 792, a ORNITHOLOGY OF GUADALUPE ISLAND. 295 author’s odlogical collection), which in consequence of a heavy storm had been deserted, was taken on the Ist of March. From this date began the nesting season of this species. The last nest, taken April 7th, contained five eggs, with small embryos in them. In nearly every instance, the birds selected for a nesting place the upper side of a cypress branch in the angle formed by its intersection with the trunk, thus avoiding the storm-shaken foliage. They seemed to show a preference for the leeward side of a tree, where the nest would be protected from prevailing winds. One prudent couple had built in a clump of mistletoe, at a height of twenty feet. Several pairs built in the tops of palms. The nests were ordinarily not more than ten or fifteen feet from the ground. The birds make but slight demonstrations while their nest is being removed, uttering only a few notes of protest, or silently witnessing a wrong hitherto unknown to them. The material used for the outer structure of the nests consisted of the dark, dead stems of weeds, only the finer ones being selected. One nest found in a pine tree, had the foundation and sides made of pine needles, with the invariable lining of goat’s hair, black or white being used indiscriminately. The external diameter of the nest is about 130 mm., with a central cavity of about 65 mm. The eggs, sometimes four in number,. but oftener five during the early part of the season, are colored precisely like the average specimens of C. frontalis rhodocolpus, the spots being either sparingly applied or entirely wanting. They also resemble them in general shape, but the size serves to distinguish them. The five eggs of set No. 792, measure respectively 22x15; 22x15.5; 22.5x 15.5; 23x 15.5; 28x16.5 mm. The length measurement varies from 19.5-24 mm., and the width 15-16.5mm. The average of thirty-two specimens is 21.3 x 15.5 mm. In the table of measurements, I have selected from a good 296 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. series, those which exhibit extreme size, more or less, as well as average specimens. DIMENSIONS OF SPECIMENS COLLECTED. ! Collec-| Sex and| tor’s Date. No. age. 1682/4 ad.|Jan. 15, 1885. 1688 g ad.\Jan. 15, 1885. 23764 ad.|Jan. 2, 1886. 2377 |6 ad.|Jan. 2, 1886. 2465 |6 ad.|Feb. 16, 1886. 2469|4 ad.|Feb. 16, 1886. 2544 1% ad. May. 4, 1886. 2545 |3 im.|Mar. 4, 1886. 2549 | ad.|Mar. 4, 1886. 2550|4 ad.\Mar. 4, 1886. ANETIAGO e214. eee s No. 2376.—Testes very small. Tail- |Billfrom Depth of|Breadth|Tar- | Middle Wing. feathers | nostril. bill. |of bill. |sus. | toe. mm mm mm mm. mm. |mm.| mm. 83 65 11 12 9 19 18 $1 63 1OZD hol 9 20 16 82 64 10.5 ile 9.5 |19.5| 16 80 63 11 12 9 1925) FAV 82 6§2 LOsaoleeet 9 19 16 83} 65 11 11 8.5 |19.5| 16 84 63 10 L125 9 19 15 80 62 ih! 1i 9 19 17 79 61 10 10 8 18 16 BE tigeo awet sides lpi 9 19 | 16 No. 2377.--Length 171 mm. Extent 263 mm. 11.4 |} 8.9. |19.1| 16.6 Length 174mm. Extent 266 mm. Collect-| Sex or’s and Date. No. age. 1681 |2ad.\Jan. 15, 1885 1686 |2: 2689 |2 2378 |2 2660 |2 2420 |2 2472 |2 9551 |2 2552 |2 2553 |2 Averagel.. Tail Bill Wing. from feathers. |nostril. bill. Depth of|Breadth| Tar- | Middle of bill.} sus.| toe. 82 | 62 ll 80 | 62 10 72 | 62 10 79 | 60.5 | 10.5 79 | 63 10 78 | 57 10 79) 61 10 72) 59 10.5 19) *a9 ll 5 5 5B. B = min. 9 20 17 9 19 17 9 19 16 8.5 |18.5] 17 9 18 16 9 18 16 9 19 17 8.5 {19 17 9 19 17 9 19 16 11 8.9 |18.8| 16.6 No. 2378.—Ovaries very small. Length, 167.5mm. Extent, 258 mm. ORNITHOLOGY OF GUADALUPE ISLAND. 297 14. Loxia curvirostra stricklandi. Mexican CrosspiLL.—This specie-, found only through the narrow pine belt, I estimated to number about a score. They remained high up in the pines, flying hurriedly among the tree tops, uttering what seemed to me a frightened note. Occasionally a pair, seldom a single bird, would be seen on the top of a fallen tree, but never upon the ground. The only food which dissection proved them to have been feed- ing upon, was pine seeds. No nests were found, although several were no doubt being built, if not already completed by the middle of February. A comparison of the island eross-bill with typical examples of minor and _ stricklandi, shows it to belong to the latter variety, although the upper mandible is nearly or quite one-third thicker than the lower. If we assign all Eastern birds to minor and Western ones to stricklandi, an exception must be made of No. 78,186, which in the Smithsonian Institution is labeled minor, although it came from Santa Cruz, California. ‘The diversity in general size, size and shape of bill, and color which they present is enough to convince any one that these characters are subject to a wide range of variation and are not dependent, except within broad limits, on geograph- ical considerations. * * * * * * It seems obvious that the variations just referred to are either purely indi- vidual or dependent on age.’’® In the following tabulated measurements, the length of the exposed culmen is given on account of having been oftener measured, although it is more difficult to determine accurately than the distance from nostril, which is also in- cluded. The billis found curving to the right as often as to the left. Norte *— William Brewster in Auk. Vol. VIII. No. 2. p. 261. 298 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. LIST OF SPECIMENS COLLECTED. | | | Ex. |Billfrom) Depth Mid- Col- Sex and | Wing.) Tail | of bill /Tar-| dle lect’ Date. 1886. =) d — | a eau culmen. nostril. ae oa poses | mm.| mm. mm. mm. | mm. /|mm.| mm. 247413 ad| Feb. 16. 93 | 54.5 16 14 | 10 16.5; 20 24754 ad ee Se 87 51 15 13 Qe es 2476 \6 ad.| et ne 100 60 18 16 11 17 20 2480 |5 im.| ee one 88.5 53 15 14 10 145 19.5 2481 | 6 ad.) pet 88 52.5 17.5 15 10.5 {16 | 19.5 | Average...| 91.3) 52.2] 16.3] 14.4 | 10.1 |15.6] 19.6 2477 |9 ad.| Feb.16. | 87 | 52 15 136 |) 9 | eles 9478 |2 ad.) “« 84 | 52 16 4 | 3 2 ee 2479 |\2 ad.| SEN EE 90 | 52 16 | 14.5 | 10.5 |16 | 22 2554 i ad.| Mareh4. | 90 52 | 17 15 | 9.5 /17 | 20 | | Average...| 87.7, 52 16 | 14.2 | 9.5 |15.2) 19.7 LOXIA CURVIROSTRA STRICKLANDI. Col-| Sex | Ex- Bill Ipepth Mid- lec- aay Tail lida from of bill)'Iar-| dle | tr’s Collector) Locality. |Wing!feath-| cul- nos-| at jsus./toe& Date. No. | age. } ers. | men. tril, base. claw | | Bath oA’ oe vas Mead mm./mm.|/ mm. mm. ‘mm. mm/m1 705| ¢ ad|C.E.Aiken| White Mts.,Ar| 100 | 60 | 19 | 16.5 11 (18 | o1 " Sep. 30, 76 1d os fae Locke. Olema, Cal. 85 bie |e to 13 8 |14. a PANN bbe Sec oe 52 The first is in collection of H. W. Henshaw, the second in collection of W. O. Emerson. 15. Zonotrichia coronata. GOLDEN-CROWNED Sparrow.—Three birds of this species were found feeding upon ‘‘ chick-weed” amongst the pines. LIST OF SPECIMENS COLLECTED. Collector’s Number. Sex and age. Date, 1886. Remarks. 2592 Qim. Feb. 16. 2503 2 im. Feb. 16. 2532 Qim. March 4. Moulting. CO ORNITHOLOGY OF GUADALUPE ISLAND. 2¢ 16. Spizella socialis arizone. WESTERN CHIPPING Sparrow.—Returning to camp one noon, | heard the song-note of this species, and was for- tunate enough to secure it. No others were known to be on the island. In accordance with the division of S. socialis into Eastern and Western forms, this single specimen, taken on Guada- lupe Island, would have to be assigned to the variety avi- zone, but in point of fact it will not answer to the original description (Coue’s Key, 1872, p. 143), wherein no measure- ments are given. A later description, however (B. B. & R. Hist. N. Am. B., 1874,Vol. II, p. 11), may be made applicable to the case of western birds which I have seen from this State by omitting from the original description: ‘‘ black frontlet lacking, and no definite oe supercihary line, the sides of the crown merely lighter brown; bill brown, pale below.” ? Excepting the bill, which is ‘‘ brown, pale below,’’ in this instance, the measurements fall within the limitations of arizone. DIMENSIONS OF SPECIMENS. Collector’s| Sex | Tail |Bill| | Miadie toe and Date. ‘Wing. Tail. |feath-|f20™ Tar- Length.| Extent. No. age ers. Vee sus.jand claw. a a | a | | mm. mm.|mm.|mm.mm}| mm. mm. | mm. 2394. 4 |Jan. 6, 1886.) 72 | 64 | 60 | 6 | 18 15 147.5} 231.5 { | | 17. Junco hyemalis oregonus. OrEGON JuNco.—One bird, which was quite shy, was taken among the pines on a cold, windy day, during which the tops of the trees and part of the timber belt were at times entirely enveloped by fog. When first seen this bird was being viciously attacked by a resident junco (insularis). 300 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. DIMENSIONS OF SPECIMEN. | | | | | ‘ s Tai : re “|Sex and age. Date. Wing.|feathers.| nostell, |Tarsus. Middle toe. | | | | | mm. | Imm. | mui. | mm. mm. 2489 |(?)¢4 ad. ee: 16; 1886) 070 G2, ie 7p a) 16 | Remarks—The wing and tail are both a trifle shorter than specimeus from Oakland (3) and Big Trees, Cal., (1), but no more than might be ex- pected in individual variation. 18. Junco insularis. GUADALUPE JuNco.—In his notes, Dr. Palmer refers to this species as ‘‘the most abundant birds of the island,” etc. According to my observation they rank about third in relative abundance, the rock-wrens and linnets taking pre- cedence. No juncos were found at a lower altitude than the palm grove, and the majority were inhabitants of the pines and large cypress grove. A pair \-hich was evidently mated was taken in the sinall cypress grove on the 15th of January, 1885. The following year not more than two or three were seen in this locality. I did not find them noticeably tamer than the linnets, nor so confiding as the rock-wrens. Their food was princi- pally of seeds, a partiality being shown for the green seeds of the ‘‘ wild lettuce.” Their song was twice heard from the top of tall cypress trees. It resembles somewhat the | triil of the chipping sparrow. They also had a sharp chip- a ping note when alarmed. They remained mostly either ‘ upon the ground or low down in the branches of trees. The limbs of a fallen pine were a favorite resort at all times, and the ground underneath most used as a nesting-place. The Blue ‘‘Gorrions’’ mated early—soon after the be- ginning of the year—and were setting by the 26th of Jan- uary, regardless of the almost continuous fogs and winds. A nest found March 10 contained four young, hatched but a few days before. It was placed in a depression, flush with =o a NE ee ee ORNITHOLOGY OF GUADALUPE ISLAND. 301 the surface of the ground, and so carefully hidden beneath a covering of brush that it was found with difficulty, even though I was guided by hearing the young ‘“‘ peeping” for food. The parent birds, who were close by, seemed but little alarmed, uttering only an occasional chirp while I searched for their treasure. Six days later the nest was vacant, being probably robbed by a stray cat. Full fledged young were taken March 16; also a nest with three fresh eggs, which had been found nearly completed on the 10th. The position of the nest was curious and unique, and it was only by seeing the birds at work building that I succeeded in discovering it. A pine tree with a cleft six feet from the ground, or rather two trees with a common trunk, grew near to the edge of a precipice. and in this nar- row cleft partially filled with pine needles the juncos had built. By standing on a pile of rocks and branches I could see the eggs lying in the nest, about a foot below where the trees joined. A fluff of cotton pushed down on the end of a stick to cover the nest, protected the eggs from bits of bark and chips, while I enlarged the opening to a sufficient size to admit my hand. While the eggs were being care- fully placed in a collecting box, the birds, who had remained interested rather than alarmed witnesses to the spoliation, flew to the tree, and, while the male clung to the bark at the entrance, the female hopped down within and began the removal of the débris which had fallen upon the edge of the nest. This was at length cleared away by repeated trips into the hole, each journey bringing to the opening a bit of wood, which was promptly dropped to the ground. The nest is composed of a few pieces of bark-moss, light-colored dry grass blades, and a tail feather of a petrel, all surround- ing a quantity of grass blades, lined within with goat hair. It measures externally about 120 mm. in diameter by 80 mm. in height, with a receptacle 60 mm. in diameter and only 28 mm. in depth. The three eggs which the nest contained (set No. 797, 21—Bvutu. Cau. Acap. Scr. II. 6. Issued January 5, 1887. 302 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. author’s odlogical collection) were probably a second setting, the ragged appearance of the female’s plumage indicating previous cares. In color the eggs are a pale greenish white, marked with fine dots of reddish brown clustered around the larger end. They measure 19.5x15; 20x15.5; 20x16 millimeters. MEASUREMENTS OF SPECIMENS COLLECTED. Collector’s|Sex and Tail |Bill from|Depth of | Middle Date. Wing. | Tarsus. No. age. \feathers.| nostril. bill. | toe. mm mn. mm. | mm. mm. mm 1683 |. dad. |Jan. 15, 1885.) 71 62 | 8:8: oS ab | es 2375 gad. \Jan. 2, 1886.) 70 62.5) 9.5 6 | 20 | 15 2385 gad.\|Jan. 4, 1886. 70.5 64 | 9.5 6.5) 20 15.5 2418 gad. \Jan. 23, 1886.) 65 x | 9.5 6.5] 19.51) [hes 2431 gad. \Jan. 26, 1886. 70 60 s- 7 19.5, 16 2434 gad. \Jan. 26, 1886. 65 59 9. 625) 20 14 2442 gad. |\Jan. 29, 1886.) 68 BY El SS 625)| 1925 ates 2458 gad.|Feb. 4, 1886.) 69.5) 60.5) 10. 6.5} 20 15 2537 ad. |March 4, 1886. 68 Dix) F8-b 6.5/ 19 15 2575 4 ad. |March16, 1886. 71 62 | 10. 7 19 15 Average..... 68.8 60.3 9.4 6.6}.. 19.6) 1st 1684 | Qad. |\Jan. 15, 1885/65 | 56 | 9. 7. | 20:8) 2ae 2432 CQ ad. |Jan. 26, 1886.) 64 | 55 | 9. 6 20 14.5 2574 2 ad. |March 16, 1886.) 62 54 8.5 6 19 15 Average..... 63.6] 55 | 8.8 6.3) 19.6; 148 No. 2375. —Testes large; length, 155 mm.; extent, 223 mm. No. 2385.—Length, 162 mm.; extent, 230 mm. No. 2431.—Testes very large; mate of No. 2432. No. 2458.—Tes’es very large. No. 2432.--Setting; mate of No. 2431; parents of nest No. 797. 19. Melospiza lincolni. Lixcouy’s Sparrow.—The small cypress grove, on the border of which I had my permanent camp, was my favor- ite ground for observation and furnished me with many stragglers, among which was a pair of these birds. They were taken on different days from among the brush inclosing 4 ORNITHOLOGY OF GUADALUPE ISLAND. 303 an old goat corral. The slightest noise would drive them into the dense brush, from which they would again appear when all was quiet. LIST OF SPECIMENS COLLECTED. Collector’s No. Sex and age. Date, 1886. Remarks. 2461 6 ad. | February 5. Testes small. 2523 ON ade | February 19. Ovaries small. 20. Passerella iliaca unalaschensis. TOWNSEND’s Sparrow. —One bird was taken among the pines, but so badly cut by the shot that the sex could not be determined. No others were seen. DATA OF SPECIMEN COLLECTED. Collector’s Number. Age. When Collected. 2490 Q ad. Feb. 16, 1886. 21. Pipilo consobrinus. GuapALUPE TowHEE.—The towhees were found only in the large cypress grove. They were easily overlooked un- less directly in one’s path among the trees. When singing the bird could be readily traced and secured, but in such cases it was always a male. Only two females were seen, and I cannot believe that their number was in any degree equal to that of the males, for otherwise I do not believe it possible that I could have so completely overlooked them, even though they might have been setting. I was about the grove at all hours of the day, camped there, and was astir at break of dawn, even before the male towhee had mounted his throne on the topmost branch of a cypress and had sounded his morning trill. This song closely resem- bles that of P. maculatus megalonyx, but has one important 304 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. variation which was almost invariably given, and which I have never heard from megalonyx. This consists in a single quick note, somewhat lke a bluebird’s, given immediately before the trill, as though it was the click or chuck of the machinery that released the sound which followed. Ata distance, when the trill could be distinctly heard, the single quick chuck would pass unnoticed. When I first heard this combination it occurred to me that a bluebird was in the same tree or near by, but closer observation proved the Towhee to be the sole author of it. The only food upon which they fed consisted of insects. A young bird in company with the adult pair was found in a fallen cypress top, but no eggs of this species were taken. Ch.—Young (first plumage). Above rusty olive brown, darker on sides of head. Feathers of interscapular region black, edged, more broadly on the outer web, with pale brown. Underparts yellowish brown, darkest on throat, grading into white on the abdomen and to light reddish brown on side; the feather streaked with black. Sides of chin, black, leaving a light line of about the same width between. White markings on wings and visible edges of greater wing coverts narrowly edged with rusty brown. Eyes muddy brown. (No. 2585. Author’s collection, Guadalupe | Island, March 26, 1886.) Wing, 80 mm; Tail feathers, 71 mm.; Bill from nostril, 7.5 mm.; Tarsus, 23 mm.: middle toe, 20mm.; hind claw, 12 mm. ‘ It much resembles on the back the young plumage of the same age of P. maculatus oregonus (No. 983. Author's collec- tion, Wilbur, Or., June 20, 1885), but the latter is darker on sides of neck, and has the feathers of sides and crissum rich reddish-brown. The underparts correspond closely to the young of P. maculatus megalonyx (No, 2298, author’s collection, Oakland, Cal., June 3, 1885), which is somewhat younger. I believe te ORNITHOLOGY OF GUADALUPE ISLAND. 305 if they were of the same age it would be impossible to sep- arate them. LIST OF SPECIMENS COLLECTED. Collector’s|Sex and| When Tail Bill |Depth|Breadth|Tar- |Mid-| Hind collested,| Wing Tail |from dle No. age 1886 | feathers eal lof bill] of bill} sus | toe | claw |mm.} mm. |mm.|mm.;mm.| Mm. j|mm.|MmM./ mm 2419 gad. \Jan. 23] 80 86 97 hele) fe 26s US 13 2459 gad.|Feb. 2) 78| 81. /|88 | 9.5] 9 7 |26 |18 | 13 2506 gad.|Feb. 12) 78 85. |93 9 3) 59) 7.5125 {19 14 2507 gad. |Feb. 12! 80 86 (94 9.5] 9 OGY aks 12 2508 gad.|Feb. 12) 80 §8 |96 |10 | 9 7 |24 |19 13 2569 gad. |Mar. 12| 79 83 |90 9.5) 8.5) Ze Ss UD 13 2570 déad.|Mar. 12! 79 86 |94 9.5) 9 7 |24 |19.5) 13 2571 éad.|Mar. 12! 80 87 |94.5|] 9.5) 9 7 |24.5)19.5} 13 2580 gad. |Mar. 22) 80 87 |96 {10 9 7 |24.5)20 13.5 2587 6ad.|\Mar. 26/81.5 87 |95 10 8.5 6.5|/24 {19 13 Av’g...| 79.5|. 85.6|/93.7| 9.5} 8.9 7 |24 9)18.9] 13 28) Sud. \Jan. 5| 74 |-——-|__| 9.5] 9 6.524 |18 | 13 2586 | Qad.|Mar. 26/75.5| 81 |90 |10 | 9 7 |25.5119 | 13 } | —————— —_| —— AV Beco] ooo Fey Ree eee eee No. 2419.—Testes large. Iris orange, tinged with carmine around pupil. No. 2459.—Tris orange, tinged with carmine. No. 2507.—Iris carmine. No. 2569.—Ivis carmine. No. 2388.—Iris orange. 22. Ampelis cedrorum. Crepar Waxwine.—Christmas morning was the brightest and fairest I enjoyed during more than one hundred days of my sojourn on the island. Taking a stroll through the small cypress grove in search of birds not before met with, I was rewarded by seeing what I supposed to be one of this species, but was unable to capture it. Nothing was seen or heard of it again for more than a month, until one pleasant afternoon, as I was engaged in preparing specimens in the tent, I heard the notes of the Cedar Bird close by, and 306 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. going outside, was just in time to get a flying shot at the retreating bird—but missed it. Those who have had a similar experience can imagine my feelings when that bird disappeared. I knew, beyond any reasonable doubt, that it was A. cedrorum, yet the lack of any positive evidence of the fact, left me brooding over my disappointment for the next two hours. The unexpected reappearance of the bird, however, quickly dispelled the gloom. This time I took all possible precaution, and succeeded in making this hand- some addition to my collection of Guadalupe stragglers. DATA OF SPECIMEN COLLECTED. Collector’s Number. Sex and age. Date. 2437 $ wm. Jan. 28, 1886. Remarks—No wax tips. 23. Lanius ludovicianus excubitorides, WHITE-RUMPED SHRIKE.—T wo specimens of these butcher- birds were seen on the central part of the island. Both were heard singing in low, liquid tones, quite pleasing to the ear. They were very shy, although toa less degree than birds of the same species which were met with in 1885 on Cerros Island, Lower California. Considering the abundance cf larve, coleopterous insects and occasional grasshoppers, one would suppose that the ‘“‘ménu” of the Shrike left nothing for her to desire, but on dissecting a specimen, I found amongst the caterpillars, which the distended gizzard contained, a tiny golden foot of Guadalupe’s sweetest songster, the Dusky Kinglet. In color this bird is much lighter than the same species from Oakland, Cal., and more closely resembles specimens from Tulare, Cal., and Tucson, A. T. ORNITHOLOGY OF GUADALUPE ISLAND. 307 DATA OF SPECIMEN COLLECTED. Collector’s Number. Sex and age. When Collected. 2370 ONO: December 29, 1885 24. Dendroica auduboni. Avupugon’s WarpLer.—The only ones seen, two in num- ber, were taken on stormy days in the small cypress grove. LIST OF SPECIMENS COLLECTED. Collector’s Number. Sex. Date. 2368 December 28, 1885. 2404 é January 12, 1886. Oo 25. Anthus pensilvanicus. AMERICAN Pipit.—On the evening of February 2, while going to the alkali pools to watch for owls, I heard faintly the note of a Titlark. The evening was very calm, the sun, just set, cast a beautiful afterglow about the sky; there was just light enough remaining to enable me to distinguish the birds working their way among the rocks. That I might make sure of at least a single specimen for identification, I fired at the one nearest me. ‘The flock, about twenty-five in number, at once rose and circled past out of range, and I saw them no more. DATA OF SPECIMEN COLLECTED. Collector’s No. Sex. Date. 2451 6 (?) February 2, 1886. 26. Oroscoptes montanus. SaGE THrasHerR.—In making my rounds of the small cy- press grove on a cold, cloudy and windy morning in Jan- 308 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. uary, I saw and heard fewer birds than ever before or since. It was seldom that I did not take or note something of in- terest on these short excursions, and on this day I secured a handsome specimen of the Sage Thrasher, which was found among the leafless branches of a fallen tree. No song nor even a single note was heard from him. DATA OF SPECIMEN COLLECTED. Collector’s No. Sex and age. Date. 2400 3 ad. January 7, 1886. | Remarks—Iris yellow. Fat. Contained only caterpillars. 27. Mimus polyglottos. Mocxrinc Birp.—Two birds, apparently a mated pair, were seen on a fallen pine at the northern edge of the palm grove. First attracted to the place by the delightful song which floated upon the air, I saw one of the birds in the act of pouncing upon something in the grass, in the manner of a shrike. When alarmed they flew higher and higher among the branches of a tall pine, so that only the female was cap- tured. Having never before seen this bird in a wild state, I regretted the act which, in compliance with strict scientific requirements, deprived that sea bound spot of so much sweet music. SPESIMEN COLLECTED. Collector's No Sex and age. } Date. 2579 2 ad. March 16, 1886. Remarks —Iris yellow. Ovaries small. 28. Salpinctes guadeloupensis. GuapaLurE Rock WreEN.—This species, undoubtedly the most common of the birds on the island, was distributed : ORNITHOLOGY OF GUADALUPE ISLAND. 309 from the beach to the summit, but was found to be most numerous on the upper and central portions. They were by nature tamer than any birds I ever met with. While re- treating, if approached, they would in turn draw quite near to a person who remained perfectly quiet. Sitting down one afternoon upon a log, I saw a Rock Wren come hopping closer and closer to where I was resting, until at length he perched upon my shoe. Then seeing a sandy spot just be- yond, he availed himself of the opportunity by taking a dust-bath. So close was he to me that I could have reached him with my foot, yet constantly in motion, searching here and there among the rocks for food, he seemed entirely un- conscious of my presence. Even when standing they are seldom quiet, a nervous twitch of the tail or toss of the head bearing witness to the incessant activity so characteristic of these little creatures. Seldom silent, they have, in addition to their ringing eall, a considerable variety of song. I became accustomed to the variations of four or five different birds, and noticed that each had a song peculiar to himself but differing from the songs of his fellows. One little wren near camp was in the habit of beginning his song each morning at about half- past six, never varying five minutes from his self-appointed time. They are usually seen on the ground or upon a rock or stump. One remarkably foggy morning, I noticed one sitting on the top of a sage-bush, while on fine days, I have seen them mounted to the height of twenty feet ona dry cypress twig, singing their cheerful song. Their food consisted mainly of caterpillars and beetles. I watched one pick to pieces and devour successively three small Carabide beetles. The weather does not seem to be taken into consideration by any of the resident species. The rock-wrens are the first to begin nesting, and endeavor to conduct their do- mestic affairs through the stormiest times, though not always with success. Many abandoned nests were found, 310 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. some with and some without eggs, deserted, probably, on account of long continued wet weather. The location of the nest, however, plays an all-important part in the success or failure of the first builders. A few birds began the con- struction of their nests in December, and one had her work nearly completed on the 25th of December, 1885. Four fresh eggs were found in it on January 17th. The breeding ~ season, strictly speaking, extends from the middle of Jan- uary through the month of March. Nests were found in cavities of immense boulders, under rocks, in fallen and decayed trunks of cypress trees, the latter location being apparently a favorite one. But wher- ever the nests were located the passages leading to them were, with one or two exceptions, paved with flat pebbles ranging in size from a Lima bean to a half dollar. Fully a quart of these pebbles were removed from the entrance to a nest built in a boulder at a height of four feet, where, at some previous time, other birds had evidently built and accumulated their share of the pavement. As a rule scarcely an ordinary handful of stones are used. The nest is built in close conformity to the size and shape of the cavity which it occupies, being usually circular and varying from a shallow bed of fine dry grasses to a nest of the same ma- terial measuring 150 mm. in diameter and 60 mm. high. The egg receptacle is from 55 mm. to 70 mm. in diameter, and not more than 30 mm. in depth. A lining of goat hair when obtainable is invariably used. I followed one bird fully an hundred yards from the spot where she had collected some goat hair before the nest was reached. The eggs are usually four, though sometimes five in number, and resemble both in color and shape those of the common rock-wren (S. obsoletus). Set No. 781 (author’s oédlogical collection) measures: 17x 14; 17x 14.5; 18 x 14.5; 18.5 x 14.5 mm. Set No. 782 (author’s obdlogical collection) offers the fol- ORNITHOLOGY OF GUADALUPE ISLAND. Sok lowing measurements in millimeters: 19 x 14; 19 x 14; WOE 14 519.5 14.5; 19.5 x 1d. The average size ascertained from a series of fifty-five eggs, is 19 x 14 mm. The two largest eggs measured 21x 15 mm. and 20 x 16 mm. respectively; the two smallest, 17. x 14 mm. Two different stages of the young plumage were taken, descriptions of which are here given: Ch.—Young. Above similar to adult but much darker, especially the head and neck, which lack the speckled mark- ings. Wings and tail as in adult but darker, the bars across middle tail-feathers dull black. The outer half of the pale cinnamon on end of tail-feather finely mottled with dusky. Under parts pale pinkish cinnamon; the entire throat obscured with a faint dusky suffusion. Crissum > darker than abdomen and unmarked. Wing, 67 mm.; tail feathers, 53 mm.; bill from nostril, 12 mm.; tarsus, 19 mm.; middle toe, 13 mm. (No. 2530—Immature, author’s collection. Guadalupe Island, February 19, 1886.) First Plumage.—Above lighter than the immature speci- men and grayer than the adult plumage. Below, including throat, pale sulphurous white, becoming pinkish on sides, and crissum, which is unmarked. Wing, 57 mm.; tail feather, 34 mm.; bill from nostril, 8.5 mm.; tarsus, 20.5 mm.; middle toe, 14 mm. (No. 2425—Nestling, author’s collection. Guadalupe Island, January 23, 1886. ) By the table of measurements it will be seen that the bills of specimens (collected eleven years after the species was discovered) average about 15.5 mm.; while those taken in 1875 I find to average fully a millimeter less. A decade hence it will be interesting to know whether this increasing development has still continued. 312 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. LIST OF SPECIMENS COLLECTED. | | j | Collector's No. Sexent Date, 1886. | Wing.|, rail |ail. ae Tarsus. ae J ~ mm.| mm. |mm.| mm. | mm. mm. 2395 $ ad. January 6. 65 48 52 15 F4il 14 2397 | ad. January 6.) 66.5) 49 (54 15.5) 21 13 2398 6 ad. January 6. | 67 48.5 56 17 21 14 2422 '¢ ad January 23.) 69 52 |— 16 20 13 2423 16 ad. January 23.) 68 49 (54 16 | 22.5 14 2443 6 ad.January 29.| 68 | 51 |57 15 22 14 2444 $ ad January 29.) 68 52 (57 | 16 22, 14 2445 |$ ad. January 29.) 66 48 54 16 21 14.5 2534 $ ad.March4. | 71.5) 53 ([58.5| 17 22 14.5 2630 {6 ad. January 29| 68 | 52 {57 is | ae 15 ——= —! ———= = = ————e Average..| 67.7) 50.2.55.5] 15.8) 21.3 14 2396 iQ ad. January 6. | 66 | 50 |55 16.5) 21 14 2446 |\Q ad. January 29.) 64 45 50 170 21S 15 2449 $|Q ad. January 29.| 63 | 46 -|54 15H en 13 2450 |2 ad. January 29, 64 | 47 (53.5| 14 | 20 13 — ee Average..| 64.2) 47 [53.1] 15.6| 20.8) 13.7 No. 2534.—Ferruginous shade on breast and abdomen. No. 2396.--Feathers worn off breast from setting. Length, 152 mm.; ex- tent, 217 mm. No. 2446.—Contained four very large ova. 29. Thryothorus brevicaudus. GUADALUPE WrEN. — This rare local species has become much restricted in distribution and perhaps in number since Dr. Palmer obtained the only two known specimens in 1879. I am informed that no collecting was done at that time among the pines on the northern portion of the island, in which place alone was I able to discover any trace of this species; and as no collecting was done by Dr. Palmer among the palms (an unlikely place for the birds to be found), | infer that the two original specimens must have been found toward the central portion of the island. The birds were timid rather than shy, being alarmed by the crushing of dry branches as I worked my way amidst the dense windfalls of pines, where they were found, they ORNITHOLOGY OF GUADALUPE ISLAND. 313 fled into the thickest parts. When all was quiet they would cautiously approach until within a few feet of me, seeming- ly prompted by curiosity. Fearing the complete extermi- nation of a species so restricted in distribution, I refrained from taking more specimens. All that I secured were taken within an area of sixty by three hundred feet, nor were any seen elsewhere. A frightened female uttered a few “ twit” “twits” of alarm, but with this exception they were utterly silent. A careful and protracted search during the greater part of two days, with the aid of my Mexican companion, failed to discover the whereabouts of a nest, the eggs of which remain unknown. LIST OF SPECIMENS COLLECTED. Collector’s;Sex and| Date, Tail Exposed Bill from Wing. Tail. Tarsus.|Middle toe. No. age. 1886. feathers. culmen. nostril. mm.}| mm mm. mm. min. mm. mm, 2483 4 ad.\|Feb. 16| 48 44 |48 Via 12 17 12 2484 |(7)éad|‘* ‘‘| 49 44 50 WC el Ae 18 12 2486 SaG2| EE 48 43° |47.5| 17 12 17 12.5 2487 Gada So As 45 47 l(a 12 18 12 Av’g..| 48.2 44 |48 1); 17.1 12 17.5 12.1 2482 | 9 ad.|Feb 16.| 47 AB WAG TEL le ALS hag 1 2485 Padaess Seay 42 |47 Gia ll 17.5 Wd 2488 rad it OS Ad AS MATE LT % | Lio eliieo 12 Av’g..| 47.6] 42.6/46.3' 16.3 | 11.1) 17.6) 11.5 No. 2483.—Contained insects and two pine seeds. 165 mm. No. 2484.—Sex not determined. Length, 134mm. Extent, No. No. No. 30, 2482.—Ovaries large. 2485.— Ovaries small. 2488.—Ovaries large. Sitta canadensis. HKyes, dark brown. Contained insects. RED-BREASTED NuTHatcH.—Tolerably common among the 314 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. pine timber, and found nowhere else except in the large cypress grove, where two or three were heard. By the 10th of March several birds had begun their pre- parations for nesting. Selecting a dead pine stump or branch they worked industriously, striking little resounding taps with their bills. Two unfinished holes were found, one at a height of about forty feet in a slender dead pine, being justcommenced, while the other, near the top of a pine stump fifteen feet high, had been cut to a depth of four or five inches, thus rendering necessary the removal of chips. This process was effected by regular stages, the bird bringing a mouthful of debris to the opening, where, entirely visible with the exception of her tail, she clung to the edge of the opening, head downward, until the chips were launched into the air. Specimens which were taken on January 26 and February 16, do not vary in size from specimens of this species from other localities. 31. Regulus obscurus. Dusky KinaLet.—Frequenting more numerously the large cypress grove, they are nevertheless found in the smaller erove, and also among the pines. In the former and latter places they are positively known to breed, and there is bunt little doubt that they also nest in the small grove. They are much tamer than others of this genus found elsewhere, still they do not seek a close acquaintance with a person of hunting proclivities. In December I found them in full song and as common as in April, although strange as it may seem, it was not un- til the latter month that any were noticed by Dr. Palmer. Their song is indescribably sweet and musical, and of wonderful power for so small a bird, commencing with a few low, quick notes, as though the singer were merely try- ing his voice, then bursting into a full animated warble, it ends in a dissyllabic measure, accented on the first syllable, and usually repeated from three to six times. One remark- ORNITHOLOGY OF GUADALUPE ISLAND. 315 ably fine songster repeated the final dissyllable eight or ten times. Only once did I hear the metallic click, so common with the Oakland birds in winter, but even then it flowed immediately into song. As early as the middle of February nest-building was in order, the birds selecting the topmost foliage of a cypress, and sometimes the very outer extremity of a horizontal branch. As the result of many days’ diligent search. three nests came under my observation, and these were detected only by watching the birds as they collected building material, or by tracing to its source a peculiar, low song, which the male sometimes sings when close to the nest. These nests were all found over twenty feet high, and only one could be seen. from the ground, and that merely during the intervals when the wind parted the branches. They were placed in the midst of a thick bunch of foliage, and but lightly secured to the twigs. Compact, though not very smooth in structure, they were composed of soft strips of bark intermingled with feathers, bits of moss, fine grass and cocoons. Additional warmth is secured by a quantity either of goat’s hair or feathers, and, lastly, a thin lining of goat's hair. Their external measurement is about 70 mm. in height by 90 mm. in diameter, while the internal depth is about 45 mm., and diameter from 35 mm. to45mm.. The mouth of the opening is smaller than im- mediately below. , A nest containing two fresh eggs (set No. 799, author’s odlogical collection) was found in the top of a slender cypress twenty-five feet high, March 24. It could not be seen from the ground, but was located by the subdued song of the male bird. As I ascended the tree and approached the nest, the female flew off and joined her mate in a neigh- boring tree. She made no demonstrations whatever, and was not again seen, while her partner. undisturbed by my intrusion continued to warble his richest song. 316 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. In color the eggs are white, with a dense wreath of pale yellowish-brown spots encircling the larger end. In some places, these spots appear to be laid over a pale lavender washing, and in one specimen, these fine, almost indistinct dots extend sparingly over the entire surface. They measure in millimeters 14 x 11 and 15 x 11. LIST OF SPECIMENS COLLECTED. Bill | Middle Collect-|Sex and] Date, | Tail | Wing | Tail.) from |Tarsus. ‘Length.|Extent. or’s No.| age. 1886. feathers.) nostril. toe. | | | | | mm mm. | mm mm, mm. mm, 5) mm. mm. 9371 |6 ad.\Jan. 2/56 | 44 \47 | 7 !19.5|10.5 | 114 | 169 9390 |4 ad.|Jan. 653.1. 40. |— | .6.5|18-..] 10.._|. aaa 2391 | ad.|Jan. 6] 53 Us A ae 111 | 164 2392_\.6) ad-|Jan. 6) 55-) 43°. |— 6.5) 19 10. ce: ee 2399 16 ad.|Jun. 6) 54:5 41.5)/— 6 20:50) LOt eee ae 2412 |4 ad.|Jan. 23) 54.5 43° |— 6 19.5° | 10.57) 292. See 2413 |6 ad.|Jan. 23)55 | 44 7 20 we) ORD eee 2414 |6 ad.|Jan. 23) 56.5 46 49 7.5| 19.5-|/-10.5 | 2222. 2441 |6 ad.|Jan. 29/56 | 44 7.5) 20 1D |. 2455 | 3 ad.|Feb. 2 at) 43 eee 6.5) GAY a9 fs | Se aoe | Av’g..| 54.8) 42.8)— 6 .6)(49,5:,), 10-3) ieee (aes | | ' | | 2378-12 ad.|Jan. 2) 51 38.5/42.5) 6 19°10 “} . ae ee 2439 }2 ad. jJan. 29) 51 ADS 4s HG} 19 10°: |. tek | eee 2456 |2 ad.|\Feb. 2) 52 40.5|44.5 6 19:5:|/ 410. | 33224) | Av’g./51.3 39.6/-- | 6.1) 19.1} 10 ...... No. 2371.--Iris dark brown. No. 2456 —-Ovaries small, The length of bill from nostril of the males taken by Dr. Palmer, all measure 6.3 mm., and the single female has the bill but 5.5 mm., showing a slight increase in length during the past decade. As this measurement can be so accurately taken, I believe the difference is an actual one. 32. Turdus aonalaschke. Dwarr Hermit THrusH.—The strange shyness of the straggling avifauna of Guadalupe Island was well exempli- ORNITHOLOGY OF GUADALUPE ISLAND. 317 fied in the first specimen of this species which I met. with. On the 24th of December, I thought I heard the: note of a Dwarf Thrush, a sound quite familiar to me during the winter season at Oakland, but could not get a sight at the author of it. The bird was heard for several consecutive mornings in the cypress grove adjoining my camp, but was not seen until the 2d of January. He then succeeded in eluding me and leading me a daily chase until the 7th of January, when he was accommodating enough to eall at camp in the evening, announcing his arrival by call- ing out quickly “chut,” ‘‘chut.’’ As the sound apparently proceeded from beneath a fallen cypress I worked my way cautiously in that direction, keeping tree trunks between myself and the place. The ground being smoother than where I had previously found him, I was not obliged to look to every footstep, and finally arriving within range, I caught sight cf him on the ground. The report of the gun was tremendous in the still evening air, and the result final. I soon had the long-sought prize in hand, beautiful, as freshly killed specimens of Turdi always are. Two other specimens were afterwards taken, one in the large palm grove, the other among the cypress. Neither, however, was so difficult to approach as the first. LIST OF SPECIMENS COLLECTED. Collector’s Number. | Sex and age. Date, 1886. Remarks. | 2401 | 6 ad. January 7. |Irisdark brown 2436 —ad. January 28. 2583 | 6 ad. March 26. 33. Merula migratoria propinqua. WEsTERN Ropin.—First seen in December. In January three birds were found and taken on the border of the small cypress grove. 22—BuLL. Cau. AcaD. Scr. Il. 6. Issued January 5, 1887. 318 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. LIST OF SPECIMENS. Collector’s Number. Sex. Date, 1886. Remarks. 2382 2 January 4. 2386 g January 4. /|Fat. -- January 8. |Head only saved. 34. Hesperocichla nevia. VariepD THrusH.—One bird only was seen on the island among the pine timber. DATA OF SPECIMEN. Collector’s Number. Sex and age. Date. 2533 Q ad. | March 4, 1886. Remarks—Gizzard contained larvz, beetles and one pine seed. 35. Sialia arctica. Mountain BuivuEpirp.—Three birds of this species were seen on several occasions on the edge of the small cypress grove; a single one being noticed for the last time on the 15th of February. DATA OF SPECIMEN COLLECTED. Collector’s Number. Sex and age. | Date. 2369 | $ ad. December 29, 1885. Remarks—Ivis dark brown. Gizzard contained caterpillars andan elytron of a beetle. STANDARD GEODETIC DATA. 319 STANDARD GEODETIC DATA. COMMUNICATED BY AUTHORITY OF THE SUPERINTENDENT OF THE UNITED STATES COAST AND GEODETIC SURVEY. BY PROF. GEORGE DAVIDSON. Read October 18, 1886. In the development of the main triangulation of the Pa- cific Coast, it was early discovered that large and irregular deflections of the plumb-line existed at the triangulation statious, whether they were situated on the mountains or in the plains. When the main triangulation was undertaken it embraced lines of unusual length, and one part of the scheme was the projection of a network across the continent along the 39th parallel. In order to collect standard geodetic data for the compu- tation of the geographical positions on this coast, Assistant Davidson planned at the outset to have the latitude observ- ed at each triangulation point; and he also observed the az- imuth of some one line in the series of directions which were observed from the same station. This scheme of triangulation commenced from an accurate- ly-measured base-line of nearly eleven miles in length sit- uate inthe plains of Yolo county, California. From this line it was carried by quadrilaterals to the Coast Range of mountains, as far west as Mount Tamalpais; and from the line Mount Helena—Mount Diablo it stretched across the great valley of California to the line Mount Lola—Round Top. This scheme of triangulation was named by the Su- perintendent of the United States Coast and Geodetic Sur- vey the ‘‘ Davidson Quadrilaterals.” The observations at all the stations have been shown to be remarkably satisfac - tory, and the discussion has been rigorously carried out in 320 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. the computing division of the Survey, under the direction of Assistant Schott. From the means already at hand, the following summary of results is made known, wherein it is seen that the accepted standard station for latitude is Mount Helena, and the standard line for azimuth is Mount Helena—Mount Diablo. The tabulation exhibits the ob- served and computed latitudes and azimuths, the probable error of each determination, and the deflection of the plumb- line from the means. Including the stations Mount Lola and Round Top, which are the easternmost points of the “ Davidson Quadri- laterals,’ in the Sierra Nevada, we have nine stations, at each of which the latitude and azimuth were determined as- tronomically; and we shall take the mean results derived from all these observations for the formation of the stand- ard values ¢, and a,. The direct results of the astronomical observations for latitude require two corrections: one, the reduction to the station point /\; the other, the correction for curvature of the vertical or reduction to the sea level. The heights re- quired for the latter purpose are given in Appendix No. 10, Coast and Geodetic Survey Report for 1884, (Mount Lola being 2,796.4 metres, or 9,175 feet; and Round Top 3,173.5 metres, or 10,412 feet above the level of the sea.) For the expression of the curvature between the sea-lev- el and the altitude of the station, we have (see Clarke’s Geodesy, pp. 101-102), 3 ee (8 m—e’)sin2¢. Put- ting 3 m—e’—0.0052", and log. (r sin 1”)=1.490, then for h, the height in metres, and %¢ the correction in seconds of are we have for the latitude ¢ d¢—=—0.000167/sin 2¢; or [n 6.212]h, for the average latitude 39°; the number within brackets being a logarithm. '—G. Zaehariae, in his Principal Geodetic Points (German transla- tion by Dr. Lampe, Berlin, 1878), prefers the value 0.00513. ee STANDARD GEODETIC DATA. a2] GEODEIIC OR STANDARD LATITUDE ¢, OF MOUNT HELENA, FOR THE ‘“‘DAVIDSON QUADRILATERALS.” 5 Astronomical Station. S. E. Yolo Base. N.W. Yolo Base. Monticello... .... Mt. Diablo. ... Mt. Tamalpais. Mt. Helena Mite thola:..<...,... Round Top.... OAM IMSPUP Wwe Year Observed we Red’n\Red’n \23 2 Adopted of |Astron’mic’!/ 2 > tg | 2 Bee pores A—G Obn.| Latitude. HS, /\ | Level.||4 2 = (G). | ® | Pon 1850 38 31 34.52) +0.06 —(.45 —0.00 |34.07//38 31 35.41/—1.34 1880 38 4) 37.34} 0.07/—0.13|/—0.01)/37.20/|38 40 38.03|—U'.83 1880 38 49 46.51) 0.09 —0.31|—0. 15)/46 05//38 39 43.85|-12.20 1880 33 22 23.3%) 0 05|--0 37|—0.12//23.63)/38 22 £7.02|—3.39 1576 37 52 49.59) 0.06) 0.00) —0.19),49.40)|37 52 48.70)+-0.70 1882 37 55 19.04) U0.08 —0.04'—0.13]/18 87/|37 55 20.69|—1.82 1876 38 40 01.02) 0.06 +0.47 —0.22| 01.27) 38 40 04 26/—2.99 1879 39 25 57.98) 0.06) —0 22) —0.46) 57.30)|39 25 53 34)4+-3.96 1879 33 39 46 89) 0.08)--0 01) —U0 52//46.33)/33 39 43.64) + 2.74 } | | | nese | | | Mean.../—..09 The mean difference, A—G, is small, approximating zero, as 1t should be. We have, therefore, retained and ’ > adopted for the present ¢. for Mount Helena 38° 40’ 04.26”, with a probable uncertainty of + 0.’'59. deflection in the meridian is about 2.’’2. The average local GEODETIC ORSTANDARD AZIMUTH g OF DIRECTION MT. HELENA TO MT. DIABLO, FOR THE ‘‘DAVIDSON QUADRILATERALS.” WDeOARGSIrEUNe m tle 2 | Observed; Yio s\Saw Adopied > Station To Station | Astronom-| = cae e135 a) Geodetic , | e os 2aoal|Ran ao 2 Occupied. Observed. | ical et E ips: prey ae | Azimuth. P= Ble om (G7) : | sans | Owe Lo Wee tr ar D) 7) P77 te S. E. Yolo Base.'N. W. Yolo Base |163 07 13.51) +0.18)|—0.00| 13.511!/163 07 15.07|—1.56 N. W.Yolo Base. S. E. Yolo Base.}343 05 02.35) 0.16)|/—0.00) 02.35 |343 05 04,03/—1.68 Monticello ..... Mt. Helena..... 91 04 25.16] 0.21||—0.00| 25.16)| 910423 79) 1.37 Vaca Mt ....... S. E. Yolo Base.|235 38 36.44) 0.28}) 0.00] 36.44 |/235 28 33.47) - 2.97 Mt. Diablo......|Mt. Helema..... 14! 28 16 13] 0.15) * 144 2815.06 - 1.07 Mt. Tamalpais. Mt. Diablo..... 274 15 15.39) 0.14)|—0.01} 15.38 ))274 15 15.71 —0.33 Mt. Helena..... Nits SETA D1O! yoy: 324 01 24.86) 0.19 * |/324 01 31.03'—6.18 Mt. Lola........ Mt. Helena..... 67 21 62.57) 0.17)|—0.16) 62.41)) 67 2159.55) 2.86 Round To} ..... Mt. Helena..... 90 58 53.57 se —0,16| 53.51 >| 90) 58 53.01! - 0.50 | |——— | Mean. .. —0.11 322 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. The mean difference is sufficiently near zero to retain the old value, and we adopt for the present 2, Mount He- lena to Mount Diablo: 324° O1’ 31.04 +00.64. This value will slightly change after the Mount Lola and Round Top observations shall have been finally adjusted. The average local difference in azimuth is about 2.1. - At the stations Mount Diablo and Mount Helena the as- tronomical azimuths were referred to a mark and not to a triangulation point, and the same is the case at Mount Lola and at Round Top. The references to the stations marked by an asterisk [*] in the preceding table would therefore be arbitrary since the results must depend on the adjustment of the directions of the figure; but by applying a correction which is the mean of all the corrections to the lines at the stations, the reference of the astronomical meridian to the geometrical figure of the triangulation is effected with respect to all di- rections; thus for the two stations in question: At Mount Diablo:— Observed azimuth of the reference mark (Clayton)= 9- 42’ 25.92 West of North; hence, astronomical azimuth of the mark = 170° 17 347 Gs Or when reduced to the sea level= 170 17 24. 07 At Mount Diablo the mean correction to the six adjusted directions is-+ 0.’7023 (+0.”11); this added to the observed geodetic direction of the azimuth (25°49'17.”194) gives = 25 49 ATS ae Hence with the corrected direction to Mount Helena (see below)= 399 59 59. 273 The angle between the mark and Mount He- lena, adjusted— 25 4917. 94 and the astronomical azimuth referred to Mount Helena becomes 144 28 16. 13 as given in the preceding table. STANDARD GEODETIC DATA. Similarly at Mount Helena:— The Observed Azimuth of the reference mark (Woods)= the same reduced to the sea level 189 18 1 The mean correction to four adjusted direc- tions at the station is —0.”’032 (+ 0.13). The angle between the mark and Mount Diablo adjusted—= Whence the Astronomical Azimuth, re- ferred to Mount Diablo= [oy 4. 36 189 18 14. 37 225 16 49. 51 324 Ol 2 4. 86 We have also the following table of adjusted directions at these two stations At Mount DIsBLo. At Mount HELENA. Result of Station Adjustment Direction to Cus ey, WE AL GIONA Sy s:cs/<.<10 359 F9 59.918 Monticello............ 20 03 30.611 MIG 1 Ue eee 20 19 59.481 Azim. Mark (Clayton)| 25 49 17.194 North West Base..... 38 39 09 129 South East Base.... | 43 24 20 921 Ssodaue 310 12 09.218 Mt. Tamalpais Mean =+ “UlMop ysu{py oan -SLAT | x x *spuodeg Teun LA, 59.273 30.509 59.800 (17.217) 09.215 21.445 09.171 aS | , Result of | © = 2 iy Direction to Station >. g 5 Adjustment) Sy] 2 o se 47 ” Mt. Diablo......... 359 59 59.927 +.183) 60.110 Mt. Tamalpais....- 33 43 57.138 +.303] 57.441 Azim. Mark (Woods) 995 16 49.650 (49.618) Monticello......... 306 46 16.069 | 4-.008] 16.077 Vaca Mt.........-- 340 03 44.097 |—.621| 43.476 Mean =—| 0.032 Tables of resulting adjusted directions were prepared for all stations, because the respective mean corrections are to be applied to all other directions not yet adjusted before they can be submitted to the process of the next figure ad- justment which ordinarily is of a secondary character. For the standard Longitude of the triangulation about the Yolo Base Line, we have to retain at present the telegraph- ic longitude of San Francisco station at Washington Square, A=8h UIm 38.34 secs, (see Coast and Geodetic Survey Report for 1884, Appendix No. 11, p. 424) and derive from it for 324 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY. OF SCIENCES. Mount Helena the value 2,—122° 38’ 01.” 41. [This gives for the present astronomical and telegraphic longitude sta- tion, Lafayette Park in San Francisco, the longitude west of Greenwich—8h 09m 42.72s, or 122° 25’ 40.” 75. | These standard geodetic data ¢, 4, 4, are subject to changes hereafter; but generally they are best retained and the small corrections are noted, so long as the changes do not exceed the respective probable errors of these quan- tities. 25 wo EARLY CALIFORNIA LANDFALLS. EARLY SPANISH VOYAGES OF DISCOVERY ON THE COAST OF CALIFORNIA. PROF. GEORGE DAVIDSON, A. M., PH. D. Read at the meeting of the Academy, Monday, October 18, 1886. The following tabulation exhibits in a condensed form the identification of the ‘‘ landfalls” of Cabrillo and Fer- relo, in their explorations of the coast of California in 1542 and 1545, from Cape San Lucas to latitude 42° 30’. During my work on the Pacific Coast of the United States since the spring of 1850, I have been deeply inter- ested in the discoveries and explorations of the early Span- ish navigators. My special duties have made me peculiarly well acquainted with the coast line, and I have thought it my duty to establish the identity of the landfalls, which I believe I have clearly done. Unfortunately, the great length of the paper in which I have given the details of the narratives of Ulloa, Cabrillo, Ferrelo, Drake and Vizcaino, and my explanations, together with a chart, precludes its publication by the Academy at this time; and it has been presented, in extfenso, to the Superintendent of the U.S. Coast and Geodetic Survey for publication. This tabulation contains the resumé of the identifica- tion of the sixty-eight places which Cabrillo and Ferrelo par- ticularly mention. In it are shown, in parallel columns, the names by which Ulloa, Drake and Vizcaino designated the same localities, together with the modern names. The latitudes of Cabrillo and Ferrelo were given only to a third of a degree, with an occasional qualification of ‘‘a little more,” or “a little less,” while the large and nearly constant errors indicate very defective instruments. The present latitudes are taken from the published charts of the United States Coast and Geodetic Survey. It should be understood that the whole of the work em- braced in the paper and in this condensed statement has oc- cupied much of my unofficial time during the last two years. 326 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. THE LANDFALLS OF CABRILLO, (C), AND FERRELO, (F), WITH AND THE PRESENT | Dates, Name of place by Cabrillo} Latitude by |Names by Ulloa, Drake or No. Cabrillo and 1542, 1543. and Ferrelo. Ferrelo. Vizcaino. 1\Jun, 22, 1542/El Puerto de Navidad | ...... PE El Puerto de la Navi- \Apr. 14, 1543 | dad. V. 2 Jun. 28, 1542|El Cabo de Corrientes/20%°, C..|Et Cabo de Corrientes. Vv. 3\July 2, 1542)La Punta de California|24° ‘‘and more.) iC. | ee Seo nad aa E] Puerto del Marques La Bahia de Santa del Valle....... Doeecie.2 Cruz. U. AN Se aikies etger El Puerto de la Cruz Dawe. os 5\July 6, 1542)El Puerto de San Lu-].......C F..|La Bahia de San Ben- GUSH S468: 26 Se : arbe. VY. 6|July 8, 1542/El Puerto de La Trin-|25°, ....F..|La Bahia de San 15 EY (Se Seine ay Pee ot Abad. U.; La Bahia de Santa Marina.V. Te cS) ) - ba sPunta detla) Prini-|25F), «C22. rE EEYG ea ES th Oy enitey Nine SIP tell een ot MMU IA cece ccs lene eee F 9} ‘* 18, 1542 vt Opie de San Ped-|25%°, F../El Pnerto de la Mag- a AO aac dalena. Y. UNG epoce =: so tciccrere cre Ee ‘Bahia de San Mar-| ........ F..|La Bahia de Santa [iH (Vee 2s we eile en Marta.V. 1a ess “ /Una Gran Ensenada |26°, Re 12\July 19, ‘* |El Puerto de la Meg. 2721, Gi Bas : GEVDTEN Bon eso Ge ke 131) £9 ——) Soa Punta ode) Santall 25-2 Catalina. gacae ocr 14) ‘* 25 ‘* |El Puerto de Santiago|273°, F..|La Bahia de las Bal- lenas. V Ant oe En bre OO... tac oe 273°, F../Abreojos, V.’s chart 16; ** — ‘* |Punta y Puerto de/28°, bse Santa Ana... 202 17, ‘* — ** |Una Isleta obra de una)28°, F_./|La Isla de San Roque. legua de Tierra .... Usvie 4 — at Od EARLY CALIFORNIA LANDFALLS. THEIR NAMES BY ULLOA, (U), DRAKE, (D), AND VIZCAINO, (V), NAMES AND LATITUDES. Present Name of the Latitude,| Correction to No. Remarks. Place. . if C., F..or Dp: 1/Port Navidad........ 1S ie 3 ee eee raisin. 2|Cave Corrientes....-- 20 25 |—0d’ (a)....|(a) It is more than prob- : : able that Cabrillo assum- ed the latitude as given by previous navigators. s|Cape Pulmo.......... 23 23 |—37’, ‘‘and more’’ C.. 4/Anchorage under Cape|23 23 |—37’, ‘‘and Teaver S45) aald asor more” C.,. 5|San Lucas Bay....... QIN Du oeie else eters Cabrillo did not observe the latitude. ‘‘They say it is in latitude 23°,” F. 6|Santa Marina Bay..../24 20 |—40’ 14 Capel OSCOn ee cie=\-- 24 17 |—43’ C.F..|The S. E. point of Santa Margarita Island. 8|Santa Margarita Is-/24 17 |.......... .|The island is 22 miles long. LESTE 61 Bes cae UO ato ae 9|Magdalena Bay....... 24 32 |—58’ F..|- 10/Santa Maria Bay....../24 44] ......... HUY Pretoria sce a srever etavall| atcia «soot eNereletsewtlais me There is no gulf; but the lowland north of Cape Lazaro slightly recedes, and would mislead a nay- igator in a small vessel in the offing. 12\Pequefa Bay and|26 14 |—46’ C.F..|Ferrelo says: “Tt is 40 ZOU tie aleteteletelaisioneress leagues from the Bay of San Martin to this coast.”’ 13|/San Domingo Point/26 19 )}............ and Anchorage..... 14\Ballenas Bay......... 26 45 |--45' 15|Abreojos Rocks...... 26 46 |—44’ .'A dangerous reef of visible 16|Asuncion Point and|27 67 |—53’ AmCHOrageync ss =... F 12). ~and sunken rocks. 17\Island of San Roque..|27 09 |--51’ F .|Ulloa saw the two islands, Asuncion and San Roque. 328 CALIFORNIA THE LANDFALLS OF CABRILLO, (C), AND FERRELO, ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. (F), WITH AND THE PRESENT NAME3 Dates, Name of place by Latitude by |Names by Ulloa, Drake No. Cabrillo and | 1542, 1543. Cabrillo and Ferrelo Ferrelo. or Vizcaino. 18 | July 27, 1542)El Puerto Fondo..... gl the | 19|July 31, 1542)[ Anchorage] .......: Er Seige Od pds 2U)\Aug.1 ‘§* |El Puerto de San Ped- 2 231° ‘‘and/El Puerto de San Bar- ro, Vincula .52 52: more,’*F..| tolome.V. Des 2 POM la Aslnader San bste-|ia5-7. sc. F..|Litsla de Natividad DAT Se ew ecreune: de Nuestra Senora. We £2. Aug. 2, 15/2}Una Ensenada Grande)... Daal dae 23 keh A **e aslslal de Aedros. 322129>. F..|La Isla de los Cedros. Mar. 28, 1543 U; La Isla de Ce:- ros: &Vi: 24/Aug 11, 1542/El Puerto de Santa/30° “scant”F|La Babia de San Hi- Clank? 2. s65 coerce polito. V 25) * 14, 1542)/La Punta del Mal Ab-|303°, Tite (0- 4 GODS eo ae 261 se 9e_ < re Isle de San Bernar-|3014°, F..|La Isla de San Ger- Sime eine onymo. V. Pi Eo OTS aE EL “ae del Engano...|31°, C..|El Cabo del Engano, Bie LOL La Punta del Eng.no./31°, 1 Do. 28} ‘© 290 <** |El Puerto de la Poses-|31%°, F..|La Bahia de las Vir- [Mara 201543) dum Foe c< oa eee gines. V. 29|Aug. —, 1542)La Isla de San Augus-|........ F..|La Isla de Cenigas. V. (IN ert os sie d's tis La Isla de San Hil- ario. V. 30/Sept. 4, 1542)/[Anchorage, 7 leagues}........ F.. from Sa Augustin.] SL MHer8s ass S Cabo de - Sin Mar- ae ate a «11 «© elGabodelaGrua.. [ax .. co =) fl Cibo de: Cruz.s.+- 33°, BR ic Sos ply Sk « Unatisletas <2 ks 2ke eos emer ithge 34} ‘© 17 ‘* |El Puerto de San Ma- |3374° , F..\La Ensenada de To- Mar, 18; 15 '3/P Weer eee .e erie see oe dos Santos. V. EARLY CALIFORNIA LANDFALLS. a29 THEIR NAMES BY ULLOA, (U), DRAKE, (D), AND VIZCAINO, (V), AND LATITUDES.—ContInvep. Present Name of the |Latitude, Correction to No. Remarks. Place. 4 OPM KoraelD), isittablestead: Cove;ori2? V1)... 02s e San Pablo Bay .... Esayset eosin ©ristovalll..\. 2 |e osc eae 20|Port =an Bartolomé..|27 39 |—51’ ‘‘and more’ F aWNatividad Island)... |27 “Od Nees. secre The Afégua, or Bird Island of Father Taraval, 1734. 22)\Sebastian Vizeaino|27 45 |-. 0.2.2.2... This is the Gulf of San 1S cs ete en to Xavier, of Father Tara- 28 «30d val. It is 50 by 60 miles in extent. 23/Cerros Island........ 28: - 02-258" F...|/They anchored under the south shore. This is the Amulgua,or Fog island of Father Taraval, 1734. 24'La Playa Maria Bay ./28 55 |—65’ ‘‘scant”’ F |They anchored here. 25|Puint Canoas........ 29 25 |—65° F . 26 San Gerdnimo Island.|/29 48 | -42’ F 2H oint: Baas... «1s'c, s|s1elate ies els pete. 2 Sn? (undescribed) prc, ssceieistscteres os fs) eu: 4 e C. HELIcoID Self POU TIGAO SIS LOUICALR e-. iors ol sieisicloleve clolelaveie stele siesslaves a P ¢ 3 *25. Mesodon (Aplodon) armigerus .. ....-........ E z ‘ : CU MMPATIONUA AITOSA on cfcie cic os oe eels fe\s.0\ os) slerecie,s u < : % 27. be Sava boretonumsys sacle cree ve so 2's. a 28. oS Behold erlaniaice: casa mcraciskes bobs iz é 29. es CO SUCHE IE Co Boma cniopmn asiaoicomeeE x 30. s californiensis ENE Make ateich tse tore ahd stock « p 43 4 * 3l. rs PNGHY ONLY Ate arolelcejrleteiele isi Re és = 32. es Oe MHUVENCOSB ec o\es/feie o's. de Ss » 3 33. es ss iad Pesiibaa smsueys cir itso > - ; 34. me Us ice ee. p is 35. ef oe GhETAIO Ss. ode ounns eee SonaCS ? - eS 36. Campylea ? (fidelis) infumata................. ~ be 37. Bg (traskiie:))diabloensis®..-). os... a E es 38. Es dupetithouatsy/-). cles. ile = BE 39. re ( ‘s \sequoicola.? os. 1-7 E D. Puror. *A0. Pupilla HOTS clon bidd don pool CUOODDD AO Ueno ¢ r é y 41. Bt SFCANLORDIOAS £02 0955. 25 put acai 32a aiviera ¥ 3 E. Succrnorp. pi eee SUCCIMed OLeCONONSIS: ic acme er reieeielsicts feta one os c *43, om TIT LETCY Gas ls odo bomaCe Co@anH OOo Ue iy 4 ‘ *44., Side MUSN NATIT. ibs areas nccchalstcin we lehuy oie yes . 2 *45, “ TPES SA ook Gos cod gcoousees Anode & z = * Sierra Nevada, also. t Introduced. 368 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. Contra Costa and Alameda Counties. These two counties form a quadrangle, including the whole region ‘‘ East of San Francisco Bay,” and are about 40 miles square. About 270 square miles of the eastern portion, rising from the level marshes up to about 200 feet, is very arid in summer, the water-courses nearly all dry- ing up, and no trees growing along their banks for 10 or 15 miles. The river shores south of the westward bend, are, however, lined by large trees and shrubbery, where not too marshy, and would no doubt support many species washed down to them, if the floods, both of summer and winter, did not destroy those that escape tramping cattle. Only two species have been found living near the marshes, Nos. 25 and 32, besides the four amphibious Succineas, 42, 43, 44 and 45. At the foothills near Mt. Diablo, water begins to be per- manent in pools, and above the porous sandstones is found running in summer down to about 100 feet above tides, wherever the harder metamorphic rocks occur, while trees again become common along the streams, and in cool, springy situations live-oaks, pines and shrubbery cover parts of the hillsides. On the north slopes, and always near fos- siliferous rocks between 100 and 1,000 feet elevation, are found small colonies of No. 32. From a similar locality on the east slope, Prof. Brewer brought the type of No. 37. I searched carefully on the south and west slopes, but could find none of any kind in the best localities, nor was Dr. Yates more successful in a careful examination of the ridge 10 or 12 miles S. E. of the peak. None were found above 1,000 feet for 5 miles up the north slope, where little lime and no fossils occur, and though these are found over 2,000 feet on the south side, the greater heat apparent- ly prevents the existence of any except Limacoid species. But as some of these are found active in wet places through the dry season, and dead shells always show the existence of other kinds when not active, it seems unlikely a | |lLlLe ee EE WEST COAST PULMONATA. 369 that we could miss any where they occurred. Some large permanent springs also produced several fresh-water spe- cies in plenty. The trees on this mountain are usually too scattered to give much shelter, and even where most dense, no pulmo- nates were found, the rock being metamorphic. As shown on the map, there are here two spurs of the Mt. Diablo range, separated by Livermore Valley and Wal- nut Creek, but farther south they join, forming the Mt. Hamilton range, in which the whole country is more ele- vated, many peaks being higher than Mt. Diablo, and the lofty region near the southern boundary of Alameda County is over 20 miles wide, sloping northwest. A large extent of this table land is covered with snow for many weeks in winter, and large streams run from it all the year into Livermore Valley. The highest parts are more or less wooded with Cedars (Libocedrus), Cypresses (Cupressus), Pines and Oaks, sometimes quite densely, but being as far as known metamorphic, no land mollusca have been found high up. The northwest summer winds seem to condense the fogs from the sea upon these high regions, while they cool the air without so much desiccation as on the lower ridges and valleys. But unlike the Sierra Nevada, this range does not seem to produce land pulmonates above 1,000 feet, and as on Mount Diablo they only occur near fossils. Dr. Yates explored much of the region, and not having been there myself, I quote from his letters: ‘‘ I only found land shells where the miocene or cretaceous fossiliferous sand- stones cropped out, between 800 and 1,100 feet elevation, six miles N. W. of the summit of Cedar Mountain. These rocks in the deep ravines along the west side of the ridge near its base, contain many fossils; higher up, it is all metamorphic and no land shells were found.” The species he found were 7, 15, 30, 34, 37. Thus the general fact is confirmed that No. 37 is one of the group living in or near coniferous forests where the soil 26—Buuu. Cau. AcaD. Scr. IL. 7. Issued May 25, 1887. 370 CALIFORNIA. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. is caleareous. It has not been found west of this locality, but reappears southward at Salinas River, and there borders on the range of its nearest allies, Nos. 38 and 39, which, as before stated, may be off-shoots from it in the cool coast ranges. That it does not run into the drionta group west- ward, is shown by the forms of that sub-genus found with it, being the two most unlike it known to exist. The most unexpected fact was finding No. 34 exactly hke the Monterey variety, which is elsewhere known only near the coast, and rare. Livermore Valley, which is about 80 square miles in area, is too dry in summer for any species to live, except in very rare spots along the banks of creeks where they may sur- vive under logs, roots or stones, but we found none except on the borders of a marshy lagoon, and the streams entering it from the north or west, near where Alameda Creek cuts through the western spur of the mountains. Those found were Nos. 1, 7, 14, 31, 32, 33, 42, 43, 45 (Nos. 14 and 31 at the base of the hills only). It is probable that the alkalin- ity of much of the water in summer prevents the existence of both land and fresh-water pulmonates in other parts of the valley. It is well known that while springs containing little min- eral matter except lime, are favorable to them, those having much of other salts are injurious, which explains their ab- sence from many regions where metamorphic or volcanic rocks prevail, as well as from unaltered regions where salts have remained from marine deposits, or percolated through from other rocks. The northern border of Contra Costa County would ap- pear more favorable to them than we have found it to be, but the summer wind blows through the gap with such force as to desiccate the shores too much for the growth of many trees, and west of the river junction the marshes are too salt to suit them, so that there is very little shelter in the dry season. Those known from there are Nos. 5, 11, 24, 25, WEST COAST PULMONATA. ai 32, 36, 42, 48, four of which were found also on the eastern border. The western slope of the mountains forming the eastern shore of the bay (called Contra Costa hills), is mostly of metamorphic rocks near its base, but partly covered with plocene gravels up to 300 feet, while miocene sandstone with many fossils forms the summits and eastern slopes of the spur. The creeks draining it all head within this fos- siliferous region, and carry down lime in abundance to the valley soils. There are also calcareous springs deposit- ing tufa along the junction of the pliocene and metamorphic rocksin many places. It receives the full effect of the sum- mer fogs condensing about the summits, as well as more winter rain than eastward, while the sea breezes keep it cool in summer. We therefore find it the most favorable region yet mentioned for Jand pulmonates, which, however, still seem absent everywhere above 1,000 feet elevation. The influence of these new conditions is seen here also in the commencement of a new group of botanical species, accompanied to some extent by animals also, of species not known east or southward in the Mt. Diablo range, but char- acterizing the coast ranges west and north of San Francisco Bay. The most conspicuous example of this is the isolated grove on Redwood Peak; but some of the shrubs and smaller plants have a wider range. Although Rocky Mound, five miles north, is much higher, its upper parts are entirely metamorphic, and thus unsuited for the redwood. The Peak has its eastern slope and summit composed of sandstone lying upon serpentine, and at the junction numerous springs come out forming creeks running in every direction. The redwood trees grew in 1850 pretty thickly over a sur- face about two miles square at the summit, mostly in clumps around the springs, and becoming scarcer down to about 500 feet elevation. Though many hills in the ridge are as high or higher, this was the only one so wooded, being the 3172 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. only one having the necessary conditions for their growth. The nearest groves of the species are 21 miles N. W. and 23 miles S. W., across the bay, but some buried logs in San Francisco County, about 14 miles distant, show that a few grew there during past centuries. J 3. Detpatnrum ———-—? A single plant, in fruit only, ‘igh up in a canon of the north side. 4, Puarystemon -Catirornicus. Benth. Trans. Hort. Joe. 2. 1. 405. |5. PLATYSTIGMA DENTICULATUM, Greene, Bull. Torr. Club. iii, 218. 6. MeEcoNopsIs HETEROPHYLLA, Benth. |. ¢. 7. DENDROMECON FLEXILE, Greene, |. c. 216.—On bushy llsides everywhere; quite plentiful on the northward slope no great distance from the shore. 8. EscHscHOLTZIA GLAUCA, Greene, Pittonia, i. 45.—Con- ed to the interior of the island, and the southward slope. 9. EScHSCHOLTZIA RAMOSA, Greene, Bull. Torr. Club. xiii. 7.—On a small rocky islet near the northern shore; a ‘ictly maritime plant, growing only within reach of the v spray; also found on the sea shore on Guadalupe. / 10. CARDAMINE INTEGRIFOLIA. = Dentaria integrifolia, Nutt. ; rr. & Gray, 1. c. 88 (1838); Curdamine paucisecta, Benth. , Hartw. (1857).—Northward slope; not common. This very common field buttercup of California was named by Nuttall, in aor of Ferdinand Deppe, a German botanist who had been his predecessor jeld work on this Coast. The name, R. Deppei, was printed, along with ‘essential character of the species, not much less than twenty years be- > the appearance of Bentham’s &. Californicus. Mr. Nuttall was entirely correct in placing this plant under Dentaria, if the genus be kept up it must remain there. But, as Bentham and »ker have said, Denturia does not differ from Cardimine, either in habit sharacter. ‘here is another Californian species which has, until now, remained nom- ily under the former genus, and may be called CaRpAMINE NUTTALLU= vtaria tene’la, Pursh, Fl. ii. 439; Torr. & Gray, Fl. i. 87; Brew. & Wats. . Cal. i. 30. The adjective specific name ¢enella has already been used in ‘damine. 390 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. 11. ARaBis FILIFOLIA=Cardamine filifolia, Greene, Pit tonia, i. 30.—Notwithstanding its close resemblance, ir some respects, to our common Curdaiine oligosperma, thi: new insular plant must needs be an Arabis, for its silique: are not only not elastically dehiscent; they are very tardily dehiscent, and so, when ripe, plainly those of the genus te which the species is now referred. 12. THELYPODIUM LASIOPHYLLUM, Greene, Bull. Torr Club. xiii. 142. | 13. SISYMBRIUM PINNATUM=FLErysimum pinnatum, Walter Fl. Carol. 174 (1788): Sisymbrium canescens, Nutt. Gen. ii 68 (1818). 14. SISYMBRIUM OFFICINALE, Scop. Carn. ed. 2, n. 824. In cultivated lands only. 15. NaAstTurTIUM aQquatTicum, Tragus, Hist. 82 (1552) Dodonzeus, Pempt. 581 (1583); Bauhin, Pinax. 104 (1623, NV. officinale, R. Br. Hort, Kew. ed. 2, iv. 110 (1812). Mouth of streamlet at Prisoner’s Harbor. 16. Brassica niGRA, Boiss.—Not widely prevalent. 17. CAPSELLA DIvaRIcaTA, Walp. Rep. 1. 175.—On a lo promontory, near the seashore, on the north side of t island; probably adventive, for only one plant was seen. 18. CapsELLA BuRSA-PASTORIS, Moench, Meth. 271. 19. Leprpium nitipum, Nutt.; Torr. & Gray. FI. i. 116. 20. Leprpium Meyziesu, DC. Syst. 11. 539. 21. ATHYSANUS PUSILLUS, Greene, Bull. Cal. Acad. i. 72. Common on the northward slope. 22. THYSANOCARPUS CONCHULIFERUs, Greene, Bull. Tor Club, xiii. 218; Pittonia, i. 31. 23. THysanocarpus Rimosus. Wholly glabrous ap slightly glaucous, a foot high, the stem parted near th BOTANY OF SANTA CRUZ ISLAND. 391 base into many erect, leafy and at length racemose branches; leaves 2—4 inches long, linear, those of the branches entire, or with a few scattered small but salient teeth, and an auric- ulate-clasping base, the lower and radical with 2—38 pairs of linear divaricate lobes: raceme naked, the pedicels slen- der and recurved: sepals minute, cymbiform, erect-spread- ing in flower, white, with a broad green mid-vein: petals twice the length of the sepals, spatulate-oblong, retuse: stamens 6, all of the same length, three on each side of the broad flat pistil: samara regularly and rather strongly con- cavo-convex, the crenate margin with or without some ob- long perforations: style short, persistent. Species just in- termediate between its very singular island congener and the mainland 7. crenatus; having the foliage and branching habit of the former, nearly. 24. OLIGOMERIS sUBULATA, Boiss. fide Brew. & Wats. Bot. Cal. i. 53.—Common along the sea shore. 25. HELIANTHEMUM scopaRiuM, Nutt., Torr. & Gray, FI. i. 152.—Common in the interior: suftrutescent, and strongly so when mature; nevertheless flowering freely the first year from the seed, thus often appearing as if annual. 26. HELIANTHEMUM OCCIDENTALE, Greene (see page 144). 27. FRANKENIA GRANDIFOLIA, Cham. & Schlecht. Linnea, i. 85.—Back of the beach, at the west end, abundant. 28. SILENE ANTIRRHINA, Linn. sp. i. 419. 29. Smene Gawuica, Linn. |. c. 417.—Quite as common as on the mainland. 30. SILENE QUINQUEVULNERA, Linn. |. c. 416?—Smaller than the preceding, with a larger capsule and calyx more stiffly hirsute, growing with it on hillsides everywhere in the interior of the island. The plant was long past flower- ing, and may possibly be S. nocturna; but whichever species, it is otherwise unknown in this part of the world, and must 392 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. have arrived there with seed of grain or other cultivated plants, from southern Europe. 31. SILENE LACINIATA, Cav. Ic. vi. 44?—Plant glabrous, the leaves all very narrow: stems numerous, slender, de- cumbent, from a thick, perpendicular fusiform root. Fre- quent on northward slopes. 32. STELLARIA MEDIA, Smith, Eng. Bot. t. 537. 33. STELLARIA NITENS, Nutt.; Torr. & Gray, FI. i. 185. 34. SAGINA OCCIDENTALIS, Watson, Proc. Am. Acad. x. 345. 35. LEPIGONUM MACROTHECUM, Fisch. & Mey. Kindb. Monog. Lep. 16.—A very robust and viscid perennial, with large fleshy roots: not rare, on the north side, near the sea, among rocks. 36. PENTACHNA RAMOSISSIMA, Hook. Bot. Mise. 111. 3388.— Low bluffs near the sea, toward the west end. 37. CALANDRINIA Menziesit, Hook. Fl. Bor. Am. 1. 2238. 38. CLAYTONIA PERFOLIATA, Donn, Bot. Mag. t. 1536. 39. Matva parvirLorRA, Linn. Amcen. ii, 416.— Less common than on the mainland, where it is called IV. borealis; but it is a most distinct species. 40. Matrvastrum THurBer!, Gray. var. LAXIFLORUM, Gray. Proc. Am. Acad. xxii. 291.-—-Rare; only two bushes seen, and these under the protection of large opuntias; perhaps thus kept from the sheep. 41. Eropium cicutarum, l’Her.; Ait. Hort. Kew. Ed. t ii, 414. 42. Eropium moscHatum, Willd. Sp. Pl. iii. 6381. 43. Ruamnus tnsunaris, Kellogg., Proc. Cal. Acad. ii. 37 ?—Tree often 20 feet high, the naked trunks 4—5 inches 93 (Sl) BOTANY OF SANTA CRUZ ISLAND. in diameter, clothed with a smooth light gray bark: branches few and open: leaves oblong-oval, commonly 3 inches long, including the half-inch petiole, and 1} inches broad, obtuse at both ends, mucronate at apex, the margin slightly but very regularly glandular-crenulate: color and texture of leaf as in &. crocea; fruit also the same except as to size, being much larger. : The tree here spoken of, although receiving its best development on Santa Cruz, is well known in western Cali- fornia from Lake county southward. along the Mt. Diablo range, and in herbarium specimens may, with some excuse be referred, as it long has been, to Nuttall’s 2. crocea; but no one in the field can confound the two. I saw the same on Cedros Island two years ago. Yet there is a little doubt about its being the plant described by the late Dr. Kellogg. But in view of their probable identity I dare not propose a new name for what, if it be the same, has already two by the same author, the other one being RP. tlicifolia. 44, CEANOTHUS CRASSIFOLIUS, Torr. Pac. R. Rep. iv. 75; Bot. Mex. Bound. 46. t. 11.—Not rare, yet nowhere forming thickets. 45. CEANOTHUS ARBOREUS, Greene (see page 144), 46. ACER MACROPHYLLUM, Pursh, FI. 1. 267.—Common in deep canons of the north side, and very luxuriant. 47. WHUS DiversitosBa, Torr. & Gray, Fl. i. 218.—North side, rare. 48. RuHUS INTEGRIFOLIA, Benth. & Hook. Gen. Pl. 1. 419. Common on the northward slope, and of shapely tree-like proportions, much larger than ever seen on the mainland. 49. Ruxus ovata, Watson, Proc. Am. Acad. xx. 358.— Interior of the island, where it is common. 50. Lupinus CHamissonis, Esch. Mem. Acad. Petrop. x. 288.—Interior; also on islets near the shore; shrub of good size. 394 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. 51. Lupinus arrinis, Agh. Syn. Lup. 20. 52. Lupinus nanus, Dougl. Benth. Hort. Trans., new ser. i. 409. t. 14. 53. Lupinus truncatus, Nutt.; Hook. & Arn. Bot. Beech. 336. 54. Lupinus Hirsutisstmus, Benth. Hort. Trans. 1. c. 55. LupPINUS UMBELLATUS, Greene (see page 145). 56. Lupinus microcarpus, Sims. Bot. Mag. t. 2413.—All the above annual species appear in the interior only. Some of them may easily have been introduced from the mainland with seed of grain. 57. TriroLium ciiatum, Nutt. Pl. Gamb. 152. 58. TRIFOLIUM EXILE, Greene, Pittonia. i. 6. 59. TRIFOLIUM TRIDENTATUM, Lindl. Bot. Reg. t. 1070. 60. TriroLium micropon, Hook. & Arn. Bot. Beech. 330 61. TRIFOLIUM MICROCEPHALUM, Pursh, FI. ii. 478. 62. TriroLium FucaTuM, Lind). Bot. Reg. t. 1883. 63. TRIFOLIUM AMPLECTENS, Torr. & Gray, l. ec. 319. 64. Menmotus parviFLoRA, Desf. FI. Atl. ii. 192. 65. MeEpicaGo DENTICULATA, Willd ; DC. Prod. i. 176. 66. SYRMATIUM DENDROIDEUM, Greene (see page 146). 67. SyYRMATIUM PATENS, Greene (see page 147). 68. SYRMATIUM NIVEUM, Greene (see page 148). 69. Hosackra ? occuLTa. Growing parts of the plant vil- lous-canescent, the older glabrate and green: leaflets 6, one BOTANY OF SANTA CRUZ ISLAND. 395 of the lateral wanting, membranaceous, cuneate-oblong, an inch long, the apex acute: flower and fruit unknown. Here and there a seedling of this obscure but unquestion- ably new species was found in gravelly dry beds of streams in several parts of the island. I judge the perfect plant to be a perennial or a shrub of the mountain sides or summits, but I could never find it. An annual would have been in fruit at the late summer time; but these gave no sign of flower, even. The habit is rather that of Syrmutium, but the leaves are too ample for that genus. I have named and thus defined what I have of this variety, both hoping that future search may be rewarded with perfect specimens, yet fearing lest it be one of the insular species now on the verge of extinction, like Syrmatium niveum. 70. Hosackta PARVIFLORA, Benth. Bot. Reg. t. 1257. 71. Hosacxta strigosa, Nutt.; Torr. & Gray. Fl. 1. 226. 72. Hosackta maritima, Nutt. 1. c. 73. Hosackia suBPINNATA, Torr. & Gray. 1. ¢. 74. Hosacxta Pursutana, Benth. 1. e.—Only two or three plants seen, and these near a Chinese fishing camp, at the south side; so, no doubt of recent introduction. 75. ASTRAGALUS DIDyMocARPUS, Hook. & Arn. Bot. Beech. oo4. t. 81. 76. ASTRAGALUS LEUcOpPSIS, Torr. & Gray, Bot. Mex. Bound. 56. t. 16.—Southeastern shore; plentiful there, but not elsewhere seen. 77. Vicia Americana, Muhl.; Willd. Sp. iii. 1096. 78. Victa Exicua, Nutt.: Torr. & Gray, i. 272. 79. Latuyrus vestirus, Nutt. 1. ec. 276.—Only one plant seen, and that in a canon of the north side. 80. Prunus occwentTauis, Lyon, Bot. Gaz. xi. 202 & 396 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. 333. Tree 15—25 feet high, with compact and well rounded head, the trunk with rough dark bark; evergreen; leaves usually ovate-acuminate, 3—4 inches long, 2—2} inches broad, entire or remotely denticulate, rarely lanceolate- acuminate, 3 inches long, and ? inch broad, sometimes broadly ovate and abruptly acute, the margin spinose-serrate: inflorescence racemose: drupe orbicular, slightly compressed laterally, ? inch in length and breadth, with a very conspic- uous suture on one side, dark red-purple, the thin pulp sweet, with also a bitter-almond flavor, but no acidity or astringency: putamen thin, rather firm-cartilaginous than ligneous. | Very common on all parts of the island; only occasion- ally exhibiting the very narrow leaves which I have de- scribed: the spinose-serrate foliage mostly appertaining to young trees. Mr. Lyon cites no place where Nuttall published such a name as Prunus occidentalis, and I can find none. Moreover, Nuttall in common with very many able botanists, held that cherries and plums are of distinct genera, and this, if he named it even in manuscript, he must have called Cerasus occidentalis, rather than Prunus. 81. Rusus ursinus, Cham. and Schlect. Linnea. 1. 1i.— Rare near the shore on the north side: apparently not yet of fruiting age. 82. CERCOCARPUS BETULZFOLIUS, Nutt.; Hook. Ic. t. 323. Trees often 18—25 feet high, with clean trunk and smooth light gray bark, the branches somewhat drooping, the whole habit very unlike that of C. parvifolius: leaves not rarely 23 inches long and 13 inches broad: young twigs with the odor and flavor of the black birch, and it was doubtless in refer- ence to this quality as much as to the morphology of the foliage that Nuttali, who knew all about the tree, named it (ungrammatically) C. betuloides. BOTANY OF SANTA CRUZ ISLAND. 397 83. ADENOSTOMA FAscICULATUM, Hook. & Arn. Bot. Beech. 139. t. 30.—Common on hills everywhere, and much more luxuriant and tall than on the mainland. 84. Rosa Catirornica, Cham. & Schlect. Linnea. ii. 35. Common along streams. 85. HETEROMELES ARBUTIFOLIA, Roemer, Syn. Monogr. iii. 105.—The most common tree on all hillsides sloping northward. It is never found in such abundance on the mainland. 86. LYoNOTHAMNUS ASPLENIFOLIUS, Greene, Bull. Cal. Acad. i1.-187 & i1. 149. t. 6. 87. SAXIFRAGA MALYHFOLIA, Greene, Bull. Torr. Club. ix. 121.—Still known oniy in the specimens of Kelloge & Harford. 88. HrvcHERA MAXIMA, Greene. (See page 149.) 89. Rupes susvestituM, Hook. & Arn.?—A single bush, not fruiting and seemingly young, was found ina deep canon on the north side. 90. TruL#a minima, Miers. Chil. ii. 530. 91. COTYLEDON LANCEOLATA, Watson, Bot. Cal. i. 211.— Abundant on cliffs near the sea. 92. CoTYLEDON LAXA, Watson, l. c, 212?—In ecafions back from the sea; plants too large, and too little glaucous to be well referable to this species. 93. Lytarum Catirornicum, Torr. & Gray, Fl. i. 482.— Rare; found only in a springy place near the summit of the island. 94. ZAUSCHNERIA CALIFORNICA, Pres]. Rel. Heenk. 11. 28, t. 52.—Low hills of the northward slope; frequent. 95. ZAUSCHNERIA VILLOSA, Greene, Pittonia, i. 27.—Abun- dant along stream banks in the interior. 398 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. 96. ZAUSCHNERIA CANA, Greene, |. c. 28.—With the last and equally plentiful. 97. EPpmopriuM cOLORATUM, Muhl.; Willd. Enum. i. 411. Only one or two plants seen. 98. EvnLosus Catirornicus, Nutt.; Torr. & Gray, FI. i. 515.—In a dry sunny canon opening to the south, or the north side; an enormous growth of the species, several plants more than six feet high. 99. Q(inotHERA Hookenrt, Torr. & Gray, |. c. 493.—Along streamlets in the higher parts of the island; same as the mainland plant commonly called a variety of @. biennis, which it can hardly be. 100. QinorHERA BistorTA, Nutt.; Torr. & Gray, 1. ¢. i. 508. 101. CNOTHERA CHEIRANTHIFOLIA, Hornem. Bot. Reg. t. 1040. 102. GopeTrIA PURPUREA, Watson, Bot. Cal. i 229.—Fre- quent in the interior valley on grassy slopes. 103. GOopETIA EPILOBIOIDES, Watson, 1. c. 231.—North side, in shady places; plentiful. 104. CLARKIA ELEGANS, Douzl.; Bot. Reg. t. 1575.—Ap- parently scarce. 105. Menrzeria micrantHa, Torr. & Gray, FI. i. 5385.— Frequent in sunny places in canons opening into Prisoner’s Harbor. 106. EcHtINocysTIs MACROCARPA, Greene, Bull. Cal. Acad. i. 188.—Common. 107. Ecurnocystis GUADALUPENSIS, Cogniaux in DC. Mon. Phan. iii. 819.—Abundant on the north side. 108. Opuntra ENGELMANNI, Salm. var. (?) LITTORALIS, En- BOTANY OF SANTA CRUZ ISLAND. 399 gelm. Bot. Cal. i, 248.—Abundant on open hills of the lower parts of the island. 109. MESEMBRIANTHEMUM ZQUILATERALE, Haw. Misc. Nat. 77.—In masses on high rocks overhanging the sea, on the north side, common. 110. MESEMBRIANTHEMUM CRYSTALLINUM, Linn. Sp. PI. 480.—Common at the west end, but not seen elsewhere. 111.—Sanicuna LaciniatTa, Hook & Arn. Bot. Beech. 347. A single specimen a little back from the shore, on the north side. 112. Conrum macuLaAtuM, Linn. Sp. Pl. 243.—Bank of stream near cultivated ground, seeming well established. 113. Fa@NIcuLUM OFFICINALE, All. Fl. Pedem. ii. 25.— Thoroughly established on hillsides near the landing of Prisoner’s Harbor. 114. APIAsTRUM ANGUSTIFOLIUM, Nutt.; Torr. & Gray, FI. i. 644. 115. Berrvunia anaustironiaA, Koch. Deutschl. FI. ii. 433. Springy places near the sea, in Laguna Canon on the south side. 116. PEvcEDANUM ? On hillsides in the interior; stem and leaves dead, the species consequently undetermin- able. - 117. Daucus pustiius, Michx. FI. i. 164.—Very abun- dant and rank; often two feet high. 118. Sampucus etauca, Nutt.; Torr. & Gray, FI. ii. 13. Not common. 119. SyYMPHORICARPUS MOLLIS, Nutt. 1. c. 4.—Like the last occurring only here and there in open cafions toward the sea, on the north side. 400 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. 120. LonicEra HISPIDULA, Dougl.; Torr. & Gray, 1. c. 5. Only one plant seen, and that with the two preceding species. 121. Lonicera supspicaTta, Hook. & Arn. Bot. Beech. 349.—South side neir the sea; frequent. 122. GALIuM APARINE, Linn. Sp. Pl. 157. 123. GaLiuM aNGusTirotium, Nutt.; Torr. & Gray, 1. c. 22.—Rocky places low down on the north side; not fre- quent. 124, GaLium FLACcIDUM, Greene, Pittonia, 1. 34. 125. GALIUM BUXIFOLIUM, Greene (see page 150).-—Near G. Catalinense, Gray, but foliage of different texture and form, and the nodes of the stem lacking the ‘‘tumid ring ”’ of that species. 126. BrickELLIA CaLirorNica, Gray, Pl. Fendl. 64.—In sunny open places among the canons of the north side; quite as shrubby as the New Mexican plant called B. Wrightii, which is doubtless the same thing, specifically at least. 127. Grinperia RopustTA, Nutt. Trans. Am. Phil. Soe. vil. 314.—Interior; not common. 128. ApnLopappus squarRosus, Hook & Arn. Bot. Beech. 146.— Frequent southward in the interior. 129. BIGELOVIA VENETA. Gray, Syn. FI. 1..2, 142.— With the last and as frequent, but neither of them in any abundance as on the mainland. 130. BIGELOVIA VENETA, var. SEDOIDES.—Stems woody at base but wholly prostrate and less than a foot long: leaves obovate, coarsely serrate, thick and succulent: heads rather large, crowded in a terminal corymb. On the edges of low clifis overhanging the sea, on the north side of the island; at a short distance would be mis- BOTANY OF SANTA CRUZ ISLAND. 40] taken for a sedum; when fresh seeming like a very distinct species of its genus; but the dried specimens go readily for a form of B. veneta. 131. Soxnmaco Catirornica, Nutt. Trans. Am. Phil. Soc. vii. 327.—Rare; found in only two or three localities, on the north side; specimens of prodigious size, some being more than five feet high. 132. CORETHROGYNE FILAGINIFOLIA, Nutt. 1. c. 290.— Rather scarce; seen only in the interior. 133. HaAzarDIA DETONSA, Greene, Pittonia, i. 29. 134. HazarpiIA SERRATA, Greene, I. c. 30. 25. ASTER RADULINUS, Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. viii. 388. Rather common in open places of the wooded northward side. 136. Erigrron CANApensis, Linn. Sp. Pl. 863.—Only one plant seen, and that not yet in flower. 137. ERicERoN GLAucus, Ker. Bot. Reg. t. 10.—Abun- dant on cliffs all along the northern shore. 138. ERIGERON STENOPHYLLUS, Nutt. Pl. Gamb. 176; Greene, Bull. Cal. Acad. i. 88, not of Gray.—Frequent on the northern slope. 139. Conyza CouLTERI, Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. vii. 355. A fair growth of this plant, not yet in flower, was found in a field of alfalfa, but fell by the sickle shortly after the time of my observing it. It may thus have failed to be- come established. 140. BaccHaris CONSANGUINEA, DC. Prod. v. 408.—Not at all common. 141. Baccuaris PLuMMER2, Gray. Am. Acad. xv. 48.— Growing luxuriantly in the cafion back of Prisoner’s Harbor landing. 28—Butt. Cau. Acap. Scr. II. 7, Issued May 28, 1887 402 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. 142. Baccuarts Dovetasu, DC. 1. c. 400.—Not com- mon. 148. Baccwaris viMIneA, DC. 1. c.—Dry beds of streams on the south side only, near the sea. 144. Mrcropus Caxirornicus, Fisch. & May. Ind. Sem. Petrop. 1835, 42. 145. Finaco Cauirornica, Nutt. Trans. Am. Phil. Soc. vii. 405. 146. GwNapPHaLium SpPRENGELI, Hook & Arn. Bot. Beech. 1:50: 147. GNAPHALIUM RAMosISsIMUM, Nutt. Pl. Gamb. 172. 148. GNAPHALIUM DECURRENS, var. CALIFORNICUM, Gray, Bot. Cal. i. 141. 149. GNAPHALIUM PURPUREUM, Linn, Sp. Pl. 854. 150. AmpBRosta PstLosTacHyA, DC. 1. c. 526. 151. FRANSERIA BIPINNATIFIDA, Nutt. Trans. Am. Phil. Soe. vii. 507. 152. XAaAnTHIUM CANADENSE, Mill. Dict. ed. 8—One plant, fruiting at a Chinese fishing camp near the southern shore; at present therefore merely adventive. 153. HeLtianraHus anNuvs, Linn. Sp. Pl. 904.—In a grain field; the native state of the plant. 154. Encenia Carirornica, Nutt. 1. c. 357.—Common near the sea, on the south side. 155. LEprosyNE GIGANTEA, Kellogg, Proc. Cal. Acad. iv. 198.—Frequent on cliffs toward the sea on the north side, but preferring islet rocks where sea fowls nest, in which places it grows in greatest abundance. The plant is de- scribed by sailors and fishermen as making a fine show dur- ing its flowering season, which is said to be February and March. BOTANY OF SANTA CRUZ ISLAND. 403 156. Mapra Fiuipes, Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. ix. 189.— Abundant on the north side everywhere. 157. Hemizonta Fascicunata, Torr. & Gray, FI. ii. 397.— A low, somewhat congested form, on open grassy lands toward the sea, on the north side; abundant in its several localities. 158. ACHYRACHENA MOLLIs, Schauer.; DC. 1. c. 292.—In the interior only. 159. Lavra pLatyaiossa, Gray, Pl. Fendl. 103?—Not the variety breviseta of the nearest mainland, but the pappus of full length, and the awns manifestly flattened and broadest above the base; very likely a distinct species, but the speci- mens too old. 160. VENEGASIA CARPESIOIDES, DC. 1. c. v. 43.—Deep caions on the north; frequent. 161. Perrrryze Fircsm, Torr. Pac. R. Rep. iv. 100.— Clayey banks near the sea, on the south side: herbage resi- nous-viscid and strongly aromatic, thus most readily dis- tinguished from P. Californica, which is scentless and nearly or quite glabrous. 162. Barta Patmeri, var. CLEMENTINA, Gray, Syn. FI. Suppl. 452—Common on the north side, and variable in size: pappus alike in ray and disk, the palee invariably four only, in both the plant of Santa Cruz and that of San Clemente, although this fact does not appear to have been observed by the author. The same plant is common near the shores of San Diego Bay, where I collected it in 1885; also from the Coronados Islands I brought specimens of what would appear to be the same, except that in these there is no pappus at all. 163. ERIOPHYLLUM CONFERTIFLORUM, Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. xix. 25.—Frequent on the north side. 404 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. 164. ERIOPHYLLUM STECHADIFOLIUM, Lag. var. DEPRESSUM, Stems stout, a foot long or less, depressed, forming a low hemispherical tuft: leaves broad and with about two pairs of divaricate linear-oblong lobes. A plant in aspect ex- tremely unlike the continental type of the species; but the flowers and fruit present no characters. Frequent on cliffs near the sea, on the north side only. 165. AMBLYOPAPPUS PUSILLUS, Hook. & Arn. Journ. Bot. iii. 321.—Near the shores only. 166. Acui~LeA Mitieroiium, Linn. Sp. Pl. 899.—Only on the north side, and rather scarce. 167. Arremista CaLirornica, Less. Linnea. vi. 523.— Frequent, but nowhere plentiful. 168. Arremista Lupovictana, Nutt.; Torr. & Gray, FI. ii. 420.—The common Californian form; but only one tuft of it seen on the island; that on the north side. 169. LepmospartuM squamatum, Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. xix. 50.—On a sandy tract in the interior. 170. Senecio Dovciasu, DC. Prod. vi. 429.—Interior; only two shrubs of it seen, but these large and beautiful. 171. Cyrovs tinacinus.: Near C. occidentalis, but more slender, much less tomentose, the leaves glabrate above: heads smaller, the long herbaceous-acerose tips of the bracts strongly incurved: corollas lilac-purple, short.—In- terior of the island; infrequent. 172. Stmysum Marranum, Gertn. Fruct. et Sem. PI. ii. 378.—Abundant in the sandy beds of the broader canons, both north and south, forming thickets impenetrable at the growing season of the year. 1Mr. Parish has sent me from San Bernardino what must be the same named by him as new, “‘C. neglectus;”? but that name holds for an Old World species. BOTANY OF SANTA CRUZ ISLAND. A05 173. CrnraureEA Metirensis, Linn. Sp. Pl. 917.—Not at all prevalent as in the continental fields and waste places. 174. PEREZIA MICROCEPHALA, Gray, Pl. Wright. i. 127.— Quite common at the north. 175. STEPHANOMERIA ELATA, Nutt. Pl. Gamb. 173 ?.2— Very common on the north side; often six feet high. 176. SrEPHANOMERIA virGATA, Benth. Bot. Sulph. 32 ?. As frequent on the south side of the island as the last is at the north. Of different habit from the mainland plant bearing this name; but akenes and pappus the same. 177. STEPHANOMERIA TOMENTOSA, Greene (see page 152). 178. STEPHANOMERIA CICHORIACEA, Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. y. 552.—Very common, in the crevices of high precipitous ledges, chiefly in the interior. 179. Rarrivnesgura Cauirornica, Nutt. Trans. Am. Phil. Soe. vii. 429.—Very common at the north. 180. Hypocum#ris GLApra, Linn. Mant. 2. 460. 181. Canars LINEARIFOLIA, DC. Prod. vii. 85.—Frequent, as on the mainland, and in the same tall state (often more than two feet high), which occurs about San Diego. 182. CaLAIs PLURISETA, Greene, Pittonia. i. 84.—Plants now growing from seed exhibit leaves laciniate-pinnatifid. 183. MaLacorHrix TENUIFoLIA, Torr. & Gray, FI. ii. 487. Precipitous places near the sea, at the north; common. 184. Mazacorurix incaNna, Torr. & Gray, 1. c. 486 (see page 153). 185. MALACOTHRIX INDECORA, Greene (see page 152). 2 Precisely the same plan', whatever it be, was seen by me, on my way home from the islands growing abundantly, on hillsides, at Port Harford, in San Luis Obispo county. 406 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. 186. ManacoTHRix sQuALIDA, Greene (see page 152). 187. HreRactum arcutum, Nutt. Trans. Am. Phil. Soe. vii. 447.—Common in bushy places at the north. 188. TROXIMON HETEROPHYLLUM, Greene, Bull. Torr. Club. x. 88.—The typical form. 189. SoncHus oLERACEUS, Linn. Sp. Pl. 794. 190. Soncuus AsPeR, Fuchs. Hist. 674 (a. p. 1542). 191. SprecunaRia PERFoLATA, A. DC. Torr. Fl. N. Y. i. 428, t. 65. 192. Vacctnium ovatuM, Pursh. Fl. i. 290.—Pine woods at the summit of the island, toward the west end. 193. ARCTOSTAPHYLOS ToMENTOSA, Dougl. Bot. Reg. t. 1791.—Forming low thickets near the summit, westward. 194. ARcTOSTAPHYLOS PUNGENS, HBK. Noy. Gen. & Spec. iii. 278.—Abundant, but at lower altitudes than the preced- ing. 195. COMAROSTAPHYLIS DIVERSIFOLIA= Arctostaphylos di- versifolia, Parry; Gray, Syn. Fl. Suppl. 397.—A handsome small tree, 12—20 feet high, flowering in July, having the external appearance, as well as the characteristic inflor- escence of our northwestern arbutus, with no likeness at all to the manzanitas; and, if fruit characters are of the value attributed to them in these Ericacez generally, Comarosta- phylis is a very good genus; otherwise this tree will be an Arbutus, not an Arctostaphylos. 196. DoprcaTHEON JEFFREYI, Moore, FI. des Serres. xvi. 99. t. 1662.—Hillsides of the interior; common. 197. Samonus VALERANDI, var. AMERICANUS, Gray, Man. ed. 2. 274.—Wet places, in deep gorges, under dripping precipices, near the northern shores. BOTANY OF SANTA CRUZ ISLAND. A407 198. Eryrur£a Dovctasi, Gray, Bot. Cal. i. 480. 199. GILIA ATRACTYLOIDES, Steud. Nom. i. 688. 900. Guia FILIFOLIA, Nutt. Pl. Gamb. 156. 901. GILIA MULTICAULIS, Benth. 202. NeMopHILA RACEMOSA, Nutt.; Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. SLO: 903. -EvcRYPTA CHRYSANTHEMIFOLIA, Greene, Bull. Cal. Acad. 1. 200. 204. PHACELIA HISPIDA, Gray, 2. i. 161. 205. PHACELIA SUFFRUTESCENS, Parry, Proc. Davenp. Acad. iv. 38. 206. Puacetia Parryt, Torr. Bot. Mex. Bound. 144. 207. EMMENANTHE PENDULIFLORA, Benth. Trans. Linn. Soc. xvi. 281. 908. PEOoTOCARYA PENICILLATA, A. DC. Prod. x. 120. 909. IKRYNITZKIA LEIOCARPA, Fisch. & Mey. Sem. Petrop. 1835, 36. 210. KRYNITZKIA MICROMERES, Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. xx. 274. 911. KrynirzKia Jones, Gray, l. c. 212. PxLacioporurys CaLirornicus=LKchidiocarya Cali- fornica, Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. xii. 164 (1877); Plagiobothrys Cooperi, Gray, 1. c. xx. 285 (1884). 913.. Hexiorropium Curassavicum, Linn. Sp. Pl. 180. 214. AMSINCKIA LycopsorDEs, Lehm. Sem. Hamb. 1831, 7. 215. AMSINCKIA INTERMEDIA, Fisch. & Mey. Sem. Petrop. 1835, 26. 408 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. 216. CoNVoLYULUS MACROSTEGIUS, Greene, Bull. Cal. Acad. i. 208 —Abundant on the north side, suffrutescent, the stems scarcely twining, but trailing several yards over rocks and bushes. The peculiar inflorescence of this species attains a very remarkable development on this island. The flowers are arranged in a forked cyme, commonly five and seven, sometimes eleven in each cyme, every flower being separately large-foliaceous-bracted, a pair of somewhat larger bracts subtending the whole cyme. The corollas are developed, of course at the rate of one a day only, on each fork of the cyme. They are little larger than those of C. occidentalis, which is just as common at Santa Barbara on the opposite side of the channel, but of which no trace is found on the island. 217. CONVOLVULUS ARVENSIS, Linn. 1. c. 153.—In a field near the principal settlement. Only a few plants, hence no doubt of recent introduction. 218. Cuscura supinctusa, Durand & Hilgard, Journ. Acad. Philad. ser. 2. iii. 42.—Not at all frequent. and rather depauperate. 219. Soxtanum Dovextasn, Dunal. DC. Prod. xiii. 48.— Quite rare. 220. SonaNum XANTI, var. WALLACEI, Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. xi. 90.—Frequent, but far less common than on Guadalupe. 221. DatTuRA METELOIDES, DC. Prod. xiii. 544—In cafions of the northern and western parts of the island. 222. NICOTIANA CLEVELANDI, Gray, Syn. Fl. 242.—Like the typical mainland form, and not approaching JN. pef- wnicflora of Guadalupe. 223. Livaria CANADENSIS, Dum. Chay. Mon. 149.— 224. ANTIRRHINUM NurTaLiiaNnum, Benth. DC. Prod. x. 592.—Rocky steeps, near the sea; common and very robust. BOTANY OF SANTA CRUZ ISLAND. 409 225. ANTIRRHINUM STRICTUM, Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. vii. 375, 226. PENTSTEMON CORDIFOLIUS, Benth. DC. Prod. x. 329.—With woody stems an inch thick, often climbing twenty feet among the branches of trevs. 227. DIPLACUS ARACHNOIDEUS, Greene, Bull. Cal. Acad. i. 210.—Common in the higher parts of the island. 228. DIPLACUS PARVIFLORUS, Greene, Pittonia, i. 36. 229. MIMULUS CARDINALIS, Dougl. Lindl. Hort. Trans. ii. 70. t. 3.—Common and extremely luxuriant under drip- ping precipices and in deep cations of the north side. 230. Mimunus FLoriBuNDUS, Doug]. Lindl. Bot. Reg. t. 1125.—But one plant seen; ina streamlet well toward the summit. 231. MimuLus nasutus, Greene, Bull. Cal. Acad. i. 112. Very abundant on the north side, in shady ravines. 232. CASTILLEIA AFFINIS, Hook & Arn. Bot. Beech. 154. Rare; near the summit. 233. CASTILLEIA HOLOLEUCA, Greene, W. Am. Se: iil. 3: Pittonia. i. 88.—Common on hills of the interior; forming . no small part of the brushwood in some places. 234. ORTHOCARPUS DENSIFLORUS, Benth. DC. 1. c. 586.— Grassy slopes in open ground, on the north side. 235. APHYLLON TUBEROSUM, Gray, Bot. Cal. i. 585.—A single specimen at the west end. 236. VERBENA PROSTRATA, R. Br. Hort. Kew. iv. 41.— Only one small specimen, near the sea shore, on the north side. 237. SPHACELE FRAGRANS, Greene, Pittonia. i. 38. 238. SaLvia COoLUMBARI®, Benth. Lab: 302. 410 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. 239. AUDIBERTIA PaLtMeERI, Gray, Bot. Cal. i. 601.— Widely dispersed, the bushes large and well formed, but seldom met with, never growing in masses. 240. SracHys ACUMINATA.—Stems 2—3 feet high, from rootstocks, retrorsely scabrous or hispid on the very acute angles: leaves ovate-acuminate, or triangular-lanceolate, mostly cordate, coarsely crenate, 2—3 inches long, on pet- ioles of an inch or more, deep green and glabrate above, velvety-canescent beneath: spike naked, a foot or two long in age, the 4—6 flowered verticils an inch apart: calyx-teeth triangular, spine-tipped, less than half as long as the cam- panulate tube: corolla light purple, more than a half inch long, tube well exserted; lower lip about 4 lines long. Among loose rocks of the northward slope: flowering in July. 241. PLanTaGo Major, Camerarius, Epit. 261 (A. D. 1586); Linn. Sp. Pl. 112 (a. p. 1753).—Near Prisoner’s Harbor Landing. 242. PLANTAGO PATAGONICA, Jacq. Ic. Rar. t. 306. 243. ERIOGONUM GRANDE, Greene, Pittonia. i. 38.—AII parts of the island. 944, ERIOGONUM RUBESCENS, Greene, 1. c.. 39.—Sandstone clifis, at the western end. 945. EXRIOGONUM ARBORESCENS, Greene, Bull. Cal. Acad. i. 11.—Common on hillsides of the northward slope, and in precipitous rocky places of all the canons; about six feet high when well grown, shrubby and evergreen, forming a rounded and compact bush. 246. Rumex saLiciroLtius, Weinm. DC. Prod. xiv. 47. 247. RumeEx crispus, Linn. Sp. Pl. 339. 248. Rumex maritimus, Linn. 1. c. 249, RuMEX CONGLOMERATUS, Murr. Prod. Fl. Geett. 52. BOTANY OF SANTA CRUZ ISLAND. 41] 250. PoLyGoNuM AVICULARE, Linn. 1. c. 362. 9251. CHORIZANTHE STATICOIDES, Benth. Linn. Trans. xvii. 418. 952. PTEROSTEGIA DRYMARIOIDES, Fisch. & Mey. Sem. Petrop. ii. 23. 953. Mirapinis CaLirornica, Gray, Bot. Mex. Bound. 173. 954. ABRONIA MARITIMA, Nutt.; Bot. Cal. ii. 4.—Abund- ant on all strips of beach occurring along the southern shore. 955. ABRONIA UMBELLATA, Lam. Ill. i. 469. t. 105. 956. AMARANTUS ALBUS, Linn. Sp. Pl. ed. 2. 1404. 257. CHENOPODIUM MURALE, Linn. Sp. Pl 219. 258. Canine ALBUM, Linn. |. ec. 259. CHENOPODIUM AMBROSIOIDES, Linn. 1. ec.—This and the three preceding weeds were seen in only a few speci- mens of each; none of them being thoroughly established. 260. CHENOPODIUM CaLIFoRNIcCUM, Watson. Bot. Cal. ii. 48. 261. ATRIPLEX MIcRocARPA, Dietr. Syn. v. 536.—Fre- quent on the south side near the sea. 962. ATRIPLEX LEUCOPHYLLA, Dietr. 1. c.—At the west end only. 263. ATRIPLEX CaLirornica, Mog. DC. Prod. xiii’. 98. Rocky islets off the northern shore; also, in a remarkably robust fleshy form, at the west end. 264. ATRIPLEX BREWERI, Watson, Proc. Am. Acad. ix. 119.—Southern shore. 265.—SumpA TorreyaNa, Watson, |. c. 88.—At the west end, abundant. 412 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. 266. Urtica HOLOSERICEA, Nutt. Pl. Gamb. 183.—Seen in but two or three localities, not far from the shore, on the north side. 267. UnticaA URENS, Linn. Sp. Pl. 984. 968. PARIETARIA DEBILIS, Forst. Prod. Fl. Austral. 73. 269. EREMOCARPUS SETIGERUS, Benth. Bot. Sulph. 53. t. 26.—Abundant in fields; perhaps brought in with seed of orain. 270. Ricinus communis, Linn. Sp. Pl. 1007.—Growing spcntaneously along the hills back from the landing, form- ing small trees. It isalso thoroughly naturalized on stream banks in the vicinity of Santa Barbara on the mainlazd. 271. SaLix LHvIGATA, Bebb. Bot. Cal. ii. 83.—Fine trees in many of the canons at the north. 972. Sarx LonerFoLiA, Muhl. DC. Prod. xvi’. 214.—One bush, in flower, at the south side near the shore. 973. SALIX LASIOLEPIS, Benth. Pl. Hartw. 335.—With the last; a very pubescent form. 974. PopruLus TRIcHOcARPA, Torr. Hook. Ic. t. 878.— Frequent in deep caiions at the north side; also more rarely at the south. 275. QuERCUS DUMOSA, Nutt. Sylv. i. 7.—Very common at thenorth; the-smaller specimens of the open hill country frequently with spikes erect, and many of the flowers per- fect, yielding a spike of a dozen acorns. 276. QUERCUS CHRYSOLEPIS, Liebm. Dansk. Vidensk. For- handl. 1854, 173.—At the north, near the summit; not com- mon. 277. QUERCUS TOMENTELLA, Engelm. Trans. St. Louis, Acad. iii. 893 —Frequent; the trees smaller than on Guad- alupe. BOTANY OF SANTA CRUZ ISLAND. 413 278. QueERCUS AGRIFOLIA. Liebm. 1. c.—A_ beautiful growth of this tree in every valley and broad cafion: also on the higher northern slope, on open hill tops, a more re- duced and compacted form with all, or nearly all, the flow- ers perfect, and acorns consequently spicate. 279. QUERCUS PARVULA, Greene, Pittonia. i. 40. 280. Pinus instants, Dougl. var. BrnaTa, Engelm. Bot. Cal. ii. 128.—Small trees, growing in a scattered way along the northward slope, but forming dense forests toward the summit and at the western end of the island. 281. HaBENARIA ELEGANS, Bolander, Cat. Pl. San Fran- cisco, 29.—Frequent on wooded hills at the north. 282. SISYRINCHIUM BELLUM, Watson, Proc. Am. Acad. xii. 277.—Interior only. 283. BLOoMERIA AUREA, Kellogg, Proc. Cal. Acad. 11. 11. Common on the north side, but extremely abundant in the interior; see page 386. 284. BropImA INSULARIS, Greene (see page 154). 285. Limium Houmeouptn, Rezl & Leicht.; Duchartre, Obs. 105.—Very common in woods everywhere. 286, CALOCHORTUS A species of the Cyclo- bothra section; common in woods of the north side; long past flowering, and not to be identified specifically. 287. CALOCHORTUS A species of the true Calo- chortus (perhaps, indeed, several species); abundant on grassy slopes of the interior. 288. ZyGADENUS FReEmontTI, Torr. Pac. R. Rep. vii. 20. 289. TypHa BRACTEATA. Rather slender, 15—18 feet high, the staminate and pistillate spike each 12—16 inches long, separated by an interval of an inch or more, aggre- gate length of spike in the largest specimens fully 3 feet, 414 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. the staminate at flowering time subtended and partly em- braced by a linear deciduous bract of its own length, and bearing 3—-7 smaller somewhat scarious caducous ones above midway or near the apex: pollen simple. In a marshy place near the sea on the south side, above the mouth of Laguna Canon. A gigantic species, and one which will doubtless be found on the mainland southward, whenever our collectors shall cease to pass this genus by as one not meriting their care or notice. These insular plants were not out of flower at the late date of my finding them, namely, the 13th of August; but there was evidence that the mature spike would be an inch at least in thickness. 290. ZosTERA MARINA, Linn. Sp. Pl. 968.—Found on the beach at the landing. 991. Puytiospapix Torrey1, Watson, Proc. Am. Acad. xiv. 303.—Abundant on rocks below tide mark along the northern shores. 292. Juncus Bauticus, Dethard, Reichenb. Ic. Fl. Ger. ix. t. 411.—Interior; frequent. 293. Juncus EFFuUsUS, Linn. Sp. Pl. 326.—On the south side; rare. 294. Juncus BuFoNIvs, Linn. |. c. 328. Dry hills among bushes, long 295. CAREX past fruiting. 296. CaREXx aNGusTaTa, Boot. Hook. Fl. ii. 218.—Along streams in the northern canons. 297. PHALARIS CANARIENSIS, Linn. 1. c. 54. . 298. Potypocon Mownspreniensis, Desf. Reichenb. 1. e. eet h.t. 942 299. MUHLENBERGIA DEBILIS, Trin. Agrost. 11. 49. 300. Stipa but specimens too old. Apparently an undescribed species, a01. 302. BOTANY OF SANTA CRUZ ISLAND. A415 AVENA FATUA, Linn. 1. ec. 80. MELICA IMPERFECTA, Trin. Icon. Gram. t. 355. 303. DISTICHLIS sPIcATA=Uniola spicata, Linn: D. mari- tima, Raf. Journ. Phys. lxxxix. 104. 304. Bromus 305. ELYMUS CONDENSATUS, Presl. Rel. Heenk. i. 265. 306. AGKOPYRUM REPENS, Beauv. Reichenb. Ic. t. 120. 307. HorDEUM MURINUM, Linn. 1. ce. 85. 308. Frstuca Myvurus, Linn. 1. ec. 74. 309. EQuisETUM The specimens do not match any of our mainland forms, and possibly two species are represented. 7 310. Potypopium CaLirornicum, Kaulf. Enum. 102. 311. PrELL#sa OrniTrHopus, Hook. Sp. Fil. ii. 148. t. 116. 312. PELLHA ANDROMEDHFOLIA, Fée. Gen. Fil. 129. 3138. CHEILANTHES CALIFORNICA, Metten. Cheil. 44. 314. NoTHoL#Nna caNnpIpA, Hook. 1. ce. 116. 315. Preris aquinmna, Linn. |. ec. 1075. 316. ADIANTUM PEDATUM, Linn. 1. ¢. 1095.—A fine growth of this most beautiful fern (rare in California), in one of the principal cafions of the north side. 317. 318. v. 412. 319. 320, ADIANTUM CAPILLUS-VENERIS, Linn. 1. c. 1096. WoopWARDIA RADICANS, Smith. Mem. Acad. Turin. ASPIDIUM MUNITUM, Kaulf. Enum. 326. ASPIDIUM RIGIDUM, Swartz, Syn. Fil. 53, 416 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. 321. ASPIDIUM A fern of more delicate text- ure than the preceding number, not well in fruit. 3. Dhree New Species. Horkevia KeLtoeci. Stems stout, ascending or nearly prostrate, a foot long or more, from a thick ligneous, very branching caudex: leaves of 5—7 pairs of obovate, coarsely and rather deeply toothed leaflets: calyx-tube cupuliform, a line deep and 23 lines broad; segments lanceolate, about 3 lines long, fully equalled by the oblong bracteoles: petals 3 lines long, spatulate-oblong, clear white: the subulate filaments also white, the 5 opposite the petals perceptibly shorter than the other 5.—H. CVulifornica, var. sericea, Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. vi. 529; Bot. Cal. i. 181. Most distinct from H. Californica in habit as well as in the color of the flowers and the very dissimilar proportions of tube and limb of the calyx. In that species the tube is not barely campanulate (much farther from cupuliform), it is even somewhat urceolate, and nearly equal to the mb itself in length. The peculiar pubescence of the present plant is a good character, and the only one heretofore men- tioned by authors. The species is apparently very local, being now confined, in so far as I can discover, to two or three town lots, which still remain unoccupied, in the west- ern part of Alameda, hence it is destined to an early extine- tion, unless some new locality can be discovered for it. The lots in which it is now growing are of a sandy soil and form part of a bluff little elevated above the beach. A. Cali- fornica is a common plant of the wooded hills on both sides of the Bay of San Francisco. The plant was originally dis- covered by the late Dr. Albert Kellogg, and may appropri- ately be dedicated to him who has so lately passed from among us. HorkeELiA Parryt. Cespitose, the slender stems 6—10 inches high: herbage green, and with a sparse soft pubes- cence and some glands about the inflorescence: leaflets BOTANY OF SANTA CRUZ ISLAND. Al7 cuneate-obovate, toothed or cleft chiefly at the apex: cymes very loose: calyx altogether rotate, with no tube; bracteoles narrow and only half as long as the broadly-lanceolate seg- ments: petals obovate-oblong, not unguiculate, but nar- rower at base, 3 lines long, far surpassing the calyx, clear white: filaments all subulate, those opposite the petals only 3 the length of the other 5. Ione, Amador county: collected long ago by Mr. Harry Edwards, and more recently by Mrs. Curran, and by Dr. Parry. A very pretty species, with showy flowers, which are altogether those of an ordinary Potentilla, save that the filaments are very strongly dilated; and the genus, as most authorities now think, is rather artificial, and should perhaps be suppressed, following Bentham and Hooker. ConvoLyuLus BincHami#. Perennial from creeping root- stocks, the stems 5—6 feet long, twining or trailing: leaves glabrous, oval or oblong, rather abruptly acute, the base with a pair of obtuse parallel or very little divergent has- tate lobes: peduncles 1-flowered: bracts oval to narrowly oblong, 4 lines long, flat and closely subtending and ap- pressed to the calyx, which they are too small to half con- ceal: calyx 6—8 lines long: corolla pure white: stamens rather short, the tips of the anthers attaining to the base only of the linear stigmas. In marshy places about Burton’s Mound, in the city of Santa Barbara; collected in 1886, by Mrs. R. F. Bingham, and the writer. Its rhizomatous subterranean parts place it in close affinity with C. sepiwm, from which its peculiar bracts well distinguish it, and remove it far enough from the two suffrutescent species which are most common in the western parts of California, namely, C. occidentalis and C. luteolus. These two most distinct species have been very unfortunately run into one by their author, in the Synopti- eal Flora Supplement. Perhaps some imperfect specimens of the plant here defined as new may have led to this con- fusion; for the author speaks of some in which the bracts 29—Buuu. Cau. AcAD. Sci. II. 7. Issued June 3, 1887. 418 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. are ‘oblong and barely equalling” the calyx. They are often narrowly oblong, but they are always shorter than the calyx and never broad enough to come near covering it. This plant being removed, I may speak positively to the effect that there are no transitions between C. occidentalis and (. luteolus. In the former the broad, carinate-con- duplicate leafy bracts are inserted close under the calyx, which they wholly conceal. In the latter the bracts are merely subulate small affairs, always situated at the good distance of a half inch or more below the calyx, their tips not reaching its base. The flowers of the former are one third larger, and their anthers equal or surpass the stigmas, while in C. luteolus the tips of the anthers come up only to the base of the stigma. The latter is a poor twiner, pre- ferring to spread about over the ground or low bushes; although in age, like a grape vine, it will spread over the head of a small oak and hide it with its profusion of leaves and flowers. (C. occidentalis, although it becomes shrubby or woody, is from first to last a close twiner, never trailing about, but its stems and branches always spirally twisted around their support: and finally, the two have each its own geographical limits. C. occidentalis is wrongly credited to the San Francisco region. Ido not know of its occurrence north of Monterey, nor of the existence of C. luteolus south of that point. The corollas of both have an uncommon durability among those of their kindred. Those of C. lute- olus I have long observed to gather up their folds loosely at nightfall of their first day, and unfold them again in the morning for the whole of the second day; and they com- monly acquire a deep shade of purple for this second day of their existence. And now that I have the two species growing side by side at Berkeley, I find that the southern species, C. occidentalis, does the same, except that the corol- las do not very perceptibly change their hue for the second day. Ishould perhaps say here that the corollas of the new C. Binghamie, like those of their ally, C. sepium, last for one day only. ORNITHOLOGY OF SAN DIEGO COUNTY. 419 ORNITHOLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS IN SAN DIEGO COUNTY. BY W. OTTO EMERSON. The months of January, February and March, 1884, found me storm-bound on the Volcano Mountains, about seventy- five miles northeast of San Diego. The intervals between January 15-20 and between April 6-28 were spent in Poway Valley, twenty-two miles north of San Diego. The Volcano Mountains seem to be a spur from the main range, rising about 5,000 feet above sea level. Eastward as far as the eye can see lies the so-called desert. West- ward among the valleys and tablelands (mesas) the country is sparsely settled. The western side of the range is well timbered with several species of oaks, while towards the north, dark, heavy belts of timber are seen. Poway Valley is surrounded by high rolling hills; these in many places are bare and rocky; again, covered with patches of cacti. Black and white sage is the principal veg- etation covering the sides of the many ravines. Very few trees of any kind are seen; these comprise oaks, elders, oc- casional sycamores and clumps of willows. The elders grow very large, the berries furnishing food for Robins, Mocking- birds, Bluebirds, House Finches, and others. The sycamores are the habitation of several species of rapacious birds. Numerous kinds of cacti are found, the one known as cholla being used by many birds to build their nests in. In the present paper it is intended to show the relative abundance of the various species found on the Volcano Mountains in winter; also those of Poway Valley in winter, and of the latter place after the spring migrants had begun to arrive. The lists are somewhat incomplete, owing to my ill health preventing observations during the severest weather. The winter was an unusually severe one on the 420 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. mountains, snow often covering the ground to the depth of two feet. Nine inches fell during one night. I am under obligations to Dr. J. G. Cooper and Mr. Rob- ert Ridgway for identifying several of the species included in these lists. Specimens were taken of all excepting Golden Eagle, Turkey Buzzard, Crow, and Sandhill Crane. Arriving on the mountains in January, bird life was met with in profusion, scattered among the trees and bushes, no storms having yet occurred to drive them down to the val- leys or confine them to sheltered flats along the creeks. After the first hard rain storm they commenced moving lower down, and the first fall of snow, towards the latter part of January, sent them hurrying to the warmer valleys. The species taken or seen on the mountains were as fol- lows: 1. Grus mexicana. SaNDHILL Crane.—A large flock was seen flying north- ward March 16th, and another on March 20th. 2. Oreortyx pictus plumiferus. PLuMED PartrRipGE.—A bevy of forty or more was seen in January. They were not as common as the Valley Par- tridge. 3. Callipepla californica vallicola. VauLiey Parrripge.—Abundant. This species withstands the cold and snow far better than its larger relative. The Plumed Partridge became scarce after the first heavy fall of snow, having gone to a lower altitude to winter. 4, Cathartes aura. TurkEY VuLTURE,—Only noticed on one occasion, when eight or nine were seen circling above the main ridge (Feb- ruary 22d). 5. Accipiter velox, SHARP-SHINNED Hawxk.—One seen February 22d. ORNITHOLOGY OF SAN DIEGO COUNTY. 42.1 6. Accipiter cooperi. Cooprr’s Hawk.—Tolerably common. 7. Buteo borealis calurus. WESTERN Rep-TarL.—Common. Eggs were brought to me as early as February 20th. 8. Archibuteo ferrugineus. FrerruGineus Rovucu-Lec.—A male was shot February 25th, at the foot of the mountains, by my friend Mr. Fred. Paine, 9. Aquila chrysetus. GOLDEN Eacie.—Seen flying on several occasions. No doubt breeds in this vicinity. 10. Falco sparverius. AMERICAN SPARROW Hawk.—One bird was seen March 1st. 11. Bubo virginianus subarcticus. Western Horned Owi.—Sometimes heard calling at dusk from some oaks near the house. 12. Dryobates villosus harrisii. Harris’s WoopPECKER.—One male taken. 13. Melanerpes formicivorus bairdi, CALIFORNIAN WoopDPECKER.—Common. In stormy weather remaining concealed in the oaks, but on sunny days coming about, with their glad ékup, ékup, ékup. 14, Colaptes cafer. RED-SHAFTED FLIcKER.—Rare on the mountains. 15, Trochilus anna. Anna’s Hummineprrp.—A male flew past the house the morning of March 11th, hurrying to leave a place where the snow lay over everything. 16. Otocoris alpestris rubea. Ruppy Hornep Larx.—Common on open flats. 422 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. 17, Cyanocitta stelleri frontalis, BLUE-FRONTED JAY.—Common at all times. 18, Aphelocoma californica, CaLiFoRNIA JAy.—Common. More social than the Blue- fronted Jay, coming about the corrals and sheds for scat- tered corn, and often going to the feed boxes to help them- selves. Specimens which were taken differ considerably from the same species found at Haywards, Cal., being smaller and somewhat different in color. 19. Corvus americanus. AMERICAN Crow.—Two or three pairs were seen about the ranch during the winter. A large colony had nesting sites in some willows at the foot of the mountain in the spring. 20. Sturnella magna neglecta. WESTERN MEADOWLARK.—Rarely seen on the mountains. 21. Scolecophagus cyanocephalus. BrEWER’s BuLackpirpD. — Three males came around the house during a snow storm on February 11th; a female was seen on March 20th. 22. Carpodacus frontalis rhodocolpus. Crimson Hovse Fince.—Not common. Heard one sing- ing on February 22d. 23. Spinus lawrencei. LAwWRENCE’s GOLDFINCH.—A small flock was seen twice in January. 24. Ammodramus sandwichensis alaudinus. WESTERN SAVANNA SparRrow.—A single specimen was taken March 9th. 25, Chondestes grammacus strigatus. WEsTERN Lark Sparrow.—Common in flocks about open ground. 26. Zonotrichia gambeli. GAMBEL’s SparROwW.—Common. Oo ORNITHOLOGY OF SAN DIEGO COUNTY. 49 27. Zonotrichia coronata. GOLDEN CROWNED Sparrow.—Tolerably common. Associ- ated with Gambel’s Sparrow. 28. Junco hyemalis oregonus. OrEGon Juxco.—Common. 29. Melospiza fasciata heermanni. HEERMANN’S Sona Sparrow.—Rare. 30. Melospiza lincolni. Lincoun’s Sparrow.—The only individual seen was taken January 25th. 31. Passerella iliaca unalaschcensis. TowNsEND’s Sparrow.—Common. A specimen which Mr. Ridgway has identified approaches closely to the variety megarhyncha in size of bill and coloration. 32, Pipilo maculatus megalonyx. SPURRED owHEE.—Common. Could be heard singing on any clear morning from the top of low bushes. 33. Pipilo fuscus crissalis. CALIFORNIAN 'TOWHEE.—Common. 34, Tachycineta thalassina, VIOLET-GREEN SwaLLow.—First seen March 17th, early in the morning, but finding five inches of snow on the ground they circled about for three hours and then disappeared, returning April 1st, when I noticed them resting on bare oak twigs. 35, Dendroica auduboni. Avupupon’s WARBLER.—Was seen February 22d, towards the foot of the mountains. 36. Harporhynchus redivivus. CALIFORNIAN THRASHER.—Heard singing on March 9th. 424 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. 37. Troglodytes edon parkmanii. ParkMAN’S WrREN.—One specimen was taken January 24th, and another seen on the 28th. 38. Sitta carolinensis aculeata. SLENDER-BILLED NuTHatcH.—Seen and heard singing every day. Appeared to be looking for nesting sites March Ist. 39. Parus inornatus. Prain Tirmovse.—Common. The males were singing the latter part of March. 40. Parus gambeli. MovunTAIN CHICKADEE.—Common. Noticed them singing March Ist. 41. Psaltriparus minimus californicus. CaLirorniaN Buse-Tir.—Seen February 24th, during a heavy snow storm, with a flock of the Mountain Chickadee. 42, Regulus calendula., RUBY-CROWNED KINGLET.—Two birds were seen the last of March. Ae Myadestes townsendii. TOWNSEND'S SOLITAIRE.— Only two or three were seen. 44. Turdus aonalaschke. Dwarr Hermit THrusH.—Rare. None were seen after February 22d. 45. Merula migratoria propinqua. Western Ropin.—Common wherever the ground was bare and soft. 46. Sialia mexicana. Western Biurpirp.—Common. Mated by March Ist. T left the Voleano Mountains on April 2d, and went into camp the same day at the foot of the mountains, on my re- turn to Poway Valley. About dusk two Russet-backed ORNITHOLOGY OF SAN DIEGO COUNTY. 425 Thrushes were seen. On entering the Santa Isabel Valley next day, the Arkansas Kingbird was found in pairs perched upon dry weed-stalks. Crimson House Finch, Western Lark Sparrow, Western Meadowlark and Brewer’s Black- bird, were common through the green fields, while the air above was merry with the twitter of many Cliff Swallows. Lower in the valley the following were seen: American Sparrow Hawk, Western Red-Tail, Bullock’s Oriole, Purple Martin, Andubon’s and Pileolated Warblers. On the plains I noticed Western Savanna Sparrow, Western Lark Sparrow, Crimson House Finch, Yellow-headed and Bicolored Black- birds, flocks of Mountain Plover and Ruddy Horned Lark. A few pairs of Ash-throated Flycatchers, a species which ayr- rives late, showed that the spring migration to San Diego county was far advanced. Cliff Swallows had commenced building under the eaves of an adobe house, and about a moist spot of ground several Killdeers were feeding. The lonesome notes of the Poor-will could be heard almost con- tinually throughout the night. In the following list of the birds of Poway Valley, seen or taken by me in April, I have included in their order those noticed in January. Such winter birds are indicated by *. 1. Agialitis vocifera. KILLpEER.—Tolerably common. Breeds. *2. Callipepla californica. CALIFORNIA PartriDGE.—Very plentiful among the cacti. *3. Zenaidura macroura. Movurnine Dove.—Tolerably common. 4, Pseudogryphus californianus. CaLirorniIA VuLTURE.—I hardly expected to have the good fortune to see this rare bird, but one day I heard a sound, as of wind coming through the oaks, and saw a large shadow passing over the ground. Soon this bird of immense wings 496 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. went sailing by towards the mountains. I had time to note the bare, bright colored head, outstretched from the body, and then he was gone. This rare species is now confined to the mountains back from the coast. I have been told by Mr. Henry Chapman (now deceased) that they were once common in San Joaquin and Sacramento Valleys. 5, Accipiter velox. SHARP-SHINNED Hawk.—One specimen was taken in Janu- ary. Not afterwards seen. *6. Buteo borealis calurus. WESTERN RED-TAIL.—Common in the vicinity of trees. 7. Falco sparverius. AMERICAN SpaRRow Hawk.—Common. 8. Strix pratincola. AMERICAN Barn Owx.—A few seen at dusk among oaks. 9, Bubo virginianus subarcticus. WESTERN HorNED OwL_.—Common. “10. Speotyto cunicularia hypogea. Burrowing Owni.— Common. Fresh eggs were taken April 28d. 11. Dryobates pubescens gairdnerii. GAIRDNER’S WOODPECKER.—Common among oak trees. “12. Colaptes cafer. RED-SHAFTED FLICKER.—Common. 13. Phalenoptilus nuttalli. Poor-wiLLt.—Tolerably common. 14, Chordeiles virginianus henryi. WESTERN NIGHTHAWK.—Common. ORNITHOLOGY OF SAN DIEGO COUNTY. 427 15, Trochilus alexandri. BLACK-CHINNED HumMINGBIRD.—Common. More so than any other of this genus. Fresh eggs were taken, and half- fledged young found April 23d. 16. Trochilus anna. AnNa’S HuMMINGBIRD.—Rare. One male seen. 17. Trochilus rufus. Rurous HvUMMINGBIRD.—Rare. 18, Tyrannus verticalis. ARKANSAS Kinepirp.—Common. Nests were ready to re- ceive eggs by the last of April. “19, Tyrannus vociferans. Cassins KineprrpD.—Common. Nests about the same time as the Arkansas Kingbird, but the eggs are not distinguish- able from those of that species. 20. Myiarchus cinerascens. ASH-THROATED F'LyCATCHER.—One pair seen. *21. Sayornis nigricans. Biack PH@pe.—Common. Eggs taken April 27th. 22, Empidonax difficilis. Batrp’s FiycatcHer.—Was noticed only once, on April 8th. *23. Otocoris alpestris rubea. Ruppy Hornep Larx.—Tolerably common. Incubated eges were found April 20th. 24. Aphelocoma californica. CALIFORNIA JAY.—Common. 428 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. 25. Xanthocephalus xanthocephalus. YELLOW-HEADED BLACKBIRD.—Seen in small flocks. The male has an odd way of throwing his head to one side when singing. 26. Agelaius gubernator. BIcoLORED BLAcCKBIRD.—Common. 27. Agelaius tricolor. TRICOLORED BLAcKBIRD.—Tolerably common. “28. Sturnella magna neglecta. WESTERN MerapowLark.—Tolerably common. 29. Icterus cucullatus nelsoni. ArIzoNA HoopED ORIOLE.—Common. Nests in gum trees were completed by the last of April. From the appearance of specimens taken I should judge that it required from two to three years for the males to attain full plumage. 30. Icterus bullocki. BuLtock’s OrI0oLE.—Common. Not found near the vicin- ity of the nesting places of the Hooded Oriole. 31. Scolecophagus cyanocephalus. Brewer's BLackpirp.—Very common. Nests in pepper trees. One nest taken April 17th contained seven eggs. “32. Carpodacus frontalis rhodocolpus. Crimson HovsE Fincu.—Nest and fresh eggs taken April 18th. *33. Spinus psaltria, Arkansas GoLpFIncH.—Tolerably common. Fed on young oak buds. ORNITHOLOGY OF SAN DIEGO COUNTY. 429 34, Spinus lawrencei. LAwWRENCE’S GOLDFINCH.—Common. Found large young and fresh eggs April 23d. "35. Poocetes gramineus confinis. WESTERN VESPER Sparrow.—Tolerably common. “36. Ammodramus sandwichensis alaudinus. WESTERN Savanna Sparrow.—Tolerably common. “37. Chondestes grammacus strigatus. Western Lark Sparrow.—Common among clumps of cactus. I resh eggs taken April 20th. “38. Zonotrichia gambeli. GAMBEL’s SPARROW.—Common. 39. Spizella socialis arizone. WESTERN CHIPPING SPARROW.—Heard singing. b=) oD 40. Amphispiza belli. BeEtu’s Sparrow.—Tolerably common. Keepsamong thick brush. *41, Pipilo fuscus crissalis. CALIFORNIAN TowHEE.—Tolerably common. Was build- ing by the middle of April. 42. Habia melanocephala. BLACK-HEADED GROSBEAK.—A single male was seen. 43. Passerina ameena. LazuLti Buntina.—Rare. 44, Petrochelidon lunifrons. CLIFF SwaLLow.— Common. 430 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. 45. Tachycineta thalassina. VIOLET-GREEN SwaLtLow.—About ten birds were seen fly- ing in a northerly direction April LOth. *46. Lanius ludovicianus excubitorides. WHITE-RUMPED SHRIKE.—Common. 47. Vireo gilvus. WaRBLING VIREO.—Was seen singing in the oaks. 48. Dendroica estiva. YELLOW WARBLER.—Rare. One male seen. "49, Dendroica auduboni. AuDUBON’s WARBLER.—A few seen in April. 50. Geothlypis trichas occidentalis. WESTERN YELLOW THROAT.—Rare. *51. Mimus polyglottus. MocxkincGpirp.—Could be heard singing morning and even- ing, and often on moonlight nights. 52. Harporhynchus redivivus. CALIFORIAN THRASHER.—Quite common throughout the low hills. 53. Campylorhynchus brunneicapillus, Cactus WrEN.—Common. A nest and fresh eggs taken April 18th. 54. Salpinctes obsoletus. Rock Wren.—Tolerably common in suitable localities. 55. Troglodytes aedon parkmanii. PaRKMAN’S WREN.—Common. ORNITHOLOGY OF SAN DIEGO COUNTY. 431 “56. Chameza fasciata. Ween-tit.—Tolerably common. 57. Psaltriparus minimus californicus. CaLIFoRNIAN Busa-Tit.—Found a nest with young, April 23d. 58. Regulus calendula. RUBY-CROWNED KINGLET.—A male was seen April 27th. 59. Polioptila cerulea. BLUE-GRAY GNATCATCHER.—Rare. Two males were taken in January. 60. Turdus aonalaschke. Dwarr Hermit Toruse.—Tolerably common in January. Fed upon the berries of the pepper tree. “61, Merula migratoria propinqua. WESTERN Ropin.—Was seen in the valley April 28th. 62. Sialia mexicana. WESTERN BLUEBIRD.—Very common among the pepper trees during my visit in January. 63. Sialia arctica. Mountain Buvuesirp.—A few seen about a plowed field in January. I was told that it was the first time that they had been seen in the valley. CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. DESMIDS OF THE PACIFIC COAST. IDENTIFIED BY REV. FRANCIS WOLLE. List of Desmids, etc., collected by Mrs. Hansen and Miss Hagegin near Lake Tahoe, Aug., 1886: HyaLoTHeca mucosa (Mert.), Ralfs. BamMBusiNA Bresissonil, Kg. Desmipium Batevi,. Ralfs. SPHEROZOSMA EXCAVATUM, Ralfs. SPH#ROZOSMA SERRATUM, Bailey. Pentium piairus (Ehrb.), Breb. PENIUM MINUTUM, Cleve. PENIUM cuRTUS, Kirch. CLOSTERIUM ACEROSUM (Schrank.), Ehrb. CrosteriumM D1anm, Ehrb. CLOSTERIUM PARVULUM, Naeg. CLOSTERIUM PRONUM, Delp. CLOSTEKIUM ROSTRATUM, Ehrb. CLOSTERIUM SETACEUM, Ehrb. Dociptum Bacutum, D. By. DocipiIuM miNuTUM, Ralfs. CosMaRIUM ACULEATUM, Wolle. CosMARIUM AM@NUM, Breb. COsMARIUM BIOCULATUM, Breb. 41. 80—BuULL. CAL. ACAD. SCl. CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF CosMARIUM CoOsMARIUM COSMARIUM CosMARIUM CosMARIUM CosMARIUM CosMARIUM CosMARIUM CosMARIUM CosMARIUM CosMARIUM CoSMARIUM CosMARIUM CosMARIUM CosMARIUM CosMARIUM CosMARIUM CosMARIUM CosMARIUM CosMARIUM CosMARIUM Brepissoni, Menegh. CONTRACTUM, Kirch. CRENATUM, Ralfs. cucumIs, Corda. ExIGuuM, Arch. MARGARITIFERUM, Menegh. MENEGHINI, Breb. MONILIFORME, Ralfs. NITIDULUM, DeNot. ORNATUM, Ralfs. oRTHOSTICUM, Lund. PACHYDERMUM, Lund. SCIENCES. 433 PSEUDOTAXICHONDRUM, Nord.—a form. PYRAMIDATUM, Breb. QUADRATUM, Ralfs. Rarsi, Breb. RHOMBUSOIDES, Wolle, n. sp. SUBLOBATUM, Arch. TETRAOPHTHALMUM (Kg.), Breb. TRIPLICATUM, Wolle—a form. TUMIDUM, Lund. XANTHIDIUM ANTILOPZUM (Breb.), Kg. Te Te Issued June 16, 1887. 434 DESMIDS OF THE PACIFIC COAST. 42, XANTHIDIUM CRISTATUM (Breb.), Ralfs. 43. XANTHIDIUM FascicuLaTuM (Ebrb.), Ralfs. 44, ARTHRODESMUS CONVERGENS (Ehrb.), Ralfs. 45. ARTHRODESMUS OVALIS, Wolle. 46, ARTHRODESMUS SUBULATUS, Kg. 47. UASTRUM BINALE (Turpin), Ralfs. 48. EUuASTRUM ELEGANS, Kg. 49, EUASTRUM INERME, Lund. 50. EvastruM SIMPLEX, Wolle. 51. Evastrum sprnosum, Ralfs. 52. MICRASTERIAS FuURCATA (Kg.), Ralfs. 53. MICRASTERIAS PINNATIFIDA (Kg.), Ralfs. 54. MICRASTERIAS RADIOSA (Ag.), Ralfs. 55. STAURASTRUM ALTERNANS, Breb. 56. STAURASTRUM ARCTISCON, Ehrb. 57. STAURASTRUM ARISTIFERUM, Ralfs. 58. S TavuRasTRuUM AyicuLA, Breb. 59. STAURASTRUM BRASILIENSE, Nord. Var. TRIQUETRUM. Wolle, n. var. 60. STAURASTRUM BREVISPINA, Breb. 61. STAURASTRUM CRENATUM, Bailey. 62. STAURASTRUM CUSPIDATUM, Breb. 81. 82. CALIFORNIA ACADEMY STAURASTRUM STAURASTRUM STAURASTRUM STAURASTRUM STAURASTRUM STAURASTRUM STUARASTRUM STAURASTRUM STAURASTRUM STAURASTRUM STAURASTRUM STAURASTRUM STAURASTRUM STAURASTRUM STAURASTRUM STAURASTRUM STAURASTRUM STAURASTRUM STAURASTRUM STAURASTRUM Most of these are OF SCIENCES. 435 CYRTOCERUM, Breb. DEJECTUM, Breb. Dicstet, Ralfs. ECHINATUM, Breb. EUSTEPHANUM, Ralfs. FURCIGERUM, Breb. FUSIFORME, Wolle. GRACILE, Ralfs. HIRsuTUM (Ehrb.), Breb. eee Nord. LEPTocLADUM, Nord. MARGARITACEUM, Ehrb. MutTICcUM, Breb. PARADOXUM, Meyen. SCABRUM, Breb. SEBALDI, Reinsch. SUBTELIFERUM. TRICORNE, Breb. TRIFIDUM, Nord. XIPHIDIOPHORUM, Wolle. more or less familiar forms, but Cos- 436 DESMIDS OF THE PACIFIC COAST. marium rhombusoides I consider a new species. The semi- cells are in the form of a rhombus—four-sided—unlike sex- angulare, which has six sides, as its name implies. It is besides a larger plant than the latter. I was glad to see Staurastrum xiphidiophorum, described by me in Bull. Torr. Club, occurring frequently in the vial. It has been hitherto found only in Minnesota, and differs somewhat from the type in not having quite so many spines (daggers). Staurastrum Brasiliense, Nord. var. triquetrum.— This | (the typical plant) was originally found in Brazil, and was described as usually four-sided, sometimes five - sided. Your form, although only three-sided, is so like it that I propose to call it var. triquetrum. The ladies to whom we are indebted for these specimens are to be heartily congratulated upon the success of their researches. Never did I see aricher collection of Desmids, and it afforded me much gratification. Ihave been trying the past ten years to get fresh-water alge from your State, but always failing, I began to think that California had none, however rich the marine forms might be. I might have supposed that the forms of Desmids, etc., found on your coast would differ from ours much more than they do, but I was surprised a few days since to observe by a list published in England how like our own those of Japan are. The following fresh-water alge, not belonging to the Desmidiacee, were also found in the vial: PreprastruM Boryanum, Turp. PEDIASTRUM FORCIPATUM, A. Br. PepIaAstRuM EHRENBERGI, A. Br. i ee te ee CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. RHAPHIDIUM POLYMORPHUM, Rabh. MERISMOPEDIA GLAUCA, Nag. OPHIOCYTIUM CUSPIDATUM, Bailey. OPHIOCYTIUM COCHLEARE, A. Br. OpHiocyTIuM MAJuS, Nag. CEDOGONIUM UNDULATUM, A. Br. CHDOGONIUM CRYPTOPORUM, Wittr. Nostoc—a small form. CONFERVA. ? Diaroms—several species. LYNGBYA. ? 437 438 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. FUNGI OF THE PACIFIC COAST. v. BY H. W. HARKNESS. Ramubaria Evonymi, E. & K.—On living leaves of Euony- mus occidentalis, Santa Cruz, July, 1884. 3721 Ramunarta Heracier (Oud.), Sace.—On living leaves of Heracleum lanatum, Oakland, September, 1887. 2802 RAMULARIA MENTHICOLA, Sace.—On living leaves of Mentha Canadensis, Folsom, May, 1882. 3210 RAMULARIA MIMULI, E. & K.—On living leaves of Mini- ulus luteus, Folsom, May, 1882. 3215 PuyLLosticTa ANGELIC, Sacc.—On living leaves of An- gelica Breweri, Donner, September, 1884. d394 PHYLLOSTICTA CRUENTA, Fr.—On living leaves of Smilacina amplexicaulis, Tamalpais, April, 1882. 3178 Septoria Epropit, West.—On living leaves of Hpilobiwm coloratum, Folsom, May, 1882. 3218 SEPTORIA DESTRUENS, Desm.—On living leaves of Sidalcea malveflora, Tamalpais, April, 1882. 3176 SEeprorra (ANOTHER, B. & C.—On living leaves of Gno- thera ovata, Piedmont, March, 1882. 3077 Seprorra Pentstemonis, E. & E.—On living leaves of Pentstemon centranthifolius and P. corymbosus, Central Cali- fornia, May—August. 3112, 4151 Seproria Rusi, West.—On living leaves of Rubus Nut- kanus, Piedmont, June, 1882. 3261 FUNGI OF THE PACIFIC COAST. 439 SEPTORIA ScurTELLARIH, Thiim.—On living leaves of Scuw- tellaria tuberosa, Antioch, April, 1882. 3109 SEPTORIA STacHypis, Rob. & Desm.—On living leaves of Stachys bullata, San Francisco, February, 1882. 3020 SEPToRIA SympHoricaRpPl, H. & E.—On living leaves of Symphoricarpus racemosus, Niles, May, 1882 3248 KELLERMANNIA Yuccm=GENA, E. & E. Jour. Myce. i. 154.— On dead leaves of Yucca brevifolia, Mohave Desert, March, 1878. 698 KELLERMANNIA Potycont, E. & K., Jour. Myc., ii. 111.— On dead stems of Polygonum polymorphum, Blue Cafion, April, 1882. 3277 KELLERMANNIA Sisyrincui, EH. & E., Jour. Mye. ii. 111.— On dead stems of Sisyrinchiwm bellum, Berkeley, February, 1882. 3017 AscocHyTa Fremont1®.—Hypophyllous, scattered, minute: spores pale-brown, nearly cylindrical, shghtly atten- uated at the ends, flexuous, 1l-septate, but often appear- ing 3-septate by division of the endochrome, very unequal in size. ms 6—12 « 30—40. Covering the lower surface of living leaves of Fremontia Californica, Tehachapi, June, 1884. 3719 Dietopia Francuum, Fekl.—On stems of Rhaimnus Cali- Jornca, San Francisco, June, 1881. 2618 DipLopia PROFUSA.—On twigs of Robinia pseudacacia, Oak- land, December, 1882, 2990 Diptop1a Neri, Speg.—On dead stems of Neriwm Olean- der, Oakland, February, 1884. 3634 PESTALOZZIA GIBBOSA. — Epiphyllous; acervuli black, erumpent: basidia linear, hyaline, shorter than the spore: 440 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. spores elliptic, curved, 4-septate; two lower cells pale brown, the two above them so black that the septum can be seen with difficulty; the apical cell hyaline and crowned by three sete, with capitate extremities. Spore “8 X 24; sete, 40. On partly dead leaves of Gaultheria Shallon, frequently covering nearly the entire leaf, which is blackened by the spores. Point Reyes, June, 1886. 4130 SYNCHITRIUM MyOSsOTIDIS, Kihn.— On Evitrichium, San Diego, May, 1884. 3598 ARcIDIUM ABUNDANS, Pk.—On living leaves of Symphori- carpus racemosus, and succeeded by Puccinia Symphoricarpt, Hk. May, 1884. 3174 Aicripium Pxracentim, Pk.—On living leaves of Phacelia circinata, Yo Semite, June, 1883. 3530 ALCIDIUM RESTELIOIES, E. & E.—On living leaves and stems of Sidalcea malvejlora, Olema, June, 1886. 4123 RestTELIA LACERATA, Fr.—On fruit of Amelanchier alnifo- lia, Sierra Nevada, May, 1886. 2723 Urepo [ripis, Schw.—On living leaves of Jris longipetala and I. Douglasii, San Francisco and Sausalito, June, 1886. 4061, 4095 UREDO ?—On living leaves of Acena pinnatijida. This, which is the Uredo form of some Phragmidium, is very abundant throughout the summer, but although fre- quently sought for, teleutospores have not yet been seen. 2648, 2523 TRICHOBASIS HELIANTHELL®, Pk.—On living leaves of He- lianthella Californica, Donner, September, 1882. 3405 Uromyces EvupHorsi#, C. & P., with AictpIuM EUPHORBIZ; Gmel.—On living leaves of Euphorbia serpyllifolia, Central California. 3208, 3491, 4126 a | ; . FUNGI OF THE PACIFIC COAST. 44] Uromyces PsoraLE®, Pk.—On living leaves of Psoralea physodes, Mt. St. Helena, May, 1884. 3482, 3687 Uromyces ZyaapENI, Pk.—On Zygadenus Fremonti, Tam- alpais, July, 1886. 4139 PucctInIA PIMPINELL#, Strauss, with AdciIpIuM.—On living leaves of Osmorrhiza nuda, Sausalito, August, 1881. 2750 Pouccinta ARTEMISIARUM, Duby.—On Artemisia Californica and A. pycnocephala, San Francisco, June, 1884. 3463, 2812 Puccinta BALSAMORRHIZ#, Pk.—On living leaves of Bal- samorrhiza deltoidea, Verdi, August, 1884. 3745 PuccintA CLARKI#, Pk.—On living leaves of Clarkia rhom- boidea, Yo Semite, July, 1883. 3592 PUCCINIA PLUMBARIA, Pk., with A’ctptum.—On leaves of Gilia linearis, Reno, Nevada, May, 1884. 3348, 3506 Puccinia ConvoLtvuu, Cast., with AicipIuM CALYSTEGIM, Desm.—On living leaves of Convolvulus luteolus and C. vil- losus, San Luis Obispo, July, 1885. 4003, 4028 PuccrniA GRINDELI®, Pk., with Aicrp1um.—On living leaves of Grindelia squarrosa, Williams, Colusa County, May, 1884. 3513 PUCCINIA NIGRESCENS, Pk., with A®cip1um.—On living leaves of Audibertia incana and A. stachyoides. Reno, Neva- da, August, 1882, and Tres Pinos, California, July, 1885, 3365, 4022 PucotnrA Troxtmontis, Pk.—On living leaves of Trom- mon heterophyllum, San Francisco, May, 1883. 3136 4492 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. Puccrnra supcrrcinata, E. & E., with Acrip1um.—On liv- ing leaves of Senecio triangularis, Donner, August, 1883. 3572 Puccrnta VioL», DC., with AXcIprum.—On living leaves of Viola canina, Cisco, July—August, 1883. 3486, 3544 Pucomta WYETHIZ, Pk.—On living leaves of Wyethia mol- lis, Donner, Sierra Nevada, September, 1882. 3406 PERONOSPORA VITICOLA, B. & C.—On living leaves of Vitis Californica, near Bartlett Springs, Lake County, June, 1884, and Russian River, June, 1886. 3706, 4128 This fungus, forming iarge white patches, is confined to the lower surface of the leaf, where only the stomata from which it emerges is found. The corresponding part of the upper surface is much paler than the healthy portion of the leaf, on which account it is noticeable to a considerable dis- tance. In both the cases noted above it was very abundant, and is a menace to our vineyards not to be lightly re- garded. It was first observed in 1872, in a vineyard near Sacra- mento, which has since, the vines having been uprooted, been devoted to other uses. The vineyard was near the levee and in close proximity to wild grape vines, from which the fungus was undoubtedly derived. Dr. Farlow, in Bull. Bussey Inst. i. 422, March, 1876, speaking of this disease of the vine, says: ‘One would naturally suppose that a fungus so common as Peronospora viticola, which often is found on every leaf of a vine, would have an injurious effect upon the grape crop. Such, however, is not the case. The fungus does not attack the grapes themselves; nor does it, at least in New England, appear until about the first of August; and its withering effect upon the leaves is not very evident be- fore September. As far as out-of-door grape culture in the Northern States is concerned, we are inclined to believe, a ——— SS 9 FUNGI OF THE PACIEIC COAST. 443 that, practically no harm is done by Peronospora viticola, but that, on the contrary, the fugus is really beneficial. Our native vines have a luxuriant growth of leaves; and the danger is that, in our short summers, the grapes will not be sufficiently exposed to the sun to ripen. But the Peron- ospora arrives, with us, at a period when the vine has at- tained its growth for the season; the important point being then to ripen up the grapes which are concealed by the foli- age. By shrivelling up the leaves,the Peronospora enables the sun to reach the grapes without loss to the vines, as is shown by the fact that the vines continue to live on, year after year, without apparent injurv. Should the fungus be introduced into Central Europe, the case might be different. The foliage of Vitis vinifera is by no means as luxuriant as that of our own vines; the winters are warmer, the springs earlier, and the summers much moister than here; and it is quite possible that the advent of the Peronospora, by reason of the greater warmth and moisture, would be some weeks earlier than here, before the vine had attained its growth, and at a time when the leaves are needed for the work of absorption and assimilation. It might be that the intro- duction of Peronospora viticola into Europe would prove a repetition, on a small scale, of what has, unfortunately, already happened in the case of Phylloxera.” It will be seen that Dr. Farlow thinks that Peronospora viticola is not likely to prove injurious in the Northern States, but in California the climate and conditions are similar to those of France and Italy, where he justly feared its introduction. It appears with us on the wild vine at the time of flowering and robs it of the leaves necessary to shield the growing grapes from the scorching rays of the sun. Sulphuring, washes, and all such remedies, used with more or less success in various fungoid diseases of the vine, are necessarily useless in this; for the resting spore, by 444 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. which it propagates in the succeeding year, is formed deep in the substance of the leaf. and only becomes free by its decay. Vineyards in the vicinity of infested wild vines will sooner or later acquire it from them; and the experience of the coffee plantations of Ceylon will be repeated. These be- came infected by a fungus, probably infrequent on the original host, which propagated itself to such an extent on the more fertile one as almost to ruin the planters. The only effectual remedy which can be suggested is to destroy by fire the infected vines—taking especial care that no leaves escape; and where a vineyard is to be planted in the vicinity of wild vines, it would be well to destroy the lat- ter as a measure of precaution. PERONOSPORA OXYBAPHI, E. & K.—On living leaves of Abronia Crux-Malte, Reno, Nevada, August, and 4. wmbel- lata, San Francisco, November, 1882. 3368, 3436 Vausa Impuysa, C. & P.—On Pyrus sambucifolia, Donner, August, 1883. Bool VALSA FEMORALIS, Pk.—On dead twigs of Alnus rubra, Sunol, December, 1881. 2961 Vausa ExIGua, Nits.—On dead twigs of Acer macrophyl- lum, Sunol, September, 1882. 3385 DiarryPELLA Frostu, (Pk.)—On dead branches of Acer macrophyllum, Tamalpais, February, 1885. 3907 DIATRYPELLA PROMINENS, Howe.—On dead branches of Platanus racemosa, Sunol, January, 1885. 4007 DiatryPeE Ruois (Schw.)—On dead branches of Rhus di- versiloba, San Francisco, September, 1885. 4074 FUNGI OF THE PACIFIC COAST. 445 DiaporTHE (TETRASTAGA). ROSTELLATA, (Fr.)—On dead stems of Rubus Nutkanus, Cisco, August, 1884. 3782 D1APORTHE (CHOROSTATE) TESSERA, (Fr.)—On dead twigs of Corylus rostrata, San Rafael, March, 1882. 3066 SriamMaTEA GERANIL, Fr.—On living leaves of Geraniwm Carolinianum, Alameda, April, 1882. 3196 GNOMONIA SETACEA, (Pers.)-—On dead leaves of Corylus rostrata, Sausalito, January, 1883. 3477 SPH#ZRELLA MOLLERIANA, Thiim.—On living leaves of Huca- lyptus globulus, San Francisco, December, 1881. 2880 SPHERELLA GAULTHERIZ, C. & P.—On living leaves of Gaultheria Shallon, Lagunitas, November, 1882. 3431 ANTHOSTOMELLA PERFIDIOSA (De Not.)-—On dead stems of Symphoricarpus racemosus, Sausalito, August, 1881. 2745 SoRDARIA LANUGINOSA, Sace.—On dead branches of Lupi- nus arboreus, San Francisco, June, 1886. 4137 LEPTOSPHERIA ARVENSIS, Sp.—On Lquisetum arvense, Lake Tahoe, September, 1884. 3766 LopHIOsTOMA ACERVATUM, Karst.—On dead twigs of Pru- nus demissa, August, 1883. 3555 PLeospora SaLsoL®, Feckl.—On dead stems of Salicornia herbacea, Tamalpais, February, 1885. 3913 PLEOSPORA LEGUMINUM, (Wallr.)—On dead stems of Ho- sackia Purshiania, Mt. Diablo, August, 1884. 3798 Puieospora FrANGULa, Fckl.—On twigs of Rhamnus Cali- fornica, Blue Caton, June, 1882. 3301 446 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES PLEOSPORA OLIGOMERA, Sacc. & Speg.—On dead stems of Silene Gallica, San Francisco, 1885. 4089 Preospora TypHa, Pass.—On dead leaves of Typha lati- folia, San Francisco, June, 1882. 2986 CUCURBITARIA Ripis, Niessl.—On dead leaves of Ribes san- guineum, Blue Canon, June, 1882. 3297 THYRIDIUM CINGULATUM, (Mont.)— On dead branches of Symphoricarpus racemosus, Alta, August, 1884. 3827 Mazzantia Ga, (Fr.)—On Galium aparine, Sausalito, August, 1881. 2772 PHYLLACHORA EFFUSA, Schw.—On Helianthus gracilentus, San Vicente, July, 1885. 4065 PHYLLACHORA PreEripis, (Reb.)—On living leaves of Pteris aquilina, Blue Canon, Sierra Nevada, September, 1882. 3398 PHYLLACHORA ? PoLEMoNU.—Amphigenous; spots black, roundish, 1-3 lines broad, papillate and shining. Growing on both surfaces of living leaves of Polemonium humile, Donner, Sierra Nevada, September, 1882. 3397 This fungus, which is very abundant and showy, has not yet been found mature. A section shows the densely ag- eregated perithecia involved in the stroma, but no trace of ascl. The high altitude at which it grows (over 7,000 feet) ac- counts for this fact, as it is covered by the heavy snows of winter before the formation of asci, and the texture of the leaves on which it is found is so thin and fragile that no trace of them can be found the succeeding year. ae. FUNGI OF THE PACIFIC COAST. 447 MONTAGNELLA TUMEFACIENS, Ell. & Hk. Jour. Mye. ii. 41. Forming gouty swellings which bear considerable resem- ‘blance to the ‘‘ Black Knot,’ Dothidea morbosa, on twigs of Artemisia Californica, Mt. Diablo, April, 1882. 3101 TymMpPANIS FRANGUL®, Fr.—On dead stems of Rhamnus Californica, Sausalito, February, 1881. 25384 448 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. OCCULTATIONS OF STARS BY THE DARK LIMB OF THE MOON At the Davidson Observatory, San Francisco, Cal. COMMUNICATED TO THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES, MARCH lst, 1887, BY Pror. GEORGE DAVIDSON, A. M., D. Ph. CLARK EQUATORIAL, 6.4 INCHES. = 2 | Star. FS Sidereal Remarks. 1887, E iS E Times. 1H ay: Jan. 28..G. F. D. 90 |(? Stone 189). 7 |5 46 41.6 Obsn. good (a) Feb. 2..G.D..... 90 |70 Tauri....... 6 [5 49 21.5 “but * ft. ob- jective partly covered. “© 2...G. D....) 90 |Arg. 15: 630... 8.7/7 50 23.5 Disapp’ncesharp and sudden -2.51G, D... (90 16° Tans. <2 A 17 5045.5] * s ~ | 625 1\G. D5 |90 (75 AME ES o coi) in Wear beRy ge < oe “ 9./G.D....| 90 |Arg. 15: 633..| 6.5/7 54 30.2 ‘ “ “ ‘c 2../G. D....} 90 |Arg. 15: 635..| 8.518 31 21.7 es ee a ee 2:.1G. D4.) 90 |B. AWC. 13912)5. 18: 4670956 a ¢ Ms £6 2°:\G;, D..--.|:90' |B. ACs 1394.) 7 18°53'.38:3 ke es fe (a) The identity of this star somewhat doubtful. Transit Observations for time for this, and the observations of February 2d, by G. D. Observers:—G. F. D.=G. Fauntleroy Davidson. G: D.=George Davidson. Geographical Position of Observatory : Latitude=87° 47’ 24.775 N. Longitude=122° 25° 40.’754 W. ERRATA. ADDITIONS TO THE ORNITHOLOGY OF GUADALUPE ISLAND. Page 280, in table. For ‘385 mm.” read ‘384 mm.” « 983 « “ 16916 read 16919. cree Rie “ SG99G ee 1699S. (pared ie ©°94086 “ 24089. Ba WC ne SORE GE GAS) = Ca AOE ‘ eaPQORE gin,” <¢; 025 RNOy, He Gr ‘ se 240996" | 88 24090" «« 288, second line. For ‘‘form’’ read ‘‘forms.” *¢ 289, second table. For “Scott” read ‘‘Scott Mt.” Songs SE es “< “ “Mar. 20, 1883,” read ‘“Mar. 20, 1880.” “* 290, eleventh line. For ‘‘Guadeloupe” read ‘‘Guadalupe.”’ “* 291, fourteenth line. For “Guadaloupe” read ‘‘Guadalupe.” * 299, thirteeuth line. For ‘by omitting,” substitute ‘it having omitted.” ‘* 299, eighth Jine. For ‘‘Coue’s’’ read ‘“Coues’.’’ ** 303, second table. For ‘‘9 ad.” read ‘“‘ad.’’ Om) f . ‘ Uae : 7 - ies SL i ‘ # Lu 6 » ‘ y ; TP mae, err | - H : “ : 7 7 7 . / * A J = : A - i * ~ a ® vi al . _ 2 SEAS Pa a BULLET No. 8. California Academy of Sciences. DISCOVERY OF THE NEST AND EGGS OF THE EVENING GROSBEAK (Coccothraustes vespertina.) BY WALTER E. BRYANT. Read June 20, 1887. Although this species was first described in 1825, I be- lieve that no description of its nest and eggs has previously appeared. Accordingly I take pleasure in announcing the discovery of the first nest and eggs, by Mr. H. H. Fiske, in Yolo County, California. Regarding this interesting find- ng, Mr. Fiske has written me the following particulars from his field notes. The nest, containing four eggs, was taken May 10th, 1886, but incubation was so far advanced that he was unable to preserve them. In general shape, color and marking, they were similar to eggs of the Black-headed Grosbeak, but in size he thinks they were somewhat larger. The nest was built in a small live oak, at a height of ten feet, and was a more pretentious ‘structure than is usually built by the Black-headed Grosbeak, being composed of small twigs supporting a thin layer of fibrous bark, and a lining of horse hair. It is to be hoped that Mr. Fiske will be successful in find- ing additional specimens from which measurements may be determined. 32—BuLu. Cau. AcaD. Sor. Il. 8, Issued July 23, 1887. 450 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SUBSPECIES OF PETREL FROM GUADALUPE ISLAND. BY WALTER E. RRYANT. Read July 18, 1887. A series of fourteen specimens of Oceanodroma, collected by myself on Guadalupe Island off Lower California in March, 1886, were assigned to the species Jewcorhoa (Leach’s Petrel), in my paper on the ornithology of that island.' In afoot note, reference was made to the considerable excess in size of the Guadalupe Island specimens over Leach’s Petrel of the Atlantic Coast, but from lack of sufficient material for comparison I was unable to satisfac- torily determine their differences, although strongly inclined to consider ita distinct race. My supposition has since been confirmed by several prominent ornithologists, and by comparison with typical specimens of Leach’s Petrel from Alaska and coast of Massachusetts, which were kindly loaned from the Smithsonian Institution. The Alaskan birds seem to be the same size as those from the Atlantic Coast, and of about the same color. A single female from Alaska (No. 102,281 Smithsonian Coll.), is nearly as dark as the Guadalupe birds, but the upper tail coverts are much whiter and the measurements less. For this well marked local variety, I propose the name Oceanodroma leucorhoa macrodactyla, subsp. nov. GUADALUPE PETREL. Subsp. Char.—Similar to O. leucorhoa, but larger and dark- er. 1 Additions to the Ornithology of Guadalupe Island. Bulletin California Academy of Sciences, No. 6, pp. 269—318. DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SUBSPECIES OF PETREL. 491 White of upper tail coverts more restricted, and the ends of coverts broadly tipped with black. Pileum darker than back, lighter anteriorly. Bill broader and deeper at base than that of lewcorhoa. Wing, 155—171 mm.; tail feathers, 85—99 mm.; depth of fork, 23—35 mm. ; exposed culmen, 15.5—17 mm.; tarsus, 22—26 mm.; middle toe and claw, 28—30 mm. Habitat.—Guadalupe Island, Lower California. Types.—Nos. 2567, 6 ad.; 2565, 2 ad. Both in collec- tion of Walter E. Bryant. UNUSUAL NESTING SITES, I. BY WALTER E. BRYANT. Read August 1. 1887. One of the interesting features of the study of odlogy is the selection of strange nesting sites made by many birds when the circumstances of their environment compel a de- parture from their customary habits. This is especially no- ticeable in certain tree-building species, which avail them- selves of low bushes and sometimes even the ground in the absence of trees. During a recent trip to Carson, Nev., and vicinity, I was particularly impressed by the unusual and novel situation which had been chosen by birds whose nesting habits were well known. These had adapted themselves to various sit- uations, the mention of which, together with instances noted from other localities where choice rather than circum- stances seemingly prompted the departures, may be inter- esting. 452, CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. Callipepla californica. CALIFORNIA PartTripGE. — Essentially a ground building species, but several cases have come to my notice of its nesting in trees upon the upright end of a broken or decayed limb or at the intersection of two large branches. A few years ago a brood was hatched and safely conducted away from a vine-covered trellis at the front door of a popular seminary. How the parent birds managed to get the tender young down to the ground is not known. Colaptes cafer. RED-SHAFTED FLIckKER.—Three instances are recalled when this species nested in unusual places. One of these was in a bridge bulkhead a few feet above the Carson River. The interior of the structure was filled with gravel and large stones, amongst which the eggs were deposited. Another pair used a target butt at a much frequented range as a sub- stitute for a stump. A third nest was in a sand-bank three feet from the top and ten from the creek. This hole was apparently specially prepared, and not one made by a ground squirrel, such holes being sometimes used by these birds. Trochilus calliope. CaLLIioPE HumMMINGBIRD.—A nest was found built upon a projecting splinter of a wood pile ata height of five feet. Another was secured to a rope within an outbuilding. Tyrannus verticalis. Arkansas Kineprrp.—An old and much flattened nest of Bullock’s ‘Oriole was found relined and containing four Kingbird’s eggs. One of the most remarkable instances of persistency in nest building was met with in the case of a pair of Kingbirds which had attempted to construct a nest upon the outer end of a windmill fan. A horizontal blade had probably been first selected, but an occasional breath of air had slightly turned the mill, bringing into place an- UNUSUAL NESTING SITES. I. 453 other and another, upon each of which had been deposited the first material for a nest until several nests were in ditfer- ent stages of construction, varying with the time that the windmill had remained quiet, while upon the roof below was strewn a quantity of debris that had fallen as the wheel revolved. Of course nothing but failure could be expected from their repeated attempts. Sayornis saya. Say’s Poaspe.—A nest which could be conveniently reached by a person on horseback was found by Mr. Walter Bliss at Carson, placed within and close to the entrance of a desert- ed Bank Swallow’s burrow. Scolecophagus cyanocephalus. BREWER’S BuackBirpD.—All the nests found at Carson were upon the ground, usually on the edge of a bank formed by an irrigating ditch, with the exception of one which was built two feet from the ground upon dry tule and well hid- den by the growing stems. Carpodacus frontalis rhodocolpus. Crimson House Fincu.—Besides the odd situations which they select about houses, they avail themselves of the last year’s nests of Bullock’s Oriole. Troglodytes aedon parkmanii. Parkman's WrEN.—The species has been known to build in the skull of a horse, which had been placed in a fruit tree; in the nests of Cliff Swallows, and within an old shoe lodged in a tree. Merula migratoria propinqua. WESTERN Ropin.—A pair of Robins built and reared a brood in a hanging basket suspended from the edge of the veranda at the residence of Mr. H. G. Parker at Carson, Ney. A454 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. Sialia mexicana. WESTERN BiuEprrp.—Dr. Cooper informs me that he has known a Bluebird to build in a Cliff Swallow’s nest. Sialia arctica. Mountain BivuEpirp.—Three incubated eggs of this spe- cies were taken from the nest of a Barn Swallow at Lake Tahoe, Cal., by Mr. Walter Bliss. Passer domesticus, EUROPEAN SPaRROW.—Since the introduction of this pest into our cities, many birds, hitherto common, have left for the suburbs, notably the Cliff Swallows, whose nests were appropriated by the Sparrows. In these cases the limited space compelled the latter to dispense with the usual amount of rubbish, and carry in only a lining of feathers. NEW NORTH AMERICAN PSELAPHIDA. A455 ON SOME NEW NORTH AMERICAN PSELAPHIDZ. (With Plate XVI.) BY THOS. L. CASEY. Read July 18th, 1887. The Pselaphide fauna of the Pacific coast is by no means so insignificant as it has hitherto been considered, and as the search for these singular and fascinating forms becomes more specialized, and their habits and localities better known, new species are discovered in abundance. For those who would prosecute a more extended collec- tion of these insects, it may be stated that the Californian Pselaphide are very seldom found with ants, although a few myrmecophilous species are known, but generally in fun- gous earth, about the roots of trees, under bark, or in the long wet moss covering the rocks in the secluded ravines of mountainous regions. The genus Oropus, and several spe- cies of Reichenbachia and Batrisus are peculiar to the last- named localities, while Euplectus and Pytna are always found under bark. Sonoma and Actium are sometimes found under bark, but often also in fungous earth. Batri- sus zephyrinus, on the other hand, I found in abundance at Lake Tahoe, living in the most indiscriminate localities— under bark, under chips buried in grassy turf, and in fungous earth. The following forms, most of which were collected by myself, and which have been accumulating in my cabinet during the past two years, are here described as new, al- though it is possible that Actiwm californicum Lec., may be redescribed under that genus. This can only be the case, however, under the supposition that the description given by LeConte for that species is erroneous in regard to the 32—BuLL. Cau; AcAD, Sci. Il. 8. Issued August 2, 1887. 456 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. length of the elytral striz, and as the species of this genus are numerous and rather local, the probabilities are de- cidedly against the formation of a synonym. Biotus formicarius n. gen. Tychus bipuncticeps. Pytna corticina n. gen. Actium pallidum. Batrisus cephalotes. politum. luculentus. robustulum. foveicornis. testaceum. punctifrons. Euplectus californicus. Decarthron Brendeli. ; Rhexidius granulosus n. gen. Bryaxis arizone. Oropus montanus, Nisaxis cincinnata. Sonoma corticina. maritima. cavifrons Tychus sonome BIOTUS n. gen. (Ctenistides.) Clypeus simple. Body covered densely with very minute, recumbent sete. Antennz elongate. cylindrical, outer joints not enlarged, second joint smallest. Head with two spongiose fovex; frontal tubercle divided, the canaliculation extending slightly along the front. Prothorax transverse, with longer, more erect and denser pubescence, trifoveate at base, the fovea large, spongiose, not connected. Elytra with deeply impressed sutural and one long discal stria. Abdomen without ridges; second visible dorsal longer than the first. Posterior coxe separated. Trochanters normal. The maxillary palpi are very short, robust and compact; the second joint is somewhat slender, but short; the last two are transverse, anchylosed, forming a circular club which is affixed obliquely to the second joint. No basal joint is visible, and the palpi may possibly be three-jointed. The genus should be placed near Ceophyllus Lec. from which it differs in the remarkably minute and singular palpi. It may be easily identified by its non-clavate antenne with the’second joint small. |. B. formicarius 2. sp.—Rather robust, pale testaceo-ferruginous through- out; integuments shining; pubescence dense, rather long and erect on the head and prothorax, very short and recumbent on the elytra and abdomen; not perceptibly punctate. Head not much depressed, slightly longer than wide; clypeus rounded, conical; labrum very short, strongly transverse; NEW NORTH AMERICAN PSELAPHIDA. 457 eyes large, coarsely granulate, convex, prominent, at less than their own length from the base; the latter broadly arcuate; occiput having, on a line through the middle of the eyes, two large, feebly impressed, spongiose fover, mutually scarcely more distant than either from the eye; antenn# nearly one-half as long as the body, joints two to ten transverse, cylindrical, first joint flattened, about as long as wide, second small, eleventh slightly longer than the two preceding together. Prothorax distinctly wider than the head, widest in the middle; sides rather broadly rounded, almost straight near the apex and base; the latter transverse, abruptly arcuate in the middle third, one-third wider than the apex and but slightly narrower than the disk; apex broadly, very feebly emarginate; posterior angles slightly rounded; disk one- half wider than long, moderately convex, feebly tuberculate in the middle anteriorly; median fovea feebly impressed, elongate, elliptical, beginning at the middle and continuing nearly to the basal margin; lateral fovez smaller, circular, deeply impressed, at one-third the length from the base. Elytra at base as wide as the base of the prothorax, at apex three-fourths wider; humeri but slightly prominent; sides evenly arcuate; together very slightly wider than long, each with two large basal fovese; sutural stria coarse, deep, nearly straight, approaching the suture toward apex; discal coarse, deep, slightly arcuate, continuing for about three-fourths the length. Abdomen slightly narrower than the elytra, about equal in length to the latter; sides nearly parallel, feebly arcuate; border strong, diminishing in width; surface broadly convex. JZegs rather long and slender, alutaceous, very densely clothed with minute recumbent setze; middle trochanters very slender; tarsi rather short; claws small, equal. Metasternum impressed in the middle, more strongly so posteriorly. Length 2.8 mm. California (Los Angeles 2.) The four outer joints of the antenne are more finely and densely pubescent and slightly paler in color, the eighth joint two-thirds wider than long, much shorter than the ninth or,tenth, the latter nearly equal. This interesting species lives in the nesis of a small pale brown ant. PYTNA n. gen. (Tyrides.) The present genus has the pubescence fine and subre- cumbent and not short, robust and recumbent as in the Ctenistides; following the classification suggested by Reit- ter, it should therefore be placed in the group indicated. Antenne approximate; club gradual, three-jointed. Maxillary palpi four- jointed; basal joint minute; second long, clavate, bent; third shorter, ob- 458 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. conoidal, as robust as the second; third one-half long-r than the second, fusiform, equal in thickness to the second, acuminate at apex, having a slender terminal process. Head with three small spongiose fovee at the apices of an equilateral triangle; eyes large, convex, rather coarsely granu- late; clypeus angulate at the sides. Pronotum with three small basal fove connected by a fine impressed line. Elytra each with one sutural ana one discal stria. Abdominal border wide, nearly flat; first visible segment with a median basal carina; first two segments equal in length. Prosternum exca- vated in front of the cox; legs rather long; femora slightly robust, the anterior with a short longitudinal carina beneath and near the base; middle tibiz strongly arcuate; tarsi long and slender, three-jointed; basal joint very small; second and third elongate, the latter the longer; claws simple, mode- rate in length, equal, slender; anterior trochanters with a small posterior tuberculate tooth; intermediate with a long corneous process, projecting posteriorly from the apex obliquely outward; middle cox narrowly, poste- rior rather widely separated. The modifications of the trochanters and the inferior ca- rina of the anterior femora are not sexual characters, but are nearly as well developed in the female as in the male. Pytna appears to belong in the neighborhood of Tyrus, but differs in the structure of the palpi. P. corticina, 2. sp.—Bright rufous, abdomen piceous; integuments pol- ished; pubescence fine, rather short, moderately dense. Head very slightly longer than wide, nearly flat above; eyes large, at more than their own length from the base; gene convergent, feebly arcuate to the neck, clothed with longer, more conspicuous pubescence; fovez small, the two posterior slightly behind the middle; antennal tubercle slightly transverse, feebly canaliculate in the middle; antennz long and slender, distinctly more than one-half as long as the body, basal joint subcylindrical, much longer than wide, second slightly narrower, as long as wide, very feebly obconical, three to six subequal, very slightly shorter and narrower than the second, nearly as long as wide, seventh and eighth very slightly smaller, equal, ninth as long as the two preceding together, feebly obconical, one-half longer than wide, tenth as long as the ninth, slightly thicker, feebly obconical, eleventh ovoidal], acuminate, one-half wider than and nearly twice as long as the tenth. Prothorax widest at one-third the length from the apex; sides distinctly convergent and nearly straight to the apex; very feebly convergent and just visibly sinuate to the base; the latter broadly and rather strongly arcuate, scarcely perceptibly narrower than the disk, one-half wider than the apex; the latter transversely truncate; surface convex, impunctate, except near the base; transverse line fine, parallel to the basal margin and distant from it by one-fifth the length; fovez very small: disk slightly longer than wide, very NEW NORTH AMERICAN PSELAPHIDA. 459 slightly wider than the head. JZlytra one-third longer than the prothorax, at apex more than twice as wide as the latter; sides strongly divergent, strongly arcuate; humeri rounded, slightly tumid; disk much wider than long, feebly convex, coarsely but not very densely punctate, truncate be- hind, the edge densely fimbriate; sutural strie deep, straight, beginning distinctly before the basal margin; discal arcuate, fine, terminating at nearly one-third the length from the apex, broadly dilated and deeply impressed toward base. Abdomen fully as wide but scarcely as long as the elytra; sides parallel, strongly arcuate; border wide; surface impunctate, strongly convex; basal carina strong. Length 2.0-2.2 mm. California (Lake Tahoe 11). The description is drawn from the male, the sexual modi- fication consisting of a very feeble impression in the middle of the abdomen near the base, and a small deep emargina- tion at the apex of the terminal segment. ‘The female differs but slightly, the terminal segment of the abdomen being broadly angulate at apex. This species was taken rather abundantly under the bark of various fallen conifers. BATRISUS Aubé. B. cephalotes n. sp.—Somewhat robust, very convex, piceous; legs and antennx pale rufo-ferruginous throughout; pubescence long, coarse, erect, sparse, much denser on the head behind and beneath the eyes, short on the vertex; integuments polished. Male—Head very large, distinctly wider than long and wider than the prothorax; surface feebly convex; apex very broadly and evenly arcuate throughout the width between the very widely distant antennz; sides par- allel; eyes very small, on the sides just behind the middle, convex, promi- nent; fovez round, moderate in size, spongiose, at one-third the length from the base, mutually twice as distant as either from the eye; connecting chan- nel feebly impressed, becoming obsolete anteriorly near the edge of the frontal declivity; vertex abruptly declivous between the antenna, having in the middle of the lower edge two very approximate teeth, each of which has a deep setigerous puncture on the upper surface near the outer edge; later- ally the lower edge is setigerous; vertex beneath the dentiferous edge very deeply excavated throughout the width between the bases of the antennz; clypeus angulate at the sides, with the edges reflexed, more strongly so at apex which is transversely sinuate; portion before the reflexed apex in the form of a large setigerous tubercle which is further advanced than the two teeth of the upper surface; labrum broadly sinuate, anterior angles promi- 460 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. nent; antenne robust, as long as the head and prothorax together, club very large, basal joint large, one-half longer than wide, as long as the next two together, lower surface simple but more strongly convex than the upper, second slightly longer and more robust than the third, joints three to eight equal in width, ninth wider, transverse, tenth much wider than the ninth, very slightly wider than long, sabglobular, eleventh wider than the tenth, conoidal, apices of joints six to nine slightly oblique; upper surface very coarsely, feebly and sparsely punctate at the sides near the antenna, else- where impunctate, not carinate. Prothoraz as long as wide, widest just be- fore the middle, where the sides are strongly rounded and rather prominent, being abruptly and strongly sinuate and rather strongly convergent to the base, broadly rounded to the apex; base scarcely one-fifth wider than the apex, three-fourths as wide as the disk; the latter trisulecate; middle sulcus narrow, deep, obsolete at one-fifth the length from the apex; having near the base a very deep, round, nude median fovea, and two large, spongiose, lateral fovex, between them bispinose with a longitudinal ridge proceeding anteriorly from each spine, also tuberculate on each lateral edge near the base; surface near the basal margin bifoveate laterally, obsoletely and very finely carinate in the middle. Elytra very sparsely, rather coarsely and feebly punctate, each trifoveate at base; discal striz short, broadly, feebly impressed; humeri minutely and distinctly spinose. Abdomen with two short cusps at base. Legs rather long; femora robust; posterior tibize with terminal process. Length 2.0 mm. New York 1 (Mr. Henry Ulke.) Belongs near denticollis, from which it is easily distin- guished by the form of the bidentate vertex, this being declivous, with the teeth upon the lower edge in the present species, and broadly emarginate, with the teeth porrected and but very little below the level of the front in denticoliis.* B. luculentus n. sp.—Rather slender, polished, piceous; elytra slightly paler and more rufous; legs pale; antennz dark rufous, club paler; pubes- cence rather sparse. Male— Head rather large, wider than long, wider than the prothorax, very feebly convex, coarsely, sparsely and feebly punctate anteriorly, impunctate posteriorly; eyes moderate, convex, prominent, near the base; fovez deep, round, nude, at two-fifths the length from the base, mutually distinetly more than twice as distant as either from the eye; arcuate groove fine, deeply * Nore—From material recently sent me for identification by Dr. Emil Brendel, I find that this species is widely diffused through the North At- lantiec districts, there being specimens in the series indicated from New York and Illinois. —_—- NEW NORTH AMERICAN PSELAPHIDA. 461 impressed near the fovew, becoming completely obsolete anteriorly; vertex gradually declivous between the antenne the declivity broadly biimpressed, the impressions setigerous; lower edge bidentate in the middle, the teeth slightly reflexed and with many erect set on the lower surface, deeply ex- cavated beneath between the antenne; clypeus broadly arcuate anteriorly, sides feebly divergent posteriorly and nearly straight, angles slightly rounded; not prominent, surface conical, edge not at all reflexed, having in the middle an abrupt, small, strongly elevated tubercle at a considerable distance from the anterior margin and rising just before the two superior teeth, exceedingly minutely and sparsely setose; labrum broadly emarginate, angles prominent; antenn® slightly longer than the head and prothorax together, moderately robust, very strongly clavate, basal joint more convex beneath, not otherwise modified, as long as the next two together, second longer and more robust thin the third, eighth shortest, strongly transverse, ninth slightly longer and nearly one-half wider than the eighth, transverse, tenth large, nearly twice as wide as the ninth and very nearly as long as wide, sides parallel, arcuate; eleventh distinctly narrower than the tenth, acuminate. Prothorax slightly longer than wide; dorsal ridges and median sulcus almost completely obsolete; median basal puncture small, round, nude, impressed; lateral slightly larger, spongiose; lateral sulcations broadly impressed, feeble; lateral basal tubercles minute; surface near the basal margin bifoveate at the sides, not at all carinate in the middle; disk convex, widest before the middle; sides rather broadly rounded, feebly sinuate toward base and apex; base slightly more than three-fourths as wide as the disk, one-fourth wider than the apex. Jlytra fully as long as wide, convex; humeri slightly prominent but not at allspinose. Abdomen with two long, parallel, prominent cusps at base, distant by one-fifth the abdominal width. JZegs rather long; femora moderately robust; middle tibiz with an internal apical spur; posterior feebly arcuate, with a terminal process. Length 1.7 mm, District of Columbia 2 (Mr. Henry Ulke). The female has the vertex strongly declivous, and thence less strongly and continuously so over the surface of the clyp- eus, which is finely, strongly and densely granulose; the vertex is not excavated between the bases of the antenne, each of which is inserted in a large lateral excavation. The antenne are more slender, with the outer joints gradually wider, the tenth transverse and but slightly larger than the ninth. This species should also be placed near denticollis; these three species belong to the nigricans group; the latter is, however, distinguished by the unusual structure of the 462 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES antenne, the third joint of which is, according to the de- scription of Dr. Le Conte, presumably more robust than the second. B. foveicornis 2. sp.—Rather slender, convex, rufous throughout; integ- uments polished, impunctate; pubescence rather long, coarse and sparse. Male—Head moderate, slightly longer than wide, very slightly wider than the prothorax; vertex between the antennz coarsely, feebly and not densely punctate, punctures asperate, elsewhere impunctate; eyes small, very con- vex, prominent, rather finely granulate; base behind them broadly arcuate; surface very feebly convex, very feebly and tinely carinate in the middle near the base, finely and distinctly carinate at each side above the eyes; arcuate groove broadly impressed, extending from the base at the sides to the vertex, where it becomes very feeble; fover small, nude, very deep, perforate, situated at less than one-third the length of the superior portions from the base, and on the inner margin of the arcuate impression; vertex declivous and slightly produced in the middle, being separated from the clypeus by a narrow, feebly impressed transverse groove; clypeus large, prominent, conical, strongly rounded anteriorly, very obtusely angulated at the sides, edges not at all reflexed; antennez rather slender, as long as the head and prothorax together, basal joint subcylindrical, not modified, nearly as longas the next two together, two to seven snbeqnal, distinctly longer than wide, the second slightly more robust and the sixth a very little shorter, eighth equal in width, distinctly wider than long, ninth equal in length to the eighth, one-third wider, inner side much more strongly convergent toward apex, tenth abruptly very large, nearly twice as wide as the ninth, fully as long as wide, flattened, sides parallel, almost straight, eleventh as wide as the tenth, as long as the three preceding together, ob'iquely acumi- nate, very slightly flattened on the lower side. Prothorax widest slightly before the middle; sides strongly rounded, convergent and feebly sinuate toward base and apex; median and lateral fovez almost equal, deep, at nearly equal distances from the base, the median nude; median groove short, feebly impressed, lateral more distinct; basal spines small; ridges distinct, becoming obsolete before the middle, separated behind from the spines by transversely arcuate impressions; base bifoveate at each side; disk strongly convex, very slightly longer than wide, base much wider than the apex. Elytra fully as long as wide, nearly twice as wide as the prothorax, very convex; humeri prominent, not spinose. Abdomen nearly as wide and as long as the elytra; basal cusps rather long, strong, separated by scarcely one-sixth the abdominal width. JZegs long, slender; anterior trochanters minutely toothed posteriorly; posterior tibiz with an apical process; tarsi very long and slender, the posterior one-half as long as the tibie. Length 1.9mm. Tennessee 2 (Mr. Henry Ulke). NEW NORTH AMERICAN PSELAPHID. 463 The large flattened tenth antennal joint has, on the lower surface and near the base, a very larze deep circular perfo- rate fovea. Of the species in which the tenth antennal joint is enlarged in the males, there are some—for example cephalotes—in which this joint, although unusually large and prominent, is almost completely unmodified upon the lower surface, others —virginie, denticollis, ete. — which have the lower surface slightly flattened and with a small, deep fovea near the base; but in no case which has come under my observation is this fovea one-half so large, or the joint itself so strongly flattened as in the present species. The two specimens indicated are males. The species probably belongs near spretus Lec., which is described as black. B. punctifrons n. sp.—Moderately robust, convex, piceous-black; elytra very slightly paler, rufo-piceous; legs and antenne pale rufo-ferruginous, the latter slightly darker toward base; integuments polished, impunctate; pubescence rather long, sparse, flavate. Male—Head moderate, slightly longer than wide, just visibly wider than the prothorax; eyes moderate, convex, at their own length from the base; gene strongly convergent, feebly arcuate; base broadly sinuate; surface feebly convex, very finely, feebly, arcuately carinate above the eyes; im- pressed groove continuous from the base at the sides to the vertex, at which point it is but slightly more feeble; fovew deep, nude, in the middle of the groove; vertex coarsely, sparsely and feebly punctate on the antennal tuber- culations, which are large and flat, declivous anteriorly, the declivity moder- ate, beginning along a straight line between the antenne; apex strongly rounded; declivous surface very strongly, finely and densely punctate, each puncture bearing a very minute, coarse, flavate seta; apex divided from the clypeus bya fine, transverse, strongly arcuate, deeply impressed groove; clypeus short, broadly subangulate, obtusely angulate at the sides; surface finely scabrous, conical; edges not at all reflexed; having in the middle a small, f-eble tubercle which bears a tuft of rather long, erect, flavate sete; antenne rather long, slender, one-fourth longer than the head and protho- rax together, club strong, basal joint not modified, cylindrical, shorter than the next two together, second much longer and distinctly more robust than the third, joints two to seven longer than wide, eighth equal in width, nearly as long as wide, ninth wider and longer, tenth similar to the ninth, dis- tinctly wider and longer, slightly wider than long, inner side much shorter than the outer, eleventh large, twice as wide as the tenth, ovoidal, acumi- nate, nearly as long as the four preceding together. Prothorazx slightly longer 464 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. than wide, widest slightly before the middle; base two-thirds as wide as the disk, one-fourth wider than the apex; median sulcation feebly impressed, becoming obsolete at one-third the length from the apex; spines moderate; ridges almost obsolete; lateral grooves broadly, feebly impressed; foves large and deep. Llytra fully as long as wide; humeri prominent, not spinose. Abdomen nearly as wide as, but much shorter than the elytra; basal cusps fine, strong, rather long, parallel, separated by one-fifth the ab- dominal width. Legs long, slender; posterior tibie with apical process. Length 1.8 mm. Pennsylvania 1 (Mr. Henry Ulke.) This species is very distinct in the characters of the vertex and antenne; the eleventh joint is here more than usually developed, while the tenth is but slightly larger than the ninth and of nearly the same form. DECARTHRON Brend. D. Brendeli 2. sp. — Form somewhat robust, convex, piceo-castaneous throughout; legs and antennz paler, rufous; pubescence rather long and sparse, more dense on the abdomen and at the sides of the prothorax and head; integuments polished. Head moderate, as wide as long, very feebly convex, almost impunctate; eyes large, coarsely granulated, convex and prominent; gene extremely short behind them; base wide, transversely truncate; on a line through the anterior portions of the eyes there are two widely distant nude fover; antennal tuberculations large, distinctly elevated; antenne as long as the head and prothorix together, rather slen- der, club rather large, basal joint cylindrical, slightly longer than wide, second slightly shorter and narrower, third feebly obconical, as long as and much narrower than the second, four to six subequal, very slightly longer than wide, and just visibly wider than the third, seven larger, scarcely as long as wide, eight very short, transverse, narrower than the seventh, ninth much wider than the seventh, very feebly trapezoidal, nearly twice as wide as long, tenth very slightly wider than the ninth, ovoidal, pointed, nearly as long as the three preceding together. Prothorax scarcely as wide as the head, very slightly wider than long; sides broadly rounded, convergent and feebly sinuate toward base; the latter broadly arcuate, four-fifths as wide asthe disk, one-half wider than the apex; disk strongly, evenly con- vex, not impressed at the sides, having a deep nude fovea in the middle near the base. Hlytra near the apex fully twice as wide as the prothorax; sides strongly divergent, arcuate; disk wider than long, two-thirds longer than the prothorax, convex, coarsely and extremely feebly punctate; sutural strie deep, feebly arcute; discil deeply impressed, feebly arcuate, parallel to the suture, terminating at nearly two-fifths the length from the apex. Abdomen . sls NEW NORTH AMERICAN PSELAPHIDA. 465 two-thirds as long as the elytra, nearly as_ wide as the latter; first segment, when viewed vertically, occupying three-fourths of the entire length, feebly convex; border narrow, flat; basal carine strong, very feebly divergent, slightly more than one-half as long as the segment, separated by one-half the entire width. JZegs rather long and slender. Length 1.3-1.5 mm. Texas (Galveston 8). The above described type is a male. In this sex the middle femora are very singularly modified, being very strongly swollen, abruptly constricted near the apex, im- pressed anteriorly, with an anterior tooth near the apex and just before the deep apical constriction. In the female the femora are all simple and rather slender, and the seventh antennal joint is smaller than the eighth. The female is, in addition, smaller than the male, and has the dorsal carine of the abdomen distinctly shorter. [have dedicated this very distinct species to a friend, the author of the genus, and one to whom our systematic knowledge of the American representatives of the family is greatly indebted. BRYAXIS Leach. B, arizone nu. sp.—Form rather slender, pale testaceous throughout; shining, not distinctly punctate; pubescence very fine, short and rather sparse. Head moderate, triangular; eyes large, prominent; occipital fovex on a line just before the middle of the eyes, mutually more than twice as distant as either from the eye; apical fovea equal to the occipital, slightly less distant from either of the others than the mutual distance of the latter; connecting channel almost obsolete; antennz slender, slightly longer than the head and prothorax together, joints three and five each nearly twice as long as wide, distinctly longer than the fourth and equal in length to the second, the latter more robust, seventh distinctly shorter than the sixth, slightly longer than wide, eighth, ninth and tenth distinctly wider than long, increasing uniformly and very rapidly iu size, eleventh wider than the tenth, much longer than wide, obliquely acuminate. Prothorax widest at the mid- dle; sides rounded anteriorly, rather deeply sinuate posteriorly; base broadly, very feebly arcuate, five-sixths as wide as the disk, nearly one-half wider than the apex; the latter very feebly arcuate; disk distinctly wider than long, equal in width to the head, convex; middle fovea slightly smaller than the lateral, the former at one-fifth, the latter at nearly one-third the length from the base. Hlytra at the humeri very slightly wider than the prothorax, at 33—BuLL. Cau. AcAD. Scr. Il. 8, Issued August 2, 1887. 466 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. the apex slightly less than twice as wide as the latter; disk distinctly wider than long, moderately convex; sutural striz strong, nearly straight, conver- gent and arcuate near the apex; discal fine, feebly impressed feebly sigmoid, becoming obsolete at one-fifth the length from the apex. Abdomen slightly shorter and very little narrower than the elytra; sides nearly straight and parallel; border moderate in width; surface broadly and feebly convex; first segment, the only one seen when viewed vertically, nearly five-sixths as long as the elytra. Legs slender. Length 1.2 mm. Arizona (Tucson 1). Described from the male, the sexual characters being simi- lar in form to those of texana, but having the median tuber- cle of the second segment smaller, less transverse and much more prominent. This species belongs to the fexana group of the genus, which is distinguished by the great development of the first ventral segment in the male, this being the only part of the abdomen seen when viewed vertically. It differs from lexana in its smaller size, slightly more robust form, much shorter elytra, narrower abdominal border, in the size and position of the pronotal fovez, and in its shorter antennz with less prominent club; the eighth, ninth and tenth joints in texana are much less transverse. In texana the median fovea of the prenotum is larger, and at about one-fourth the length from the base, the three fovez being more nearly on a trans- verse line than in arizone. | NISAXIS Casey. / N, cincinnata n. sp.—Slightly robust, clear testaceous throughout; legs and antenne slightly paler; pubescence moderately dense, rather long. Head very slightly narrower than the prothorax, as long as wide; eyes rather large, prominent, at two-thirds their own length from the base; genz very feebly convergent toward base, feebly arcuate, not at all prominent; base trans- versely truncate; front large, quadrate, fecbly convex, coarsely, deeply, not densely punctate, impunctate in the middle, feebly biimpressed near the vertex; antenne about as long as the head and prothorax together, first two joints nearly equal, slightly more robust, one-half longer than wide, nearly cylindrical, third obconical, longer than wide, much shorter than the second, as long as the fifth, longer than the fourth, sixth and seventh slightly shorter, very little longer than wide, eighth very slightly wider, a little wider than NEW NORTH AMERICAN PSELAPHIDA. 467 long, shorter than the seventh, ninth two-thirds wider than the eighth, ob- trapezoidal, outer side more oblique, tenth one-half longer and wider than the ninth, one-half wider than long, eleventh distinctly wider than the tenth, as long as the three preceding together, longer than wide, obliquely acumi- minate. Prothorazx widest at two-fifths the length from the apex; sides strongly rounded, feebly incurvate toward base; the latter broadly, evenly arcuate, three-fourths as wide as the disk, nearly two-thirds wider than the apex; disk one-third wider than long, evenly convex, rather coarsely, ex- tremely feebly and not densely punctate; having in the middle, at one-fifth the length from the base, a small nude punctiform fovea, and, at each side, a larger feebly impressed nude fovea at one-third the length from the base. Elytra at the humeri distinctly wider than the prothorax, together distinctly wider than long, one-half longer than the pronotum, and, at apex four-fifths wider than the latter; disk moderately convex, sutural stria deeply impress- ed, evenly, feebly arcuate; discal fine, distinct, extending very slightly be- yond the middle; sutural fovez very small and at the extreme basal margin; lateral larger and further from the base; base otherwise devoid of fove; surface very minutely, feebly and sparsely punctate. Abdomen two-thirds as long as the elytra, nearly equal in width, occupied for six-sevenths the entire length when viewed vertically by the basal segment; border rather narrow, flat; surface moderately convex, finely, feebly and sparsely punctate; basal carinz divergent, straight, strong, nearly one-half as long as the seg- ment, separated by one-half the abdominal width. Legs rather long and slender; posterior tibiz abruptly bent near the apex, middle coxe large, globose, not prominent, distinctly but narrowly separated by the sternal processes which are truncate and not carinate; posterior small, widely sepa- rated. Length 1.1 mm. Texas (Galveston 10). Described from the male in which the first two dorsals are simple, the third transversely and feebly impressed, the impression large and anteriorly lunate, the inclosed apical elevation being feebly convex and bearing a loose tuft of long erect sete; fourth and fifth normal, broadly arcuate at apex, the latter short and with the posterior margin very feebly produced in the middle. Viewed from beneath the abdomen consists of three visible segments, although there is probably a fourth which is completely hidden under the third; the basal segment is very long, and, in the middle, occupies the entire extent, except a very small apical por- tion where the two short posterior segments become very short, the third being at this point deflexed and channeled 468 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. externally. Besides the tuft of long sete from the median elevation of the third segment, there are many long con- spicuous setz on the second, and at the sides and base of the third. N. maritima 2. sp.—Form somewhat slender, dark rufous throughout; elytral apices slightly darker; legs and antennz very slightly paler; pubes- cence long, rather coarse, not dense. Head slightly narrower than the prothorax, nearly as wide as long; eyes moderate, at nearly their own length from the base; gens feebly arcuate, not at all prominent, as long as the eye; front feebly convex, feebly, finely and sparsely punctate toward the eyes, impunctate in the middle; antennz slender, about as long as the head and prothorax together, nearly as in cincinnata, ninth joint symmetrical, but slightly wider than long, tenth strongly transverse, truncate at base and apex, nearly cylindrical, eleventh elongate, but slightly wider than the tenth. Prothorax one-fourth wider than long, widest before the middle; sides strongly rounded, strongly sinuate near the basal angles; base broadly arcu- ate, nearly four-fifths as wide as the disk, one-half wider than the apex; sur- face very minutely, feebly and sparsely punctate; basal fovea very small, at one-fifth the length from the base; lateral moderately deep, larger, at one- fourth the length from the base. Hlytra slightly wider than long, at apex four-fifths wider than the prothorax; sides feebly divergent; disk rather strongly convex; sutural stri# strong, feebly arcuate; discal fine, distinct, extending from near the base for two-thirds the length. Abdomen but slight- ly more than one-half as long as the elytra; border rather narrow; basal carine short, one-fifth as long as the basal segment, divergent, feeble, sepa- rated by slightly more than one-half the abdominal width. Legs long and slender; posterior tibize bent near the apex. Length 1.0 mm. Texas (Galveston 3.) The description is taken from the male, the sexual char- acters being very remarkable. The first dorsal segment oc- cupies nearly the entire extent of the abdomen when viewed vertically, and hasthe apex abruptly deflexed in the middle, the deflexed portion being transversely impressed or exca- vated; its lower margin is reflexed and broken into two lateral crests and a small median and strongly elevated tubercle; the edge of the segment immediately above the de- flexed excavated portion is more densely setose and bears two feeble tubercles. The second segment is short, trans- versely and very deeply excavated in the middle third, the NEW NORTH AMERICAN PSELAPHID A. 469 excavation being anteriorly arcuate and extending under the apical process of the first; at the apex there is in the mid- dle a strongly elevated carinate tubercle which is slightly transverse, with the apex directed anteriorly for a slight distance over the excavation, and bearing two fine setiform appendages; its posterior surface is feebly and minutely tuberculate; the surface of the segment has, at each side of the central excavation, a transverse arcuate canalicula- tion which is disconnected. The third segment has, just before the middle, two small tubercles distant by nearly one-half the width, the remainder of the surface being un- modified. Fourth segment unmodified. Fifth shorter, feebly produced in the middle. The under surface, as in cincinnata, consists of but three visible segments, the first being very long, the third ab- ruptly and narrowly deflexed in the middle, the deflexed portion being channeled externally. There is, however, a fourth segment to be seen by looking longitudinally under the third, by which it is entirely covered. The surface of this fourth segment is abruptly arched at each side between the middle and the lateral edges, the arching being visible as a semicircular emargination of the edge when viewed longitudinally, and there is on the edge in the middle a strong vertical spine which appears to fit into the channel in the deflexed apex of the third segment. These species belong near tomentosa Aubé, but appear to be smaller and more sparsely pubescent. The genus is al- most exclusively confined to the sea-beaches of the Atlantic coast. TYCHUS Leach. T. sonome n. sp.—Slender, convex, piceous; elytra, legs and antennz testaceous; pubescence fine, moderate in length, sparse; integuments pol- ished, impunctate. Head much narrower than the prothorax, distinctly longer than wide, broadly rounded behind the eyes; the latter rather large, prominent, coarsely granulate, at nearly their own length from the base; surface transversely convex, transversely impressed behind the frontal 470 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. tubercle, which is transverse, convex and impressed along the middle; ona transverse line passing through the anterior portion of the eyes there are two minute, widely distant, punctiform fovez; antenne slightly longer than the head and prothorax together, robust, strongly clavate, basal joint much longer than wide, arcuate, second slightly narrower, quadrate, third nar- rower, obconical, longer than wide, joints three to seven subequal, eighth very slightly wider than long, ninth abruptly much wider, tenth still wider, equal in length, ninth and tenth distinctly wider than long, eleventh wider than the tenth, as long as the three preceding together, acuminate. Pro- thorax widest slightly before the middle, as wide as long, strongly convex; sides rather strongly rounded, feebly sinuate near the apex, more strongly so near the base; the Jatter broadly arcuate, four-fifths as wide as the disk, one-third wider than the apex; basal fovea minute, very near the margin; lateral impressions feeble; along the basal margin between the median fovea and the basal angles there are, on each side, two small punctiform foves, nearly as large as the median. Elytra at the humeri scarcely perceptibly wider than the prothorax, at the apex nearly twice as wide as the latter; sides evenly arcuate, together transversely truncate behind, convex, as long as wide, two-thirds longer than the prothorax; each bifoveate at base; su- tural stria deeply impressed; discal distinct, broadly impressed, terminating slightly before the middle. Abdomen two-thirds as long as the elytra, much narrower than the latter, parabolic in form; basal segment much longer than the second; lateral border narrow, flat, rapidly attenuate from base to apex. Legs rather long and slender; posterior tibiz arcuate toward apex. Length 1.25 mm. California (Mendocino Co., 1.) The specimen described is probably a male; the sexual characters are very feeble, the fifth segment being longer, feebly flattened, and broadly bilobed at apex. The species is much smaller than either of the two previously described from these regions, and the fourth joint of the maxillary palpi has a long and distinct terminal process. The third joint of that organ is elongate and clavate, the fourth more strongly arcuate within, subsecuriform, elongate and strongly compressed. Tt bipuncticeps n. sp.—Rather slender, convex, polished, impunctate, piceous; elytra, legs and antennew pale rufous. Head moderate, slightly longer than wide, convex; eyes large, convex, prominent, just behind the middle; gene convergent, feebly arcuate, clothed with longer, dense pubes- cence; base broadly arcuate; antennal tubercle much wider than long, large, divided by a feeble canaliculation; antenne as long as the head and Pa a oe ea | “ ee NEW NORTH AMERICAN PSELAPHIDA., ATI prothorax together, rather slender, basal joint as long as the next two to- gether, subcylindrical, second narrower, second and third slightly longer than wide, the latter slightly shorter and narrower, four to eight equal in width, slightly shorter but scarcely narrower than the third, ninth wider, nearly as long as wide, tenth wider than the ninth, wider than long, eleventh distinctly wider than the tenth, ovoidal, acuminate, as long as the three preceding together; on a line through the anterior portions of the eyes there are two small, very widely distant nude punctures; fourth joint of maxillary palpi dilated internally, truncate at apex, having a slender terminal process. Prothorax distinctly wider than the head, one-fifth wider than long; sides strongly rounded just before the middle, convergent and very feebly sinuate toward base; the latter evenly, feebly arcuate, four-fifths as wide as the disk, one-third wider than the apex; the latter truncate; disk strongly convex, with a row of small punctures along the basal margin, very feebly impressed at each side near the base, with a small, deeply impressed, nude fovea in the middle and very near the basal margin. Zlytra near the apex nearly twice as wide as the prothorax; sides moderately divergent from base to apex, arcuate; disk fully as long as wide, convex; sutural strie distinct, strongly arcuate; discal fine, distinct, terminating at the middle; humeri rather strongly tumid. Abdomen much shorter than the elytra, parabolically rounded throughout; border narrow, rapidly becoming extinct; surface con- vex and declivous posteriorly from the apex of the first visible segment; the latter as long as the next two together, transversely very feebly convex. Legs long, slender, simple; tarsislender. Metasternum broadly and strongly impressed along the middle; posterior coxe rather widely separated. Length 1.4 mm, California (Lake Tahoe 2). The type specimen is a male, the under surface of the abdomen near the apex being broadly and feebly impressed. With this specimen I have associated a female, which dif- fers considerably in the much shorter elytra, with more strongly divergent sides; but the material is insufficient to permit definite conclusions regarding its identity. The individual facets or granules upon the surface of the compound eyes are circular and very widely separated. This species is very nearly related to sonome, but differs in its slightly more robust form and slightly more trans- verse prothorax, with more angulate sides. It occurs under chips and bark slightly buried in grassy turf. 472 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. ACTIUM Casey. Through the kindness of Herr Reitter, of Médling, Aus- tria, who has sent me several representatives of Trimiopsis, I am enabled to give the following statement, showing the relationship of the latter with Actium, Trimiopsis being represented py 7. Eygersi. The maxillary palpi of Trimiopsis are long, the fourth joint being more strongly dilated internally near the base, and therefore distinctly securiform; while in Actium, as rep- resented by pallidum, the palpi are shorter, more robust, and with the outer joint ovoidal and acuminate. In T. specu- laris, however, the palpi are more robust and do not differ so greatly from the form existing in Actium. One of the most conclusive differences, however, is the presence of a distinct discal stria, extending for one-half to two-thirds the elytral length in Actium, and the complete absence of this stria in Trimiopsis. In Trimiopsis the isolated fovea at the base of each ely- tra, between the discal and sutural striz, which is a con- stant character of Actium, is completely wanting. Several species of Trimiopsis have two basal abdominal carine, these being very widely distant in TZ. specularis; others, however,—eg. Eygersi—are entirely devoid of the basal carinz. a Aen the basal carine are distinct and rather approximate. The species of Trimiopsis are much smaller than those of Actium, and have the head relatively much larger. Actium also appears to resemble, to some extent, the much more minute African species, recently described under the name Periplectus by Raffray, It is probable that the species described from the east- ern parts of the United States under the name Trimium might more appropriately be referred to Trimiopsis, as the European genus Trimium has not’yet been discovered with- in our territories. NEW NORTH AMERICAN PSELAPHIDA. 473 A, pallidum n. sp.—Form rather slender, convex; pale flavyo-testaceous throughout, antennsw and legs slightly paler and less rufous; integuments polished, impunctate; pubescence fine, short, subrecumbent, rather sparse. Head small, very much narrower than the prothorax; as long as wide; eyes rather large and prominent, somewhat finely granulated, at the middle of the sides; gene distinctly shorter than the eyes, evenly rounded to the neck, not at all prominent; base very feebly sinuate; occiput longitudinally impressed in the middle; front having two round, impressed, spongiose foves on a line through the middle of the eyes, mutually twice as distant as either from the eye, connected by a subangulats channel which is rather strongly impressed and much wider than long; antennze short, one-half longer than the head, club very robust, two basal joints subequal, slightly longer than wide, more ro- bust than the funicle, joints three to seven moniliform, subequal, the former slightly longer than wide, the latter slightly transverse, joints eight to ten very short and strongly transverse, equal in length, acutely rounded at the sides, the former twice, the latter more than three times as wide as long, eleventh much wider, ovoidal, gradually acuminate, as long as the five pre- ceding together. Prothorax widest at one-third the length from the apex, where it is scarcely as wide as long; sides rather broadly rounded, feebly convergent and nearly straight toward base; the latter evenly and rather strongly arcuate throughout, fully four-fifths as wide as the disk, one-half wider than the apex; disk convex, having at one-fourth the length from the bas3 a transverse, narrow, deeply impressed, posteriorly arcuate channel, connecting the rather large, deeply impressed, spongiose lateral fovew and continued posteriorly more than one-half the distance to the basal margin by a canaliculate impression; along the basal margin, very near the edge, there is a narrow deeply-impressed line. Hlytra at the humeri much wider than the prothorax; sides feebly divergent, arcuate; humeri rather promi- nent; together fully as long as wide; disk feebly convex, each trifoveate at base; sutural stria fine, deep, nearly straight; discal proceeding from the third fovea, fine, nearly straight, parallel to the sutural, slightly double at base, vanishing at a slight distance before the middle; second fovea without trace of stria. Abdomen distinctly shorter, but very slightly narrower than the elytra, rapidly declivous behind, parabolically rounded through its apical half when viewed vertically; border narrow, slightly inclined; first segment slightly longer than the second, having at base two fine, slightly divergent carinz which are very short and distant by less than one-fifth the abdomi- nal width. JZegs slender. Length 1.2 mm. California (Monterey Co.) This species is abundant under decomposing vegetation, near the margins of small streams. A. politum n sp.—Form slender, convex; bright testaceous, legs and antenne slightly paler, more flavate, abdomen durker, castaneous; integu- A474 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. ments polished, impunctate; pubescence fine, short, sparse. Head small, as long as wide, distinctly narrower than the prothorax; eyes rather small, at the middle of the sides, convex; gen distinctly longer than the eyes, arcuate, not prominent; occiput feebly impressed in the middle; front hay- ing two large spongiose fovez on a line through the posterior portions of the eyes and mutually twice as distant as either from the eye, connected by a subangulate impressed groove; antennz short, slender, scarcely one-half longer than the head, club large, elongate, two basal joints more robust, sub- equal, slightly longer than wide, joints three to seven moniliform, the latter globular, eighth very slightly wider, a little wider than long, eight to ten very gradually wider and more transverse, equal in length, the latter oval and scarcely twice as wide as long, eleventh nearly twice as wide as the tenth, cylindro-conoidal, acuminate, truncate at base, elongate, nearly as long as the five preceding together. Prothorax widest at two-fifths the length from the apex; sides rather strongly rounded, distinctly convergent and feebly sinuate to the basal angles; base feebly arcuate, scarcely more than two-thirds as wide as the disk, one-third wider than the apex; disk convex, about as wide as long, crossed at one-third the length from the base by 4 narrow impressed groove which is nearly straight; lateral fovee large, spongiose, deeply impressed; median posterior prolongation rather broadly impressed; basal margin feebly impressed. Hlytral width at the humeri, which are distinctly prominent, much greater than that of the prothorax; sides very feebly divergent, evenly and strongly arcuate; together as long as wide, transversely truncate at apex; disk feebly convex, each trifoveate at bése; sutural strie deep, feebly and evenly arcuate, rather distant from the suture; discal feebly arcuate, parallel, vanishing very slightly behind the middle, distinctly double at base. Abdomen distinctly shorter and’ narrower than the elytra; sides parallel and straight at base, rounded behind; border rather narrow; first visible dorsal with two fine subparallel basal carinz which are nearly one-third as long as the segment and separated by nearly one-fourth the abdominal width. JZegs slender. Length 1.3 mm. California (Mendocino Co. 1). Easily known by its dark abdomen, slender antennz and smaller eyes. A. robustulum un. sp.—Rather robust, convex, pale testaceous through- out; integuments polished, impunctate; pubescence fine, short, subrecum- bent, not dense. Head very small, nearly as wide as long, much narrower than the prothorax ; eyes moderate, convex, prominent; gene distinctly longer than the eye, not prominent, rounded; occipital fovee large, on a line through the posterior portions of the eyes, mutually twice as distant as either from the eye, connected by an impressed angulate groove; antennze short and slender, scarcely one-half longer than the head, club gradual, elongate, two basal joints subequal, slightly more robust, longer than wice, io eS se ee ee a NEW NORTH AMERICAN PSELAPHID. ATH three to seven nearly equalin width, the former much longer than wide, the latter distinctly wider than long, ninth to eleventh uniformly and rather rapidly increasing in width, the ninth one-half wider than long. slightly shorter than the tenth, the latter fully twice as wide as long, eleventh elon- gate, accuminate, as long as the four preceding together. Prothorax widest before the middle; sides rounded, convergent and feebly sinuate toward base; the latter evenly and distinctly arcuate, four-fifths as wide as the disk and one-half wider than the apex; disk convex, very slightly wider than long; basal groove at nearly one-third the length from the margin, feebly, posteri- orly arcuate, very deeply impressed; lateral foveze large, deeply impressed, median posterior cusp-shaped prolongation large and long; surface broadly and very feebly impressed anteriorly from the lateral fovex, and with traces of a narrow median canaliculation near the center of the disk. Elytra at the somewhat prominent humeri distinctly wider than the prothorax; sides very feebly divergent, strongly and evenly arcuate; disk about as long as wide, convex; sutural striz deep, arcuate; discal fine, distinct, nearly parallel, ex- tending to or very slightly beyond the middle; intermediate basal fovea sim- ple. Abdomen viewed vertically short and broad, three-fourths as long as the elytra, distinctly narrower; sides straight, parallel, broadly rounded be- hind; border rather narrow, inclined; first visible segment very slightly longer than the second; basal carine rather robust and flat, very feebly di- vergent, less than one-third as long as the segment, distant by one-fourth the abdominal width. Zegs moderate in length; femora robust, much more arcuate externally and toward apex, posterior more slender. Length 1.4 mm. California (Anderson Val., Mendocino Co. 1). The type is apparently a male, the penultimate segment being transversely and narrowly impressed; the terminal segment is flat, in appearance like a horizontal pygidium; it is slightly longer than wide, oval, slightly more attenuate behind, and entirely surrounded by the other segments. The species is much more robust than the others here de- scribed. A. testaceum n. sp.—Form slender, convex; pale testaceous throughout; integuments polished, almost impunctate; pubescence very fine, short, sparse. Head moderate, distinctly narrower than the prothorax; eyes small, convex, prominent; gene not at all prominent, much longer than the eye, rounded; occiput narrowly and deeply impressed in the middle; fovez on a line through the posterior portions of the eyes, round, spongiose, scarcely twice as distant as either from the eye, connected by an impressed channel, which is more broadly arcuate than usual; antennz scarcely one- half longer than the head, slender, nearly as in robustulum. Prothorax 476 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. very slightly wider than long, almost exactly similar to that of robustulum, except that the transverse basal groove is at scarcely more than one-fourth the length from the base. Hlytra at the prominent humeri distinctly wider than the prothorax; sides feebly divergent, strongly arcuate; disk convex, about as long as wide; sutural strie strong, arcuate; discal fine, distinct, terminating at the middle of the disk. Abdomen very slightly shorter and much narrower than the elytra, longer than wide; sides nearly parallel, straight, except in the apical fourth, which is parabolically rounded; basal carins less than one-third as long as the segment, fine, exactly parallel and straight, separated by slightly less than one-third the abdominal width. Legs rather short and slender. Length 1.2 mm. California (Anderson Val., Mendocino Co. 1). This species is very closely allied to the preceding, the type specimen, which is apparently a female, is smaller, much narrower, with a narrower, much more elongate abdo- men and larger head. The form and position of the basal carine differ in the two species, being distinctly stronger and divergent in robustulum, and finer and perfectly parallel in testaceum. Were it not for this character and the proba- bility—because of the sexual characters—of the masculinity of the small-headed type of robustulum, I should be per- suaded to unite the two as very extreme specimens of a single species, but at present this does not appear to be ad- missible. Although both are from the same region, the localities in which they were taken were widely different. The four species thus far described differ from californi- cum,as described by LeConte, in the extent of the discal strie, these being two-thirds as long as the elytra in the latter. The number of species is probably considerable, as scarcely any organized attempt has been made to collect them. EUPLECTUS Leach. E. californicus u. sp.— Form slender, parallel, depressed; dark testa- ceous throughout, polished; pubescence fine, rather short, somewhat dense. Head rather large, slightly wider than long; eyes small, convex, rather prominent, at more than their own length from the base; genzw rounded, convergent, not prominent; base broadly sinuate; surface depressed, coarsely, deeply and rather densely punctate; having on a line through the NEW NORTH AMERICAN PSELAPHID 2. ATT middle of the eyes, two small nude fovesw, mutually scarcely as distant as either from the eye, connected by a feebly impressed anterior groove; an- tennal tuberculations small, rather prominent; antennw three-fourths as long as the head and prothorax together, moderately robust, club moderate, the joints nine to eleven gradually and uniformly wider, the latter oval, as long as the three preceding together; under surface deeply and densely punctate, with an impressed fovea in the middle at the base, without long erect sets. Prothorax slightly shorter and narrower than the head, widest at one-third the length from the apex, very slightly wider than long; sides strongly rounded anteriorly, rather strongly convergent and nearly straight to the base; the latter broadly arcuate, two-thirds as wide as the disk, very slightly wider than the apex; the latter transversely truncate; disk feebly convex, with a slightly elongate fovez near the center, a broad impression at one-fourth the length from the base, and, on each side, a large rounded deeply-impressed fovex, at two-fifths the length from the base, not connected with the median impression; surface very feebly and not densely punctate. Hlytra at the humeri slightly wider than the prothorax; sides nearly parallel, distinctly arcuate; together very feebly sinuate at apex; disk depressed, as long as wide, nearly one-half longer than the prothorax; sutural stria deep, very feebly arcuate; discal fine, distinct, slightly arcuate, vanishing slightly before the middle; each elytron with an isolated basal fovea near the sutu- ral; surface very feebly, sparsely punctate. Abdomen as long as the elytra and distinctly narrower; sides straight and parallel; border narrow; surface feebly convex, finely, feebly and not densely punctate; first three visible dorsals equal in length; first two each impressed in the middle of the base; carine very short and nearly obsolete. Legs short; femora not robust; tarsi short and robust. Metasternum long, impressed along the middle. Length 1.3 mm. California (Lake Tahoe 3). The tarsal claw has a very minute hair-like appendage internally near the base, giving the appearance of a rudi- mentary second claw, but as all the characters are precisely similar to the European genus Euplectus, as seen in san- guineus, signatus, Bonvouloiri, etc., much more similar, in fact, than most of our Eastern Euplecti, it is impossible to believe that it belongs to a different group. I would pre- fer rather to consider this a tendency to reyert to the nor- mal condition of Coleoptera, and to hold that similar ap- pearances may occasionally be exhibited in the European genus. The type is a male, the sixth segment being deeply im- 478 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. pressed in the middle. The female does not differ appre- ciably in form. The occurrence of a genuine Euplectus near the Pacific coast is a very interesting fact, as heretofore the genus has not been discovered west of the Rocky Mountains. The three specimens indicated were found under the bark of fallen trees, and the species appears to be very rare. It should be placed after conflwens in our lists. RHEXIDIUS n. gen. (Euplectini ) Tarsi with two unequal claws; antennz straight, basal joint not conspic- uously elongate, widely separated at base. Posterior coxe contiguous. Prothorax without lateral teeth, having a median canaliculation, and two large lateral fovez near the base connected by a fine transverse line. An- tenn eleven-jointed, short; club long and slender, three-jointed. Maxil- lary palpi small, slender; third joint oval, slightly longer than wide; fourth much longer than the three basal combined, slender, fusiform. First vis- ible dorsal segment slightly longer than the second; second ventral in the middle as long as the next three together; posterior margins of the posterior segments strongly emarginate. Elytra with lateral subhumeral fovea and fine carina. This genus is founded upon a small Californian species, bearing a great resemblance in many of its characters to Oropus, but differing in the structure of the antenne and in the complete absence of lateral prothoracic teeth. It be- longs in some of its characters near the African genus Raf- frayia, Reitter, but differs greatly in the pronotal sculpture and elytral structure. R. granulosus n. sp.—Rather slender and depressed, pale ochreous-tes- taceous throughout, slightly shining; pubescence rather coarse, moderate in length, not very dense. Head much wider than long; eyes far down on the sides, rather small, feebly convex, at about their own length from the base, coarsely granulated; base broadly sinuate; occiput feebly impressed in the middle at base, havibg dorsally on a line through the middle of the eyes two small, very widely distant, nude fovex, also near the apex a transversely and feebly arcuate groove, terminating in minute fovee which are connect- ed with the occipital foveze by a finer groove; surface impunctate, rather densely covered with small, round, strongly elevated tubercles; antennze distinctly shorter than the head and prothorax together, basal joint but very “Sl ee eee ae eee ee ee ee ee NEW NORTH AMERICAN PSELAPHIDA. 479 slightly longer than wide, cylindrical, second shorter, slightly narrower, nearly globular, three to eight narrower, transverse, the latter twice as wide as long, ninth and tenth slightly more than twice as long, much longer than the eighth, nearly rectangular, the tenth very slightly the wider and longer, eleventh scarcely visibly wider than the tenth, very elongate and slender, gradually acuminate and as long as the five preceding joints combined. Prothorax but very slightly wider than the head, widest in the middle; sides near the basal angles just visibly sinuate, in the middle strongly rounded, near the apex very feebly sinuate; base broadly arcuate, two-thirds as wide as the disk, one-half wider than the apex; disk as wide as long, moderately convex, covered not very densely with small tubercles; median canaliculation rather fine, equal, terminating near the base and apex; lateral fovew small, deeply impressed, spongiose, at a little more than one-fourth the length from the base, connecting groove transverse, straight, very fine. Hlytra slightly longer than the prothorax, at apex one-half wider than the latter, distinctly wider than long; humeri not at all prominent; together transversely truncate behind; disk feebly convex, rather sparsely and more coarsely tuberculate, each with three basal fovex and four striz, one evenly and feebly arcuate, two and three feeble, nearly equal, one-half as long as the elytra, four stronger, one-third as long as the elytra. Abdomen very slightly wider and longer than the elytra; sides arcuate; border rather strong, inclined; surface rather strongly convex, scarcely visibly tuberculate, Legs rather slender. Length 1.0 mm. California (Alameda 4). The sexual differences are apparently very feeble, the terminal segment in the male being feebly impressed. The mesosternum is bicarinate. OROPUS Casey. 0. montanus n. sp. — Form slender, rather depressed, uniform dark rufo-testaceous throughout; integuments polished, not perceptibly punctate; pubescencesfine, rather long, not dense. Head triangular, shorter and nar- rower than the prothorax; eyes rather small, not very prominent, at slightly more than their own length from the base; gen strongly convergent, feebly arcuate; base broadly sinuate; base of occiput longitudinally impressed in the middle; occipital fovese deep, distant, on a line through the posterior limits of the eyes, connected by a narrow, deeply impressed, arcuate groove, much shorter than wide; antennz short, robust, distinctly shorter than the head and prothorax together, club elongate, rather feeble, joints three to eight transverse, the former slightly wider than long, the latter more than twice as wide as long, ninth and tenth joints twice as wide as long, nearly rectangular, tenth just visibly wider and longer than the ninth, eleventh 480 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. distinctly wider than the tenth, nearly three-fourths longer than wide, conoidal, acuminate. Prothorax widest in the middle, where the sides are strongly rounded, thence strongly convergent toward base and apex, very feebly sinuate near each limit; base broadly arcuate, scarcely two-thirds as wide as the disk, one-half wider than the apex; the latter feebly arcuate and less than one-half as wide as the disk; lateral teeth minute, in a transverse line with the lateralfoves; the latter deep, at slightly less than one-third the length from the base, connected by a fine, posteriorly arcuate groove; median canaliculation fine, crossing the transverse groove; obsolete near the base and apex, not at all dilated except near its basal limit; disk about as long as wide. Llytra scarcely one-fifth longer than the prothorax, at apex nearly one-half wider than the latter; disk distinctly wider than long, feebly convex; stria one nearly straight, two slightly arcuate, united with one at one-third the length from the apex, three two-thirds and four one-half as long as the elytra respectively, all deeply impressed. Abdomen nearly as wide as and distinctly longer than the elytra. JZegsvather short and robust. Length 1.8 mm. California (Placer Co. 1). Described from the female. It can very readily be dis- tinguished from all the species previously known by its slender form, short elytra and peculiar disposition of the elytral striz. SONOMA Casey. S, corticina 0. sp. — Linear, depressed, pale testaceous throughout; pubescence fine, rather short, not dense. Head slightly wider than long, a little shorter and narrower than the prothorax; eyes small, at the middle of the sides; gene long, rounded, longer than the eyes and nearly as promi- nent; front feebly convex, impunctate, having, at nearly one-third the length from the base, two small nude punctiform fovez, mutually slightly less dis- tant than either from the eye, and, at the vertex, behind the line of the an- tenn, a large, deep circular fovea which is completely nude; antennz one- third longer than the head and prothorax together, slender, feebly clubbed, first joint much longer and slightly more robust than the second, the latter nearly one-half longer than wide, oval, joints three to eight moniliform, gradually shorter, the latter slightly wider than long, joints eight to ten similar in form, gradually slightly larger, eleventh slightly wider than the tenth, a little longer than wide, obtusely acuminate, not as long as the two preceding together; under surface transversely and feebly impressed just behind the mentum, and more deeply so along the basal margin; fourth joint of the maxillary palpi longer than wide, compressed, oval, having a dis- tinct terminal process. Prothorax widest in the middle; sides broadly rounded to the neck, convergent and distinctly sinuate near the base; disk NEW NORTH AMERICAN PSELAPHIDA. 481 slightly wider than long, feebly convex, having a transverse anteriorly arcu- ate impression near the base which terminates laterally in two small puncti- form fovez and which is more deeply impressed in the middle, also just be- fore the middle two minute pune iform fovez, separated by one-fifth the en- tire width, and at each edge at one-fourth the length from the base, a large disconnected deeply impressed fovea, the impression being continued more feebly to the basal angles. WHlyltra depressed, at the humeri slightly wider than the pronotum; sides nearly parallel, more strongly arcuate behind; to- gether truncate at apex, nearly as long as the heal and prothorax tog-ther; sutural striz deeply impressed, beginning at a slight distance from the base; discal broadly impressed, vanishing near the middle, coarsely foveo-punc- tate; between this and the sutural a few foveate punctures near the base ar- ranged longitudinally. Abdomen slightly longer and wider than the elytra; border wide, slightly inclined; first visible dorsal much shorter than the sec- ond, having near the apex a transverse interrupted spongiose line. Legs rather short and robust. Length 1.4-1.6 mm. California (Mendocino Co. 8). This species was found rather abundantly under the bark of fallen trees in the Anderson Valley; it differs from par- viceps in its larger head, and from ‘isabelle in color and in its less robust form. S. cavifrons n. sp.—-Slender, depressed, pale testaceous throughout; pu- bescence fine, short, suberect, not dense; integuments polished. Head small, much smaller and narrower than the prothorax, as long as wide, eyes moder- ate in size, prominent, finely granulate; gene convergent, rounded, not at all prominent, as long as the eyes; base feebly sinuate; surface impunctate, having posteriorly two small round fcebly impressed fovee, mutually slightly less distant than either from the eye, and, just behind the strongly elevated transverse frontal ridge, a longitudinally elongated, very deeply excavated fovea which is slightly spongiose and more attenuated posteriorly; antenne slender, slightly longer than the head and prothorax together; first joint longer than wide, robust, oval, second shorter, less robust, oval, one-half longer than wid-, third small, narrowest, four to seven subequal, much larger than the third, joints three to seven slightly longer than wide, eight as wide as long, nine and ten slightly larger, very little wider than long, eleventh slightly wider than the tenth, longer than wide, acuminate, shorter than the two preceding together. Prothorax widest at one-third the length from the apex, where it is distinctly wider than long; sides strongly rounded, convergent and sinuate toward base; the latter broadly arcuate, three-fourths as wide as the disk more than one-third wider than the apex. lytra at the humeri distinctly wider than the prothor.x; sides feebly diverg-nt, more strongly arcuate behind; together slightly longer than wide, as long as the 34—BuLL. Cau. AcAp. Sci. Il. 8. Issued August 19, 1887. 482 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. head and prothorax together, depressed; sutural series of four impressed fovez at the base; the sutural stria deeply impressed and continnous only from the fourth fovea; discal impression coarsely foveate, terminating before the middle; between them a basal series of two or three foverw. Abdomen as wide as and slightly longer than the elytra; border wide. Legs short and rather slender. Length 1.9 mm. California (Mendocino Co. 1). The pronotal foyer and spongiose band of the abdomen are nearly as in corticina. This species is abundantly dis- tinguished from the preceding and from isabelle, Lec. by its smaller head and pale color respectively, and from parviceps Makl, which it must more nearly resemble, in its smaller size. The present species was found with the preceding under bark, and, as the Alaskan form inhabits grassy places, the two are probably distinct. S. isabelle Lec.—Two specimens of this species, collected by Mr. C. Fuchs, at Alameda, differ greatly from those here described in the shorter, more ro- bust antenne, with more transverse joints, in the intense black color with testaceous elytra, and in the complete absence of the two discal punctures of the pronotum. They were found in decomposing vegetable mould. EXPLANATION OF THE PLATE. The accompanying plate is somewhat experimental, the figures being re- productions by means of photography and gelatine printing, of shaded lead- peucil drawings. Should this attempt be deemed successful, the process must assuredly become popular among entomologists, as it is far easier and less trying to the eyesight to make satisfactory drawings in soft pencil than in ink stipple. Fig. 1—WNisazis cincinnata Cas. Fig. 6—Tychus sonome Cas. Fig. 2—Biotus formicarius Cas. Fig. 7—Actium pallidum Cas. Fig. 3—Lutrichites (Zimmermanni ?)Lec. Fig. 8—Rhexidius granulosus Cas. Fig. 4—Oropus interruptus Cas. Fig. 9—Thesium laticolle Cas. Fig. 5—Bryazis texana Cas, Fig.10—Sonoma corticina Cas. NotE.—The drawings are taken from typical representstives in all cases except Eu- trichites Lec, and Thesium laticelle Cas., which I have identified from the original descrip- tions. With reference to the former, it may be stated that the specimen figured agrees very well generically, but not so well specifically, with the description of LeConte. For example, the apical fovea of the front is stated to be smaller than the occipital in Zimmermanni, whereas in the representative figured it is in the form of a broad, indefi- nite impression without trace of fovea. The specimens here figured were found at Austin, Texas, CALIFORNIAN MANZANITAS. 483 CALIFORNIAN MANZANITAS. A Partial Revision of the Uva-ursi Section of the genus Arctostaphylos, Adans., as Represented on the North American Pacific Coast. IBYS (Co Ca ee AR. Read June 20th, 1887. California is the native home of the ‘‘ Manzanitas,’ con- fining the application of this well known common name to the Uva-wrsi Section of the botanical genus ARCTOSTAPHY- Los, Adans. Though the typical species on which the genus was founded (A. Uva-ursi), is barely found within its northern limits, the more conspicuous forms, including not less than twelve species, constitute a marked feature of Californian scenery, and are everywhere recognized as among its most attractive floral displays. Having several years ago undertaken a partial revision of the genus Arctostuphylos in Proceed. Dav. Acad. Science, Vol. IV, 31-87, the writer was naturally interested in con- tinuing those observations, and being materially aided by free access to the valuable collections and library of the California Academy of Science, it seems eminently proper to present the results to the scientific public through the medium of the California Academy Bulletin. At the time of the publication above referred to, I very naturally inferred that the commonly received species, as described in current systematic botanical works, were clearly defined, and referred to properly authenticated names. It was therefore a matter of no little surprise to find as the result of careful field observations, that though as growing plants distinct species could be readily recognized, the published descriptions, on account of imperfect material, 484 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. or in some instances erroneous mixing of specimens in dif- ferent stages of growth, could not be made to agree with actual living species. In endeavoring to rectify these una- voidable errors, no doubt largely due to a too exclusive reliance on dried specimens for systematic definition, I was obliged in the first instance to take into consideration that widely applied name of Arctostaphylos pungens, HBK, which has heretofore absorbed most of the poorly defined forms brought back in collections, not alone from its orig- inal location on the table-lands of tropical Mexico, but extending northward along the Sierra-Madre, and appear- ing again in unusual rich development on the North Pacific coast, and the Californian Sierra Nevada. Aside from the extreme improbability that a shrub of such peculiar charac- ter, not easily adapting itself to changed conditions, either in nature or cultivation, should exhibit such a wide geographical distribution—neither the published figures of the true Mexican plant, nor the original description could, except by a forced construction, apply to our well known Californian Manzanita, as seen in the lower foot-hills or the high Sierras. I have therefore undertaken to give a com- plete and detailed description of this species, combining the common with the botanical name, viz.: Arctostaphylos Manzanita. Another species, presenting very constant and distinct characters, such as no one in the field would fail to recog- nize, in its dense gregarious habit and singular glaucous foliage, has been strangely confounded with the widely dis- tinct A. glauca, Lindl., with which it agrees only in leaf characters. As this common foot-hill Manzanita, ranging from Southern Oregon to Central California, and possibly beyond, has never yet been clearly defined, I have herewith named, from a very marked character of the inflorescence, Arctostaphylos viscida. Besides the above, my attention has also been called to another undescribed species of remarkable delicacy and CALIFORNIAN MANZANITAS. A485 beauty, first collected in fruiting specimens by Mrs. M. K. Curran in Lake County, in 1886, and during the present season abundantly gathered in all stages of growth by the writer, in the vicinity of Calistoga. Desirous of recogniz- ing in some suitable way the facilities for botanical explora- tion extended to myself and others in California by Hon. Leland Stanford, I have, with his permission, dedi- cated this interesting species, which I hope to be able to introduce into cultivation, viz.: Arctostaphylos Stanfordiana, to the memory of his son, Leland Stanford, Jr., whose name is to be associated with a richly endowed institution for the advancement of human knowledge. While postponing for the present the consideration and possible settlement of the vexed question of determining just how far the aggregation of constant characters as the result of enlarged exploration, may justify the raising of sub-genera or sections to full generic rank—which is espe- cially urgent in view of the polymorphous character which is now assumed by the genus Arctostaphylos in more recent botanical works—I must content myself with a synoptical arrangement of all the known species, heretofore included in Section Uva-ursi, giving detailed descriptions of such only as are new, or corrected notes of such as are imper fectly known or wrongly defined. Preliminary to this, some general observations on the ordinary botanical features, that may aid in discriminating species as observed in the field, is herewith submitted. GENERAL ORSERVATIONS. Notwithstanding considerable diversity in habit and growth, varying from low procumbent to almost arbores- cent forms, this Uva-wisi group presents certain uniform features, probably justifying its retention as a distinct genus, under the earliest appled name, Arctostaphylos, Adans., separated generically from the other allied groups 486 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. with which it has been combined in later systematic works. Thus viewed in all forms, they are densely branched, shrubby plants, with smooth reddish bark, renewed annually by an exfoliation of that of the previous season, which, by the swelling of the branches at the time of growth in May or June, detaches the old in loose flakes, showing beneath, the light greenish new bark becoming tawny-red on expos- ure, to go through the same process of decorticatiou the next season. In the sub-arborescent forms the branches thickly set on the base of the irregular trunk, project their rigid and crooked limbs in every direction, forming dense, almost impenetrable thickets. The evergreen foliage, varying in tint from bright vivid to dull green, or glaucous, is smooth, or roughly pubescent, rarely tomentose, and usually entire, the different species generally presenting well marked specific distinctions in shape and texture. Of these, A. Andersoni, Gray, is excep- tional in its frequent sharply serrate leaves, though in all seedling plants observed, the earliest growth succeeding the cotyledons is invariably serrate, in this respect cor- responding to the interesting observations of Prof. Greene in regard to the early growth of Prunus occidentalis on Sta. Cruz Island. The usual vertical twist to the petioles, giving the leaves a perpendicular direction, is one of the features common to many shrubs in arid districts, with the obvious result of checking evaporation by less direct exposure to the vivid rays of the summer sun. The inflorescence always terminal on the growing shoots, is provided for by fully formed buds of the previous season protected by their characteristic bracts, thus prepared to develop their delicate urceolate corollas as early as the sea- son of growth will ailow, in fayorable seasons attaining a full development by January or February. The usual form of inflorescence is a panicle, with more or less extended or divaricate lateral and terminal racemes. The subtending bracts are usually quite characteristic in the CALIFORNIAN MANZANITAS. A487 different species, usuaily somewhat rigid and persistent, more rarely thin hyaline and deciduous, the pair of bracteoles at the base of each pedicel, inconspicuous and evanescent. The pedicels, usually exceeding the bracts, are slender or thickened upwards, smooth or “anne in some instances viscid-glandular. ‘The corollas are very uniform in charac- ter and offer scarcely any features of specific value, being urceolate in shape, white or delicately rose-tinted, deciduous and enclosing a whorl of ten stamens, with appendaged an- thers, and filaments dilated and hairy at base. The single style with its short lobed stigmas, exceeds the ovary, and is more or less persistent on the forming fruit. The fruit, technically termed a nuculaniwm, varies in size from one- fourth to one-half inch in diameter, is usually orbicu- lar in shape, occasionally flattened horizontally, and deep- ly umbilicate, more rarely oblong and acuminate; it is composed of a thin outer pericarp, smooth or pubescent, occasionally glandular-viscid, the color at maturity is a dull white, sometimes with a reddish tint, which soon changes to a dull brownish yellow, and later to a deep mahogany; this encloses within a more or less copious granular sub-acid pulp, a radiating series of osseous nutlets (Pyrene), varying from five (the normal number) to seven or eight; these are either loosely united at the ventral edge and easily separable into one-celled divisions, or the separate cells are irregularly coalescent presenting an unevenly lobed nutlet, or more rarely consolidated into a regular solid stone; when separable, each developed nutlet contains a single pendulous seed, composed of a slender erect radicle, and small cotyledons, enclosed in fleshy albumen. When the nutlets are irregu- larly coalescent the larger divisions include several distinct and fertile cells, and in case of the complete consolidation, the cross-section shows the open cells with inclosed embryo imbedded in the dense woody tissue, only the larger cells being fertile. That this variable character is not as at one time supposed of generic value, is evident in the fact that a 488 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. continuous series can be traced from the distinctly separated nutlets through the partially to the completely consolidated drupe. It has seemed important to dwell on these details of botanical characters, as it is only by a combined view of all, that species as they exist in nature, can be properly dis- tinguished. GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION. Not until such time as the species are correctly determined, can any satisfactory views be taken of geographical distri- bution. Judging, however, from such as are well known, the range of species is quite strictly limited by the peculiari- ties of soil, climate, and exposure, to which they are adapted. This is no less true of the world-wide species A. Uva-ursi, which in encircling the globe does not extend beyond that degree of north latitude, or elevated exposure, which is suited to its boreal habit, than of the analogous A. pu- mila, Nutt., confined as far as is known to the sandy wastes of Monterey, or the vicinity of San Francisco. Equally may it be inferred that the peculiar Californian species will not be found outside of the peculiar climatic conditions to which they are adapted, the more so as their structure and limited reproductive characters are not adapted to cosmo- politan habits. It is therefore reasonable to conclude that several of the more southern forms, heretofore referred to known species, will on careful examination be found distinct, and thus justify the opening paragraph, that California is, par excellence, the home of the Manzamitas. Hoping at some future time to verify or disprove these suggestions, I will now simply indicate such species as may at present be ac- cepted, in a preliminary synoptical arrangement, viz.: ARCTOSTAPHYLOS, Adans. @ Uva Urst. Gray, Synop. FI. II, Part I, 27; Parry Proe. Day. Acad. Science, Vol. LV, 31-87. EE —————— CALIFORNIAN MANZANITAS. 489 1. Fruit with Pyrene distinct, or more or less coalescent. *Low prostrate shrubs. 1. A, Uva-ursi Spreng. The typical species on which Adanson established the genus as distinct from. Arbutus. This author did not how- ever include the species afterwards united as A. alpina, Spreng., which, on account of its very distinct characters, is better referred back to an older genus Marranta, Neck. viz.: M. alpina Desv. oe A: pumila Nutt ; Gray, 1. c. This species, first collected by Nuttall in 1836, and de- scribed only from leaf specimens, has been long regarded as a doubtful species, and is still imperfectly known. During the present season (1887) the original locality was visited by the writer, on sandy wastes bordering the eastern shore of Monterey Bay. It here forms densely spreading mats, several yards in extent, with assurgent branches, thickly covered with small ovate or spatulate leaves, of a dull green color, lighter beneath, pubescent when young, entire, and short-petiolate; these conceal from view the small clusters of fruit mature in July. The inflorescence is a contracted raceme, with rather conspicuous veiny bracts, shorter than the smooth pedicels, flowers small pinkish-white; the fruit is orbicular, yellowish-brown at maturity, the separable nut- lets closely adjoining, broadly carinate, and smooth on the external face, occasionally partly coalescing into irregular, two-celled stones. In the above characters it is clearly marked as a distinct species, of very limited range, anc has been known for several years, from an isolated locality at Lone Mountain Cemetery, San Francisco, where it was first detected by the late Dr. Kellogg, and by him properly re- oo? ferred to the Nuttallian species. 490 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. 3. A, Nevadensis Gray l. c. Confined to the alpine districts of the Sierra Nevada, and clearly distinguished in its peculiar habit, from the mount- ain form of A. Manzanita, with which it is occasionally asso- ciated. * * ~EHrect shrubs, approaching arborescent. A. Hookeri Don, Gard. Dict. III, 836. Gray l.c. Arbutus ? pungens Hook. & Arn. Bot. Beech. 144, Xerobotrys, venulosa Nutt. Benth. Pl. Hartw. 321. Short depressed stems, with erect branches, forming loose clumps 1—3 feet in height; young branches and petioles closely pubescent; leaves smooth, bright green on both sides, distinctly veined, ovate, and gradually tapering at base to a slender twisted petiole, cartilaginous-mucronate, and on vigorous shoots ocasionally irregularly mucronate- serrate; inflorescence short-racemose, bracts membranous, attenuate, longer than the smooth pedicels, deciduous in fruit, calyx with thin ciliate margins, corolla small, narrowly urceolate; fruit smooth, yellowish-brown at maturity (July), orbicular, flattened horizontally, deeply umbilicate at base, 3 lines broad, 2 lines high, granular pulp rather copious, nutlets separable, rough carinate on the back, and acute at the ventral edge at the base, when less than five, one or more coalescing to form a 2—3 celled stone. Long known from all the early collectors in the vicinity of Monterey, but poorly defined from imperfect fragmentary material. A recent opportunity for field examination affords the means for completing the description. 5. A. Andersoni Gray 1. c. Apparently limited in range to the Santa Cruz Mountains. 6. A. tomentosa Dougl. Gray 1. c. excl. Southern and Mexican forms. This is one of the oldest and best known species, having been fairly well figured, and occasionally seen in cultiva- CALIFORNIAN MANZANITAS. 491 tion. Notwithstanding variation in habit, and degree of pubescence, shape of leaves, ete., it is readily distinguished in the field, forming usually a low spreading bush, with dull green foliage, hispidly ciliate young branches, and very con- spicuous floral bracts, occasionally becoming foliaceous, and generally exceeding the hairy pubescent pedicels, both the ovary and forming fruit are more or less hairy pubescent, but not glandular. It is usually later in flower than other species with which it is frequently associated, thus obviating a confusion that is likely to arise from hybridization. The fruit maturing in August shows the usual character of nut- lets, more or less separable or coalescent. Specimens from Southern California and Arizona, extending into Mexico (one of which is characterized below as A. Pringlei), here- tofore referred to this species, are clearly distinct. 7. A. Manzanita. A. pungens of various authors, not HBK. Shrubby to sub-arborescent, 5—25 feet in height, bark smooth, dark reddish brown, renewed annually, younger branches more or less closely pubescent; leaves petiolate, about one-third the length of the blade; smooth, dull green on both sides, entire, varying in shape from narrowly to broadly ovate, usually obtuse at the apex, and abruptly short mucronate, rounded or tapering at the base; inflores- cence paniculate, the divisions more or less prolonged, rachis hoary-pubescent, and thickening upwards, bracts broad, acuminate, rigid and persistent, externally pubes- cent; pedicels smooth, exceeding the bracts, calyx with broad orbicular segments, corolla broadly urceolate, sta- mens with slightly bearded filaments, style included; fruit smooth, irregularly orbicular, 4—6 lines broad, 3 lines high, dull white at early maturity, becoming reddish-brown with age, nutlets irregularly coalescent, usually one or more broader, with 3 fertile cells, with intermediate 1-celled nut- lets, more sharply carinate, the whole including 5—7 fertile cells. 492 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. Varying greatly in size from a low bush in the higher mountain districts, to a small tree, with low branching trunk, often over afoot in diameter. It differs from the Mexican 4. pungens, HBK, to which it is has been usually referred, in its more robust habit, its broadly obtuse foliage, its prolonged inflorescence, size of fruit, period of flower- ing, etc. It is one of the earliest flowering species, often in full bloom for Christmas decorations; in the higher mountains the flowering period is delayed till May; fruit matures in July and August. As a cultivated shrub it is rather shy, but succeeds tolerably well in natural parks, where it is least disturbed by the processes of cultivation. The leaves of young seedlings are always sharply serrate. The geographical range of this species, as above defined, cannot at present be satisfactorily determined, though its fullest development is in the lower foot-hills of the coast range north of San Francisco, and on each side of the Sac- ramento Valley, thence extending in reduced forms to the high Sierras north and south, probably crossing the range into Nevada. 8. A. viscida. A. glauca in part, of various authors, not Lindl. Branching from the base 5—15 feet high; branches smooth, reddish, leaves smooth glaucous, finely net-veined, petiolate, varying from broad ovate to sub-cordate or del- toid, entire, abruptly short-mucronate; inflorescence pro- longed in a slender spreading panicle, rachis slender, smooth, bracts small, oval, acuminate, pedicels densely glandular-viscid, four to five times exceeding the inconspic- uous bracts, which become coated with the copious adhe- sive viscidity; flowers light pink, calyx with thin margins. corolla short -urceolate, style slender, ovary smooth; fruit orbicular, horizontally flattened, and umbilicate at the base and summit, 3 lines broad, 2 lines high, light yellow to dull brown at maturity; pericarp smooth, copious white granular CALIFORNIAN MANZANITAS. 493 pulp enclosing 4—5 rhomboidal nutlets, roughly carinate on the back, one or more broader containing 2—3 fertile cells. ’ to) Forming dense thickets on the middle foot-hills of the Sierra Nevada, from the Oregon line to Central California; flowering in March, fruit in July, clearly distinguished by the above characters from A. glauca, Lindl., with which it has been confounded. The remarkable viscidity of the pedicels, which draws out into long threads on handling, also serves as a trap to insects, perhaps thereby serving some use in the vegetable economy. At the time of flower- ing it is one of the prettiest species, in the neat contrast of flower and foliage, being also attractive to swarms of buz- zing insects attracted by the copious stores of honey. Though possibly shy of cultivation, its gregarious habit suggests adaptation to park ornamentation, if grown in clumps, as in its natural location. 9. A. Stanfordiana. Low branching, 3—5 feet high, with slender dark-reddish stems smooth throughout; leaves bright green on both sides, narrowly ovate to oblanceolate, tapering below to a short narrowly-winged petiole, entire and mostly mucro- nate; inflorescence paniculate, prolonged and recurved; rachis smooth, dark red, bracts small, rigid, acuminate; flowers with deep red calyx and thin membranous corolla, light pink and broadly urceolate; style slender, becoming exsert, ovary smooth; fruit in pendent racemes, reddish yel- low at maturity, uneven orbicular, flattened and umbilicate at base, nutlets broader than deep, lightly connected, cari- nate, usually two or more coalescent, more rarely all united into an irregular stone. Covering extensive mountain slopes in the vicinity of Calistoga; flowering in March, fruit in July. Dedicated to the memory of Leland Stanford, Jr. 494 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. 10. A, insularis, Greene in herb. A. pungens, Greene, Bull. Cal. Acad., Vol. II, 406. Smooth throughout; branches light-brown, young shoots rusty green; leaves short, petiolate, ovate, narrowed at base, obtuse, muticous, conspicuously net-veined beneath; inflo- rescence paniculate, branching, racemes slender, prolonged, bracts short, deltoid, pedicels glandular, hairy (flower not seen); fruit smooth, yellowish-brown, orbicular, 3—4 lines wide, 2 lines high, nutlets irregularly coalescent, the ventral edge acute at base. Island of Santa Cruz; E. L. Greene, July, 1886. A symmetrically branched shrub 4—7 feet high, with bright ereen foliage, and, judging from the fully formed buds (in July), flowering early in the winter. It can hardly be re- garded as an insular variety of A. manzanita, the characters above specified seeming constant, and when observed in full flower, it will no doubt exhibit other well marked spe- cific distinctions. 1l. A, Pringlei. Young branches, including the petioles and margins of the leaves, copiously ciliate-pubescent, with mixed glandu- lar hairs, leaves short, petiolate, glaucous, minutely net- veined, with conspicuous mid-nerves, ovate to broadly sub- cordate, abruptly short mucronate; inflorescence closely paniculate from a thickened base, intermixed with bud- scales, indicating a late flowering period, racemose branches slender, thickly covered, as well as the bracts, pedicels and calyx, with ciliate and glandular hairs, bracts lanceolate membranous, petaloid, deciduous, bracteoles linear nearly one-half as long, pedicels slender, divaricate, 4—5 times as long as the bracts, calyx ciliate-glandular, corolla smooth, broadly urceolate; ovary and fruit glandular, hispid, nutlets irregularly coalescent, 5—T-celled. Mountains of Lower California; C. R. Orcutt, July, 1884; CALIFORNIAN MANZANITAS. 495 C. G. Pringle, Arizona, 1885. Distributed as A. tomentosa, Dougl., but clearly distinct. Variety? drupacea. Differing from the above only in the completely consolidated stone, deeply sculptured, and usually with a conspicuous one-sided furrow. Mountains east of San Diego; C. R. Orcutt. No. 543; September, 1886. Distributed as A. glauca, Lindl. More material desired for satisfactory determination. Extra-limital (Mexican). 12: cA, pungens HBK. excl. synonyms. 2. Pyrenc united into a solid putamen. 35) Ac glauca Lindl. Ten to twenty-five feet in height, branching from the base, with a trunk often more than one foot in diameter, branches and young shoots smooth throughout; leaves glaucous green finely net-veined, short petiolate, with a conspicuous mid nerve, ovate to broadly sub-cordate at base, either acute and sharply mucronate or obtuse with an abrupt mucro, young vigorous shoots frequently irregularly serrate resembling those of young seedlings; inflorescence paniculate prolonged with divaricate and pendent branches, bracts rigid spreading more or less, net-veined the lower foliaceous, pedicels 3 or 4 times exceeding the bracts, glandular-viscid (much less so than in A. viscida); flowers rather large, otherwise similar to allied species; fruit ovate, 9 lines long, 6 lines broad, resinous viscid, pericarp thin without granular pulp, stone smooth, usually sharply apiculate with regular perpendicu- lar lines, with intervening netted veins, indicating the sepa- rate cells (5—8) more or less abortive. From Mt. Diablo extending along the Coast range to San Fernando and foot-hills of San Bernardino. Readily recog- nized from ali other species by its light green glaucous foliage, its rigidly persistent bracts, and especially by its 496 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. large solid stone. That it should be still properly included in the Uva-ursi group is apparent from the fact that it has all the general characters of growth and foliage belonging to that section, and that the solid stone is made up of co- herent cells is shown by occasional lines of division, a sharp blow on the outside frequently breaking it along regular lines of separation. On the other hand the species heretofore associated with A. glauca, viz.: A. bicolor, Gray, exhibits such widely diverse characters of stem, foliage and general habit, as well as a perfectly solid stone, showing no indications of coherent cells, as to justify its re-establishment under the original name Xylococcus bicolor, Nutt. WEST COAST PULMONATA. AQ7 WEST COAST PULMONATA; FOSSIL AND LIVING. BY J. G. COOPER, M.D. (Continued from page 376.*) Santa Clara County. The eastern half of this county, forming part of the Mount Hamilton range, has been sufficiently alluded to, and the mountainous corner of it in the map is only about half of that part of the range included in the county, while the same unproductive and lofty region extends nearly 200 miles toward the southeast. The westerly side of the county is shown to be formed by the eastern slope of the Santa Cruz Mountains from near the head of San Francisco Bay and Black Mountain south- east to Pajaro River, thus enclosing Santa Clara Valley, a triangular space of about 200 square miles, little above the sea level. This valley, like the eastern shore of the bay, is supplied with species washed down by the mountain streams, but as far as known only by those from the west. In certain moist shady spots near the streams draining it, several species could formerly be found quite plentifully, but as these willow groves, etc., have been mostly cleared for gar- dens, few remain. I have thus found in the valley Nos. 1, 5, 11, 26, 30, 31, 32, 33, 35, 40, 42, 43, some of them hid- den under logs, brush, etc., in the partial shade of the oaks, which formerly covered about half the drier parts of the valley. These are part of what I give in the table on page 367, as found south of the bay, and the rest naturally follow here. "Errata, p. 374, line 14 from bottom, for 27U read 210. The reader will observe that throughout I have used ‘‘ Helix” in a gen- eral way for ‘‘ Helicoid species,’’ especially Nos. 26 to 39, in table on p. 367. 35—Buxu. CAL. AcaD. Sct. II. 8. Issued August 25, 1887. — 498 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. San Benito County. Of this county only about 65 square miles are shown, in the triangle northeast of Monterey County and south of Pajaro River. Only one addition to the list is known from there, No. 45, found at ‘‘ Soap Lake,’’ a marshy expansion of Pajaro River, named from the great alkalinity of the water. This mineralization of the streams, together with the increased dryness of the county, cut off from much of the sea breeze by the high Gavilan range of mountains sep- arating it from Monterey County, shows why the only Heli- coid species known from it is No. 32, though a few others may exist, as well as some of the smaller forms, Limacoids, etc. Monterey County. This extends from Pajaro River south for over 60 miles, and the little known of the species found south of the part on the map has been already given. The influence of the moisture from the ocean on this part is shown by the abundance of several species, between Monterey and Carmel Bays, even on the apparently unsuitable granitic soil, which is however partly covered with tertiary cal- careous sandstone, wooded with pine, cypress and oak. There and elsewhere near by, are found Nos. 1, 5, 6, 11, 19, 21, 24, 25, 31, 34, 38, 41, and 42, all within 10 miles of the sea shore, and none are known from higher or more inland localities except No. 37, as stated on page 363. By comparing this with previous lists it appears that while about the same number of species occur as in Santa Clara County, about half of them are distinct, but mostly represen- tative forms, and added together they make only 29 found south of San Francisco Bay, while there were 36 east of there (one of each list doubtful). Increased heat and dryness are the chief causes of this decrease in species. WEST COAST PULMONATA. 499 Santa Cruz and San Mateo Counties. Returning now north of Pajaro River we find the Santa Cruz range of mountains becoming the most prominent feature of these two counties, which have very little level land throughout. They rise nearly as high as those east of the bay, thus intercepting a greater portion of the moist- ure from the ocean than any counties yet mentioned. Most of the species of the east slope are the same as are found in Santa Clara Valley, but some are only found on the mountains, and though partly south of San Francisco Bay are included with those ‘‘west of the bay,’ because the same influence controls their distribution. This is, the moister and cooler climate on the west slope, and higher parts of the range, which extends to the eastern slope north of Black Mt., where the peninsula also becomes cooler from the water on both sides. Santa Cruz County especially, is more densely wooded than any yet named, the redwood and fir, with some pine, hav- ing once covered nearly all the west slope, with oaks and other trees, chiefly evergreens, on the remaining surface, ex- cept portions covered by the dense shrubbery growing on steep slopes. This abundant shelter, with almost constant moisture from springs, streams, and fogs, in the dry season, ‘and the additional element of abundant lime both in fossils and solid strata, in some parts up to 2811 feet, make it the most suitable region imaginable for land pulmonata. We accordingly found that some species were very abundant in local colonies where all these advantages were combined, and but for the desolating effects of the terrible fires that annually destroy parts of the forests, may suppose that they would be far more abundant and generally diffused. The same concentration of species and of colonies at low elevations continues as was before mentioned, both decreas- ing in abundance with elevation, which fact may be partly explained by the greater evaporation and stronger winds 500 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. making fires more destructive, and by fewer moist sheltered retreats existing there. Near the town of Santa Cruz have been found Nos. 1, 3, 5, 6, 9, 11, 12, 13, 19, 25, 26, 30, 31, 35, 39, 42, and most of them below 200 feet only. On the slope of the mountains northward where the pass marked 2216 crosses the summit, the exposure to the sun seems too great for many to live except in the deep canons, but on the northerly descent Nos. 1, 5, 9, 11, 25, 26, 30, 33, 39, are found near the reser- voir, about 1400 ft. alt., and down to the base of the range, where a form occurs between 30 and 32 in character. No. 42 lives about some little marshy lakes at summit of the pass, where others would doubtless exist if they ever got there. Those of Santa Clara Valley occur sparsely, from the foot of the pass northward, to Black Mt., where the fossils are found up to about 2300 ft. west of the peak, but at that elevation I found only No. 17 with 42, along a perma- nent little springbrook, none of the large species having got so high up. Nos. 4 and 19a have been reported so far only from the northern part of San Mateo County, near the Fig. 1840 on the map, and No. 41 on rotten wood near Fig. 1315 close to the sea shore and northward. On the west slope, north of Santa Cruz, No. 39 reaches. Pescadero Creek and No. 35 to Purissima Creek, where I found very large ones near its source at an elevation of about 1000 ft. approaching in characters No. 26, while the rest of the Santa Cruz species continue into San Francisco County. Thus we find in these two counties only 20 species and varieties, although the conditions seem so much more favora- ble than east of the bay, but may safely add to them Nos. 32, 40, 43, found in Santa Clara County, and doubtless en- tering the mountains of one or both of these. The height 1840 ft. on the map refers to Mt. Montora, marked by a small circle west of the figure, (two summits there not intended for towns). The fig. 1315 is San Bruno Mountain, near the San Francisco boundary. WEST COAST PULMONATA. aC The addition of Santa Clara Valley, makes a region more similar in form and extent to that described east of the bay, but there are 11 forms found there not known westward, while only 3 occur westward, not found east. Probable reasons for this will be given later, after adding species found in the next county. It must be remarked that the ledges of limestone are not so productive of land shells as the fossiliferous rocks, the former being so silicified as to be usually little soluble. One runs from Pt. Pedro southeast across the range at Black Mt. to the east base of Mt. Bache; another forms a wide belt around the south end of the spur west of San Lorenzo River. San Francisco County. Although only about six miles square and so long occu- pied by a dense population, this county shows natural ad- vantages for the land pulmonates, superior to any around San Francisco Bay. These consist in its sub-insular posi- tion causing a very uniform cool climate, moisture from sea-fogs, and sufficient lime, supplied in part by the remains of marine animals in lately raised beaches, in part from the calcareous veins in the older sandstone. Even the drifting sands that formed arid hills over nearly half its western surface contain numerous fragments of sea shells and micro- scopic polyzoa, so that where vegetation could grow on them, land shells of all kinds flourished, aided by the dense sum- mer fogs. Yet the higher hills, chiefly metamorphic, al- though having many rocks and trees to shelter them, show the same absence of these animals as elsewhere, No. 30 and varieties ascending only to about 400 ft. and No. 20 to about 900. I regret that I did not more carefully note the alti- tudes to which Limacoids ascend in any of the counties, but this could only be thoroughly done in winter, when the higher regions are not easily explored. Although they were decimated by the domestic animals 502 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. of settlers for over twenty years, it was possible up to 1872 to find many species during a few hours’ search in the moister and least cultivated spots west of the city, some- times in quite large colonies, and yet hundreds of collectors were constantly picking them up. It is indeed astonishing that any species survived so long the numerous extermina- ting influences around them; but the fact shows what per- sistency they possess wherever the slight moisture from summer fogs assists in retaining their vitality, and above all has probably for ages prevented those desolating fires that killed everything where more luxuriant vegetation covers the soil, and hot dry summers cause fires to rage. For it isnot only human destructiveness, or hunters’ fires that do the damage, as friction of two dry branches by a gentle breeze, and even the sun’s heat, magnified by pass- ing through natural lenses of resinous gums, are believed to be among the causes of fires, even where lightning is scarce, and inflammable vapors may not be ignited by the sun. That the great number found was not merely due to the many collectors at work, is shown by the scarcity of all the species in any similar extent of land in the neighboring counties; for while all those of the counties southward have been reported to be found except ten, we find added Nos. 15, 16, 18, 20, 24, which,. with 1, 3, 5, Tl, 12, Ufa 20, 21, 25, 26, 30, 31, 41, 42, 43, make twenty-one forms known in the county, to twenty-three in the three large counties next southward, and for the whole region west of San Francisco Bay a total of twenty-nine; while Nos. 14, 34, 37, 38, 39, 44, 45, are found only farther south, and Nos. 2, 7, 8, 14, 22 ?, 23, 28, 36, 37, 44, 45, occur on the east but not the west side of the bay. Of these, Nos. 7, 8, 14?, 28, 37, 44, 45, may be considered regional varia- tions, due to climatic influences of analogous forms found on the west side, or, more strictly stated, the west side forms have varied from previously existing eastern forms. There is a possibility that cultivation and preservation of WEST COAST PULMONATA. 503 large tracts in parks, ete., well watered, and protected from other animals, may favor the increase of some or all of the species in this and other counties. I have known of Nos. 1, 3, 5, 16, 17, 21, 26, 30 and its varieties to be found in gardens, while 3 and 16 are imported species, always increasing with cultivation. East of the bay, Nos. 2, 20 and 21 have also been found in gardens. Marin County. This county, though lying partly west of the waters con- nected with San Francisco Bay, and only separated from the last by a narrow channel, differs so much that it is bet- ter grouped with those northward. Before visiting that region, I supposed that the mountains so prominent in that direction must be far better suited to produce land-pulmo- nates than the low sandy peninsula, or the drier and less wooded hills southward. But while exploring Marin County very carefully, I found none at all on the east slope except near the base of Mount Tamalpais, on Angel Island, where a few only exist, and close to the marshy shores of San Pablo Bay, about Indian mounds or in thickets. Those known there, all quite scarce, are Nos. 1, 4 or 5, 6,9 or 10, 11 or 12, 23, 30, 31, 42.43. Connected with this scarcity, we find a new influ- ence beginning to appear, in the occurrence along the north- east slope of the county, of volcanic rocks, as will be later mentioned more fully. Most of this eastern slope consists of metamorphic rocks, thinly covered, and with little lime, while trees and shrub- bery are found only in cations or on rocky ridges. A few redwoods grow at the east base of Mount Tamalpais, while other coniferous trees occur about the summit, and more abundantly toward the north and west, where they give dense, damp shelter in some localities. Between Mount Tamal- pais and Bolinas Bay the tertiary fossiliferous strata cover the west slope, and there are found Nos. 11, 25, 26, 36, be- 504 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. sides those last given. Of these I found only No. 11 up to 1200 feet elevation. The triangular peninsula, 1436 feet high, west of Tomales Bay, is chiefly of tertiary strata, but in parts granitic, with much sandy and marshy land about Drake’s Bay, quite a dense coniferous forest covering much of its surface. Being also exposed to the sea breeze and fogs, it would seem better adapted for the pulmonates than San Francisco County, which hasa similar extent, but so far few species have been brought from there. Along the east- erly slope of the ridge a ledge of limestone is exposed, but I could not find any species near it, nor on the higher parts of the peninsula. From the west slope I have received varieties of No. 30, chiefly that often called ‘* Nickliniana,” which differs from No. 33 in a thicker shell, with a coarsely wrinkled surface, often blotched with whitish patches. This variation is caused by the influence of the spray from the ocean sprinkling the growing shells among the shrubbery just within the sand hills of the beach, where they are some- times quite numerous, and the same effect is produced on several other species growing in similar situations all along the coast. From this, I infer, arose the reference of ‘‘d. Nickliniana” to San Diego, where a similar variety of A. Kelletii is found. Marin County thus has only fifteen forms. This great diminution in number of species where conditions seem favorable for more, will be better understood after describ- ing those of the remaining counties. The figures along the sea coast give the heights of almost perpendicular rocky bluffs, which like the steep Farallone Islands, are chiefly of granite or hard metamorphic rock. Angel Island and all the others near the entrance of the bay, are also chiefly of this nature, and have furnished very few Pulmonata, but Mare Island is tertiary, and supplied more. Sonoma County. Little more than half of this is shown on the map, but WEST COAST PULMONATA. 505 enough for present purposes. Near the boundary of Marin County some of the hills are only about three hundred feet in height, allowing the sea breeze to pass inland with almost as much force as at San Francisco Bay, and their desicca- ting effect in summer is shown by the absence of trees over most of the west slope as far north as the low depression extends. Buta little north of Bodega Bay the tertiary sand- stones begin to extend over the metamorphic rocks farther inland, rise higher, and accompanied by a dense forest of redwood, ete., soon covering almost the whole surface of the country near Russian River. The fossils are numerous in this sandstone in many places, being as late as the plio- cene epoch along Mark West Creek, twenty-five miles in- land. The pulmonates of Marin County here become more numerous, extending north throughout the whole width of Sonoma County (excepting limited portions of metamorphic rocks), with increase of numbers, size and perfection. Nos. 10, 27, 29, are apparently varieties produced by improved conditions, especially increase of moisture, lime, shelter, and vegetation suited to their natures. There is no doubt that close search would reveal many others of the bay list there, if not new forms, the smaller kinds being slowly dis- covered. Among them, No. 23 is likely to be found living. Fort Ross, in the northwest corner of the map, is the locality where Nuttall obtained some of the types, wrongly credited to San Diego. Napa County. The first appearance of volcanic rocks in any great amount has been mentioned as occurring on the northeast slope of Marin County, and they reappear in abundance on Sonoma Mountain, marked 2292 feet high on the map, thence con- tinuing to form most of the mountain ridge which divides that county from Napa, and covering most of Napa County, extend northwest along the boundary between Lake and Mendocino Counties. Though not active in recent times, 506 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. there are many old craters on this ridge, the first one met with being Mount St. Helena, of which the summit is nine miles north of the map, on the north boundary of Napa County. ‘There are, however, numerous sulphur and hot springs, which show that the volcanic forces have not yet died out, and the region covered more or less by volcanic materials extends entirely across the ridge west of Napa Creek, and over most of that east of it, as far at least as the heads of streams running into the Sacramento basin. We thus have a region about twenty-five miles wide of volcanic materials, alternating with tertiary deposits containing fossil wood, lignite and other terrestrial products, but no fossil shells yet known. Lime is therefore scarce, and the still heated mineral waters show that during the deposition of these strata animal or vegetable life must have been interrupted as far as the volcanic influence extended, either by flows of lava, hot water or ashes, until the quaternary epoch. I explored Sonoma Mountain, the head of Napa Valley, and the whole shore of Clear Lake, finding very few land pulmonates, though six aquatic forms inhabit the lake, as well as six non-pulmonate mollusca, while some are also found in several of the creeks of the region, but much fewer than we might expect. This may be considered further proof that these streams have been not long ago heated or mineralized enough to destroy mollusca. Of land species, I can only mention Nos. 1, 4 (or 5), 9 (or 10), 43, 45, as certainly found in the volcanic region, most of which re- quire scarcely any lime, and the two last are almost aquatic. East of this region we find the foothills forming the east slope of the Coast range, about the headwaters of Putah Creek, composed of cretaceous and tertiary rocks contain- ing fossils, and here are again found, forty-five miles inland, some of the land shells of the west slope, which, with the ex- tensive and luxuriant forest covering much of the country, indicates that the climate is much less arid than along the WEST COAST PULMONATA. 507 tertiary east slope south of the great rivers. I did not reach that region on the geological survey, but Dr. Yates found there Nos. 11, 25, 36, 37 in considerable numbers, and No. 37 also along the outlet of Clear Lake near lat. 39°, where it cuts through the same fossiliferous strata, although not existing around the lake itself. Here we have almost certain proof that No. 37 is not a variety of 36, both living together unchanged. Fig. 2224 is the highest point on the southeast boundary, at the angle west of the figures. Solano County. A volcanic ridge runs north, from west of Suisun Creek into Napa County, but the rest of Solano is of cretaceous and tertiary strata containing fossils, excepting the plain sloping eastward from about two hundred feet elevation to the marshes, where only Limacoid and Succinoid species are known to exist. Mare Island, of pliocene formation, containing bones of land quadrupeds, is the most northern and western known locality of No. 32. No. 25 occurs near there, and Nos. 44 and 45 are to be looked for as in Contra Costa near the marshes, from Suisun Creek eastward. No. 14, first found in Trinity County, must be expected there, also some of the northern forms that occur westward. Small varieties of Nos. 26 and 30 have been found near the borders of Napa County, as in Contra Costa County, but not along any streams of the Sacramento basin. GEOLOGICAL AND BIOLOGICAL DEDUCTIONS. I. The marine pliocene fossils found along Mark West Creek, Sonoma County, in San Mateo County, Pajaro Val- ley, and northeast of Mount Diablo, now elevated at all these points about 300 feet above the sea, show that Marin County, San Francisco County, and the Santa Cruz Moun- tains, once formed islands 300 feet or more lower in the 508 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. ocean than now, and the Mount Diablo range, if not an archipelago, was nearly surrounded by water. In this, great beds of phocene gravels, containing remains of land an- imals, were deposited by the streams running from the Mount Hamilton range, while Livermore Valley probably contained a large lake, discharging through Walnut Creek, before the present Alameda Creek cut through the western hills. Fossil fresh water shells found along branches of Walnut Creek both east and west, near Mission Peak, ete., show that lakes or marshes were extensive in pliocene and quaternary times. II. No extinct land-pulmonata have been found with these fresh water forms (of which several are extinct), but in later beds on Walnut Creek, containing living fresh water forms, are two living land species, Nos. 32 and 33, showing that they were the first of the group to appear in the center of the range they now inhabit east of the Bay. These fossils are plainly quaternary, and the living shells of these two forms become more or less graded into 30, 31, 35, etc., toward the west and south, indicating probably that they may have been the original stock from which the latter were derived. From Marin County a specimen of No. 35 (?) has been brought in a fossil state, unlike those now living southward, being the only evidence known of any fossil forms north of the bay. III. These few evidences show that the forms of the most characteristic group occurring in the bay region, the Arionte, are either indigenous, or derived from the coast range northward, and have colonized the region during the quaternary epoch, no preceding extinct forms having been discovered there, and no evidence of a transition direct from the Sierra Nevada. IV. The species given in the table as found also in the Sierras, are, Ist, Limacoid, and therefore easily carried by floods without injury; 2d, Vitrinoid, mostly very small, and a WEST COAST PULMONATA. 509 supposed to have their eggs transported by adhesion to the feet of birds, although No. 11 may, as before remarked, have spread independently along the two ranges from the north; 3d, Nos. 24 and 25 (?), which may have been spread like the Vitrinoid species; 4th, No. 40, probably in the same way; 5th, Nos. 42 to 45, which may be spread by birds, or, being semi-aquatic, by aid of floods. VY. Considering that none of the Helicoid species are found above 1000 feet east of, and 1400 feet west of the bay, and that they could spread only by crawling (except when shells or eggs were washed downward for short dis- tances without injury), we must conclude that they reached the shores of the region by floods chiefly from the north, and landed at heights between the present sea-level and the elevations just given. As they can ascend with more difli- eulty than Limacoids, they go less high up, and five hundred feet ascent is a liberal allowance for them to have climbed inany numbers. Subtracting this from their highest known ranges, we may assume that they reached the east side of the bay when the land was five hundred feet lower than now, the sea-shore being about two hundred and fifty feet above the fossil bed of Walnut Creek, and as the land rose, gradually spread downward into the valleys, and up- ward on the hills. Those of the Santa Cruz range would then have colonized that side when it was nine hundred feet lower than now, which may have been about the same period, as the more western range has probably risen more in the same length of time than the eastern, and the whole elevation has been during quaternary times. VI. The much less abundance and limited diffusion of the species known from the counties north of the bay, within the limits of the map, in spite of the moister and cooler climate, can only be explained by the influence of vol- eanic forces there, and scarcity of lime along the central ridge of the coast mountains. The twenty-one 510 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. forms known there, favored by climate, have extended them- selves farther eastward than south of the ‘“‘ Golden Gate,” and several large kinds are found east of the volcanic belt, that probably reached there before the last period of vol- canic activity buried the ‘fossil forest,” and much life with it. The occurrence of a few species throughout the volcanic region, and of several others at points near its borders, shows that Limacoids spread most rapidly over it, and those with thin shells next, while the large Helicoids were last to obtain a foothold on it. VII. While it might be supposed that Nos. 30 to 35 could have more easily reached the Bay region from the southward, on account of the courses of most of the present streams, there is no fossil evidence that they ever existed in that direction south of Monterey Bay; while Nos. 26 to 30, and 36, still have their living allies toward the north. That they spread southward at different periods seems also proved by the various distances they have reached, and by the few fossils known. VIII. Thus we do not find that No. 36 was ever able to cross the salt waters of the Golden Gate to San Francisco County, but can easily believe that it could have been washed down Suisun Creek and across the strait during the winter floods, landing nearly opposite Mare Island, and thence spreading along the moist western slope of the hills to its present terminus, thirty-six miles southward. That it is a very late colcnist there, is also proved by its not having been carried across Santa Clara Valley to the Santa Cruz Mountains, which are better suited for it, while most of the forms of 26 and 30 seem to have drifted over there, and flourished more generally than on the east side. The five or six Helicoid forms out of the twenty-one found in San Francisco County probably reached there in that way, the others coming in the general modes before mentioned. Had they been carried there by floods from the large rivers | | | WEST COAST PULMONATA. 511 they would probably have landed as often on the north shore of the Golden Gate, and become as plenty in the cool damp localities on the west side of Marin County, and more common on the islands of the Bay. IX. The migration of No. 36 being thus explained, and the general course of distribution of other Helicoids indi- cated, we can now see how No. 37 may be derived from C. traskii by a migration from the Sierra Nevada, but in an opposite direction. The sketch of the distribution of C. traskii given on pps. 361 to 564 shows that it intergrades with No. 38 on the coast southward. which may sufficiently account for the origin and range northward of 38 and 39, as they cannot be traced to any form now living within 500 miles north of No. 39. By a quicker route C. traskii might have easily been washed down the San Joaquin Valley to the east slope of the coast mountains almost anywhere, but did not find a suitable region for increase until reaching the gap of the Bay region. Any of them landing on the north shores of the strait would ascend along the banks of streams and thus spread to their present northern limit about 50 miles north of the Bay, but have not crossed the volcanic belt to the west side of the Coast range. South of the straits we also find that they have not gone west of the figure 485 in Ala- meda County, though an allied form reaches Salinas River from the southward. This seems a more natural mode of distribution for this form than that before suggested. Here again the present location of its nearest allies points to its origin, while on the other hand that of the Arionte is as plainly traceable to the northern coast ranges instead of the Sierra Nevada. The species found there could apparently be as easily washed down, but seems not to have become colonized. X. Although there is such a general resemblance in form between Nos. 32 and 37 that Mr. Binney has considered them closely related and mixed them in his figures, I con- 512 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. sider this as merely analogical, caused by the general law before stated, that the varieties of each group are more de- pressed and umbilicate the farther from the coast. Thus we find No. 32 passing into higher forms of 30 to the west, and one variety between 30 and 31 is imperforate though depressed. In the same way C. traskii and 37 pass into 38 and 39 near Monterey bay. A similar effect of climate is observed in the passage of No. 28 toward 26, 27, and 29, in the cooler moister regions west and north, and perhaps into 35 southward. The vari- eties 30 to 34 seem to have diverged from 35 (or 32) east of the bay, though 50 and 34 are now more abundant on the west side. No. 41 seems also the coast form of No. 40. On the other hand No. 6 may have varied into7 and 8, which are not known westward. No. 11 seems to have changed into 13 and 14 toward the dry east and south slopes, while 36 has before been traced by intergrades to C. jidelis, the northern form as old as miocene times. XI. The greater extent of both salt and fresh waters through the Bay region, in early quaternary times, no doubt caused a more moist and uniform climate to prevail through- out the Bay region, and was more favorable to the growth and diffusion of Pulmonata than the present epoch. Then the conditions were similar around Livermore Valley to those of Monterey now, and to this I attribute the existence there of No. 34, afew of which still survive toward Cedar Mountain. XII. In the article on the ‘‘Influence of Climate and Topography on our Trees,” (Proc. Cal. Acad. V. 285, 1874), relating to the same region included in the map now given, I showed that very few species occurred in San Francisco County, while they increase in numbers of both species and individuals up to 60 miles in nearly all directions. This was attributed to the violence of the summer winds near the WEST COAST PULMONATA. 513 bay, causing too rapid desiccation of the surface to allow of the growth of seedlings, and favoring destructive fires. It now seems that the effects of the winds in the lower parts of the Bay region, except so far as they spread fires in the forests, are an advantage to pulmonates, which have always been most numerous nearest to the entrance of the bay. This does not, however, prove that they are independent of forests, for these fur- nish them with shelter and food more abundantly than where no trees exist, so that the finest specimens are found in the forests, though perhaps less frequent, ~ or harder to find. There is also a connection between cer- tain forms and certain groups of trees, as I stated in the synopsis, (Proc. Cal. Acad., ITI., 260 and 336-7, 1866). XIII: That the Bay region is, from physical configura- tion, the best suited for commerce, and a large population, of any on the coast, is a coincidence that may be favorable to the increase of land pulmonates. We find already that three species have become naturalized (though not desirable additions) and the protection from fires, irrigation in sum- mer, cultivation of trees, and destruction of many native enemies, such as carnivorous quadrupeds and some birds, may balance the injuries from cultivation. Some kinds are indeed so numerous already as to be troublesome, especially the Limacoids, in gardens near wet grounds. XIV. The great difference in distribution of species near the bays from that in the Sierra Nevada may now be explained. Ist. The Sierra having been elevated probably before the tertiary epoch (though no terrestrial fossils yet prove it), was a high range before the miocene land shells of Oregon existed, and they extended over it at an elevation between 1000 and 5000 feet of its present height. 2d. It has continued to rise during the tertiary epoch and since, so that we find the large Helicoids dwarfed at 35—BuLL, Cau. AcAD. Sci. II. 8. Issued August 25, 1887. 514 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES 5000 to 5500 feet elevation, though the degree of cold there has not destroyed them. 3d. The great differences of climate in different zones of the Sierra, cause more distinct limitation of species by differ- ent elevations than in the coast range near the sea shore, but as shown by the distribution of C. traskii and varieties, it is less apparent at a distance from the Bay region, both north- ward and southward, where the two ranges of mountains are crowded together. Toward the coast, every group be- comes more varied into sub-species, and larger colonies of most of them are found. 4th. The more equable and moister climate near the coast evidently makes it possible for many forms to live together that are more or less limited on the Sierra Nevada to special zones, and this is most apparent nearest to the seashore. There is an approach in the Santa Cruz range to a higher zone of Vitrinoids and probably of Limacoids. The latter are found, like the Succineas, in the Sierra, both at their base, in damp grounds, and at nearly 6000 feet altitude, though rare between. XY. To give a practical point to this long article, it may be remarked, that, although the ancient practice of feeding human pulmonates on Helicoid pulmonates as a cure for lung diseases has been justly abandoned (marine mollusca being far preferable!, yet they are still much sought for by European epicures, as great delicacies, and may be worth cultivation for this purpose. It may be added that the search for them in the groves around the bays has been found by the writer one of the most beneficial modes of exercise in his own experience, when threatened with pulmonary consumption. Thus they may benefit health without internal use, and make outdoor exercise more interesting to those who need it, than if taken without any other purpose than to gain strength. ‘THE FLORA OF THE COAST ISLANDS. 515 THE FLORA OF THE COAST ISLANDS OF CALIFORNIA IN RE- LATION TO RECENT CHANGES OF PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY. BY JOSEPH LE CONTE. Read September 5, 1887. Some of the results reached by Mr. E. L. Greene in his studies of the flora of the islands off the coast of Southern California* have deeply interested me, because I believe their explanation may be found in geologically recent changes in the physical geography of California. These remarkable islands, 8 or 10 in number, are strung along the coast from Point Concepcion southward, and separated from the mainland by a sound 20—30 miles wide. They are of considerable size (the largest being about 200 square miles in extent), and vary in height from 1,000 to 3,000 feet. They have all the characteristics of continental islands, and are undoubtedly outliers of the mainland, at one time connected with it, but now separated by subsidence of thecontinental margin. They may be regarded as the high- est points of the old coast range outside of the present coast range, the broad valley between the two being now covered with water. Moreover, the date of the separation may be determined with certainty. That they were connected with the mainland during the later Pliocene and early Quaternary is proved by the fact that remains of the mammoth have been found on Santa Rosa, the largest and one of the far- thest offofthem.t They were, therefore, undoubtedly sepa- rated during the Quaternary Period. The main points in Mr. Greene’s paper with which we are here concerned are the following: *Studies in the Botany of California and Parts Adjacent, VI. E. L, Greene. 1—Notes on the Botany of Santa Cruz Island. Bull. 7 Cal. Acad. Sci. tProc. Cal. Acid. of Sci. vol. V., 152. 516 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. 1. Out of 296 species of plants collected by him on the island of Santa Cruz, no less than 48 are entirely peculiar to these islands, and 28 peculiar to Santa Cruz itself. 2. Of the remaining 248 species nearly all are distinet- ively Californian—that 1s, species peculiar to California are very abundant, while common American species, 7. e., those common to California and other parts of North America, are very few and rare. The flora as a whole, therefore, may be regarded as distinctively Californian, with the addition of a large number of species wholly peculiar to the islands. 3. A number of rare species found in isolated patches, and, as it were, struggling for existence, in the southern counties—San Diego and San Bernardino—are found in great abundance and very thriving condition on the islands. 4. Lavatera, a remarkable. malvaceous genus of which 18 species are known in the Mediterranean region, and one from Australia, but not a single species on the American Conti- nent, is represented on these islands by four species. ‘This is certainly a most remarkable and significant fact. Such are the facts. I account for them as follows: California, especially the region west of the Sierra Nevada, is geologically very recent. The Sierra region was reclaimed from the sea at the beginning of the Cre- taceous, and the coast region as late as the beginning of the Pliocene. When first emerged the coast region was of course colonized from adjacent parts. This col- onization was probably mainly from Mexico, either di- rectly or through the Sierra region; for the distinct- ively Californian plants, though peculiar, are more like those of Mexico than any other. Whencesoever it may have been colonized, however, the environment was suffi- ciently peculiar, the isolation sufficiently complete, and the time has been sufficiently long to make a very distinct flora. THE FLORA OF THE COAST ISLANDS. la According to Wallace, it is one of the primary divisions of the Nearctic Region. During the late Pliocene and early Quaternary, as already seen, the islands were still a part of the mainland, and the whole was occupied by the same flora, viz: the distinctively Californian (with some differences doubtless), now found in both, together with the peculiar island-species. During the oscillations of the Quaternary the then west- ernmost coast range was separated by subsidence, and has remained ever since as islands. Simultaneously with, or after, this separation, came the invasion of northern species, driven southward by glacial cold. Then followed the mingling of invaders with the natives, the struggle for mastery, the extermination of many (viz: the peculiar island species), and perhaps the slight modification of all, and the final result is the California flora of to-day. But the island flora was saved from this invasion by isolation, and there- fore far less changed than the flora of the mainland, 7. e., the invading species are mostly wanting, and many species survived there which were destroyed, or else modified into other species, on the mainland, and the remainder prob- ably less modified than on the mainland. The flora of these islands, therefore, represents somewhat nearly the character of the flora of the whole country during the Pliocene times. Some modification they have doubtless suffered, but the time has been too short for any great change in the absence of severe competition. The question naturally arises, ‘‘ How is it that with a separation of only 20—30 miles the two floras—insular and mainland—have not become entirely similar by mutual colonization ?” The prevailing winds being landward would, I suppose, largely prevent the colonization of common American forms on the islands, although some such coloni- zation has in fact taken place. But with the prevailing winds in this direction, why have not all the peculiar island species been long ago colonized on the mainland? Accord- 518 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. ing to the view above presented the answer is evident. These peculiar species did once inhabit the mainland and have been either destroyed or transformed in the struggle with invaders. They are therefore weaker species. The same unfitness which made them succumb then, still forbids their successful colonization. This brings me to the next point. There are quite a number of rare and peculiar forms found struggling for existence in the southern counties which are found very abundant on the islands. This certainly looks like the beginnings of colonization. This is indeed Mr. Greene’s view, and is rendered all the more probable by the fact that the ocean currents probably drift in that direction. But there is at least another explanation suggested by the view above presented. These may be, and probably are, remnants of Pliocene indigenes still undestroyed, but ready to perish. From this point of view their place far south is just what we might expect, for the main invasion was from the north. But there is still a last point to be explained. Lavateras are unknown in the New World, except on these islands, where there are four species. But they are found in the Old World, in the Mediterranean region and in Australia. Mr. Greene suggests, as a possible explanation, a former connection of these islands with some other continent. I think not. The substantial permanence of continental land masses and oceanic basins, with only marginal changes, at least during later geological times—taken together with the com- parative recency of the flora of California—renders this ex- planation extremely improbable. The above presented view suggests another and far more probable explanation. The existence of JZavateras in such widely separated localities as Australia, the Mediterranean region and the coast islands of California, shows unmistakably that existing species are but remnants of an old, once very abundant and widely spread genus, with numerousspecies. They are now THE FLORA OF THE COAST ISLANDS. 519 dying out. They have been mostly destroyed and replaced by newer and stronger forms. I conclude, therefore, that in Pliocene times several species of Lavatera existed all over the coast. region of California, but probably mostly in the then coast range, viz: the islands; for they love the sea coast. They have all been destroyed by change of environ- ment, physical and organic, except those isolated on the islands and thus saved from the effects of invasion. Readers of Mr. Wallace’s ‘“‘Island Life” will at once see the analogy between this explanation of the flora of ou- coast islands and Mr. Wallace’s explanation of the mamma lian fauna of Madagascar. The mammalian fauna of Africa, south of Sahara, consists of two very distinct groups—the one indigenous or descendents of Tertiary indigenes, and remotely resembling that of Madagascar, the other evidently foreign and resembling that of Hurasia in Miocene and Plio- cene times. During Tertiary times Africa was isolated from Eurasia, but united with Madagascar, and the whole inhabited by a peculiar fauna, characterized by lemurs, insectivores, etc., which we have called indigenes. About middle Tertiary times, Madagascar was separated, and immediately divergence between the two faunas com- menced. In later Tertiary and early Quaternary, the barrier which separated Africa from Eurasia was removed, and the great Eurasian animals invaded Africa, and imme- diately became the dominant type. In the struggle which ensued, many species, especially of the weaker indigenes, were destroyed, and all on both sides modified. The result is the African fauna of to-day. Madagascar was saved from this invasion by isolation. The fauna there consists of the greatly modified descendants of the African Tertiary indi- genes, but far less modified than their congeners in Africa. In the fauna of Madagascar, therefore, we have the nearest approach to the Tertiary indigenes of both. The difference between the two cases isthis: In the case of Madagascar the separation has been very long. The 520 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. extreme peculiarity of its fauna is the result partly of pro- gressive divergence and partly of many forms saved by isola- tion. In the case of the coast islands of California, the separation is comparatively recent—there has not been time enough for very great divergence by modification. The peculiarity of its flora is due almost wholly to species saved by isolation. In conclusion I would say, that this short paper is intended merely as as incentive to future investigation and pointing in the direction which it ought to take. Before the views above presented can be definitely established, there must be further investigations, first, on the relation of the island flora to that of the mainland; second, on the relation of the flora of California to that of adjacent points from which it may have been originally colonized; third, and especially, must we have fuller knowledge of the indigenous flora of California in Pliocene times. On bo 4 PRIORITY OF KELLOGG S GENUS MARAH. PRIORITY OF DR. KELLOGG’S GENUS MARAH OVER MEGARRHIZA Torr. BY MARY K. CURRAN. A recent paper* by Mr. Watson, in which he reaffirms the genus Megarrhiza Torr., renders necessary the following statement of the date and circumstances of publication of the first volume of the Proceedings of this Society, more especially as silence on our part would do injury to our ven- erable pioneer botanist recently dead. That the eminent author of the above paper has been misled by the ambiguous language of some of our publica- tions is quite possible; his own is however equally so, for as will be noticed, although seeming to deny the priority of Marah, he does not specifically do so, and fails to give reasons for his preference of Megarrhiza. Mr. Watson says : ‘ -+ 5 ee oe Saiieee 173 COPMRIOLES. co oc aew cose) ies 456, 459, 463 Genticollis.;--..-. oes seeeeee 460, 461 fOMMICATING =. 30 < ace oa noe ee 174 TOVEICOTUIN coc ce eae eee 456, 462 lucnlentHsse: oo. -- 446 Curcalio ni Gta scien win ion Seka OES 166 CUPCUlION Ss hos se ees cae ease 65, 66, 67 G@oscutasubincluss,.¢s.<0cce «essences 408 Cyanocitta stelleri frontalis........... 422 PACHOCHwMUs-cn~ pn sccm ns ie Sook ee AOI A DAtUITAIMCLEIOIGES «5 (<5 ciie.cvin.c.c\e santero 408 Daucus: pusillas ss sts 242. scree es 399 Decarthron....... gia mieluivheleiere Sino ou ee ae 464 Brendeli———? ..............-. 456, 464 Hel pHing. conn s\e indies eects See 389 Dendroica wstiva.....cccs.s0ss. Fontione 430 SUAHDONI~-.7R o1s)-\a(ainiemelaldis micrelsjadaiel cre) eieteeayane 400 SQUUALTOSA oi clcicyol=lalalnictacelelsteleieveystsietet te 441 Grosbeak, black-headed............ 429, 449 Tabby GonnpeborocooncdT Abooccenr 449 Discovery of nest and eggs of.. 449 ChGIS| TNS ZICAN <..\-, so sjnwi<' wie ers leita 420 Guadalupe Island, additions to the or- £0471 80) KefeA KO} tars OD OOCOROODUCODOGSCOCe. 269 Gage CVS) Cone aoeconcnaoocen co Serb 274 Habenaria elegans. 2.c.5...seccces s+ oe 413 Habia melanocephala............ ...-- 429 Pia DIO COLUS eas\- vio/dsclajcloiieisivolerneieseieieisvstens 206 Hadobregmus gibbicollis.............. 68 Harporhyncbus redivivus ......... 423, 430 Hawk, American sparrow ..-.......... 421 GOOPCLS. he jee closes tierce teste 421 sharp-shinned................. 420, 426 Hazardia detonsa.......2.+....-csccce - 401 Rad ko Pam aOR ROOD OEDOCOUS SBE GOOCUS 401 Hed obia @ratl OSaacrctmcre sels ere iterate 68 Helianthemum occidentale........ 144, 391 SCOP AIDS ola ete) -caleielaimialelbinielelois}eiataetel = 391 Helianthus ANNUWUS so ote ces ce erertie seat 402 Helicodiscus lineatus.................. 367 Heliotropium curassavicum........... 407 HS Cb AER peat heen oad noooncdclaaenood 361 GALT) cieietoielee nice telelctere miekersissseis 355 GisblOCNsis’ .< as dene eee 361 Pupilla corpulenta......... Seance 358, 360 FOWOUIS. oc ccs «ces ghost eee 367 Californica . ...:/.0 0008 Sooo 367 PIMA cae oes eve oo = ee eee eee 457 COTE CINE, oa. 10s ca eee ee 456, 458 Quercus aprifolia......... .-ce-seceeeee 413 CHrYSOICPIB:.. = -<'<:<;0-2. se 412 G@UMNOSH .,.2. 2 20.6 coemic nc fee 412 Parva... 6 sc - css 5s se eae emceeieee 413 tomentella.......... * > 412 Bafirayid a. 53228. f2c6, Secwe ne eee 478 Rafinesquia Californica...............- 405 RAMONE se: cle wasec scene a, ee ae 213, 229 capitalum ; .. 25.63. cce os sere eee 213 Ramularia evonymi................... 438 heraclel. ..5- oc tle eee 438 menthicola.. (2225 <5.c.5. do aneeeeeeee 438 MIMU] | Soi sk Soe c en eee 438 Ranunculus alismezfolius.............. 58 Bolanderi:.s. 2.2 $22h2 ae eee 58 Californicus..: <2... +.0-s-ne eee 388 Deppei 2.2 6h... Jo a cccte eee eaeeeiene 388 TOMMON...- -..0c.s aceasta eee 58 DN GUS. Fcc ce ence ae oe 58 Ladoeviciants: ........ i ocess + seaseeee 58 Red-tail, western.............. 279, 421, 426 Regulus calendula>;...c. cecoeee 424, 431 TODSCULUSS... cc < ce s.clc sine bem eee 273, 314 Reichenbachia.....2..--. oss25* 182, 183, 186 albionica. .....6c ves ccvese cee 189 deformats.-~. 5.26. 2scee sees 195, 264 FFANNCIBCENA< <5 J. 56 Senos e 186, 193, 264 fandata;. ...35622.Jeecder oe 186, 192, 264 PTACLICOLNIS..3s.. ces see 186, 190 ANEOFINIG: 2. .o202one Coe rene 186, 189, 264 NGVAGONGIS. .24.. < 2c coes a eee 186, 191 fumMids ...c05 5. esses aee| Cee 180 tamidicornis:) ....0.2ceerse 186, 187, 264 UMIMOTOES). << c'est oo eee eee 186, 264 Menociss. .. <<<. eu eee eee 257 heterodoxus..... await eee 258, 264 Rhamnus crocea........ =. .siccsssee eee 393 flicifolia.. ....s<00s sa. oes eee 393 INSDIATIA | 25s o2c..c. Soke eee 392 Rhaphidium polymorphum.......-.... 487 IRhexidius. |... <<055255-4ee eee so eATS PTanulosus,..,.--.seras ee 456, 478, 482 Rhus diversiloba.... 5...) sssaseeeeee 393 integrifolia...:_. ==... --. cxiore aisle <.c'oste a eolelaletn 53 HLUAOSRs sericea hicsleminsic care eve eres 52 BUALOTSIA vitiniec ase okecle seas es teee OL Scorzonella ‘procera. ....:002.--scee sees 50 HCRPIPSTAR sc jaecacle clacivia o's /cleie'e =e 53 CEE Or 6. cong50 CO COCEUS EOOOUDUOES 52 Scorzonera Lawrencit. ......-2.e20-200e: 53 RCOPUPEN DM seareimataarae st etaisteisielc\eiei stats stot 53 Selenitepiy.tniscicemcicscieecmiosiatets elec e'e 376 Senecio Douglasii ..........-..-.-+.+:- 404 Septoria destruens............--..-+++ 438 O@PULOWU srreecisrarsisaimetaietess cle ctelelsiztals'= =m 438 CONOCHESTBy canis eeciccisiel=i=s sieiei's elelels 438 pentstemonis..........--...+.---+: 438 TAH 8 pars noone sD ooicboTOnooaS acInoSoOo 438 SCULCIIATIG jaar ate ntels io» elma aleurreieieisse'=, 439 StaCHy disiee eeeieeael se sets sarees 439 symphoricarpi... .....-- Rem clcioie siete 439 SEUDET On eere calla oeiniianesaniaatesiaeiio 128, 139 | Shearwater, black-vented..........-.-- 275 Shrike, white-rumped............-. 306, 430 SialiatarGUean nce sccm 318, 43), 454 mpxidatin.;:..chtueeee 424, 431, 454 | Silene antirrhina.............----ee0+- 391 PALLLCA a aate si yoe mals yyieetieee a 391 VACANT ALA crater ctopatele oie! shela.nintainl eerste 392 quinquevulmera...........--2.4+++ 391 SUN pH ae zeetcjcleie'e ols aie clelotei els eletelele nla s=inarererere 171 PNCSCEDS..... 0 ocee -.- ccccecccsses 171 COL VALID ioc) oiorsictle, alaieloleialciareleletelsterareree 173 ARITE OB file ieleiais cieie/o nisin = one sins eho 435 GEJSOUUM ese oe ae arae Nae eteee eee 435 DiCKiei say scar wee race e eee ee 435 OCHUNA UUM eave ors walee nee eacicieeiee o 435 Custephannm 5 -c -19)es diet eee 367 Sillimant. .2.0..<-.c5- 2 .0se ener 367 stretchiana:<. 22.0. nas. cece 358, 360 SUNOS 32-2. Siiec cise seine es oe eee 229 Swallow, Clifls:.: << icc +cmena eee «+ 429 VLOG) ee Weeeeeocorss otcos: 423, 430 Swift, white-throated.................. 291 Symphoricarpus mollis................ 399 Synaphceta Guexio. _> * pees a Pe r . / } + $ : ! » 6 be ek ‘ o> = C= —cp @eteee +s , : ‘ = i s ; se eg ; £ hs. ty : -& Gr- ' | . 4 é is } | i ' J i] « | " ’ af . a 7 : - “ 4 ‘ " — Fe ie ee - whew PLSWvis BULLETIN CAL. ACAD. SCI. VOL. II. A. KELLOGG, DEL Bosgui Ena. Go, S. F. LYONOTHAMNUS ASPLENIFOLIA GREENE. PLATE VII. BULLETIN CAL. ACAD. Sci. VOL. II, PHoTO-LITHO. MACCASE & Co., S. F. SS ety e 5s Ty gy ee a 7k Y Bay c MonTERE Pt Cypress Carmet Cay Pt New YEAR tv MrT *, Bo .inas, BAY y) Se 934 > - -- FARALLONE IS 5 EXPLANATION ~ ° 34 , 18 miles to one inch, Contour lines 500 feet. Scale 4's Soy ye woMTrg yyy ore 008 004 aoe 00s Oo+ 00E aoe Bol Cells WSud S/N07 Nesid wsid TARY VI id ONID0QNIW 3 OH OVOINRLL “ATG NDOIFTYD AWE NOON IIVH OSSIONVES NS 'saurT [eusayjosy Gurmoys ‘aioys Jfa satu OT 2] ‘oGalg ueG pue peay pepluisy uaamjaq ‘ueaIQ IYIIeY YjLON ay] jo uoyaaG ‘W S[Worg avo! SWOHLVF 2 ° b=} ; » - 7 A es 4 : i . wi 1. \ frees rer i pe pre ; , - ’ 4 ‘ has - 7) . - ‘ ‘ iy « . ) . ‘ ‘ . . r x a ¥ o as Soy ay uoprig we) Ore 009 oo aoe OOS 00+ o0E ooz Oo! STIIN , vooz ys N y XN ; y XN \ y y N gos! A y pa be ie AT a sSE ano! “a E i = tia _—iin , A 4 . \ i | . : Oos | : = 1.) = o o TvSid S/NO7 Nwsid ~ TAKYVI id id L41VS VUINV id ‘ 3 S 8 g ONIQGQNIW JD OH QVOIN nas OSI SWIOHIINNGS DISIONYEI NYS 'SaUuIT [euliayjosy Gurmays ‘alloys jjo sajiw 9S [eg ‘oGalg ues pue peay peplilly uaamjaq ‘UeaIQ IYIIeY YON ay] Jo uoyaag ‘a Ssiqord ve t- ns ad 4 “ * “” WS AO ¥ MONEE UT O+9 oog ooz 00e 00S 00+ ooe 002 ‘Col Age’ Nvonaw aid NvS7 GSI SWIOHIINNGS IWS ud S/NOT Nwsid wasia TIWNWIid id L1VS VMI id ONID00NIN FD AWE NOOW SVE OOSIONVYI NYS 'SaulT [eudayjosy Gurmays ‘aioys Yo sayiwl OOT Teg ‘obaig ueg pue peay peplully uaamjaq ‘UPaIG IYIIEY YON ay} Jo uwoysIaG ‘O alrary SZITIN c oosd 0o00e oos! oot avo! o a Ss SWOHLVS ° “AOS NOIIWA = : . : a . ‘ oy aati 4 iM « p wae : me . t 7 7, o¢ we Se ity Pe ge eee. ean tape : = 7 mes 2 PE Ne a eA de es ee Rp ey nee Oath gett nage Tae am raphe, be ~," * tek ah wheuwie i a Beat ms : > . > Pe Bie Fe: i “aes we = a oe? aid ~* ‘ . . . “ ary : 7 : a ; ad é . : - . y nd > a 5 . ; Y > ‘ a ae ns ‘ an { : © . : : 4 7 r x a yA ° | : | ¢ i : 4 os ks S =. st yg er — iy — - a ues ae . = “ = 4 re O+¢9 o0g 002 doe 00s 00% O01 aS Kay ye wonsrg WITT SI7/W id 11VS e § : g < AGS NVI: OS! SWIOHINNGS OOSIONVES Mes 'SaulT [euiayjosy Gutmoys ‘alloys JfO sajim ZZ WHY id ONIQ00NIW "D9 [29 ‘oGarg ueg pue peay peplur1y uaamjaq ‘ueeIg IYIIEG YON ay} jo uoysag ‘O eTyorz ° “AOE: NOHIWA o0s2 0002 oosl ago! dos SWOHLV4 ° + -_" = a - oe i. . ea AT es eee a ee , Frofile E. Profile F, tion of the North Pacific Ocean, Section of the North Pacific Ocean, Ween Trinidad Head, Cal., and between San Diego, Cal., and a d position 220 miles West from it, position 240 miles West from it, showing Isothermal Lines. showing Isothermal Lines. TRINIDAD Hob. | 10090 FATHOMS {S00 2000 Lith. Brilion & Rey. SF. - ” 4 ee wes 7 Pe Cor er ge Pe | Bine - . Chart I, Current Chart of the North Pacific Ocean, off the Coast of California, er ee T > |\Ooa A eat I an Ji hut H i eens | : mI LTT 4 fox T Lith Britton & Rev. 5.F NOTE. The straight arrows, barbed on one side, represent the Under Surface Currents, and point in the direction toward which they set. The figures represent the different depths in fathoms at which the currents were observed, and their rates per hour in nautical miles or fractions thereof. The crooked arrows represent the Surface Currents, and point in the direction toward which they set. The figures represent their rates per hour in nautical miles or fractions thereof. The letters refer to the season of the year in which the obser- vation was made. S.—Spring. Su.—Summer. A.—Autumn. W.— Winter. S Chart II, Section of the North Pacific Ocean, showing Surface Temperature off the Coast of California. 220 miles out o miles out 40° —_—- = ~~, T° ° — ee mee i en ee ee ee FRANCISCO ENS A> HALF MOON BAY 220 miles out Chart IIT. Section of the North Pacific Ocean, showing temperature 10 fathoms below surface, off the Coast of California, 2 @ = = e | Ss ree Ear atiapat al + | \ | i | | ! | 40° i ! i i < ™ NE ao ~ ES FRANCISCO pe \ SEE eran Ne “ “ -) SS ' NE SS : wp (© PF CARMEL oe x SS! ~ | 352 lnih Britton & Rey 5. F. SAN DIEGO _* i eee — 120° ea is Plate } ol. foulletin Gal, Acad, Sa. are Pes A Oeil ‘ . , Pde eg target ae ge A ee omy es ies pga as 2 * ory - 7 r% » : wy “ 5 4 " 4 A t & A . of At , ao “ $2 2 » i A ‘ * ‘ ver . a Se ¢ “i *& ‘ 4 4 s 4 7 } ee ¥ 7 ‘s -~ 1 * ' « ¥ ~ Ys = an ’ ws , ie Sot ’ x i . =e PT : a hints ee eee rn a . ’ iy © = » > , ” nee 4 meh Ay cea GU ASE TEBE (1 1 REY B60. SF. BRI N 4 x SS 8 co) $ i > aie \ Rs y. \ O =e | WS f | . | | « / = Ne oe eeeriins eee: IB eel 4 = oi) § N Ves Neots q | g ss | ‘ ¥ at ge 1s Nt Vent | | ao > . >; { ® | \ \ \ { oF nse Seer — case = - \ {Ng sans < is 2) | |= ane :_ | Neon | | | == N : £ i s | | sven |O O: ame i) x Se! : | | 4 te SC \ Ge tf | 28 3 | | | | id r +4, _t ai ig | | \3 1 | \ om is) | reel \ | S| | ial >| (eh Be ae | d } v | i H ie 9 | | } | —__ =a! a Shee Gas ee ee eT a aS SSS a i | [we 5) a lS8 Gle € | : " 4 oP ; | + <0 | | | 4) | | oO | \ x | | Oye { a et H | 1 | s y +9 ? | + | gq 53 4 & & so a 8 ee ee te : tae = x J i ai | & “sy | | | ¥ J | ul | 2g {| [ : 1 | a lg: ¢ | | | ¥ | | es ’ . | / : - — ee ee i —_ lee a L “2 —|— — , | | i. } | | r : 98 7 U | e° \ | v H | ro) eid aa © | | BY \ + : z YY -- —- es oe =F. ie Se ai aes ’ cea WN | : H i S rs) | r Fo OnKRHO TSH Ye Sine same os ee a eee i | If mee +. | gO~ a) g < S \ P 2 | BS : | $°286 5. sat z t =e O_ | =e _y % | BONIN 14 K gs KIUSIU ” x 7) HAT ~ LT AE IOS: A: { 1 ASI) OI, PS / SAA LOPLI 6 1 / LEI VOT, £1 / / LEASES SE STS a ee (4 KARO | TET ES | A ES be F! DRAWN BY CHARLES WOLCOTT BROOKS. OUTLINE MAP OF THE NORTH PACIFIC OCEA + JAPANESE WRECKS. ue ah nks panese Ju ution of Disabled Ja ib g the Distr Showin UALIFURNIA ACADEMY OF SOIKNGES. JAPANESE WRECKS, STRANDED AND PICKED UP ADRIFT IN THE MORE PACIBIC: OCEAN, ETHNOLOGICALLY CONSIDERED, AS Furnishing Evidence of a constant infusion of Japanese Blood among the Coast Tribes of Northwestern Indians. BY CHARLES WOLCOTT BROOKS, Member of the California Academy of Sciences; Ex-Consul of Japan for California; and Attaché of the Japanese Embassy to fifteen Treaty Powers, 1871-72-73. Read before the California Academy of Sciences, at their Meeting, Mareh ist, 1875. : SAN FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA: Printed by the Academy. 1876, JONES IDI Ke GUNG As nature is a mechanism whose parts are intimately associated, so all work has its co-laborers. Iam indebted to many kind friends for their co-oper- ation and assistance in verifying the particulars of individual cases. The collection, as a whole, is entirely my own, and has been progressing since March, 1853, when at sea off the coast of Japan I first fell in with the water- logged wreck of a junk. In issuing this reprint of a paper published in the Proceedings of the Cali- fornia Academy of Sciences, no one can be more aware than myself, of how much is left undone; but I must in frankness say, that thus far the collection of exact particulars has involved a voluminous correspondence, and been in- dustriously prosecuted, in spite of great difficulties, (often of distance) ; and had I awaited to obtain perfect completeness, this publication would have been indefinitely postponed. By calling attention to material already in hand, I hope other cases may be brought to light, and thus a chain of evidence become established, which shall point to hidden laws, underlying the ethnological as well as physical conditions here presented. With each step in the progress of these investigations, I have been deeply impressed how largely this list is capable of being increased, by studious and systematic search through all the ancient literature, relating to countries whose shores are washed by the North Pacific Ocean. In the aim to exercise especial care, where partial discrepancies were found to exist, the version which, after diligent examination, appears to me most reliable, has been adopted. Reports of Japanese wrecks not here enum- erated, or any well authenticated corrections to this list, will, if addressed to CuHarLEs Wotcorr Brooks, care of Japanese Consulate, San Francisco, Cali- fornia, be thankfully received, and posted in the official record book, access- ible to all for future reference. Among those whose'kind co-operation I take pleasure in acknowledging, are: Their Excellencies the Ministers of Foreign Affairs of Japan; His Excel- lency Kats Ava, H. I. J. M. Minister of Marine; His Excellency Hirobumi Ito, H. I. J. M. Minister of Public Works: Nakahama Manjiro; Fukuzawa Ukitchy, now one of the most advanced literary men of Japan; Yoshinari Hatakéyama, A. M., one of their ripest scholars, and head of the Imperial College at Tokio; and especially to my former colleague and present suc- cessor, Samro Takaki, to whom I am largely indebted for many valuable translations and researches into official records; to Professor George David- son, United States Coast Survey, for reliable information regarding the phys- ical features of the Kuro Shiwo; and to members of the Academy for their kind appreciation of the importance of the work undertaken. C2 Wis 2 0R/GAN}. <——— + PAGAN /. pce u ~~ PROVIDENCE T_ a ot, 4 t SS) ST, 5 LS 6 TS AS SE a SSA ORTH PACIFIC OCEAN, | — = } ve | Sa) eee BARELY MIGRA LIONS. OTR EGAN OF THE BSINESE ACE. PHILOSOPHY OF THEIR EARLY DEVELOPMENT, WITH AN INQUIRY INTO THE EVIDENCES OF THEIR AMERICAN ORIGIN; Suggesting the Great Antiquity of Races on the American Continent. BY CHARLES WOLCOTT BROOKS, Member of the California Academy of Sciences. Read before the California Academy of Sciences, May 3d, 1876. SAN FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA: Re-printed from the Proceedings of the Academy, 1876. i] ‘ —~, Entered according to Act of Congress, in the year 1876, by CHARLES WOLCOTT BROOKS, - te eT . - eee £ | |. In the Office of the Librarian of Congress, at Washington. ; oo ss. ee ot! taal h Qnty Se tb lan-o9 ae (odie foas : rs OD a mae BES OEE OF THE Cr NESE Vin ac Er PHILOSOPHY OF THEIR EXCLUSIVE DEVELOPMENT: — Inquiry into the Evidence of their American Origin, sug- gesting a great Antiquity ofthe Human Races on the American Continent. BY CHARLES WOLCOTT BROOKS. In searching for the origin of any race, the careful student is led to the barrier of pre-historic ages, where, amid the scanty remnants of remote an- tiquity, he seeks the missing links of a chain whose farther end has passed from the vision of general observers. All ethnologists must recognize the importance of reviewing the early stages of religious belief current among any people, and laws governing its develop- ment, in any systematic study of their earliest origin. Every act cf man and every change in nature is self-recording, and although it may require the wisdom of a God to read the record, it yet exists, capable of being deciphered, and contributing to history. With the advance of scientific knowledge, the human line of division be- tween so-called historic and pre-historic ages is gradually receding. Science and historical criticism are opening many fields long hid in myth and con- jecture. Much now classed as ancient mythology is but the lingering rem- nants of very ancient history, preserved and distorted by tradition. Most ancient nations in their written histories, have aimed as far as possible to ignore all antecedent civilizations, claiming for their own deified ancestry the origin of all men. Barbaric conquerors, filled with the spirit of battle, were early deified as gods, their descendants accepted as demi-gods were founders of reigning dynasties, and naturally sought protection by surrounding their origin with the supernatural. Transformationsare frequent in the mythology of all nations, for religion, in whatever stage of its development, ever remains a grand, progressive, moral science. Many ancient forms of pagan worship glided silently into even Christian rites, when martyrs canonized as saints, noiselessly replaced the divinities of former systems. As most early gods were ancient heroes deified, their worship was a nat- 4 PROCEEDINGS OF THE CALIFORNIA ural manifestation of a low order of patriotism, which selfishly detested all nations but one chosen people. Each nation seems to have created its own god in the image of its highest ideal. Early ideas of God have been success- ively adjusted to the intellectual capacity of each progressive age, whose high- est ideal has ever been the natural limit to its powers of mental or spiritual conception, possible under existing conditions of development. Modern science and its civilizing arts have refined our personal conceptions and raised our ideal, by extending our limits of comprehension. Our own conceptions of the Great Architect, the Intelligent Mind of the Universe, as they exist to-day, are as much nobler than those of the ancients, as the mag- _nificent enginery of this nineteeenth century excels the rude implements of early ages. Notwithstanding this tendency to ignore antecedent civilizations, the most ancient peoples of antiquity, at the period of their very earliest records, show plainly that civilized life existed before their time. In speaking of civilization at early periods, it is evident we cannot mean that of the printing press, telegraph and steam, as known in the nineteenth century, for no record of any such exists, but reference is made to a high state of early culture among cities of solid structure, with foreign commerce and mechanic arts, in contradistinction to barbaric, nomadic, or pastoral conditions. Great maritime empires existed in very remote periods; and both Alantic and Pacific Oceans were crossed, and races and civilization widely extended in ages still called pre-historic. Whether we study the historical records of Arabian, Phoenician, Chaldean, Assyrian, Egyptian, Persian, Central Asian, Malay, Chinese, Japanese, Central American or Peruvian nations, we are amazed at the antiquity to which they lead us. Many oriental records now in process of translation, throw much light on the early movements of races. Asia in the far East was long considered the land of enchantment—a name given by superstition to early science. Astronomy was cultivated in Persia B. C. 3209; in India, B. C. 3101; in China, B. C. 2952; and iu Egypt, B. C. 2800. Truly, wise men came from far east of Greece and Rome. In Egypt, India, China, America and South Pacific Islands, evidences of a primitive civilization are found, which, in some instances, must have run its course long anterior to the age of Homer. Unmistakable traces of a primeval and ante-historic culture of the human race in America exist to mark the lapse of many ages of civilized existence. A knowledge of the western shores of the American continent has long existence in both China and Japan. That a restricted communication has existed by sea across the Pacific does not admit of question. When treating of the origin of the Japanese races several historical instances of their early trans-Pacific voyages will be described and discussed. In comparatively modern times, enthusiastic specialists, versed in Hebrew traditions, have sought to locate the primeval source of all knowledge and culture upon the high table lands of Asia, where they pictured the radiant morning of civilization as immediately succeeding the completion of a cre- ACADEMY OF SCIENCES 5 ated world, perfected in all its parts, including man, the most complex being and climax of creation. In a search after the origin of any race, we are first led to define a belief in the origin of man. I accept the hypothesis of universal evolution by a slow process of cosmic development, from matter which includes within itself the elements of all atmospheric, mineral, vegetable and animal existence, but latent until its energies are quickened by that progressive life-principle which ceaselessly radiates from the Great Intelligent Mind of the Universe, and is everywhere essential to awaken development. This hypothesis, clearly within the scope of human thought, is able to stand the test of human reason, and now seems tangibly demonstrated, espe- cially in the connected chain of fossils recently discovered and arranged by Protessor Marsh, which visibly illustrate, by an incontrovertible record of natural history, the evolution of the eques or horse family, anchitherium, hipparion, ete. ; All material things appear connected together by gradational forms, from the superior mental culture of man, the highest animal, to the protozean or lowest speck of gelatinous matter in which life manifests itself to human per- ception, onward through untold ages of mineral existence and cosmic condi- tions, ever in exact keeping with its pace of progress. All things that develop have life. Earth has labored to fit itself for the abode of man, and its labors are progressing successfully. Man came by regular stages of gradation from the monad, and his mental development keeps pace with and is restrained by physical surroundings. Immutable natural laws, universally and eternally in force, do not admit of any sudden, special creation of man, nor do they indi- cate that all forms of animal life could have been created at the same time. What has once occurred will, under similar conditions, occur elsewhere. Man is the result of all inferior types, whose capabilities are within him- self, making him a compendium of all created things. Fossil remains, found in different formations, are plainly revealing the stages of progressive transformation, each successive one having all the attributes of its predeces- sor, with more added. Crustaceous animals are succeeded by fishes, running into the saurian, thence into birds, next marsupials, followed by the mam- malial, up to man. Animal development has unfolded, and is. continually improving as the physical conditions of the globe are improved and refined, and higher conditions rendered possible. Mind is an attribute of matter, each being instrumental and necessary to develop the other. Goethe says: ‘‘ Mind cannot exist without matter, nor active matter without mind.”’ The man of cultivated mind has reached more than a mere physical being, having developed within himself a portion of that superior intelligence, the germ of which he inherits from the Mind of the Universe. The human mind is unmistakably progressive, and progression is an eternal principle. Hence, mind, the highest refinement of matter in man, is eternal. Our greatest revelation from the Infinite is in His works, where nature matures a supply for every want she creates. The power to conceive of immortality Proc. Cau. AcAD. Sci., Vol. VI.—7. 9) PROCEEDINGS OF THE CALIFORNIA therefore implies ability to attain it. This glorious truth is instinctively felt and recognized by every branch of the human race. The origin of man has been gradually, yet hastily, traced as the result of a constantly progressive life-principle, awakening development in matter, suc- cessively evolving from cosmic conditions, minerals, plants, and all the lower forms of animal life, up to its climax, intelligent humanity. In man is to be found the highest physical ultimate of matter, endowed with that further re- finement, a moral and progressive spirit, capable of ultimately unfolding his full physical and mental capacities. In human evolution, we can but outline the origin of existing physical forms, which periodically change with con- stantly modifying conditions. The immortal quickening principle which we inherit, can only be traced to the Infinite. The animating principle of all existences, appears like a purer and more highly refined essence or form of electric force; equally manifest in mental and physical development, and exactly adjusted in all its different degrees to successive stages of progressive refinement. Natural law is universal. In the material process of electrotyping, man follows Nature’s own method of building up metallic forms. The progressive life-principle of the human mind, in common with endless varieties of electric phenomena, manifests universal consistency in the positive and negative phases of a subtle activity. Some correlation with a Central Intelligence seems reasonably indicated, whence these mutually radiate as developing powers; alike in kind, varying only in degree, of force, purity and refinement. i It appears probable that the ancestors of the earlier types of mankind, were evolved, by gradual development, near the oldest parts of continents, along their central summits, upon such portions as first acquired a soil after emerg- ing froma hot primeval sea. Primitive man, at first a speechless animal, may have appeared as a distinct variety of the animal kingdom, in the case of asingle pair, from which all human races have multiplied, and differ- entiated according to the surrounding conditions of their local abode. If so, the physical conditions of certain localities have been far more favorable to the advancement of certain races than others, and early human history must be by race and not by nations, as communities of individuals come but with the first steps to culture. Within the limits of races best known, languages and families of languages are found, which preclude any common linguistic origin. It therefore fol- lows, that if man constitutes but a single family in the order of Primates, represented by a single genus, the formation of language must have com- menced after the still speechless primordial man had diverged into races, and differentiation had set in. With the development of ideas in the mind, how- ever rude at first, and organs capable of articulation in the body, language was a consequent result, under the operation of universallaw. The Great Intelligent Principle of the Universe pervades the entire world, as our mind fills our whole physical frame. The manifestation of this principle we call Life, which all things possess in greater or less degree. Development is ever progressive, although mutability appears to mark every advance, yet no breach of continuity has occurred. Every order has proceeded by natural process from another antecedent. The superimposed ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. re strata which constitute the crust of the earth, form a gauge of relative time, for which human chronology scarcely affords a unit of measure. It is per- fectly certain that during the cretaceous epoch, a comparatively recent period in the world’s history, none of the physical features existed, which mark the the present surface of the globe. Continents have undergone movements of elevation and depression, their shore lines sunk under the ocean, and sea- beaches have been transferred far into the interior of pre-existing continents. All dry land has been submerged, excepting recent volcanic products and metamorphosed rocks. These introductory facts are necessary to ethnological research. A cooling sphere, having acquired a solid crust around a nucleus of fiery liquid, in parting with its heat by radiation into space, must contract, distort- ing its outward surface by pressure, raising mountain ridges, and depressing corresponding valleys, where the first seas became located. Sun and moon, obedient to the law that bodies move to each other in proportion to their masses, and inversely as the squares of their distances, attracted tidal move- ments in molten fluids under the crust, in hot salt seas, and the thick unre- fined atmosphere above. Fluids as well as other matter were more gross during their primitive states. Rupture and re-formation succeeded one another, until the primitive igneous period of angular azoic granite, became sufficiently hardened to withstand the ordinary pressure of inward forces, gradually preparing to furnish physical conditions, suitable to begin the evo- lution of animal life in its most elementary forms, corresponding with the imperfect condition of existing elements. During the mighty struggles of the unrefined elements, internal convulsions sent the hot salt sea surging over a large portion of the surface, and sediment- ary deposits formed new stratitications. Substances impregnating the waters united in forming crystals. The waters, having raged from point to point, were obliged to seek an equilibrium, and retired to the valleys, forming vari- ous oceans, seas, lakes, and rivers. In the early carboniferous period which succeeded, the extra nitrogen and carbon were rapidly absorbed from the air, and the density of all exterior elements greatly reduced. A period was thus established, where, under fa- vorable auspices, and in limited localities, the very imperfect initiatorial orders of vegetable and animal life appeared. Aninfinity of embryo existences are contained within the crust of the earth, awaiting the slow process of development. Life generated at the initial period was of the very lowest order, unable to support or reproduce itself to any considerable extent. From this threshold of progression, conditions became sufficiently advanced to admit of the systematic reproduction of species; the age of spontaneous generation having performed its limited duty in the general ripening of the globe, may have ceased and passed away with conditions which sustained it, and matter, within itself, matured the power to reproduce its kind, endowed with a progressive principle, destined eventually to evolve its ultimates. This hypothesis explains why spontaneous generation may have had its day and subsequently ceased. Crinoides, conchifere, crustacea, polypi, and polyparia successively appear as elements are advanced to the necessary conditions to sustain such forms of 8 PROCEEDINGS OF THE CALIFORNIA life. The systematic development of flora and fauna, in successive ages, extends in an orderly chain from their dim and distant beginning, to our own time, through universal changes of atmosphere, climate, and oscillations of temperature. A continual unbroken chain of organisms has extended from palzozoic formations to those of our day, governed by law that knows no change. Each species has gradually evolved from its predecessor in an ante- cedent age, by a gradual modification of its parts, culminating in the age it characterizes, and fades away in succeeding ones. Change is everywhere the soul of nature. The race which first acquired the human form, and became properly entitled to be called Man, probably ascended from one original type, which has since diversified, and may in this age be divided into five distinct varieties (not types), generally classified as Caucasians—white, Mongolians—yellow, Malayans—brown, Americans—red, and Negroes—black. As white and black are apparent opposites, and science shows the white race to be superiorly developed, it is fair to presume that primitive man was black; subsequent nations, brown; their branches, red; from these sprang the yellow, and thence the white. Under local changes of atmospherical and physical conditions, of climate, food, etc., the original black became modified to a permanent brown. In like manner one shade and color after another became permanently established. As with complexion, so also with stature, symmetry, and strength. Proper use develops, while disuse brings decay. Some anatomists have claimed that color may be produced by the arrest of utero-gestation, or is governed by its relative duration in races, thus ‘‘ causing the ultimate portions of the blood to become so assimilated with the cellular and serous tissues of the foetus as to render the body variously colored— black, brown, red, or copper color.’’ Lusus naturce have illustrated this fact. The present of any race depends largely upon the physical conditions of the soil they inhabit. When these remain unaltered, the race cannot advance, unless it can develop, by brain power, sufficient ingenuity to overcome the drawbacks to advancement; such as draining marshes, heating dwellings, importing ice, etc., thus growing, in spite of natural restraint, faster than the slow process of natural evolutionary changes would permit. Modifications in different types of vegetable or animal life neither progress equally nor evenly. There is no intrinsic necessity that they should undergo modifications at all, unless conditions change, or in the case of man, who invents ways of surmounting natural conditions. To him the extreme North becomes habitable by the use of warm clothing, artificial heat and light during long winter nights. By a restless spirit pressing him forward and a judicious control of elements, he is enabled to obtain artificial conditions far in advance of the physical condition of his habitation, and thus pre-naturally exalt and develop himself and his race. With the loss of these conditions the highly developed man would perish or relapse into a comparatively barbaric state, to _ where his development would exactly agree with his actual physical surround- ings. Darwin unmistakably illustrates the tendency of all forms to variations, which when once produced, join in equal battle to survive and supplant their ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. 9 progenitors and all others. The fittest will maintain itself and the others perish, the parent and derived forms being equally dependent upon their indi- vidual adaptability to surrounding conditions. ‘Thus, certain localities still exist in the condition of ages long past, where inferior races yet flourish and find themselves better off, more competent to deal with difficulties in their way, than any variation derived from their type. While conditions continue unchanged they remain unsupplanted by other forms, and their type becomes very pronounced. Exact reproductions are rare. Amid infinite similitude there is infinite diversity; and imperfection is a vast fact, which must always be taken into account in all hypotheses. ‘‘ Animal beauty arises from the perfect balance of physical parts and the rhythm and perfection of their action.’’ It is probable that no perceptible change has taken place in the Chinese race for many years, because in that time the incomplete changes of physical condition in their country have not admitted of it. Wheat found in tombs with Egyptian mummies, when brought from darkness into sunlight and planted in congenial soil, grew and produced wonderfully, but could never have developed without a change of conditions. Change is imperative to progress. A complete knowledge of embryology furnishes an unerring record of the origin and development of any form of animal life; for the embryo of higher types, while in process of maturing, pass successively through a recapitula- tion of all forms by which their species ascended by evolution to their present condition. Since conception, each human being has passed rapidly through modifications, the counterpart of the graduated forms through which his race has been slowly built up, and his present condition reached. Thus, we have a history of human evolution republished in every case of reproduction. Man, as traced by his embryotic development, commenced, when in dark- ness, the cohesion of two or more gelatinous molecules, impelled by a con- stantly-progressive life-principle, united to form a microscopic zodsperm, capable of preserving its new condition ina thick and heated liquid. The proportionate duration of early life in warm water is revealed by the first nine mouths of his existence, during which many successive but correlated forms are assumed. Dr. Cohnstein, of Berlin, (quoted in the Lancet, May, 1875,) ‘‘has determined by means of the thermometer that the temperature proper to the fetus in utero is higher than that of the mother.”” The hot salt sea in which early life developed, is here typified. The period of atmos- pheric air having arrived at birth, emerging into light, his aquatic life ends, and becomes terrestrial and aérial. New elements of food are supplied, and the mode of nutrition changed. For awhile his food continues liquid, and he sees, hears, and notices but little. By degrees he arrives at a conscious- ness of the solid world, first rolling, then creeping, seal-like on four limbs, then sits upon his haunches, and finally walks erect, at first trem- blingly, then playfully, but firmly, at last. This reveals how nature required successive physical conditions, to acquire progressive results. Each being owes his present bodily form, to ascent through a parentage, each change of which has passed away, after accomplishing its intended purpose, a cul- mination reached by degrees, through countless generations of improvement. In due time, children acquire teeth, and another change of food ensues, 10 PROCEEDINGS OF THE CALIFORNIA and hair usually darkens. A second set of incisor and carnivorous teeth soon mark another stage of progress, and youth succeeds childhood, bring- ing an expanded development of bodily form, passions, and intellectual power. No individual can reproduce until he reaches the full maturity of the type to which he at present belongs, which prevents the race from receding, by reproducing a lower type. Leaves grow out or drop off, but never grow back. Nature never retrogrades; advance or perish is law to the individual. Man can imitate any animal of his species, but no animal can follow man beyond its developed powers. Many traits, exemplified in lower animals, are successively developed in children, and overcome by proper control; such as gluttony, cunning, and deceit—the latter a lingering trait of weakness, gene- ral with inferior races. They repeat the antics of a very active and mis- chievous race; their first attempts at drawing, resemble the rude figures made by our primeval ancestry and present wild tribes; furthermore, like ‘‘children of the forest,’ our younger children have not reached the age of selt- cleanliness. The impulsive ferocity of youth, and cooler maturity of age, are but char- acteristic types of human transformation in the evolutionary procession. Our lives acquire a double significance, when we find we are building an inheritance for every one of our descendants, while our race continues. In our growth, we re-evolve, concisely, the story of our race’s lineage, as in ‘‘the house that Jack built,’ each succeeding verse comprehends all its predecessors. Our present bodies now barely float; for, as man acquired his upright stature, his frame must have increased in weight and hardened into greater rigidity; while the pelvis, to sustain additional weight thus put upon it, enlarged, thickened and increased his gravity. The head of the human species seems originally to have been large in pro- portion to the body, exhibiting a promising germ thus early advanced, a fact to which the race may owe its present superiority; and, possibly, this early development of the organ capable of acquiring knowledge, may account for peculiar sufferings, visited upon woman, more particularly among the most intellectually developed. The highest type of man has been artificially advanced beyond the condi- tion of some portions of the physical world. Miasmatic swamps are yet insufficiently reclaimed by time, to permit a white man’s existence where they continue. Their present condition would inyolve his speedy illness and dissolution. Lower organizations, congenial to and in harmony with such conditions of physical development, may exist and flourish there: bret more refined types of humanity, require the most perfected physical conditions, for their perfect enjoyment and highest attainments. Centripetal law has consolidated the Chinese into a positive and exclusive people, who delight in ignoring the centrifugal or complimentary force, which induces dispersions. They have long clung to unique customs and dress, resisting change orimprovement. In their stereotyped form of frozen civiliza- tion, differentiation has been arrested, and a peculiar type itensified. Un- alterable fixedness in forms of belief, and habits concreted by centuries, furnishes convincing evidence of great antiquity. The black races are ethnologically far less developed, and having no fixed belief to displace, are more readily converted to any religious sect. a so!) CU ee ee ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. ida We cannot avoid admitting that the Chinese are one of the oldest families of the ancient world; yet they are by no means the oldest. Until the seventh century before the Christian era, they were perfect strangers to every form of idolatry. Pure Chinese appear like a race absolutely distinct from nations by whom they are surrounded, differing in physical characteristics of form, color, and expression; in language, in their written characters, their litera- ture, and religious observances. Unchanged by foreign conquests, by exten- sive intermixture with any foreign race, they have developed within them- selves, preserving and perhaps intensifying their type; governed and civilized by the principles contained in their own classic literature, and in their pure and excellent book, the Chou-king, compiled fully 3,000 years ago, from their more ancient literature, much as many suppose Moses to have compiled the Pentateuch, or as Heroditus compiled early Grecian history. China has her ancient picture writings, but no ancient idols. She has her literature older than the Sanscrit races. When the great pyramid of Menes was built, in the fourth dynasty of Egypt, B. C. 3893, we find one vast . and expanded system of idolatry throughout Asia, and the countries border- ing on the Mediterranean, all worshiping emblems, more or less types of the sun or solar principle, China standing alone—far back in the twilight of his- tory—is a solitary exception on the continent of Asia. Language is a test of social contact, not of race. Undoubtedly the first expression of human thoughts were by configurations of countenance, such as smiles and scowls, indicating pleasure, dread, or anger. With the inven- tion of complicated forms in language, capable of complete expression with- out emotion, came deceit, frequently followed by loss of harmonious social relations, and developing combativeness. No primitive history, at present known, conveys any reliable account of an aboriginal language much ante- rior to that of China; although that of the ancient people of Yucatan and adjoining American nations, as shown by picture-writings on their monu- ments, appears to have been more ancient. Both peoples, in common with the Egyptians, expressed thoughts by pic- ture-writing and in hieroglyphics. While other surviving nations improved upon this original style, by developing the phonetic; inhabitants of China alone, became exclusively confirmed in their monosyllabic language, and their manner of vocal communication, is still very peculiar and spasmodic in sound and utterance. Their hieroglyphics, which, in early ages, expressed a single substantial thought, were subsequently assumed as syllabic repre- sentations, and became synthetic or compound forms of expression. Thus, to-day, 216 Chinese radicals are made use of, in over 50,000 ideographic com- binations. To investigate this subject, requires extensive research in a multitude of directions—physiological, linguistic, religious, traditional. geographical, and migratorial—for it 1s often by their mutual comparison only, that satisfactory results are reached. ‘The wider view we can compass, the clearer our under- standing of general laws. There is in force a law of decreasing vitality, as well as of evolution, both alike depending upon the refinement of surround- ing conditions. Great disturbances have affected the earth’s surface and all living things, since the tertiary period, when our present zoélogy fairly started a, PROCEEDINGS OF THE CALIFORNIA into being. To all these considerations, must be added the ancient migrations which the different families of mankind have passed through, under the changing conditions imposed upon them by geographical and climatic neces- sities, and thus a systematic arrangement of facts is finally indicated Phys- ical geography teaches us that of the two great elements, water and land, the latter, which is matter in a more advanced form, is far superior in the animal and vegetable life to which it gives origin; likewise, that low and swampy land is fatal to health and the highest development of man. Geology and Paleontology show this to have been equally true of the flora and fauna, in ancient days. Neither tropical Africa nor Asia are adapted to the Anglo-Saxon constitu- tion; every while colony there has been wasted by sickness and death; yet this is the native and natural climate of the dark races, who are there as much at home as is the polar bear on the shores of Greenland. When at Saigon, on the Meikong river, I was told by an officer of the French colony, that 24 per cent. of French troops stationed there died annually. The British occu- pation of low lands in the southern portion of India, is scarcely more than a . military possession, so far as Europeans are concerned, who cannot long live there, but would soon become extinct but for the constant influx of fresh immigration. There, a European struggles for existence, a prey to fever and dysentery, and is unequal to severe labor. White women, as a rule, are especial sufferers, rallying but poorly from any illness. White men must yield the tropics to the dark races. The reverse is also true; negroes are not comfortable in the frigid zone. The American residents of New England States, as at present constituted, have a continual fight with existing condi- tions of climate, and their survivors and descendents, now in process of acclimatization as a race, are assuming a somewhat typical form. Whenever we examine nature, we find a perfect adaptation of animals to the circumstances under which they live. The constitutional temperaments of the different races seem to vary. The dark races are less developed than the white; they have a less nervous sensibility, for their physical organiza- tion is less delicate. Van Amridge says: ‘‘ The dark races expire less car- bonic acid from their lungs than the white, but transpire the fetid matter chiefly by the skin.’’ According to Dr. Knox, the nerves of tbeir limbs are one-third less than the Saxon of equal height. Great differences of shape in the pelvis of different races, have been classified by Doctors Vrolik and Weber, who thus report the four principal races: ‘‘The European is oval; the American, round; the Mongolian, square; and African, oblong.”’ The characteristics most relied on for the discrimination of races, are the color of the skin, structure of the hair, and conformation of the skull and skeleton. Transitions from one to the other are so gradual, that it seems almost impossible to draw any exact and arbitrary line of inter-demarkation. We now see the various branches of mankind confined to distinct localities, mainly bounded by isothermal lines, with distinction of form and color, with different social relations, religions, governments, habits, and intellectual powers. Wherever men have migrated, they appear to have found and dis- placed an aboriginal nation, and no record is believed to exist of any people ever migrating to a land which they found entirely destitute of inhabitants, a. OY ht ie : ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. 13 in some of the various stages of human development. Adelung reckons the total population of the earth as 1,288 millions, professing 1,100 forms of religion, among which there exists 3,664 known languages or dialects, viz.: 937 Asiatic, 587 Huropean, 276 African, 1,624 American. These are signifi- cant facts. Sir Charles Lyell is inclined to admit that an imperfect form of man was living when the tertiary stata was deposited. Agassiz, who pronounced America the oldest continent extant, measured the coral growth during a given number of years along the southern half ot Florida, which, he asserts, has been formed by accretion during the geological period known as recent, and must have required not less than 135,000 years to form. We may arrange epochs in their order of sequence, but not of date, for in contemplating the vastness of such a past, the mind becomes Jost in amazement at the vista opened into antiquity. The histories of China contain records of the past, which modern chronologies have insufficient room to measure. The limits of history are steadily receding, and Greece and Rome are taking their proper positions in a comparatively modern era. Science is developing unanswer- able proofs of the greater antiquity of the human race, than current ecclesi- astical histories have been supposed to allow. Greater freedom in chronology is absolutely necessary. No sound religious principles have aught to fear from true interpreters of antiquity. Truth, in all its natural simplicity, is susceptible of proof, and reason is its steadfast supporter. Nature’s own religion is grander than any human conception. In the dark ages, mysteries, miracles, and absolute imposture stood in the way of absolute truth.. Evolu- tion gives to the Infinite higher attributes, and more nearly connects him with all created things. The God of the true scientist is grander and more eomprehensible to mankind. It takes us half our lives to unlearn and eradi- cate errors honestly taught usin youth, with perfect good faith and intention, which persistently cling to us until displaced by the sound reasoning powers of maturer years. Each conscience is but the result of its own moral education. It is composed of ideas it has fed on. Many imbibe, hereditarily, the opinions of their forefathers, and venerate them because they were first upon their mind, which circumstance alone produces to them an unsophis- ticated conviction of their truthfulness. None are free but those whom Truth makes free: “Most men by education are misled, They so believe because they so are bred; The priest continues what the nurse began, And so the child imposes on the man.”’ America was undoubtedly peopled many ages before Julius Czsar landed in barbaric Britain, and many of the colossal structures, whose ruins still excite the wonder of the wandering Indians of Central America and Peru, doubtless passed from use long before the Tartar conquerors in Central Asia drove their hordes eastward, or Attila and his Huns swept his legions west- ward, from the great wall of China and the steppes of Ancient Tartary. Chinese historians assert that in the fifth year of the reign of Yao, B. C. 2,353, strangers from the south, of the family of Youe-Tchang, brought, as a 14 PROCEEDINGS OF THE CALIFORNIA present from a maritime kingdom in southern seas, a great turtle, three feet long by three feet wide, and very old, on whose back was written a history of the world, from its commencement to that time, which Yao ordered transcribed and preserved. Turtles have long had a peculiar religious signifi- cance in Japan, and also among American aborigines at Copan, where a splen- did stone altar of great antiquity, in the image of a similar tortoise, yet remains. Chinese culture, dwelling apart in the south-eastern extremity of Asia, has developed and retained distinctive national types, coldly conservative, while nations less peculiar, and perhaps more adventurous, rose, scattered, and passed away almost by scores. The isolation of their peculiar civiliza- tion must have resulted from the physical conformation of the spot they occu- pied, encircled by protecting ranges of mountains, and forbidding natural barriers. Eminent Chinese historians, after describing the fabulous and mythical ages, which are imperfect and idealized recollections of events, peoples, eras, and civilizations; and renowned individuals whose exact history had become confused, extinct or legendary, when their first authentic records of aucient history were penned; come to the reign of men. Greek history appears lim- ited when looking beyond into Oriental records, and proves but a scanty stream leading to a broad ocean beyond. The deified rulers are naturally the most ancient, and are succeeded by demi-god descendents, in a sort of middle age. The advent of conquering heroes from a foreign soil, by introducing a new element into history, may have changed the national era. A careful study of the various ancient his- tories of the world has led me to infer, that, generally, rulers who are said to have descended from the gods, were merely successful invaders of the country where they died, and were there canonized or deified. Being born in a foreign land, no local record existed of their parentage, and it was easy to ascribe their origin to supernatural causes, while their death being among the people whose traditions have come down to us, was witnessed and recorded. All scholars experience difficulty in tracing up and locating ancient places, as most of them were given new and foreign names, by conquerors and explorers. Since the days of Tyre and Sidon, and the ancient and long continued sway of the South Arabians declined, and gave way to the rise of great monarchies in Western Asia and India, places have received new rulers and tuken new names. This is true throughout history, of all countries, and is more recently illustrated to us, in the saintly names given by Spanish and Portuguese explorers; or head-lands and islands re-named for British seamen and their patrons. A less troublesome impediment to accurate identification, is found in translated names. The progress of science, and linguistic and historic researches, continually supplements our knowledge of the mighty past, whose history must now be worked back by degrees, and every fact capable of yielding testimony, pre- served and utilized. Chinese records, extending to B. C. 3,588, may yet render valuable aid in perpetuating much that was destroyed in the lost libra- ries of Phcenicia, Chaldea, and Egypt. The first era of Chinese history is without dates, capable of being accurately fixed by any measure known to us —— , oe — ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. 15 at the present time. So of Methuselah’s age. We cannot believe that the duration of human life changed suddenly trom hundreds of years to three score years and ten. The change, if at all, was in the human measure. Dur- ing our present century, the average longevity of Great Britain has increased nearly ten years. The true ‘‘elizir of life’’ is a scientific knowledge of the limits of our being, and wisdom to use our powers so as to obtain their utmost capabilities. Wisdom is the best use of knowledge. This early Chinese era consisted of three dynasties, who, successively with their descendents, ruled the kingdom of China, whose dominion had not then spread into an empire, and the aggregate terms of their reigns must have extended over a long period of time. This period may represent the rule of early Asiatic aborigines, developed upon the soil of China. Chinese historians commence their second and more authentic era with the reign of a sovereign named Tai Ko Fokee, or Great King Stranger. He commenced his reign B. C. 3,588, and from this founder of their line of monarchs, they have preserved a national history and true chronological suc- cession of their rulers. His name seems to imply that he was a foreign con- queror, who occupied the country, and doubtless, at the time of his conquest, took no pains to preserve the records of superseded dynasties, which come to us only in the form of tradition. The pictorial representations of King Fokee which have come down to us, represent him with two small horns, similar to those associated with the rep- resentations of Moses, the Hebrew law-giver. He and his successor are said to have introduced into China the hieroglyphic characters for picture writing, somewhat similar to those found in Central America, and from whence the ideograms now in use are conceded to have been derived. He taught his peo- ple the motion of heavenly bodies, the twelve celestial signs, and divided their time into years and months, besides bringing them a knowledge of many other useful arts and sciences. The sudden advent of so much new knowl- edge, brought by one man, indicates that he came from far away—from a country with which no previous communication had existed. As he intro- duced a new measure of time, we can but estimate the duration of eleven reigns which preceded him. Probably the solar day was the earliest measure of time; then, the lunar month; and lastly, the solar year. The various words used in all languages, and interpreted to us years, meant, simply, the periods of time which at the moment constituted its measure. Thus, if Methuselah lived 969 periods of time when the lunar month was the accepted measure, he died at 7444 years of age, which is not improbable. The great Chinese history of Tse-ma Chi-ang, written B. C. 122, and pur- porting to be an accurate transcript of all earlier existing histories, which it was desirable to consolidate and preserve; narrates events, chronologically, from the reign of Hoang-Ti, which commenced B.C. 2,697, when he was eleven years old; during his minority the kingdom was governed by wise and prudent counselors, who, it says, took great care of the young monarch, and educated him in all the useful arts and sciences then known. It 1s re- corded that during his reign physicians first learned to feel the pulse; the magnetic needle was first used, pointing to the south; and civilization greatly | 16 PROCEEDINGS OF THE CALIFORNIA advaneed. He lived a useful life, was greatly respected, and died at a ripe old age. During a portion of his reign, a powerful revolt was successfully put down, indicating a mixed race, with the antagonisms of conflicting opin- ions. Five of his descendents succeeded, in turn, to his throne. Then came Tai Yao, followed by Yuti Tsi Yune, B. C. 2,294, during whose reign a great deluge occurred in Asia, which flooded fifteen provinces of China and drowned great numbers of inhabitants. Some portions of the country remained under water for several years thereafter. This rupture of a natural barrier, which held in check some extensive inland basiu of water, existing at a higher level, occurred just fifty-four years after Archbishop Usher fixes the arch-catustrophe of Hebrew tradition, and was doubtless like the Noachian flood, a crisis in the physical history of the region where it occurred. It ishighly probable that the great interior alkaline des- erts of North America, where the successive water lines around the surfaces of every elevation of its various levels, clearly indicate the former presence of vast inland basins of water; have at some remote period been, in like manner, drawn off and precipitated upon lower levels of this continent, in their journey towards the common level of the ocean. This is also shown by the presence of ancient river beds across the present summits of the Sierra Nevada Mountains. Nothing seems to impede the execution of unerring physical laws, and in the consideration of general history, natural science shows no relation between such physical calamities and personal guilt. B. C. 2,233, the next Emperor, Ta Yu, caused canals to be cut, to convey to the sea the immense bodies of water which, during the reign of his prede- cessor, had been precipitated upon and overflowed so large a part of China. By this means many deep river beds were finally cut, and continued to be worn away by the receding waters, until the whole country was freed from inundation. His eleventh descendent and successor was a tyrant, and was banished in the fifty-second year of his age, and king Ching Tang came to the throne, B. C. 1,766, and died 1,753 .B. C. During his reign a great famine existed in Chins, which the records say lasted seven years. Joseph’s famine in Egypt occurred B. C. 1,707, or forty-six years after this date. These coinci- dences are merely cited as suggestive to historical students. It is desirable that the historical records of all ancient nations should be sought out and compared; and to our linguistic and archeological students on the Pacific, the early histories of China and Japan should be made the subject of careful study. Much mental and social cultivation existed in Asia when Europe was yet in her dark and undeveloped ages. China and Japan, as well as all the nations of Asia, yet contain many ancient records, that may well repay careful study, revealing traces of a civilization whose history is incredibly remote. Ere the ancient respect for sacred records has become impaired, and they are cast aside or destroyed in the ecstasy of a new-found religion, or the mechanical wonders of a scientific civilization, earnest and reliable students may acquire much important testimony among the archives of India, China and Japan. Few ancient races have preserved a literature of equal value with the Chinese. The great past of prehistoric humanity bears traces of activity and commercial intercourse throughout Asia. 7 ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. l About five thousand years before the Christian era, the Sanskrit branch of the Aryan race invaded and occupied Northern India, while the Arabian Cushites, dwelling in Arabia, held control of Southern Arabia. These South Arabians held innumerable colonies, and were unrivaled in power and com- ercial dominion. They early established great influence as a maritime peo- ple along the coast of South-western Asia, colonizing much of the Asiatic seaboard in the deepest antiquity,—not, however, including the present Chi- nese territory, but exercised a widespread influence from the extremes of India, even to Norway, acting an important part as pioneers in spreading and devel- oping early civilization. The nomadic tribes of Asia have been classed as of Semetic origin. China, although well known, and mentioned in the ancient Sanskrit writ- ings, under the name of Yama, was never included in statements of the migrations of races and peoples throughout Western Asia, Hindostan, and the islands of the Indian Sea. In remote antiquity, the Chinese nation ap- pears to have lived within itself, cut off from active communication with any neighboring people. According to Arabian traditions, Ad was the primeval father of the pure Arabians, and built a city in Arabia which became great and powerful. The Adites are referred to in the earliest dawn of Arabian history, as enterprising, rich and powerful, having great cities of wonderful magnificence. They were skillful builders, rich in gold, silver, and precious stones, showing them ac- quainted with metals. Numerous appliances of our civilization had their origin far back in the obscurity of ages now pre-historic, and Adam may be but the Hebrew tradition of the ancient Adites of Arabia, who must them- selves have had a long line of ancestry, to have developed and acquired such civilization. Adam was, perhaps, simply the ideal embodiment of a beginning of humanity, typified to the Hebrews by an Adite patriarch, beyond the expe- rience of their own history, into which he was adopted by Moses, as the ancestor of their race. It was an effort to extend their national lineage far back to an original First Cause. The distinctive Hebrew race descended from Abraham, that magnificent sheik, the mighty Mesopotanian prince; Israel’s ancestral hero and first distinctive Hebrew personality; great grand- sire of the princely Joseph, Lord Chancellor of Egypt, Prime Minister of the first Sesostris, and monotheistic chief of an illustrious line. Thus he stands, in bold relief, on the canvas of tradition, as a great leader of human kind in the period comprised in the first essays of Hebrew literature. Our opinion of the general inaccessibility of China from other parts of the continent of Asia, in early times, is confirmed by a passage in the history of Besorus, relating the conquests of the Arabian sovereign, Schamar Tarasch, Abou Karib, who reigned over Chaldea, and 245 years before the rise of the Assyrian empire carried his arms, B. C. 1,518, into Central Asia, occu- pied Sarmacand, and for a long time attempted, without success, the invasion of China. Humboldt describes an Himyatic inscription existing at Sarma- cand in the 14th century, in characters expressing, ‘‘In the name of God, Schamar LIarasch has erected this edifice to the sun, his Lord.’ All facts go to show that migrations over Central Asia, from Arabia across the continent, must have passed north of China, (which country seems to have maintained 18 PROCEEDINGS OF THE CALIFORNIA her individuality nearly intact), and reached the shores of the Pacific near the peninsula of Corea, which is still inhabited by a populous nation, quite unlike the Chinese race. Many aborigines of Central Asia were doubtless driven toward the coast by these Arabian conquerors. These South Arabians were a people older than the Aryans. The great ages of Cushite civilization, to which we are told they succeeded, closed at a period which was very ancient when the book of Job, the oldest book of the Hebrew scriptures, was penned as a Persian poem. Testimony is universal that the oldest nations succeeded older pre-existing peoples, and generally received their highest ideas from abroad, showing a descent of ideas as well as of blood. A constant admixture of races, peoples and nations has been successively going on for ages. It is only in some secluded spot that we may, at this late day, discover traces of anything approaching to an early type, with slight recent admixture. Such specimens, if they exist at all, cannot but be extremely rare, and, like the Miauts of China and some remnants in the Tyrolese Alps, inhabit regions virtually inaccessible. The huge stone structures, cities and temples being unearthed in Yuca- tan, argue an enormous early population. The ruins of Copan, and disin- tegrating pyramids of Palenque, are convincing proof of a great pre-historic race in Central America, at an immensély early period; which must have occupied the same relative positions toward North and South America that Asia Minor did, in remote ages, to Central Asia and Africa. The peculiar construction of all the arches found among the buried cities of Yucatan may lead to the discovery of races cognate to its early inhabitants. The same principle of arch was used in very early times by Egyptians, Greeks, and Etrurians. Notwithstanding the frequent disastrous fires, and destruction of records by conquerors and founders of dynasties, who have annihilated much valua- ble material, China, Japan, and the interior of India have many copies and manuscript translations of very ancient works and histories, long retained among their sacred treasuries, rich archxological prizes for modern explorers to unearth, equal in interest to the lost history of Iran, mentioned in the Dabistan and other Asiatic writings. By an extended research into ancient histories, many plausible reasons are found, which argue the possibility, and almost probability, that some early aborigines of the pure Chinese race may have crossed by sea from the coast of Peru to China in an early or remote age of the world. Recent travelers in Peru inform us, that its aboriginal races have, like our North American Indians, become nearly extinct; and the only remaiuving trices are found among the China-chola, a mixed result from Spanish and Portuguese ances- tors. Last year my attention was called to an article in a South American paper, describing the remnant of a race of aboriginal Mongolians or Chinese, found among the high table lands upon the western slope of the Andes. Pheenicians and Egyptians, who each received hieroglyphical characters from a common source, originating in an older people, ascribe them to Taut. The Chinese ascribe them to Tai Ko Fokee, their Great Stranger King, who reigned B. C. 3588. Many curious coincidences point to the supposition that wy ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. 19 he may have brought them from Peru or Central America, where, among tuins still existing, there has been discovered much early picture-writing, closely corresponding to early Chinese characters, comprising the 216 radical ideographs now used. Thus, heaven is expressed by three horizontal lines, slightly curved; and earth by a cross within a circle. In discoveries at Copan is a figure strikingly resembling the Chinese symbol of Fokee, both nations representing him like Moses, as a lawgiver, with two small horns. Many figures on Peruvian water-vessels, of great antiquity, are identical with those found in Egyptian temples; birds’ heads, for example, attached to figures resembling a comma, but intended to represent tongues; and other remark- able coincidences. Hither one people learned from the other, or both acquired these forms from a common source. Many physico-geographical facts favor the hypothesis, that it is more rational to conclude that Egypt received them from America, through China—possibly through Fokee, or some predecessor in very remote ages. Recent scientitic explorations are reported to have exhumed Chinese sacred mottoes, carved on tombs in Egypt—counterparts of phrases in use to-day—revealing the existence of an intercourse when China was ruled by kings anterior to Moses. The present written language of China is undoubtedly an imported method, advanced from such picture-writings as those of the ancient Peruvians, or primitive hieroglyphical signs of ancient Egypt. Among some nations, men- tal progress evolved a simple alphabet, while others remained content with the increasing complications of ideographic signs, for syllables and objects. Egypt, like China, was tenacious of her individual peculiarities, and long retained her hieroglyphic type. She finally abandoned it, while China clung to but improved it. The South Arabians and their descendants, the Phcenicians, having an extended commerce established throughout the Indian Ocean, with every known shore, undoubtedly passed more readily into a simple phonetic alpha- bet, better adapted to the practical wants of a commercial people. Tablets have been discovered among their ancient ruins, by which the various changes are readily traced. Chinese characters, so long surrounded by the ultra conservatism of an impenetrable isolation, have undoubtedly developed from these common forms of natural objects, and subsequently been adapted to easy and rapid writing, with a peculiar style of brush, and their manner of holding it. The consideration of whether the Chinese people originally developed in Asia or abroad, bears an important relation to the origin of the Japanese race, the subject we are ultimately investigating and shall consider in our next paper. In seeking the initial points whence migrations have diverged, we naturally gather all possibilities, whence we select probabilities, in the hope of finally eliciting absolute truth. We shall be compelled to limit this already lengthy paper to setting forth certain fundamental principles useful in re- search; and to a collection of evidence, the full discussion of which will necessarily remain for a future occasion. Without, in any manner, endorsing the following hypothesis, we shall simply aim to shadow forth a few possibilities, which the consideration of many curious facts have suggested during the laborious details of an elabo- rate search. 20 PROCEEDINGS OF THE CALIFORNIA How came the Chinese—a people so ancient, so reserved, and so wholly unlike their surrounding neighbors, or indeed any other race upon the conti- nent of Asia—to be thus alone in this corner of a continent, walled in apart from all neighboring races? We may reasonably doubt the assumption of any spontaneous growth in the country they now inhabit. Conjectured migrations among still speechless societies, at an epoch anterior to the forma- tion of nations, are beyond our present ability to trace. We can only surmise whether each continent evolved a type of manhood separately, or whether all higher races have resulted from the various differentiations and dispersions from asingle locality, of a common ancestor already developed up to the lowest types of a speechless animal, tending to manhood. Our best researches indicate an enormous antiquity for man on the Ameri- can continent, and an advance in general form and brain capacity, with, doubtless, a modification of color, since a very early period. In very remote times, there appears to have existed at least two very distinct populations, differing, in fact, more widely than any existing aborigines of the continent. Portions of North America had been occupied by races far more advanced than its occupants when recently discovered by Europeans. Originating, perhaps, at a very early period in the elevated centres of the American conti- ° nent, wave after wave of races may have rolled eastward and westward, or northward and southward, to a certain extent, ouly identified in America to-day by slight signs that mark the nearly extinct descendants of the © pele with which they amalgamated. Dogmatic theology retreats before scientific truth. No one wiil, at this day, pronounce the self-registering records of nature grave heresies. They are vastly more enduring, authentic and reliable testimony than the precarious text of human narrators. It seems a crime against true religion to hang the integrity of its moral principles upon the validity of statistics in any book which merely illustrates, by historical parables, the early development of its traditional ideas. The innate virtue of its pure principles is unharmed by legendary or dogmatic absurdities. The Chinese have an immense antiquity. They are a peculiar people, very marked in their features, and have multiplied so that at present their popula- tion and area of production are so balanced that any marked increase would precipitate a famine, and thus equalize conditions. They not only practice economy, but enjoy it, having learned in centuries to live upon the minimum and enjoy the maximum of life. All other civilizations and emigrations throughout Asia appear to have moved from Asia Minor, and the high central portions of the North and West. The Chinese appear as an isolated people, and have long preserved the peculiar type of a race wholly unlike any other on the continent of Asia. Their country is situated upon the south-eastern extremity of the continent, and hemmed in on the west and north by a chain of mountains practically impassable, and now made more so by the great wall, 1,250 miles in length, with which, B. C. 220, they sought to complete their isolation. If this people did not develop from the soil they now occupy, we must search for the most probable mode of access by which their earliest ancestry reached their present home. In this stage of the world, all nations are more or less composite. — se ee ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. AHA The southern and south-eastern portions of China border upon the ocean, and if the earliest Chinese came from an opposite direction they must have reached their country by water. If so, it may account for their skilled boat- men, who have lived upon the water from time immemorial, and for the enor- mous fleets of junks, generally of large dimensions, which they possess. A taste early cultivated may have come down through many centuries. If we first seek for testimony from Chinese records, we find they ascribe their own origin to the southern portion of China. In order to ascertain how they could have reached there by sea, and the direction whence they probably came, we must study natural causes, and seek among winds and currents for the first natural distributing agents, whose influence on navigation has been but recently overcome by clipper ships and steamers of modern construction. The Pacific is a wide ocean to cross, and fair winds must have been relied upon, for muscles could never have paddled a direct course for such a dis- tance. Where, therefore, is the country, from which they could follow a fair, fixed wind in a straight course, and be brought to land upon the southern coast of China, where they claim to have originated? We find in the South Pacific, between the southern tropics and the equator, a perpetual trade wind blowing from the south-east. Towards the tropics, it blows more nearly from the south, hauling gradually into the eastward as it approaches the equator. This constant breeze would drive a vessel kept before the wind, from a point anywhere on the coast of Peru, about in the neighborhood of the Chin-cha Islands, by a slightly curved but almost direct line as far as the equator in the direct course for the coast of China. In the North Pacific Ocean, between the tropics and equator, the north-east trade wind exists, as the almost complementary counterpart of winds in the southern hemisphere, likewise blowing more northerly near its northern limit, and uniting in an almost due easterly wind near the equator. Thus the south-east and north-east trade winds meet, and frequently blow into each other along a parallel line, making a continuous fair wind, uniting them at the equator, and consequently forming an uninterrupted motive power, to their western limit. Now, if a large junk were started from the coast of Peru, near Central America, and kept off before these fair winds, there is a strong probability that in sixty days she would strike the southern coast of China, about where early Chinese traditions place the origin of their race. This evidence, of natural causes, apparently points to Peru as the possible home of the Chinese ancestral race. What has Peru to offer in support of such an hypothesis? In Heaviside’s ‘‘ American Antiquities,’’ published in 1868, we find that “*some of the western tribes of Brazil are so like the Chinese in feature as to be almost identical.’’ There is thus a possibility shown, that the ancestry of China may have embarked in large vessels as emigrants, perhaps from the vicinity of the Chincha Islands; or proceeded with a large fleet, like the early Chinese expedition against Japan, or that of Julius Czesar against Britain, or the Welsh Prince Madog and his party—who sailed from Ireland, and landed in America A. D. 1170, and, in like manner, in the dateless antecedure — of history, crossed from the neighborhood of Peru to the country now known Proc. Cau. ACAD. Sci., Vol. VI.—8. 22 PROCEEDINGS OF THE CALIFORNIA tous as China. The very name, Chincha, has a Chinese sound, and reads China, with two letters dropped. For upwards of twenty centuries, Chinese junks are known to have been large, fast, and strong; their people skillful mariners, excellent carpenters, and marine architects. They early possessed the mechanical skill to build junks of comparatively great tonnage, capable of conveying large amounts of cargo and great numbers of passengers. If the measurements of Noah’s ark are correctly interpreted, she was larger than any ship of our day. Ship- building, as we have shown in a previous paper, is a very ancient art, known long before the days of Tarshish. We have no history of its absolute incep- tion. Monuments on land endure to perpetuate the memory of a race, but ships are of their nature perishable. A race that could build the magnificent temples and pyramids of Palenque and Copan, in Yucatan, could certainly have their fleets upon the Pacific Ocean, in ages long before any existing record. The construction of a Peruvian or Central American fleet of large vessels, in early ages, capable of transferring to China, if not 100,000 people, certainly quite sufficient to establish a colony, would require far less skill or enterprise, than that which raised the pyramids of either Central America or Egypt. China had bronzes in perfection during her very earliest ages, and may have introduced them into Western Europe and Asia. Among the most ancient relics found in Peru, are bronze and iron implements. Many Peru- vian and Central American antiquities resemble, not modern Chinese, but their most ancient writings and figures. It is not impossible that Cadmus’ alphabet, as well as the hieroglyphics of Egypt, may have been suggested and developed from the ancient American hieroglyphics now coming to light, showing such similarity and apparent connection, and which many scholars already consider as the early models, not the results, of Egyptian figures and Chinese ideographic characters. The Toltec race in America had a god with one arm—so had the Egyptians. The deified Fo—whom they represent with two small horns, similar to those associated with figures of Moses, the Hebrew lawgiver—instructed Chib-ca Indians in Bogota to paint the cross and trigrams used on their inscriptions; and in China, the Chinese historians ascribe to Fohi many new things, among others, how to paint identical figures of trigrams, like those found among the ruins of Central America. With time and perseverance, it may yet be discovered that a knowledge of hieroglyphics came from Peru or Central America to China-——a people whose growing commercial intercourse may have spread their knowledge to the ancient monarchies of Egypt. The recital of facts may be greatly extended, showing a wonderful chain of © evidence, which it is hard to conceive can be entirely accidental and coinci- dental, unless we take the extremely broad and apparently untenable ground, boldly asserting that primitive humanity, through the action of common laws and natural forces, wherever placed, evolves like forms, customs and necessary results, irrespective of variable conditions and individual faney or free will. Chinese ideas concerning the Tchin, or original eight persons of a supernatural nature who escaped from the sea, point to an origin from beyond seas, or to an early piscatorial age. B. C.3,588, Tai-ko-Fokee, a king of China from abroad, was deified. China has her ancient pictorial writings. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. ao Fernando Montesino, a Spanish historian, who visited Peru and published his work from 1508 to 1547, says Peru was thickly populated, and had a cata- logue of 101 monarchs, with notes of the memorable events of their reign, extending to B. C. 2,655. Hawks, in his Peruvian antiquities, says that before the Spanish conquest, in the most eminent period of the dynasty of the Incas, the vast empire of Peru contained eleven million inhabitants, which rapidly diminished, until the census of 1580 shows but 8,280,000, and now the valleys of the Peruvian coast contain barely a fifth of what they contained under the Incas. The total present population by census of i875 amounts to only 2,720,735 souls. A light native is still called a China-Chola. The feast of souls practiced in Central America appears to have been derived from the same source as that of the ancient Egyptians. The Jesuits of the Propaganda report these ceremonies as anciently in practice in China. The ruins of ancient temples found in Central America resemble in form, space, and massive walls, without roof, the most ancient temples of Egypt, and many of the carvings are singularly alike. Traditionary histories among the difterent groups of the Polynesian Islands indicate that the Hawaiian race came there from the south. The Hawaiian Islands are nearly in the direct line from Peru to China. While the majority of Hawaiians are probably descended from Malays, their early traditions tell us of the landing of men belonging to a race whiter than their own, upon the southern island of Hawaii, many centuries ago, whom they were at first inclined to consider as gods, but who finally settled among them, and from their wisdom were elevated to high positions. These men undoubtedly came from Central America or Peru, and may have been from the ancient Peruvian empire, or the later kingdom of the Incas, or from that early civilization whose traces yet remain in Yucatan. It has been sufficiently demonstrated that even frail canoes and boats, either by accident or design, have performed voyages across wide oceans. In 1819, Kotsebue found at Radack group four natives of the Caroline Islands, who had been driven eastward ina canoe 1,500 miles. In 1849 men came from Honolulu to San Francisco, 2,300 miles, in whale boats. And more recently the boisterous Atlantic ocean has been crossed from New York to Liverpool by a solitary man in a dory. : A dozen of the crew of the clipper ship ‘‘ Golden Light,’’ burned in the South Pacific about 1865, just west of Cape Horn, reached Hawaii in eighty- one days, in a whale boat under sail, and would have run upon the reef at Laopahoihoi, but for natives who swam off to rescue these exhausted people, all of whom survived. While we have cited facts showing it reasonable to suppose that early Peru- vians or Central Americans may have come to China, by the aid of continu- ous fair winds, it is no less necessary to show the almost insurmountable dif- ficulties which exist during a greater part of the year to impede their return by sea. To beat back against strong trade-winds and the long regular seas of the Pacific, would be a task in which they would surpass our best modern clippers, which now can only make the voyage by running far north and crossing from Japan to the coast of California, upon the arc of a great circle, 24 PROCEEDINGS OF THE CALIFORNIA and sailing thence southerly, close hauled on the wind, to the neighborhood of Tahiti in the South Pacific, which must then be crossed in an easterly direc- tion, south of the trade winds, which in turn enable them to make northing and reach the coast of Peru. Such a return voyage would require the most skillful knowledge of winds, coasts, and scientific navigation, such as we have only possessed in comparatively recent times, and would also require exceed- ingly strong and wéatherly vessels. There seems, therefore, less likelihood that any Chinese ever reached Peru in pre-historic times by such a route. Intercourse appears to have existed more recently, but how far it was recip- rocal remains to be seen. If it was commercial it was more likely to have been, as reciprocity is the foundation of trade. In our search for objections to the theory we are exploring we however, find other possible channels of return communication. During the south- west monsoon a fleet of junks might possibly have left China and followed the Kuro-Shiwo, or warm stream that flows along the coast of Japan, with sum- mer winds across to the northwestern coast of America, near our own harbor, and thence gradually have worked its way southward to Central America, keeping along in sight of the coast until it reached the calm belt around Pan- ~ ama. The Abbé Brasseur de Bourbourg makes this statement: ‘‘ There was a constant tradition among the people who dwelt on the Pacific ocean, that people from distant nations beyond the Pacific formerly came to trade at the ports of Coatulco and Pechugui, which belonged to the kingdom of Tehuante- pec, in Central America. Baldwin tells us, in his ‘‘ Pre-historic Times,” that «the traditions of Peru told of a people who came to that country by sea, and landed on the Pacific Coast. These may have been from the great mari- time empire of the Malays, whose dialects have permeated almost every island in the Pacific oceans. Lang says: ‘‘ South Sea Islanders exhibit indubitable evidences of an Asiatic origin.’’ The continent of Asia affords more facilities for reaching Polynesia than America, although stragglers from the latter have doubtless added to its island races, and thus created a mixture of customs which, to some extent, may in- dicate a partial derivation from both. Probabilities favor Asia, both from certain affinities of tongue, striking resemblance in manners, idols, and phys- ical formation. Commercial intercourse, although not direct, existed and was maintained between China and Egypt, B. C. 2000. Chinese traditions claim for their people the first use in Asia, of ships and the earliest knowledge of navigation and astronomy. Their people first acquired the mariner’s compass and be- lieved the sacred magnetic influence proceeded from Heaven, which they located in the South, and from which they claimed to have come. To this day the heads of Chinese compasses point south. In Peru, the oldest civilization was the most advanced, and had the highest style of art and mechanical skill. ‘‘ Her people had an accurate measure of the solar year; a knowledge of the art of writing; and made paper of hemp or banana leaves B. C. 1800.’’ The aboriginal Peruvians have had their dark, as well as bright, ages in history. They may have retrograded while their possible offshoot, the Chinese, progressed. Young colonies often grow and prosper, while their progenitors reach a climax and die out. Dis- ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. 25 solution is the countercharge, which every material aggregate evolved, sooner or later undergoes. Evolution and dissolution bring to us ever changing, but eternally advancing forms, in their cycles of transformation. The establishment of a race may be possible from a single pair, of strongly marked distinctive characteristics, whose descendants have continually inter- married. Hebrew patriarchs founded nations, and nations thus springing from a single man of pronounced eharacter, whose descendants remained united and isolated, have often developed strong and peculiar personal char- acteristics, which have pervaded and stamped themselves upon the race thus descended. Mixed or cosmopolitan races, never possess uniform characteris- tics as clearly defined. It seems more reasonable to infer, that a fleet from the neighborhood of Peru may have reached China with the first emigration, perhaps bearing a hero-sovereign and an invading army, which, once landed, found China agreeable, and, being unable to return against those perpetual winds which brought them so swiftly, were compelled to establish themselves in new ter- ritory. Writers on Central America have expressed a decided opinion, that the peculiar character of its ancient civilization, manners, customs, and general structure of the ancient language, point very strongly to a common origin between the Indo-Chinese nations of Eastern Asia and the ancient civilization of America, which appears, in some remarkable particulars, to have been of an Egyptian cast. The Coptic or ancient Egyptian language, however, seems to have been monosyllabic. Hieroglyphic writing is of three kinds: figurative, symbolical and phonetic. Hubert H. Bancroft, in his Native Races of the Pacific States, Vol. V, f. 39, says: ‘‘ Analogies have been or thought to exist between the languages of several of the American tribes and that of the Chinese. But itis to Mexico, Central America, and, as we shall hereafter see, to Peru, that we must look for these linguistic affinities, and not to the northwestern coasts [of America], where we should naturally expect to find them most eyident.’’ Count Stolberg, quoted by Humboldt, is of the opinion that the Peruyian cult is that of Vishnu—one of the Brahmin trinity—when he appears in the form of Krishna, or the Sun. Mexican kings, who reigned previous to the Spanish conquest, all added Tz to their names as a reverential affix. It resembles in sound a dynasty of China-—-the Tsin dynasty—which reigned from B. C. 249 to B. C. 205. Tai Ko Foki, the Great Stranger King of China B. C. 3588, or later Hoang Tai, may have landed from such a fleet, and been called by conquest, or through the reverence of superior knowledge, to reign over them. The descendants of these early settlers may have remained clannish, keeping apart, as an entirely distinctive race, from the Miauts or original aborigines, naturally following the customs of their forefathers, and thus have increased and grown into a mighty nation, unlike all people around them. During many centuries of growth, China, like Japan and Corea, became a sealed empire, when no possible admixture of foreign blood could occur. It seems to have become an established habit with these nations to periodi- cally close their ports to foreign intercourse. Some similarities of race exist between some types of the Coreans and Japanese, while the Chinese are 26 PROCEEDINGS OF THE CALIFORNIA quite singular and unlike. Their oriental peculiarities, which strike the casual observer, are their dress, shaved heads and queues, habits, odor, and guttural language. Chinese are the only nation on the continent of Asia that use chairs and tables. Isolated nations, like hermits, cannot escape being distinguished by eccentric habits. Now, if the high civilization of Peru, which was in full tide B. C. 1800, and probably many centuries before, crossed to China in very early days, bringing its accurate measure of the solar year, and the arts of making paper and writing, all the necessary mate- rial was furnished China for the production of correct and reliable historic records. In reviewing Chinese early history, we have found that, B. C., Tai Ko Foki, their Great Stranger King, introduced a knowledge of these things, with hieroglyphic characters, and first divided time for them into lunar months and solar years. And we have shown that the authentic com- prehensible history of China begins with his reign. Now we inquire, did Foki, with all this valuable knowledge, come from Peru B. C. 3588, and settle among a pre-existing people, perhaps similar to, if not the aboriginal Miautz, long since driven from the plains of China into the almost inaccessible fastnesses of its mountain barriers? A knowledge of days already existed among the sun-worshipers of Asia, who doubtless kept their records in days; but the introduction of a scale measuring by months and years placed their history on a footing we can comprehend; and the introduction of the art of writing enabled them to perpetuate it by enduring records. When we discover the measures of time, used to gauge ancient histories before these improvements were introduced, we shall doubtless find their records reasonably authentic. We have as little understood their stupendous figures as strangers conceive the value of a Brazilian rea, some 1000 of which, make a sum equal to the United States dollar; and accounts involving such currency bear the formidable aspect of immense sums, to the uninformed. With advancing centuries, the measure of time doubtless lengthens. After the children of Israel left Egypt, where the solar year was known, records of extreme longevity disappear, and ordinary terms of life are ad- hered to. We should judge cautiously, and refrain from any interpretation at variance with human reason and common sense. The lunar changes, without doubt, were employed in the measurement of time in all warm cli- mates before the introduction of the solar year. The colder the winter, the more marked the year became as a measure of time. Day and night would naturally suggest themselves as the first measure. Peruvians, Chinese, Egyp- tians, Hebrews, Japanese, Polynesians, and others, all attribute great long- evity to their earliest ancestry, until the introduction of higher mathematics and the solar year. The oldest histories preserved to us become what in our day we call au- thentic, when their nations acquired the art of writing, and divided time in a regular and uniform manner, by the solar year. The first and fabulous epochs of most histories begin with dynasties of deified warriors. The tendency to deification exists among all early nations, and we need not go out of our own history to proveit. Edmond the Confessor, the Archbishop of Canterbury, who died as late as 1242, was canonized as a eee » one ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. 2G saint, only a differentiated form of the same tendency. The gods of antiquity were partly impersonifications of natural forces, and partly deified men. They often bear the same relation to facts that shadows do to forms, being at worst but simple distortions of the truth. Few nations can examine im- partially the substratum of their ancestral religious creeds. How often do we find in dogmatic theology the imprint of early paganism? The Hawaiian nation is supposed to have a considerable antiquity. From time immemorial there have been persons appointed by the government to preserve, unim- paired, the geneology of their kings, which in 1863 embraced the names of more than seventy. Allow an average reign of twenty-five years, this would throw their history back 1,750 years, to A. D. 117 or earlier, say to about the Christian era. It was a custom throughout the islands of the Pacific to exterminate their enemies, either by killing or setting them adrift in canoes. The latter prac- tice not only led to the peopling of the various Polynesian islands, but was also a cause which led to cannibalism, for want compelled the exiles to sub- sist on each other, and a taste once indulged in, was continued by survivors who succeedeed in reaching some island, and thus cannibalism became estab- lished. North American Indians have never been cannibals. When Spaniards first visited America, the western equatorial regions of the continent were the seats of extensive, flourishing and powerful empires, whose inhabitants were well acquainted with the science of government, and had evinced considerable progress in art. Roads fifteen hundred miles long, remain in Peru, relics of the past, as ancient as the Appian way. In very remote times social etiquette was observed and universally respected. The early Peruvians constructed suspension bridges across frightful ravines, and moved blocks of stone as huge as the Sphinxes and Memnons of Egypt. They built aqueducts of baked clay and constructed dykes and causeways, and preserved a memory of past events by picture writing. They had a lan- guage of ceremony or deference, with reverential nouns and verbs, with which inferiors addressed superiors, a feature of resemblance to the Chinese in Eastern Asia. Ruins of extensive cities and fortifications are now found in Yucatan and regions of Central America; the elevated plains of Bogota and Cundinamarca; the open valleys of Peru; and the lofty, secluded and highly fertile tracts of Chili. These colossal remains of ancient primitive civilizations are passing from the memory of a degenerate offspring, who now behold with indo- lent amazement these interesting relics of their illustrious predecessors. The origin, history and fate of these powerful nations of America, who have left behind them such colossal memorials of an ancient civilization, is a study of profound interest. Stones, thirty by eighteen by six feet, are squared and hewn and reared with utmost exactness. Their style of arch is peculiar. Temples, pyramids, tumuli, and fortifications, with remains of buildings of singularly massive architecture, often exquisitely carved, betokens a civilized antiquity. It seems impossible that these people should have passed from the conti- nent of Asia by Behring’s Straits, for no traces of any such people remain anywhere along that route. 28 PROCEEDINGS OF THE CALIFORNIA Pyramids of remote antiquity are found in India, China and Tahiti, as well as in Egypt and South America. Those of Egypt are in the best state of preservation and perhaps therefore the most recent. The learned Bavarian, Dr. Von Martius, regards the evidence incontroverti- ble ‘‘of the existence of the aborigines of America long anterior to the period assigned in Hebrew chronology for the creation of the world;’’ a race whose utter dissolution manifests that it either bore within itself the germ of ex- tinction or attempted an existence under most fatally unfavorable conditions. Dr. Clarke says: ‘‘No race of human kind has yet obtained a permanent foothold upon the American continent. The Asiatics trace back their life in Asia so far, that the distance between to-day and their recorded starting-point seems like a geologic epoch. The descendants of the Ptolemies still cultivate the banks of the Nile. The race that peopled Northern Europe when Greece and Rome were young, not only retains its ancient place and power, but makes itself felt and heard throughout the world. On the American conti- nent, races have been born, developed, and disappeared. The causes of their disappearance are undiscovered. We only know that they are gone.’’ It re- mains to be seen if the Anglo-Saxon race, which has ventured upon a conti- nent which has proved the tomb of antecedent races, can produce a physique capable of meeting successfully, and advancing under, the demands that our climate and type of civilization make uponit. Thisis an interesting query. If we have been utterly confounded in contemplating the stupendous monu- ments of Egyptian magnificence, which continue to defy the ravages of time, what shall be said of remains of more ancient pyramids and colossal figures in America, of a style and character analogous to those of ancient Egypt, whose very stones are crumbling to decay, and on whose flinty sides verdure has crept over the dust of ages, until ancient and gigantic forests have ac- quired root-hold, and grown over their very summits? Many an Alexander and Napoleon of pre-historic times has gone to his rest, and left no record, capable of enduring to the age we live in, to mark the glory of his empire. Many mummies are found in Peru, enveloped in bandages of fine cloth, while the bodies of kings are admirably preserved by means of a secret known only to the royal family. In the far distance of remote antiquity, successive peoples have. risen to importance and passed away, long ages before the birth of those from whom the faintest ray of civilization has remained to cast even a feeble reflection of its pale light upon the fading pages of our most ancient historic records. A period has undoubtedly existed, in the primitive history of our earth, when the necessary equilibrium between its external and internal forces has been lost. When the external pressure on the crust became diminished by the sublimation and recomposition of external elements, which, when refined and advanced, were unequal in density to the expansive force of igneous ma- terials confined in the interior mass. The solid enveloping crust of our sphere is the medium constantly acted upon, by these contending forces, in seeking a state of equilibrium. Geologists direct us to many prominences in which the upheaved strata, on one side, is abruptly broken, and on the other, gently inclined. Such ruptures could not have been gradual, for in places the whole combined strata is fractured, depressing portions, and rais-— ign eel ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. 29 ing others to immense heights. Earth’s surface, to-day, bears unmistakable evidence, to every thoughtful student, that eruptive catastrophes have mate- rially changed its geological features—especially the levels. Many areas, formerly submerged, are now dry, and known as alluvial formations. Seas have changed position, and rivers acquired new courses. New land has been formed, and mountain ranges reared by upheaval. Recent deep-sea sound- ings of the U. S. steamer Tuscarora—commander, Belknap—clearly illustrate how largely the bed of the Pacific Ocean—once but an extended valley, run- ning, perhaps, from the Arctic to the Caribbean Sea—may have augmented its area by a comparatively moderate depression. During the glacial period, im- mense icebergs were produced at the poles, and as they increased in bulk, during a succession of cold winters, they accumulated an enormous volume of water—human life is considered to have been extant at this period—and when @ succession of warm summers, produced by the perpendicularity of the earth’s axis to the plane of the ecliptic, succeeded in reducing these huge accu_ mulations of polar ice, its volume retired, covering many valleys not previously submerged. This could have given rise to the legend of a Flood, which may have occurred, but could not have been universal, for a sufficient amount of water does not exist to cover the highest mountains, and submerge the entire earth. A sudden and eruptive convulsion of earth’s crust during the tertiary, near the close of the cretaceous period, whether separate or conjointly with a flood, must necessarily have destroyed a large majority of partially developed men, struggling to evolve the higher human types. Portions of Asia, Africa, and Australia are supposed to have been elevated; while Europe, the extreme north- ern portions of America, the Caribbean Sea, and the beds of certain oceans were depressed. The effects must have been most forcible around the poles and south of the equator. Dead river beds which cross the highest mountain ranges of the Pacific Coast, and yield so largely of gold to hydraulic washing, clearly confirm radical changes in the physical conditions and levels of this coast. - The surviving remnants of these catastrophes, in Asia, Africa, Yucatan, and a few scattering tribes of North America, thenceforth appear as the pro- genitors of all living nations. It is only from this period that we can hope to trace the early history of humanity. Previous beings, if in harmony with physical conditions, must have been generally in the incipient stages of hu- man evolution. In Central America alone, we find ruins, whose hoary an- tiquity seem to claim for its inhabitants the earliest civilization of which any traces remain. It is fair to infer that the pyramids of Yucatan were antedi- luvian and escaped inundation, as did the cities of Palenque and Copan. These elaborately constructed cities of Central America exhibit conceptions of beauty which, as early specimens of a gradually unfolding art, appear to antedate all similar structures extant. Plausible grounds of inference exist, that the earliest manifestations of cul- ture known to us, was among the primitive settlers of Central America, who, having acquired mechanical invention, art, and the rudiments of science. Proc, Cau. AcaD. Scr., Vou. VI.—9. 30 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. built dwellings and temples, which yet endure as testimony of their progress, Although their minds were doubtless uncultivated in those higher branches of knowledge and refinement which ensures perpetuity to national life, they seem to have led the world in the early use of language, and the adoption of picture-writing to record and communicate ideas. The sun, which was long the national emblem of Central American nations, is the absolute basis of mythology. It seems probable that Yucatan once ex- tended over the present bed of the Gulf of Mexico, including the West Indian Islands. ‘The Caribs may be a degenerate remnant of some aboriginal race. The ancestors of our North American Indians were very uncultivated in their physical, mental and social condition. Long before Egypt, the progenitor of Greece and Europe, was settled, the inhabitants of Yucatan appear by their monuments to have been well ad- vanced in general intellectual attainments, and to have led all known nations in art and science. Why may not a branch of this people have emigrated to China and Egypt, and there have become a large and advanced nation ? Many things unite to prove that China, at the opening of her treaty ports to European trade, was unmistakably retrograding in the physical as well as social organization of her people. Her highest prosperity is thought to have been reached about the reign of Genghis khan. Agassiz tells us that, geologically considered, America is the oldest con- tinent. If so, why should we not look to it, as the spot where the human race first gained ascendancy, and acquired its primeval home? If its primi- tive races have died out, and stone pyramids crumbled beneath the dust, is it not a strong argument in favor of her antiquity? In Asia, traces yet remain of original races, whose earlier civilization in America, under different physi- cal conditions, has had time to culminate, dissolve, and fade from sight. Wher, in the early development of America, progress was sufficient to facili- tate emigration, why may she not have furnished population to Asia? In submitting this question, with evidence calculated to warrant further study, and outlining various channels for investigation, we aim to attract for it that scientific attention which, as an ethnological problem, it fairly deserves, hop- ing some satisfactory answer. may be attempted, before facilities for imterroga- tion yet available among American aborigines, shall have passed away forever. This imperfect collection of facts is laid before the Academy in its present condition, not in any way to ask for present endorsement, but to awaken new sources of inquiry among thoughtful ethnologists, which may ultimately lead to a discovery of the truth. A large mass of additional facts bearing upon this subject require more labor than I have yet found time to bestow, and would also unreasonably swell this already lengthy paper, which is offered as a simple inquiry, suggested to careful and technical scientists, who, by comparing physical, embryolegical, and linguistic characteristics, pertinent histories, and traditions, may in future establish or disprove the possibilities here shadowed forth. San Francisco, fau metropolis tai great California. ll shan kin mountains gold io a ae , 2 Catalogue of the Pacific Coast Fungi. INTRODUCTION. Previous to the year 1876 nothing had been accomplished in the study of the fungi of this Coast, with the exception of a few species collected by the Wilkes expedition, which were at that time referred to Professor Torrey for identification. But four or five of these were determined and of these but one or two can now be traced. Since that period, although the flowering plants have been most thoroughly studied, the fungi of this Coast have been entirely neglected. Fully realizing the importance of the undertaking, not only for its scientific value, but also from an economic stand-point, we, four years since, determined to devote our leisure to making a collection of the Pacific Coast Fungi. To those who have given their time to scientific pursuits we need not say that this has been a work of ever-increasing interest. While we have not been able to visit every portion of our Coast, it will be observed that our explora- tions have extended over quite a wide range of territory—from Mt. Shasta on the north to Fort Yuma on the south—from the seashore to the eastern limits of the Sierras. In reference to the geographical distribution of the fungi, it will be seen that most of our species found upon the low lands are common to both Europe and America, whiist of those growing along the Sierras, many are the same as the Alpine species of Europe; others are peculiar to our own Coast. Again, it will be seen, that the hot and arid desert at the south yields species common to Africa. The distribution we have aimed to make clear by giving in every instance the locality where found. We have, in the case of the Hymenomycetes and other edible fungi, indicated the fact by ap- pending an H. We have also added the habitat of our parasitic fungi, to aid the student, and have, as will be observed, indicated the new species. We do not claim for this catalogue that it contains anything like a full list of the fungi of this Coast, or even of our own collection. I[t is merely a catalogue of such as we know to be found here, and such as we have fully determined. A large mass of material still remains in our hands for study and determination, as our leisure may allow. We give this list, the first of the kind ever published on this Coast, in the hope that it may be of service to others and incite them to a study of this most interesting department of botanical research. In the cave fungi, or fungi of our mines» comparatively little has been done. Want of a literature on this subject has been a great hindrance to us in this work. The single cave fungus placed in the addenda is so striking that we have deemed it worthy of an insertion. There are oth- ers which we are at work upon, and in due time hope to report. We have followed in the first part of this catalogue the arrangement of the genera as given by Fries ia his Hymenomycetes Europai. For the rest, we have adopted the order, as far as practicable, as given in Cooke’s 2 Hand-book. Special mention should be made here of the valuable assistance rendered us in the determination of species, by Messrs. Cooke, Plowright, Phillips and Vize of England. To these gentlemen our hearty thanks are tendered. To the San Francisco Microscopical Society, for the use of its valuable library and plates, we owe much. H. W. HARKNESS, M. D. JUSTIN P. MOORE, A. M. Family I HYMENOMYCETES. Order I. AGARACINI. Il. AGARICUS: Series I. LEUCOSPORI. I AMANITA. I. (AMANITA.) adnatus. Smith. San Rat. excelsus. Fr. San Raf. nitidus. Fr. San Raf. pautherinus. D.C. San Fran. phalloides. Fr. San Raf. strangulatus. Fr. San Raf. stroviliformis. Fr. rare. San Raf. vagitanus. Bull. San Raf. vernus. Bull. San Raf. virosus. Fr. San Raf. Il. LEPIOTA. A. (LEPIOTA.) cristatus. Fr. San Raf. excoriatus. Schaeff. E. San Raf. illinatus. Fr. 2£. San Raf. procerus. Scop. £. San Fran. rachodes. Vitt. £. San Raf. III. ARMILLARIA. A. (ARMILLARIA.) constrictus. Fr San Raf. melleus, Vahl. £. San Raf. Iv. TRICHOLOMA. A. (TRICHOLOMA.) albus. Schaeff. SanRaf. carneus. Bull. San Raf. colossus. Fr.. Nevada. columbetta. Fr. San Raf. compactus. Fr. San Raf. equestris. Linn. San Raf. gambosus. Fr. San Raf. imbricatus. Fr. San Raf. leucocephalus. Kromb. San Raf. paneolus. Fr. San Raf. personatus. Fr. San Raf. pessundatus. Fr. San Raf. portentosus. Fr. San Raf. resplendens. Fr. San Raf. sejunctus. Sowerb. Howards. sudus. Fr. San Raf. sulfureus. Bull. San Raf. terreus. Schaeff. San Raf. tigrinus. Fr. San Raf. V. CLITOCYBE. A. (CLITOCYBE.) cyathiformis. Fr. Howards. dealbatus. Sowerb. E£. San Raf. fragrans. Sowerb. common. San Raf. fumosus. Pers. San Raf. geotropus. Bull. #. San Raf. infundibuliformis. Schaeff. San Raf. laccatus. Scop. San Fran. maximus. Fr. San Raf. nebularis. Batsch. FE San Fran, odorus. Bull. £. San Raf. phyllophilus. Fr. San Raf. trullosformis. Fr. San Raf. tumulosus. Kalchbr. San Raf. VI. COLLYBIA. A. (COLLYBIA.) butryaceus. Bull. San Raf. cirrhatus. Fr. San Raf. esculentus. Wulf. #. San Raf. exculptus. Fr. San Raf. fusipes. Bull. E. San Raf. longipes. Bull E£. San Raf. muscigenus. Schum. San Raf. ocellatus. Fr. San Raf. racemosus. Pers. San Raf. radicatus. Rabh. ZZ. San Raf. tuberosus. Bull. San Raf. velutipes. Curt. San Raf. + VII. MYCENA A. (MYCENA.) acicula. Schaeff. San Raf. amictus. Fr. San Raf. capillaris. Schum. San Fran. citrinellus. Pers. San Raf. corticola. Fr. San Raf. debilis. Fr. San Raf. dilatatus. Fr. San Raf. echinipes. Lasch. Blue Cajon. filopes. Bull. San Raf. hiemalis. Fr. San Raf. Tris. Berk. Sausalito. juncicola. Fr. San Raf. lacteus. Fr. San Raf. purus. Pers. Howards. pterigenus. Fr. San Raf. rugosus. Fr. San Raf. sangnineolentus. A. & S. San Fran. stipularis. Fr. San Fran. strobilinus. Fr. Howard. VIII- OMPHALIA.- A. (OMPHALIA.) fibula. Bull. San Raf. gracillimus. Weinm. Howards. integrellus. Pers. San Raf. oniscus. Fr. £. San Raf. pyxXidatus. Bull. San Raf. scyphoides. Fr. San Raf. Ix. PLEUROTUS A. (PLEUROTUS.) applicatus. Batsch. Sausalito. circinatus. Fr. San Raf. hypnophilus. Berk. San Raf. limpidus. Fr. San Raf. mutilus. Fr. San Raf. ostreatus. Jacq. £. San Raf. pometi. Fr. £. San Raf. salignus. Abbild. San Raf. serotinus. Schrad. Sausalito. sestonoides. Cke. Blue Cajon. striatulus. Sausalito. ulmarius. Bull. #£. San Raf. Cr Series II. HIPORHODII. xX. VOLVARIA. (VOLVARIA.) bombycinus. Schaeff. # San Raf. gloiocephalus. D.C. San Raf. speciosus. Fr. San Raf. XI. ANNULARIA. XII. PLUTEUS. (PLUTEUS.) cervinus. Schaeff. San Raf. XIII. ENTOLOMA. (ENTOLOMA.) clypeatus. Huds. San Raf. madidus. Fr. San Raf. repandus. Bull. San Raf. sericellus. Fr. San Raf. XIV. CLITOPILUS. (CLITOPILUS.) orcella. Bull. ZZ. San Raf. prunulus. Scop. #. San Raf. XV. LEPTONIA. (LEPTONIA.) chalybeus. Pers. San Raf. serrulatus. Pers. San Raf. XVI. NOLANEA. XVII. ECCILIA. XVIII. CLAUDOPUS. (CLAUDOPUS.) depluens. Batsch. San Fran. variabilis. Pers. San Raf. Series III. DERMINI. XIX. PHOLIOTA. (PHOLIOTA.) marginatus. Batsch. Sausalito. mutabilis. Schaeff. #. rare. San Raf. radicosus. Bull. San Raf. squarrosus. Mull. #. San Fran. 6 XxX. INOCYBE. (INOCYBE.) cesariatus. Fr. San Raf. fastigiatus. Scheff. San Fran. rimosus. Bull. Sausalito. sambucinus. Fr. San Raf. XXI. HEBELOMA,. (HEBELOMA.) crustuliniformis. Bull. San Raf. glutinosus. Lindgr. San Raf. mesopheus. Fr. San Raf. sinapizans. Fr. San Raf. versipelles. Fr. San Raf. XXII. FLAMMULA. (FLAMMULA.) lupinus. Fr. San Fran. sapinus. Fr. San Raf. XXIII. NAUCORIA. (NAUCORIA.) erinaceus. Fr. San Raf. semiorbicularis. Bull. San Raf. triscopus. Fr. San Raf. XXIV. PLUTEOLUS. XXV.GALERA,. (GALERA.) confertus. Bolt. San Raf. hypnorum. Batsch. San Raft lnteritius. Fr. San Raf. XXVI.TUBARIA. (TUBARIA.) muscorum. Hoff. San Raf, XXVII. CREPIDOTUS. (CREPIDOTUS.) mollis. Scheff. San Raf. rubi. Berk. San Raf. 7 Series IV. PRATELLI. XXVIII. CHITONIA. XXIX. PSALLIOTA. A. (PSALLIOTA.) arvensis. Scheff. #. common. San Raf. campestris. Lin. £. San Raf. cretaceus. Fr. #. San Raf. elvensis. Berk. San Raf. pratensis. Scheff. HH. common. San Raf. silvaticus. Scheff. H. San Raf. XXX. STROPHARIA. A. (STROPHARIA.) sruginosus. Curt. San Raf. caput meduse. Fr. rare. San Raf. XXXI. HYPHOLOMA. A. (HYPHOLOMA.) appendiculatus. Bull. San Raf. capnoides. Fr. San Raf. coronatus. Fr. San Raf. dispersus. Fr. San Raf. epixanthus. Fr. San Raf. fascicularis. Fr. common. San Raf. lacrymabundus. Bull. San Raf. subalteritius. Scheff. San Raf. velutinus. Pers. San Raf. XXXII. PSILOCYBE. A. (PSILOCYBE.) corneipes. Fr. rare. San Raf. ericeus. Pers. rare. San Raf. foenisecii. Pers. rare. San Raf. spadiceus. Fr. San Raf. squalens. Fr. San Raf. ° XXXIII. PSATHYRA. A. (PSATHYRA.) corrugis. P. San Raf. noli-tangere. Fr. San Raf. 8 Series V. COPRINARII. XXXIV. PANZOLUS. A. (PANZOLUS.) campanulatus. Linn. San Raf. fimiputris. Bull. San Raf. fimicola. Fr. San Raf. XXXV.PSATHYRELLA. A. (PSATHYRELLA.) subatratus. F. San Raf. Ilan MON TAGNITES.- III. COPRINUS. atramentarius. Fr. E£. common. San Fran. comatus. Fr. #. common. San Fran. deliquescens. Fr. San Raf. fimitarius. Fr. San Fran. micaceus. Fr. San Fran. ovatus. Fr. San Raf. Iv. BOLBITUS. conocephalus. Fr. San Raf. fragilis. Fr. San Raf. tener. Berk. San Raf. V. CORTINARIUS. Tribe I. PHLEGMACIUM. Cc. (PHLEGMACIUM.) eallochrous. Fr. San Raf. purpurascens. Fr. San Raf. scaurus. Fr. San Raf. Tribe II. MYXACIUM. Cc. (MYXACIUM.) collinatus. Fr. San Raf, Tribe III INOLOMA. Cc. (INOLOMA.) violaceus. Fr. San Raf. 9 Tribe IV. DERMOCYBE. (DERMOCYBE.) cinnamomeus. Fr. EF. San Raf. Tribe V. TELAMONIA. Tribe VI. HYDROCYBE. (HYDROCYBE.) sp. (?) VI. GOMPHIDIUS. gracilis. Berk. San Raf. viscidus. Fr. San Raf. VII. PAXILLUS. giganteus. Fr. #&. rare. San Raf. involutus. Fr. San Raf. nuda. Bull. San Raf. VIII. HYGROPHORUS. calyptreformis. B. & Br. rare. San Raf. distans. Berk. rare. San Raf. eburneus. Fr. #. San Raf. pratensis. Fr. San Raf. puniceus. Fr. common. San Raf. IX. LACTARIUS. chrysorrheus. Fr. San Raf. controversus. Pers. San Raf. deliciosus. Linn. #. common. San Raf, insulus. Fr. £#. San Raf. mitissimus. Fr. San Raf. piperatus. Fr. £. San Raf. volemus. Fr. #. San Raf. zonarius. Fr. San Raf. xX. RUSSULA. adusta. Fr. E. San Raf. alutacea. Fr. £. San Raf. decolorans. Fr. San Raf. delica. Fr. San Raf. emetica. Fr. San Raf. L. I¢ heterophylla. Fr. £. San Raf. lactea. Fr. San Raf. lepida. Fr. £. San Raf. lutea. Fr. San Raf. ochracea. Fr. San Raf. rubra. Fr. San Raf. sanguinea. Fr. San Raf. vesca. Fr. San Raf. XI. CANTHARELLUS. aurantiacus. Fr. San Raf. cibarius. Fr. £. San Raf. crispus. Fr. San Raf. XII. ARRHENIA. XIII. NYCTALIS. XIV. MARASMIUS. epiphyllus. Fr. San Raf, oreades. Fr. £, San Raf. XV. LENTINUS. XVI. PANUS. stipticus. Fr. San Raf. XVII. XEROTUS XVIII. TROGIA. crispa. Fr. San Raf XIX. SCHIZOPHYLLUM. commune. Fr. San Raf. XX. LENZITES. abietina. Fr. Howards. confragosa. Fr. Howards. flaccida. Fr. Howards. sepiaria. Fr. Howards. tL XXIII. POLYPORUS. abietinus. Fr. On cedar. Big Trees. adustus. Fr. San Raf. annosus. Fr. On logs. Big Trees. argillaceus. n.sp. Cke. On rotting oak. Colfax. brumalis. Fr. San Raf. carneus. Nees. On fir trees. Streetens. cervinus. Pers. San Raf. cinnabarinus. Fr. San Raf. confluens. Fr. San Raf. ferruginosus. Fr. On charred redwood. Streetens. fomentarius. Fr. On laurel. San Raf. hirsutus. Fr. On laurel. San Raf. hispidus. Fr. San Raf. hybridus. B. & Br. San Raf. igniarius. Fr. On laurel. San Raf. Kalakaua. n.sp. Moore. On a boat, sea side Sandwich Islands. labrynthicus. Schw. On pinus contorta. Summit. obvolutus. n. sp. Cke. On fir logs. Blue Cafton. perennis. Fr. On oak. San Raf. quercinus. Fr. On oak. San Raf. sulphureus. Fr. JL. On redwood. San Raf. varius. Fr. On oak. San Raf. velutinus. Fr. Oak branches. San Raf. versicolor. Fr. On oak. Colfax. violaceus. Fr. On oak. San Raf. vulgaris. Fr. On oak. San Raf. 12 XXIV. TRAMETIS. cinabarinum. On oak. San Raf. Bulliardi. Fr. San Raf. serpens. Fr. San Raf. XXV. DAEDALEA. quercina. Pers. On oak. San Raf. unicolor. Fr. On wood. common. San Raf. vorax. Harkness. On libocedrus. Blue Canon. XXVI. HEXAGONA. xXx VI. FAVOLUS™ XXVIII. MERULIUS. confluens. Schw. Qn deeaying spruce. Summit. corium. Fr. On oak bark. San Raf. lacrymans. Fr. Common. San Raf. molluscus. Fr. On redwood. San Raf. rufus. Pers. tremellosus. Schw. On logs. Summit. xXXIX. POROTHELIUM. XXX. SOLENIA. candida. Pers. On liber of fir. Streetens. fasciculata. Pers. On redwood. San Raf. ochracea. Hoff. On oak bark. San Fran. I. G. 13 Order III. HYDNEI. XXXI. HYDNUM. alutaceum. Fr. San Raf. caput ursi. Fr. San Raf. chlorinum. n.sp. ,Cke. On maple. Colfax. coralloides. Scop. E. common. San Raf. cyathiforme. Schaeff. San Raf. niveum. P. Ou deadwood. Big Trees. ochraceum. P. San Raf. ramaria. Fr.- On oak, San Raf. repandum. L. JZ. San Raf. XXXII. HERICIUM. XXXIII. TREMELLODON. gelatinosum. Pers. On redwood logs. San Raf. XXXIV. SISTOTREMA. XXXV. IRPEX. Johnstonii. Berk. On various woods. San Raf. paradoxus. On alder. San Raf. XXXVI. RADULUM. molare. Fr. On dead laurel. San Raf. quercinum. Fr. On oak. San Raf. XXXVII. PHLEBIA. XXXVIII. GRANDINIA. ocellata. Fr. On madrofto. Streetens. Ho tM 19) On redwood. Streetens. XXXEX. ODONTIA. ‘XL. KNEIFFIA. XLI. MUCRONELLA. Order IV. THELEPHOREI. XLII. CRATERELLUS. cornucopioides. Pers. On wood. Berkeley. XLIII. THELEPHORA. T. arida. Fr. On pine wood. common. Blue Cajon. Harknessii. n.sp. Pb. On ground among redwood. San Raf. pallida. Pers. On ground. Sierras. Sowerbii. Berk. On ground. Sierras. terrestris. Ehrh. On ground. Sierras. XLIV. STEREUM. Ss. evolvens. Fr. On prunus demissa. Blue Cajon. hirsutum. Fr. On dead logs. San Raf. purpurellum. Fr. On willow bark. Sac. purpureum. Fr. On elder. Streetens. tabacinum. Mont. On Baccharis. San Raf. XLV. HYMENOCHEATE. rubiginosa. Lev. On stumps. Streetens. tabacina. Lev. On redwood. Streetens. sp. (?) On charred redwood. San Raf. — (ody XLVI. CORTICIUM. caeruleum. Fr. On redwood. San Raf. calceum, Fr. On madrofio. San Raf. carneum. n.sp. B. & Cke. On pinus contorta. Summit. comedens. Fr. On laurel. Blue Cafon. evolvens. Fr. On cherry. Sac. incarnatum. Fr, On cornus. Blue Canon. laeve. Pers. On laurel. San Raf. lactescens. B. On willow. Sac. lacteum. Fr. On redwood. Streetens. quercinum. P. On oak. San Raf. salicinum. Fr. On willow. Summit. sambuci. Fr. On elder. Streetens. sanguineum. Fr, On redwood. San Raf. scutellare. B. & C. On adenostoma. Colfax. sulfureum. Fr. Var. ochroideum. on elder. Sac. umbrinum. A. &S&S. On charred redwood. Howards. XLVII. CYPHELLA. capula. Fr. On dead weeds. Berkeley. galatea, Fr. On mosses. Fr. ochroleuca. B. & Br. On bramble twigs. San Raf. villosa. Pers. On dead weeds. Berkeley. T. 16 Order V. CLAVARIEI. XLVIII. SPARASSIS. XLIX. CLAVARIA. abietina. Schum. On fir. San Raf. coralloides. Linn. San Raf. cristata. P. £. on foliage Big Trees. Big Trees. fastigiata. Linn. £. Onground. San Raf, flava. Schaeff. £#. on ground under oak. San Raf. inquanda. P.(?) San Raf. pistillaris. L. On ground. San Raf. n. sp. (?) L. CALOCERA. Li. PTER ULA. LII. TYPHULA. filiformis. Fr. On leaves. San Raf. LIII. PISTILLARIA. Order' VI. TREMELLINI<: LIV. TREMELLA. albida. Hud. On dead bark. Blue Cajon. lutescens. Fr. common, San Raf. mesenterica. Retz. £. onredwood. San Raf. LV. EXIDIA. auricula Judea. Fr. On wood. Sierras, glandulosa. Fr. On cherry. Sac. recisa. Fr. On pine twigs. Blue Cajon. saccharina. Fr. Summit. Ly Order 2. MYX OMY CHhTES: LYCOGALA. epidendrum. Fr. On decaying wood. Sierras. RETICULARIA. maxima. Fr. On pine stumps. Sierras. umbrina. Fr. On oak stumps. Stockton. ZETHALIUM. septicum. Fr. On boards of tan vats. San Fran. DIDERMA. albescens. n.sp. Ph. On pine and oak bark. Blue Cajon. branneola. n.sp. Ph. On oak bark. San Fran. geasteroides. n.sp. Ph. On dead bark. Colfax. granulatum. Fr. On decaying leaves. Sausalito. lacineatum. n.sp. Pa. On decaying wood. Cushings. testaceum. Schw. On decaying wood. Cushings. vernicosum. P., On decaying twigs. San Fran. CHONDRIODERMA. geasteroides. Ph. On rotten wood. Colfax. DIDYMIUM. cinerium. Fr. On dead ferns. San Fran. clavus. A. & S. Ou decaying bark. San Raf. glaucum. n.sp. Ph. On decaying wood. San Fran. granuliferum. n.sp. Ph. On decaying wood. Blue Canon. squamulosum. A &S. On decaying foliage of redwcods. San Raf. 18 PHYSARUM. nutaus. P. On decaying wood. Cushings. BADHAMIA. inaurata. Curr. On dead pine bark. Blue Canon. DIACHZA. elegans. Fr. On living strawberry leaves. Sac. COMATRICHA. Friesiana. DeBary. On rotten wood. Big Trees. typhina. Roth. On dead oak. Colfax. STEMONITIS. arcyriodes. Som. On oak bark. Blue Canon. ferruginea. Ehr. On dead laurel. San Raf. fusca. Roth. On cedar bark, Yosemite. globosa. Schum. On dead oak. Blue Canon. nigra. Fl. Dan. On spruce chips. Blue Cafon. obtusata. Fr. On pinus contorta. Summit. typhoides. D. C. On decaying wood. Blue Canon. DICTYDIUM. cernuum. Pers. On dead pine. Yosemite. ARCYRIA. nutaus. Fr. On dead oak. Sac. punicea. Pers. On dead laurel. Angel Is. On pine. Yosemite. umbrina. Schum. On dead twigs. San Fran. versicolor, n.s.p. Ph. On bark sequoia gigantea. Big Trees. vitellina, n.s.p. Ph. On pinus contorta. Summit. 19 LVI. HIRNEOLA. auricula Judea, Berk. Blue Canon. polytricha. Mont. Sandwich Is. LVII. FEMSIJONIA. LVIII. NAEMATELIA. encephala. Fr. On redwoods. Streetens. LIX. GUEPINIA. helvelloides. Fr. On ground. common. San Raf. (?) cyphella. Fr. On ground. rare. San Raf. spathularia. Fr. On ground. Sac. LX. DACRYMYCES. chrysocomus. Tul. On dead spruce. Blue Canon. deliquescens. Fr. On pinus contorta. Summit. stillatus. Nees. On dead sequoia gigantea. Yosemite. sp. (?) On redwood. Streetens. LXI. DITIOLA. radicata. On dead pine branches. Blue Canon. Family Il. GASTEROMYCETES. Order Vil..HY POGAT. MELANOGASTER. variegatus. Ful. J. On or under the ground under oaks. San Raf. Order Vill. PARAL LOLD ET, PHALLUS. impudicus. Fr. On ground. Oakland. 20 Order IX. TRICHOGASTRES. BATARREA. phalloides. P. On sand hills south of San Fran. and at Phonix, Arizona. PODAXON. carcinomale. Fr. Colorado desert. loandensis. W. &C. Colorado desert. GEASTER. fimbriatus. Fr. On ground. San Raf. hygrometricus. P. Onground. San Raf. mammosus. Chw. On ground. San Raf. striatus. D.C. On ground. San Raf. BOViSTA. ammophila. Lev. On ground. San Raf. nigresceus. P. : On ground. San Raf. plumbea. P. On ground. San Raf. LYCOPERDON. asperrimum. W. & C. On ground. San Raf. bicolor. W. & C. On ground. San Raf. cespitosum. W. & C. On ground. San Raf. giganteum. Balsch. E. onground. San Raf. gemmatum. Fr. On ground. San Raf. pyriforme. Schw. On ground. San Raf. radicata. W. & C. On ground. San Raf. SCLERODERMA. yerrucosum. Pers. vulgare. Fr. DINEMASPORIUM. graminum. Lev. On wild oats. Berkeley. ASTEROMA. Rose. D. C. On living rose leaves. San Fran. CYTISPORA. sp. (?) On buckeye husks. San Raf. fugax. Bull. On willow bark. Santa Cruz. leucosperma. Fr. On twigs wild cherry. Streetens. populina. Pers. On poplar bark. San Raf. salicis. Rabh. On willow. Summit. sp. (?) On liber redwood. Strectens. Order XIII. MELANCONEI. PESTALOZZIA. planimi. n.s.p. Vize. On leaves of Euonymus. San Raf. NEM ASPORA. erocea. Fr. On dead oak bark. Streetens. GLASPORIUM. carpigenum. On buckeye. San Raf. Order XIV. TORULACEI. SPORIDESMIUM. induratum. n.s.p. Cke. On dead manzanita leaves. Yosemite. On dead roots sequoia. Big Trees. lepraria. B. & Br. On dead oak bark. San Fran. velutinum. Cke. On dead twigs. San Fran. bo bo Order XV. PUCINI AT. PHRAGMIDIUM. bulbosum. Sch. On bramble leaves. San Raf. gracile. Grey. On Rubus Nutkanus. San. Raf. mucronatum. Link. On rose leaves. San Fran. PUCCINIA. amorphe. B. & Curt. On amorpha Cala. Common... San Raf. anemones. Schw. Onanemone. San Raf. angustata. Peck. On juncus. Sac. artemisiz. Fckl. On artemisia. Sac. asparagi. D.C. On asparagus stems. Sac. Berberidis. Mont. On Berberis aquifolium. Fresno River. coronata. Cord. On oats. San Fran. gayophiti. n.s.p. Vize. On gayophitum. Blue Cafon. graminis. Pers. On wheat and sugarcane. San Fran. and S$. Is. Harknessii. n.s.p. Vize. On zigodesmus spinosa. Mt. Rosa, Nev., 7,000 ft. helianthii. Schu. On helianthus. Sac. hieracii. Mart. On crepis glaucus. Alta. malyacearum. Mont. On malva. San Fran. menthe. Pers. On menthe. Sac. obtusa. Sch. On white sage. Tehachepi. oenothera. n.s.p. Vize. On cnothera densiflora. Colfax. polygonorum. Link. On polygonaceszs. Sac. prunorum. Link. On plum leaves. Sac. Lo Oo TRICHIA. chrysosperma. D.C. On balm of gilead, Sac. fallax. Pers. On decaying wood. Cushings. nigripes. Pers. On decaying wood. Cushings. turbinata. With. On decaying wood. Cushings. varia. P. On Pinus Lambertiana. Colfax. Order XI. NIDULARIACEI. CYATHUS. striatus. Wild. On ground. Sac. CRUCIBULUM. vulgare. Tul. On dead pine. Yosemite. NIDULARIA. campanula. With. On wood. Sierras. SPHZROBOLUS. stellatus. Tode. On decaying oak. Sauc. Family ie. CON LOM Y Ch T es: Order ils SPHE RON MET. LEPTOSTROMA. filicinum. Fr. On pteris aquilina. San Raf. MACROPLODIA. arctostaphyli. n.sp. Vize. On manzanita. sambucina. n.sp. Cke. On sambucus niger. Sac. PHOMA. sp. (?) On bramble stems. Sac. concentricum. Desm. On yucca. Sac. 24 sequois. n.sp. Pl. On dead wood. Big Trees. verbascola. Schw. On dead mullein stalks. Sac. ACTINOTHYRIUM. graminis. Kze. On clover leaves. Sausalito. CRYPTOSP ORIUM. lupini. Cke. On lupins. San Fran. SHHZROPSIS. mutica. B. & Br. On elder. Sac. ; DIPLODIA. aceris. Fckl. On sycamore twigs. Sac. salicis. Mst. On willows. Sac. HENDERSONIA. sp. (?) On salicornia herbacea. common. San Raf. VERMICULARIA, dematium. Fr. polygoni. Schw. On polygonum and pie plant. Sac. MELASMIA. arbuticola. n.sp. Vize. On leaves of madrofio. San Raf. SEPTORIA. xanthii. Des. On xanthium strumarium. Sac. sp. (?) On leaves Darlingtonia Californica. Sac. EXCIPULA. hispidula. Sch. On dead grass. Sac. strigosa. Fr. On dead elder branches. Streetens. 25 Order XVII. ACIDIACEI. LYCETHEA. populina. Lev. On populus moniloides. Sac. RASTELIA. cancellata. Ret. On pear leaves. San Raf. PERIDERMIUM Harknessi. n.sp. Moore. On pinus ponderosa. Colfax. pini. Fr. On pinus insignis. San Fran. ZCIDIUM. Berberidis. Pers. On grass. Sac. gayophyti. n.sp. Vize. On gayophitum ramosissimum. Blue Canon. Family IV. HYPHOMYCETES. Order XVIII. ISARIACEHL CERATIUM. hidneoides. A. &S. On rotten oak. Streetens. Order XIX. STILBACHE. OZONIUM. aureconium. Lk. On rotten pine. Colfax. On dead fir branches. Blue Canon, STILBUM. fimetarium. B. & Br. On ground. Sac. pellucidum. Schr. On decaying polyporus. Sac. VOLUTELLA. setosa. B. On twigs. San Fran. Lo oO TUBERCULARIA. nigricans. Lk. On dead fir bark. Big Trees. vulgaris. Tode. On locust. Sac. FUSARIUM. personatum. n.sp. Cke. On dead laurel leaves. San Raf. Order XX DEM ATER. HELMINTHOSPORIUM. delicatulum. B. & Br. On umbelliferae. Sac. macrocarpum. Grey. On dead twigs. Sac. nanum. Nees. On dead herbs. Sac. thabdiferum. B. & Br. On ripe peaches. Sac. turbinatum. B. & Br. On dead wood. Blue Cafion. velutinum. Lk. On dead twigs. San Raf. CERCOSPORA. inquinans. n.sp. Cke. On gymnocarpus. San Raf. RAMULARIA. obovata. Fckl. On leaves rumex. Sac. MACROSPORIUM. brassice. B. On decaying cabbage leaves. Sac. POLYTHRINCIUM. trifolii. Kze. On dead clover leaves. Sac. CLADOSPORIUM. delicatulum. Cke. On dead leaves. San Fran. dendriticum. Wall. On pear leaves. Sac. sanicule. Grev. On sanicula Menziesii. San Raf. splendens. n.s.p. Vize. On tessaria. Colorado Desert. striata. n.s.p. Cke. vaginalium. Lk. On polygonum. Xanthii. Schw. On Xanthium strumarium. Sac. GYMNOSPORANGIUM. biseptatum. Ellis. On living branches of zibrocedrus. Yosemite. Order XVI. CH OMACEI. SYNCHITRIUM. fulgens. Schoeter. On cnothera biennis. San Raf. papillatus. Far. On alfilaria. San Raf. USTILAGO. carbo. Tul. On oats. San Fran. bromivora. F. de W. On grass. St. Helena. Maydis. Tul. On corn. Los Angeles. utriculosa. Ful. On polygonum aviculare. Sac. UROCYSTIS. occulta. Preuss. On grass. Sac. UROMYCES. apiculatus. Lev. On clover. San Raf. appendiculata. Lev. On vicia. Lake Co. Bete. Kuhn. On beet leaves, San Fran. " Ficaria. Lev. On ranunculus Cal. San Raf. Howeii. Pk. On asclepias. Lake Co. intricata. n. sp. Cke. On gayophy tum. Blue Caion. janci. Tul. On juncus. Sac. “* yar. Scirpi. On scirpus. San Raf. limonii. Lev. On statice limonium. San Ref. lupini. Sac. On lupins. San Fran. oblonga. n.sp. Vize. On burrclover. Sac. prunorum. Lk. On peach leaves. Sac. ‘« var. Amygdali. On peach leaves. Sac. COLEOSPORIUM. Madiz. n.sp. Ck. On madia. San Raf. miniatum. Levy. On wild rose. Yosemite. MELAMPSORA. populini. Lev. On poplar leaves. San Raf. salicina. Lev. On willow leaves. Sac. CYSTOPUS. candidus. Lev. On cabbage leaves. Sac. UREDO. convolyuli. Str. On conyolyulus. Sac. , lupini. B. & C. ; On lupins. Sac. | quercus. Brond. : On oak leaves. Sierras. . scirpina. West. | On scirpus. Sac, TRICHOBASIS. epilobii. D.C. On epilobium. San Fran. helianthi. Schw. : On helianthus. Sac. { polygonorum. Lev. On polygonum. Sac. rubigo vera. Lev. On wheat. San Fran. 92 feni. B. & Br. On decaying grass. Sac. roseolum. Stph. On rotting potatoes. Sac. Division II]. SPORIDIFERA. Family V. PHYSOMYCETES. Order XXIII. ANTENNARIEI. ANTENNARIA. Guaye. n.sp. Cke. : On leaves of guava. Sandwich Islands. Order XXIV. MUCORINI. MUCOR. amethysteus. Bon. Oa rotting pears. Sac. caninus. Pers. On dog’s dung. Sac. clavatus. Lk. On fruit. Sac. fusiger. Lk. Ou decaying fungi. S:ec. mucedo. Linn. Oupreserves. Sac. phycomyces. B. On oil, ete. Sac. ramosus. Bull. On fungi. Sac. stolonifer. Ehrb. Ou melons. Sac. subtillissimus. B. On onions. Sac. tenerrimus. B. Ontwigs. Sae. TRICHODERMA. viride. Pers. On dead bark. Saugalito. PILOBOLDS. cristallinus. Tode. On cow dung. Sac. roridus Schum. Oncow dung. Sae. RHYPARORIBUS. dubius. Bond. Cookei. On dog’s dung. Woolhopenses. Renny. On bird’sdung. San Raf. : ACROSTALAGMUS. cinnabarinus. Cord. ! On dead weeds. Sausalito. ENDOGONE. pisiformis. Lk. On oak bark, San Fran. Order XXV. SAPROLEGNIEI. SAPROLEGNIA. ferax. Gr. On living salmon and dead flies. common. Family VI. ASCOMYCETES. Order XXVI. ONYGENEI. ONYGENA. equina. Pers. ‘On dead horse’s hoof. Sac. Order XXVII. PERISPORIACEI. SPHAEROTHECA. castagnei. Lev. On hop leaves. Sac. pannosa. Lev. On rose leaves. Sac. PHYLLACTINIA. guttata. Lev. On oak leaves. Alta. UNCINULA. adunca. Lev. On willow. Sac. bicornis. Lev. On maple leaves. San Raf. PODOSPHARIA. Kunzei. Lev. On plum leaves. Sac. * eae epiphyllum. Cord. On poplar leaves. San Raf. fumago. Lk. On laurel leaves. San Raf, herbarum. Lk. On typha latifolia. Sac. Order XXI. MUCEDINES. ASPERGILLUS. candidus. Lk. On decaying substances. Common. dubius. Cord. On rabbit dung. Sac. glaucus. Lk. On decaying leaves pinus contorta. Summit. mollis. B. On dead leaves. -Blue Cafion. vireus. Lk. On decaying agarics. San Raf. PERONOSPORA. effusa. Grev. On spinach. San Fran. ficaris. Tul. On ranunculus repens. San Raf. gangliformis. B. On lettuce leaves. Sac. grisea. Ung. : On veronica, San Raf. infestans. Mont. On potato leaves. Coast. nivea. Ung. On umbelliferae. San Raf. obliqua. Ck. On dock leaves. Sac. parasitica. Pers. On crucifere. Sac. potentillea. Sch. On potentilla. Sac. pygme. Ung. On anemone leaves. San Raf. sordide. B. On scrophularia Californica. San Raf. sparsa. B. On rosa Californica. San Raf. trifoliorum. De B. On clover. San Fran. 32 urtice. Casp. Ou nettle. San Raf. vice. B. On pear leaves. San Raf. PENICILLIUM. bicolor. Fr. Ou decaying substances. Sac. chartarum. Cke. On damp wall paper. Sac. crustaceum. Fr. Ou decaying substances. Sac. OIDIUM. aureum. Lk. 5 Oa rotten wood. Sierras. fasciculatum. Berk. On decaying oranges. Sac. favorum. B. & Br. On honeycomb. Sac. fructigenum. Schrad. On apples and pears. San Fran. Tuckeri. Berk. On wild and cultivated grape leaves. Common. REISSIA. semiophora. Fresen. On pine. Yosemite. MYXOTRICHUM. ochraceum. B. & Br. On liber of redwood. Streetens. BOTRYOSPORIUM. diffusum. Cord. On dead twigs. San Raf. Order XXII. SEPEDONIEI. SEPEDONIUM. chrysopermum. Lk. On decaying fungi. San Raf. roseum. Fr. On decaying fungi. San Raf. FUSISPORIUM. atrovirens. B. On onions. Sac. " —— es — ee : | ey ) [i] O MICROSPHARIA. comata. Lev. On euonymus. San Raf. fulvo-fulera. n.sp. Cke. On spirwa dumosa. San Raf. Grossulariz. Lev. On wild gooseberry. Sierras. pencillata. Lev. On alder leaves. San Raf. ERYSIPHE. communis. Schl. On leguminosae. Sac. graminis. D.C. On grass. Sac. lamprocarpa. Lev. On plantain. Sac. Martii. Lke. On peas, beans, etc. common. montagnei. Lev. On sesbania. Fort Yuma CHZTOMIUM. elatum. Kze. On dead ash wood. Sac. glabrum. B. On damp straw. Sac. EUROTIUM. herbarorium. Lke. On dead bark. San Fran CAPNODIUM. citri. B. & Desm. On orange leaves. Los Angeles. elongatum. B. & Desm. On pear twigs. Sac. salicini. H. On willow leaves. Sac. Order XXVIII. ELVELLACEI. MORCHELLA. esculenta. Pers. E. under oaks. Streetens. econica. E. Oncharred redwood. Streetens. 34 GYROMITRA. esculenta. Fr. E. under oaks. San Raf. HELVEELA. Californica. n.sp. Ph. E. onground. Blue Canon. crispa. Fr. FE. under oaks. San Raf. lacunosa. Afz. On hillsides. VERPA. digitaliformis. Pers. Among redwood leaves. rare. Streetens. SPATHULARIA. flavida. Var. Californica. n. var. Moore. On redwood. San Raf. VIBRISSEA. truncorum. Fr. On sticks in water. Sierras. PEZIZA. acutipila. Kast. On Rubus Nutkanus. San Raf. acuum. Fr. On fir leaves. Streetens. Agassizii. var. rufipes. n. var. Ph. On pinus contorta. Blue Canon. alutipes. n.sp. Ph. On dead cedar leaves. Blue Canon. arida. n.sp. Ph. On pine bark. Blue Canon. auraptia. Fr. On ground. Sausalito. badia. P. On spruce boards. Truckee. bicolor. Bull. On Rubus Nutkanus. Blue Canon. bufonia. Pers. On cow dung in dense woods. Streetens. bulgarioides. Rab. On dead cones sequoia. Big Trees. earbonaria. A. & S. On dead leaves sequoia. Big trees. eaucns. Reben. On decaying cedar leaves. Alta. ‘* yar. fusco-purpurea. n. var. Ph. cinerea. Batsch. On decaying twigs. Colfax and Streetens. citrina. Hedw. On rotten wood. Streetens. clandestina. Bull. On oak. Summit. coprinaria. Cke. Oncow dung. Truckee. corticalis. P. On twigs. San Fran. crenulata. B. & Br. On ground. Streetens. cupressina. Batsch. On dead leaves redwood. Streetens. eyathoidea. Bull. On aralia racemosa. Blue Cajon. elaphines. B. & Br. On decaying wood. Angel Island. epixantha. n.sp. Cke. On oak. Summit. escharoides. B. & Br. On sticks. Blue Canon. fulgens. P. On ground. Yosemite. fusca. P. On dead redwood. San Raf. gemmea. n.sp. Ph. On dead redwood leaves. Streetens. granulata. Bull. On rotting straw. Streetens. hinnulea. B. & Br. On decaying wood. Colfax. hyalina. P. On boards. Sac. leiocarpa. Carr. On charred wood and earth. Streetens. leporina. Batsch. On ground. Sausalito. leucostigma. Fr, On oak. Colfax. macrocystis. Cke. On charred wood. Streetens. maculosa. n.sp. Ph. On cow dung. Colfax. molesta. n.sp. Ph. On redwood chips. Streetens. nigrescens, Ck. On willow bark. Summit. 36 es nivea. Fr. On oak chips. Blue Canon. obscura. n.sp. Ck. On oak. Summit. omphalodes. Bull. On ground. Oakland. phymatodes. n.sp. Ph. On dead weeds. Blue Cafion. pithya. P. On redwood bark. Streetens. relicina. Fr. On aralia stems. Colfax. rosa. P. On dead twigs. San Fran. rutilans. Fr. On damp wall. San Fran. sanguinea. P. On dead oak. Yosemite. scabro-villosa. n. sp. Ph. On Rubus Nutkanus. Blue Canon. scubalonta. Oke. E On cow dung. San Raf. ; : scutellata. L. On damp ground. Streetens. secreta. n.sp. Ph. On ground—woods. Blue Canon. sequoiz. n. sp. Ph. (Hymenoscy phe. ) On dead leaves sequoia. Big Trees. sequoiz. n.sp. Ph. (Sarco-scyphz. ) On dead leaves sequoia. Big Trees. setigera. n.sp. Ph. On dead stem Saxifraga peltata. Blue Cafion. stercorea. P. On cow dung. Colfax. strobiiina. Fr. On pine cones. Blue Canon. subhirsuta. Schw. On cinder heaps. San Fran. subtillissima. C. On decaying spruce. Summit. sub-urceolata. n.sp. Ph. _ On ground under sequoia. Big Trees. succina. n.sp. Ph. On dead oak. Blue Cajon. sulphures. P. On dead weeds. Berkeley. EE a, ee ee a e , — thelebeloides. A. & S. On cow dung. Sac.’ uncinata. n.sp. Ph. On oak twigs. Blue Cafon. ustorum. On redwood. Streetens. venosa. Pers. On ground. Blue Canon. vesiculosa. Bull. On dunghill San Fran. villosa. Pers. On dead weeds. Berkeley. vinosa. A. & S. On ground. Sierras. virginea. Batsch. On dead leaves. San Fran. HELOTIUM. zeruginosum. Fr. On dead birch. Sierras. agariciuum. Berk. On decaying wood. Yosemite. aureum. Pers. On dead laurel. Colfax. citrinum. Fr. On dead oak. Yosemite. claro-flavum. B. On oak bark. San Fran. epiphyllum. Fr. On dead leaves. Yosemite. fagineum. Fr. On decaying twigs. Blue Cafon. fibuliforme. Fr. On elm branches. Sac. herbarum. Fr. On dead stems. Blue Canon. lutescens. Fr. On dead twigs. Blue Cafion. pallescens. Fr. Oa dead laurel. San Raf. salicellum. Fr. On willow. Summit. serotinum. Fr. On sticks. Sunimit. subtile. Fr. On fir foliage, dead. Summit. virgultorum. Fr. On dead wood. San Fran. PATELLARIA. abietina. n.sp. Cke. On fir. San Raf. olivacea. Batsch. On rotten willow. Summit. rhabarbarina. B. On dead bramble. Blue Canon. TYMPANIS. alnea. P. On alder twigs. Summit. conspera. Fr. On raspberry twigs. Sac. DERMATEA. flavo-cinerea. n.sp. Ph. On Cornus. Blue Caion. CENANGIUM. leptospermum. B. & C. On fir. San Raf. pronastri. Fr. On wild cherry. Yosemite. Ribis. Fr. On currant twigs. Suc. Rubi. Fr. On raspberry twigs. Alta. sequoiz. n.sp. Pl. On bark sequoia. Big Trees. ASCOBOLUS. erugineus. Fr. On horse dung. Sac. atro-fuscus. n.sp. Ph. & PI. On dung. Sac. carneus. Pers, On decaying pine wood. Colfax. ciliatus. Boud. On horse dung. Yosemite. furfuraceus. Pers. On cow dung. Warm Springs. Kerverni. Crouan. On cow dung. Sac. immersus. Pers. Oncow dung. Sac. incanus. n.sp. Ph. On cow dung. Colfax. oo papillatus. Boud. On cow dung. Colfax. patellatus. Wall. On cow dung. Sac. pilosus. Boud. On dog dung. Sac. rari-pilus. n.sp. Ph. On cow dung. San Raf. BULGARIA. inquinans. Fr. On oak. San Raf. sarcoides. Fr. On bark. Sauc. STICTUS. Berkleyana. De B. & Lev. On rotten wood. Cushings. calcera. n.sp. Ph. On dead willow. Tehachepi. radiata. Fr. On oak twigs. Streetens. versicolor. Pb. On liber redwood. “San Raf. ASCOMYCES. deformans. Berk. On peach leaves. Sac. Order XXIX. PHACIDIACEI. PHACIDIUM. internum. n.sp. Ph. On libocedrus. Yosemite. pini. Schm. On pine bark. Blue Cafion. rauunculi. Desm. On ranunculus. San Raf. Rubi Fr. On Rubus Nutkanus. San Raf. trifolii. Boud. Clover leaves. Sac. RHYTISMA. acerinum. Fr. On maple leaves. San Raf. arbuti. n.sp. Ph. On madrono. San Raf, 40 punctatum. Fr. On sycamore. Sac. salicinum. Fr. On willow leaves. Sac. On balm of gilead. Yosemite. HYSTERIUM. acerinum. Frost. On maple. San Raf. angustatum. A. &S. On redwood. Streetens. arundinaceum. ~ Schrad. On grass. Blue Canon. commune. Fr. On dead stems. Summit. foliicolum. Fr. On oak leaves. Summit. formosum. n.sp. CK. On juniper bark. Summit. pinastri. Schrad. On pine leaves. Summit. virgultorum. D.C. On bramble stems. San Raf. LABRELLA. pomi. M. On apples in damp grass. Sac. Order XXX- SPH A RIACHEI. TORRUBIA. militaris. Fr. On pupa of caterpillar. Sausalito. CLAVICIPS. purpurea. Tul. On grass seeds. Sac. HYPOCREA. lenta. Fr. On fir boards. Sac. rufa. Fr. On redwoods. San Raf. HYPOMYCES. aurantius. Tul. On dead fungi. Sausalito. luteo-virens. Fr. On dead fungi. Sausalito. 4] rosellus. Tul. On dead fungi. San Raf. ochraceus. Tul. On dead fungi. San Raf. NECTRIA. coccinea. Fr. On bark lupins. San Fran. cinnabarina. Fr. On bark. San Fran. eucurbitula. Fr. On bark. Cushings. epispheria. Fr. On bark. San Fran. ochraceo-pallida. R. & Br. On elder twigs. Streetens. peziza. Fr. On lupins. San Fran. umbrina. Fr. On decaying bean stalks. Sac. XYLARIA. hypoxylon. Grev. On roots. Sausalito. USTULINA. vulgaris. Tul. On dead trees. Sausalito. HYPOXYLON. coccineum. Bull. On bark. San Fran. coherens. Fr. On twigs. Sausalito. concentricum. Grev. On dead ash. Clear Lake. fuscum. Fr. On oak. San Raf. malleolus. B. & Rav. On oak. Sausalito. rubiginosum. Fr. On laurel logs. San Raf. rufa. Fr. On wild cherry. Yosemite. stigmateum. n.sp. Cke. On dead bark. Tehachapi. serpens. Fr. On dead laurel. San Raf. NUMMULARIA. Bulliardi. Tul. On live oak. Yosemite. DIATRYPELLA. toccizana. De Not. On bark dead alder. Streetens. DOTHIDEA. graminis. Fr. On grass. Sac. junci. Fr. On juncus. Sac. potentille. Fr. On potentilla glandulosa. San Raf. ribesia. Pers. On currant twigs. Sac. Ross. Fr. On rose. Sac. DIATRYPE. aspera. Fr. On oak. Strectens. bullata. Fr. On willow. Streetens. disciformis. Fr. On buckeye. San Raf. hystrix. Fr. On sycamore. Sac. incarcerata. B. & Br. On rose. Sac. strumella. Fr. On currant. Sac. MELANCONIS. longipes. Tul. On oak branches. San Fran. VALSA. coronata. Fr. On oak. Sausalito. salicina. Fr. On willow. Santa Cruz. sordida. Fr. On poplar bark. Sac. vitis. Schw. On grape cuttings. San Raf. — DIAPORTHE. arctii. Nke. On heracleum. Streetens. CUCURBITARIA. confluens. n.sp. Plow. On oak bark. Colfax. macilenta. Cke. On cedar. Biue Canon. SORDARIA. bombardiodes. Awd. On colt’s dung Mt. Shasta. Californica. n.sp. Plow. On cow dung. San Raf. coprophila. De Not. On cow dung. Sac. fimicola. Rab. On horse dung. Sac. BYSSOPHZARIA. aquila. Fr. On rotten wood. San Francisco. PSILOSPHARIA. moriformis. ‘ode. On hazel. Howards. myriocarpa. F. On elder. Tehachapi. pulveracea. Ehr. On oak. Yosemite. LASIOSPHZERIA. canescens. Pers. On redwood. Streetens. SPHAERIA. Arctostaphylos, n.s. PI. On dead manzanita. Yosemite. bombardioides. Awd. On cow dung. Colfax. commanipula. B. & Br. On Aralia Cala. Colfax. confertissima. n.sp. Plow. On redwood cones. Streetens. conflicta. n.sp. Cke. On oak leaves. Streetens. Herbarum. Pers. On soap plant. St. Helena. 44 megalocarpa. n.sp. Plow. On maple. Colfax. morbosa. Schw. On living wild cherry. Yosemite. palmacea. n.sp. Cke. On palms. Los Angeles. permunda. n.sp. Cke. On Soap plant,. Blue Caiion. picea. Pers. On Chenopodium alba. Sacramento. pulvis-pyrius. pers. On pinus contorta. Blue Cafion. rostellata. Fr. On Ribes ursinus. rubella. Pers. On heracleum. San Fran. salicella. Fr. On willows. Summit. sambuci. n. sp. Pl. On elder. Streetens. sequoiz. n.sp. Pl. On sequoia. Big Trees. spiculosa. Pers. On ash bark. Streetens. sub-moriformis. n.sp. Pl. On bark. San Raf. sustenta. n.sp. PI. On manzanita. Blue Cafon. tumulata. n.sp. Cke. On pinus contorta. Summit. Vizeana. Cke. On lathyrus venosa. Sac. Yueca. Sch. On yucca communis. Sac. Yuccaegena. n.sp. Cke. On yucca angustifolia. Mohave. GNOMONIA. alni. un. sp. On alder. San Raf. SPHZARELLA. brassicola. De Not. On cabbage leaves. Sac. conglomerata. Wall. On alder leaves. Howards. a 46 erysiphena. B. On hop leaves. Sac. latebrosa. Cke. On fallen sycamore leaves. Sac. salicicola. W. On willow leaves. Summit. simulans. Cke. On oak leaves. San Raf. sparsa. Awd. } On chestnut leaves. Sae. VENTURIA. sequoia. n.sp. Pl. On decaying leaves, sequoia. Big Trees. STIGMATEA. chetonium. Fr. On raspberry leaves. Geranii. Fr. On leaves of geranium. polygonorum. Fr. On living leaves of Polygonum. San Raf. potentille. Fr. On living leaves of Potentilla. Sac. ranunculi. Fr. On Rannuculus Cala. San Raf. OZHOMA. (Sp?) On pine wood. Blue Canon. 46 ADDENDA. STEPTOTHRIX. atra. B. & C. On grape cuitings. San Raf. AGARICUS. (Sub. Gen?) tridens. n. sp. Moore. CAVE FUNGUS. Pileus fleshy, conchiform; skin very thick, coriaceous; colorlight buff. Edge entire, in- volute. The stem is three feet and four inches long, and is attached to the timber on which it grows, and from which it hangs suspended by a disk several inches in diameter. This disk is clothed with a thick, soft brown felt, which extends down and covers the stem for several inches. Atnine inchés from the point of sttachment the stem divides into three branches, which again unite, singularly enough, at just nine inches from the point of division, and im- mediately send off two lateral branches. The main stem continues downward, enlarging to the diameter of nearly three inches. It is no longer covered with the felty mass, but is smooth and hard to the point at which the shell-shaped pileus is thrown off. Here a most singular growth bas taken place. From all sides short branches, resembling the young antlers of a stag, are pushed out. Two of these becoming more vigorous than the rest have extended downward, the larger of the two dividing into three branches, thus terminating the whole in a perfect trident. The gills, which are distinct, notched, sinuate, and of a pale straw color, run for some distance up the stem. The spores are ovate, exceedingly minute and borne on true basidia. The plant was found attached to a timber in one of the abandoned drifts of the Yellow Jacket Mine, Virginia City, Nevada, at the depth of 400 feet below the surface. J. P.M. SEL BOLETUS: luteus. Lin. E. rare. San Raf. flavidus. Bull. San Raf. piperatus. Bull. San Raf. variegatus. Swartz. Howards. subtomentosus. Linn. EF. San Raf. edulis. Bull. #. San Raf. impolitus. Fr. San Raf. aestivalis. Fr. San Raf. Satanas. Lenz. San Raf. luridus. Scheff. San Raf. erythropus. Pers. San Raf. versipelles. Fr. £. San Raf. scaber Fr. E. San Raf. granulatus. L. #. San Raf. bovinus. L. £. San Raf. castaneus. Bull. San Raf. SIL PIsSTULIN A. PROCHKEDINGS OF THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES AT A Reception Given to the Captain and Officers Oo” THE U. S. Steamer Tho-wa wen and Captains of the Pacific Whaling F chetr return from the Arctic. THEIR VIEWS, AND UNANIMOUS EXPRESSION OF BELIEF IN THE JEANNETTE’S SAFETY- SPECULATIONS CONCERNING THE WHEREABOUTS OF THE MISSING WHALERS VIGILANT AND Mount WOLLASTON. INCLUDING A Paper READ BEFORE THE ACADEMY DECEMBER 6, 1880, BY CHARLES WOLCOTT BROOKS, Member of the California Academy of Seiences, SAN FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA, U. S. A. Re-printed from the report in Datty ALTA CALIFORNIA, 1880, SF Pr = ee hs ean" Pr wa woriitet ta. MAP OF BERING STRAIT ENTRANCE TO THE ARCTIC OCEAN [Showing exploring ground of the Jeannette Expedition. ] This cut is from the San Francisco Bulletin of December 8th 1880, 8 y SUPPOSED LATITWDE OF THE JEA uz LAN MN gra KEENANS SS 2S fe BURNE cAPE NORTI)| SIBERIA PRINCE OF WALES : St EXPLANATORY NOTES, Arrows indicate course of known currents. Horizontal shaded lines show condition of the ice in the summer of 1879, C—Narrow passage east of Herald Island, most northerly point reached by Revenue Cutter Thomas Corwin. J—Cape Serdze, point where Lieutenant De Long left the letter received via Russian Government. JJ—Near Herald Island, points where the Jeannette was last seen, W—Point where whaling barks Mount Wollaston and Vigilant were last seen, PROCEEDINGS OF THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Scientific Inferences, from a Certain State of Facts, as to the Proba- ble Movements and Present Position of the American Arctic Exploring Yacht ‘‘Jeannette’’—She Must Have Penetrated So Far North as to Have Been Beyond Communication from the South During the Present Year—Probability that Her Crew Are Now Carrying On Sledge Work and Explorations--The Second Year Always Best for Such Work—Possibility that the Missing Whalers Have Commu- nicated with the ‘‘Jeannette.’’ At the regular semi-monthly meeting of the Oali- fornia Academy of Sciences, held on Monday even- ing, December 6th, 188), & scientific welcome was extended to Oaptain O. L. Hooper and officers of the U. 8. steamer Corwin, and to the Oaptains of the American whaling fiset, racently arrived at this port from the Arctic Ocean. These gentlemen oc- Ccupied positions on the stage beside the Vice-Presi- dent, Justin P. Moore, who occupied the Uhair inthe absence of Professor Geo. Davidson. Some very val- uable specimens were presented to the Museum by Capt. Hooper, including a large foasil tusk of a hairy mammoth, snd also one of that animal’s enormous teeth taken from Elephant Point, Kitiebue Sonnd. Also, a large block of excellent coal from the coal Beams, from four to twenty feet wide, found in the Arctic at Oaps Lisbourne. These seams occur more or less frequently, extending over a distance of twenty miles or so along the Arctic shore of Alaska. He also presented a fossiliferous rock from Oape Thompson, Arctic Osean. A fine collection of Indian dresses were presented by Ivan Petroff, and also a Jarge collection of stone mortars, etc , from Other localities, were presented by B B. Redding. The proceedings of ths Academy were more than usuaily interesting, the subject under discussion being the probable position of the exploring expedi- tion under Lieut. De Long, U.8.N, in the steam yacht Jeannette, and the fate of the missing whalers Mount Wollaston and Vigilant, which were unable to get out of the Arctic Ocean in the Fall of 1879, and which have not since been heard from. Mr. O. W. Brooks then read a fall and carefully- prepared paper onthe conditions surrounding the Jeannette and the miszing whalers Vigilant and Mount Wollaston. which was listened to by a crowded house with marked interest, and fre- quently applauded most heartily. PAPER BY CHARLES WOLCOTT BROOKS. Mr. Brooks’ paper was entitled «« The American Arctic Exploring Expedition; an Enquiry snd Re- view of the probable situation of the Jeannette and missing whalers, Vigilant and Mount Wollaston ;” and was finely illustrated by a colored map, drawn on & very large scale, and proved very useful in treating this subject. He began with The Enquiry. Before the sailing of the Jeannette Arctic Explor. ing Expedition, this Academy held a special meet- ing to receive and do honor to Oaptain De Long and his able staff of officers, and to offer them, in behalf of all men of science, their warm and hearty sympa. thies, with words of cheering hope and friendly en- couragement, Seventeen months have now passed since that brave band were escorted outside our Golden Gata by a fleet of enthusiastic well-wishers, and bidden God speed upon their adventurous voyage, with earnest prayers for their success and gafe return. Since then the Arctio fiset of American whalers on the Pacific have twice returned to this port, bringing to us much miscel aneous information of a general cheracter calculated, when properly sifted sand systematically arranged, to throw some circumstantial light upon the condi- tions encountered by the Jeannette, and the occasion seems an appropriate one, for this Academy, which, by location, is the nearest scientifie body to this especial fisld of Arctic research and by greater prox- imity enjoys means of verification, to institute a careful inquiry regarding winds, currents, weather, ice, spd by a critical exawination of log books, Suthenticate and estsblish s careful digest of such physical conditions and scattered reports pertaining to the two past seasons io the Arctic Ocean, as shall assist a just snd scientific estimate. when reviewed, of the probable movements snd present pori- tion of not only the Jeannelte, but her un- willing companions in the Arctic_the mi*s- ing whalers Vigilant and Mount Wollaston. With this object in view, regarding it as the especial duty of this Academy, the following io- quiry hag been prosecuted with care and industry, and all ressonable effort made to mske it both thorough and reliable. After coating at St. Michael’s, the Jeannelte passed through Bering Straits, steering in the direction of St. Lawrence Bay, thence around East Oape, to Cape Serdze, and left a letter on the northern coast of siberia, in the Arctic Ocean, from which poiut—a ter landing a letier dated August 27th, 1879, which was sabont twelve mont.s in reseching New York—Usptain De Long had intended to approach the southern end of Wrangell Lend, in latitude 70° 45’ north, and near the prime meridian of 180°, touching, if practica- ble, at Kolintchin Bay, to inquire regarding Nor- denskj6ld; but the latter’s safe arrival doubtless influenced him to renounce any unnecessary delays and press onward at once. Onthe 2d of Septem- ber, 1879, when about fifty miles or so south of Herald Island, Usptain Barnes, of the American whale bark Sea Breeze saw the Jeannette and at- tempted to communicate with her, but both vessels Were at the time in heavy ice and adense fog was setting in which prevailed up to the following day. Owing to these circumstances, these vessels. which had approschee to within less than four miles of each other, resumed their courses without com- munication. On the foilowing day, September 3d, 1879, Oaptain Kelley, of the whale bark Dawn ; Osaptain Bauidry, of the Helen Mar, and several others of the ficet, who were then somewhirt to the northward of the Sea Bresze, saw smoke issuing from a steamer’s smoke-stack, in range of Herald Isiand, they being then in latitude70° 51’ N., longi- tude 174° 30’ W., in «a narrow space of open water, and within 25 miles of Herald Island. At that time the Jeannette was so far north of these whalers as to be hull-down, tence they did not see the actual vessel, but on’y her black smoke, although the weather was quite clear atthe time. She was standing northward, and was herself a little east of due south fr>m Hersld Island. These are the last tidings of the Jeannette received at this port by any one, up to date, Wenow pro. ceed to present such information as we have gath- ered from the Oaptsine, officers and log-books of whalers, bearing upon the subject of winds, weather, ice-floes, and all physical conditions likely to influence the expedition. Oaptain Barnes, of the Sea Breeze, thinks the ice was unusually heavy,early in the season of 1879, before the Jeannette appeared among them, and up tothat time the outlook was not promising Had she arrivedin the Arctic any earlier in the ceason, she could not have PENETRATED NORTH, And woald have consumed her provisions need- lessly while awaiting the opening of channels of clear wacer, which began to appear almost simul. taneously with her arrival there. Osptaia Kelley informs us that several days before September 11th, 1279, the ice began to close together, and the whaling fleet consequently ran south for awhile, but on that day he took his first whale of the season, in lalitude 69° 40’, longitude 173° 307, About September 25th the ice began to open up radidly toward the north, when the fleet again pro. ceeded north, and fished io sight of Herald Island, ana the ice was opening up so rapidly to tke north. ward as the season advanced, that in October they could essil ail sround this island. On the 7th of October the fleet saw Wrangell Land, distant less than 25 miles, the coast line showing very little snow, although the mountain chain in the interior, some of whose peaks are about 2500 feet high. were white with snow. At that date they could not only sail around Hersld Island, but saw plainly that there was no ice in sight between them and the east coart of Wrangel Land, wh ch greatly surprised him, as the fact was unusual.and the outlook had been especially discouraging previous (o the first week cf September, Captain Kelley says be could easily have reached the east coast of Wrangel Lund with his vessel at this time, and followed it up if necessary, but having no occasion to, he did not deem it prodent to venture too near a rugged and unsurveyed coast without special object. The second week of October came and was followed by heavy gales ; and as he saw indications of a heavy body of ice across the Arctic basin, to the southward of his then position, and the season for bad weather was approaching, he considered all who intended to return, snd were bound ont past Bering Straits that season, were enfficiently warned to get out of the Arctic as soon ass possible. This he accordingly did, passing south through the Straits October 18th, ‘879 just eight days after Captain Bauldry, in the Helen Mar, that remained ister, part. ed company, farther north, with the missing whalers, Vigilant acd Mount Wollaston When Oaptain Kelley came out of the Arctic, in company with the Sea Breeze, he passed to the eastward of 8 lsrge body of heavy ice, then making out from the east. ern coast of Asia, and extending northward of the Straits. With the usual northerly winds, he feared this large mass of field-ice would become broken ap and detached, and, thus forced southward in mass, it would be likely to close the oven straits and block up 8ll open space relied on for egress from the Arctic into the North Pacific Ocean. Several days later hs found his aaticipations had not been imme- diately realized, for he mentions in his memoran- dum, «« Fortunately we had a strong gale from the south, which lasted severs! days and Kept Bering Straits open.” Oaptsin Cogan, in the whale bark Rainbow, says that the early part of the season of 1879 was the iciest one he ever encountered in the Arctic. THE LATTER PABT OF THE SEASON Was especially am open one, more particularly at the northward. He took nine whales at the edge of the ice, and cut in the last one October 2d, when 15 miles south of Herald Island. He saw whales there, plenty, up to October 12th, when he bore off for Bering Straits, the weather having grown too rugged to lower boats He found the Straits well filled with ice, but October 16th the wind hauled’ into the southeast. with snow and sleet, but the next day he got out of the ica, passing St. Lawrence ee Island October 19th, in company with the bark Dawn. This day, October 19th, 1879, the schooner Newton Booth Captain Osughell, went ashore on the sand beach at Emma Harbor, sitvated within a sand spit, at the head of Plover Bay, on the southeast coast of Siberia, and there became a total logs, al- thongh her cargo and the entire crew were saved. Oaptsain McKenna, of the schooner Alaska, was just south of Herald Island on October 13th, 1879, when he left, and reached Plover Bay, outside or south of Behring Straits, October 22d, having worked his Way between large fields of drift ice. There he re- mained until November lit, and thence passed through the 72° passage November 9th, when a heavy westerly gale prevailed, which was succeeded by southerly winds, which continued during the rest of his passage to San Francisco. On October 10th, 1879, Osptain Bauldry, inthe bark Helen Mar, was in company with the whale ships Vigilant and Mount Wollaston, in latitude 71°50’ N., longitude 173° 45’ W., in a sluice-way or channel of open water, from 70 to 80 miles southeast of Herald Island. There was then a solid body of heavy ice to the east of' them, but no ice to their immediate north or westward. The wind was somewhat northerly, and these two now missing whalers, both steered northwesterly toward the clear water.- This was the last time they were seen by any of the whaling fleet ; for the Helen Mar, finding that a cold north wind was freshning and rapidly forming new ice, spread all possible sail to this strong wind favorable for getting outof the Arctic and ploughing her way forcib'y through new ice constantly form. ing sround the vessel, she thus ploughed her way as faras Point Hope,on the Alaska side of the Straits, through ice which became six inches thick before reaching the open water-psssage then reduced in the Straits to an average width not exceeding ten miles, Five hours later, the wind changed and blew from the south, so had not the Helen Mar forced her way through the new ice just as she did that vessel also woula have been corralled, and compelled to Winter within the ice barrier, which thus early in the Season closes up Bering Straits, and prevents all egress or ingress to the Arctic from the Noith Pacific Ocean. As the changes uf wind just referred to ex. tended to Plover Bsy on the Asiatic side, Point Hope on the American side, and to 8t. Lawrence Island (situated south of the mid-channel), as shown by the logs of vessels quoted, they were general, not merely local winds, and doubtlees reached northward and affected the course of the Vigilant and Mount Wollaston, now ICE-LOCKED WITHIN THE ARCTIO, With a considerable and indefinite body of clear Water extending northward and westward from them while toward the south, impenetrable ica had hope- lessly cut them off from all retraat. The life hig- tory of Oaptain Eben:zer F. Nye, of the latter vee- 8e1, is a startling romance of hairbreadth e®capes from many shipwrecks and pos ticns of great dan- ger, and he has be‘n heard !o aaythat he should not fear to Winter in tne Arctic witn his vexsel, were ke 80 circumetanced. Now, what is mre natural, then when finding themeeives thuscut off and c'oaed in completely by ice in the Straits south of them, and know ng for a certainty that they woula be oblived to Wintsr in the Arctic, than a desira 'o catch ancther whale or two,a d stow away the blubber untried, to supply the crews with food necessary to withstand an Arctic Winter ? From the moment their escape was considered hope. leis, their tactics wholly changed, and were promptly directed to secure the best possible protection to life, under the changed circumstances. The question with them was not, What will we do? but What can wedo? ‘To satisfy their most pres. sing demand for Winter food in so frigid an atmos- phere, by capturing and storing up fresh blubber, they would be obliged to keep in channels of open water, however far north such might extend at this late season of the year. As the open area svailable to them trended northwesterly, continuing probably while ten days of southerly winds prevailed, accord- ing to records in the log-books of other veseels south of the Straits, their progress northward wouid be more easily effected. Some Oasaptains think open water may extend 200 miles further north after pas. Sing the ice barrier extending 10 miles above Herald island. Their next consideration would bs to select, as far as in their power to do, the safest place to Winter, placing their vessela near some protect. ing shore, say Wrangel Land, where they would at least be protected on one side from the pressure of large bodies of moving ice. Having seen the Jean. nettle, whom they knew intended wintering far north, and observed her passing up that same north. erly channel but five weeks before. it is quite nat. ural that they should seek to reach a point, with a fair wind to favor them, at which they could most nearly hope to communicate with her, either di- rectly or by building a fire, whose rising smoke would attract her attention, knowing that a vessel so well fitted was the nearest and only assistance they coald hope for in case of pressing neces. sity. We hazard no idle opinion, whatever the fate of these now missing whalers may event- ually prove to be, whea we presume that they made every effort fo communicate with the Jeannette and to Winter their vessel as near to her as the clear water to their northwestward could possibly enable them to approach her Winter quarters. Oapt. Baul. dry 88:8, that October 24th, 1879, when favored by & northerly wind, be carried all sail he could crowd on the Helen Mar, to escape from the Arctic_she was the last vessel to come out that season. The cola north wind then formed the new ice s0 solid, and so rapidly, that in twenty-four hours the new ice to the southward where he was, bore a sled loaded with one ton of blubber, having also 15 men alongside of it at the time. WHEN THE WIND OHANGED To the south this new ice became more or less broken, but massed up solid excepting a gut or channel running from Point Hope to past the Diomede Isla. ds, which remsicred- open. While he describes how the ice closed in around Point Hope, preventing all egress. he feels quite confident that for some time the water continued open far north of the spot where he parted company with the Vigilant and Mount Wollaston. especially along the gut, sluice or channel- wey, where the corrent sets slong the east coast of Wrangel Land and past Herald Island. Whatever new ice war formed above, he thinks was continually being breken up and re- packed by overriding laver after layer, and first packing solid into hsmmocky ice slong the southern borders of the open water in the Arctic, Being) once fairly blocked in the Straits, it thus builds morthward, encroaching from the south, until the dast remaining open wat:r is closed up solid and disappears for the year. He says the series of gales from the northwest, which prevail in the Arctic late in the season, drift all loose ice southward from the vicinity of Herald Isiand and channels around Wrangel Land, and while packing this ice into im- penetrable masses at the southern portion of the Arctic, he believes they must open a clear channel which would enable Oapt. De Long, with the Jeannette already in position and capable of steaming against @ head wind, to penetrate to higher northern datitades, if eso inclined, and attain a_ par- @llel quite inaccessible to any vessel which might enter the Arctic a yesr later, in 1880. A repetition of the same class of weather and winds this year may again enable him la e in the season, even after the Straits are closed, to follow slong northward along the eastern shore of Wrangel Land and attain a still higher degree of latitude, through open areas of water, on the borders of which wild geese, ducks and other sea-fowl go annually north to rear their young. The unseasonable weather of the past two years has been exceptional (’79 and 80.) Ice has made in the Arctic, along the northern coast of Si- Seria, and accumulstsd and remained there in heavy mas es, ag no whaleman has ever before ob- served. Owing to the position of the ice-pack there during these years an unusnal current has been ob- served setting southerly along theeast side of Wran- gel Land; thence turning westerly again, it curves to the eastward and flows along the northern edge of the ice-pack, extending north of Siberia, toward Point Hope, where this eddy rejoins the Kuro Shiwo setting northessterly past Point Bar- row, thence continues south of Prince Patrick’s island. sround Point Bee:hy, through Melville found, to Bsffin’s Bay, and so on into the Atlantic. This Kuro Shiwo throws off a branch norihwest of COspe Lisbourne. in the Arctic, in the nelghbor- hood of latitude 69° 30’ north, longitude 168° west, at the usual apex of the southern point of the ic3- barrier extending down from the north early in the séscon. This branch becomes a4 strorg current set ting northwesterly up and along the opening chan- nel, usually passing over Herald Shoal and keeping to the eastward of Hersid Island in its progress northward. It is not unlikely that in THE UNEXPLORED NORTH It somewhere takes a turn, and flows south. erly along the east coast of Wrangel Land, thus supplying that unusual current observed by seme of the whalers during the two past seatons A more car ful s’udy of this current may Offer some clue to the probable form and ex- tent of the northern part of Wrange!l Land, sl though all currents once within the Arctic bassin are liable to change with the wind and position of ice-barriers, except the Kuro Shirvo. No piece of spy vessel lost in tne Arctic was ever found south of the place of her loss Captain Banldry says. that if frozen in the Arctic, he should consider the rafeat Wioter quar'e’sto be on the southwest side of Wrancel Land, a point uncb. Served by sny vers2l this ;er Oaptain E. E, Smith, who acted ss ice-pilot of the Corwin, informs me that be has made thirteen voyages to the Artic Ocean from the Pacific side, and hss passed ore Winter among thé native Inauits. He +avs, most emphatically, that no such thing as an icebsrg ex- ists or ever forms in the Arctic Ocean on the Pacific side. There is only what is termed hammocky ice which, when crowded together, msy occasionally so pile its overlyirzg stratas as to become 100 feet thick. He has seen such aground in ten or twelve fathoms of water When fairly sflost, seven-eighths of their mass ig submerged below the surface, Other captains claim to have seen expectional ice, grounded or anchored in 19 and 22 fathome of water, respectively; although they admitied these were ihe extreme cases wihin their knowledge. Ice in the Arctic ou the Pacific side flosts from two to ten feet, averazing more nearly, lees than six feet out of wat er; ibis would give it a dep b of 42 feet under water. Ice often grounds in 7 to 8 fathoms, and when forced by the pack into 24% fathoms, the friction between biocks, during the compression, emits eolian sirains of continuous sonnd. Several cap- sins estimate the average general thickness of the surface ice in this Arctic basin, where i freezes withou! displacement by pressure, to be about 34g fathoms, or 2! feet under water. In 1875, he anchored within one mile of Herald Island, the east end of which is situated in latitude 71° 23’ N.; longitude 175° 40” W., but observed no good landing place He described it as an almost barren rock with rugged sides. Itis shaped somewhat like the profile of a human foot, jess than five miles long by a mile and a half wide at its brosdest part, being probably 800 to 90 feet high atthe heel or eastern end. Oaptain Thomas Long informed ms that when in the bark Jile, he remained three days within fifteen milesof Wrangel Land on the 14th, 15th and 16th of August, 1867— when he made a drawing of the profile of the Joast from Osre Thomas to Oape Hawaii. Several high peaks were seen, one of which was taken to te a volcano. Although frequently seen, itis generally admitted that no person has yet succeeded in landing upon this generally un- approachable terra incognita. ‘This closes the record of reports received concerning the year 1879 in the Arctic, We sbail now consider reports received this year, to assist us in forming a jast estimate of the prevailing weather and general characteristics of the season, as well as to carefully weigh the value of unfortunate romor3, which have been thoughtlessely, surely not maliciously, circulated in the Eoglish papers published in Japan, and ex- tensively copied by the press all over the world, regarding the fate of our brave countrymen. On the 24th of September, 1880, the whaling bark Legal Tender, Oaptain Fisher, was the first vessel to reach our port from the Arctic, and reported «: nothing has been seen or heard from the Jeannette or the missing whalers. She re- ported pas+:ng Eist Cape, September 1st, and caw a heavy body of solid ice exiending from there to within foor miles of the Diomedes and from thence to 8t. Lawrence Bay. Brig Hidalgo, Capt. Williams, made a similar report. Dr. W. H. Dall, acting as Assistant in charge of the U. 8. Ooast and Geodetic Survey in Alaska, has just returned from a craise in ; the Yukon, wth which he made a thorough recon- noisance of the western snd northern coast line of the Territory of Alaska as far as Icy Usps, and in his intercourae with the natives he heard of neither the Jeannette nor eitber missing whaler, nor any re- ports whatever of avy wrecks the past year, BARE ‘* SEA BREEZE,” Ospt. Barnes, came out of the Arctic, passing Icy Gape September 6th, and left Plover Bay September llth, 1880, where the steam-whaler Mary and Helen, Ospt. Owen, was boiling out, having taken 27 whales. All vassels reported unanimously no tid- ings of apy of the absent vessels. Schooner Alaska, Oapt. McKenna, entered the Arctic this year June 24°'h, and found the weather unusually mild. One whaling Oaptain told me that the weather north had been so mild this year that he had really suffered more from cold in San Francisco the past week than during the whole of last Summer in the Arctic. Bark Dawn, Oapt. Hickmott, took her first bo vhead whale near Plover Bay, April 30th. Saw but little ice at any time, and that very light, and none loose from the pack. Afterward made fast to the soliu ice for ten asays,as we would alongside of «a wharf. Joly 18th took a bowhead in sight of Herald Island. Oruised around in the neighborhood of Herald Island until August 10th, then went to the east shore and found wha'les plenty off Icy Oaps. Left Plover Bay to re. turn September 28th. Bark Norman, Oaptsin Hee- nan took her first whale in the Arctic June 3d, and last one September 23d. Oame out through Bering Straits and Fox Islands October 15th. Bark Helen Mar, Oaptain Bauldry, was agsin this year the last vessel to leave the Arctic, from which she passed out October 4th She had entered the Arctic May 9th, and made strict inquiries from the native Innnits slong the the coast for news of any kind from the missing whalers and the Jeannette, but got no tidings whatever of either. August 2ist she sigh ed Wran- gel Land, distant 40 miles, but was unable to @pprosch nearer at that time, on account of heavy ice. Uaptain McKennasays: «+: Toe Uaptains of the whaling fleet are unanimous in their expressions of spproval of the able manner in which Oaptain O L Hooper and his officers, of the United States revenue steam-cutter Thomas Corwin, have conducted the search for the Jeannette snd missing whalers. They are deserving of great credit through- out the voyage for the eoergy and thoroughness with which they have prosecuted the labor.” ‘The Corwin made five trips across the Arctic Basio, ina northwesterly course, besides visiting every availa. ble point along the coasts of Alaska and Siberia, forming the southern shores of the Arctic Ba- sin, Ono her first trip she made the ice whe. nearly 3650 miles south of Herald Island, and retarned. duly 26:h she got within 60 milesof the lsiand ; August 31 witbin three miles, and again almost as near August 20th. She ran op a lane of open water as far as latitade 71° 37’ north longitude, 174° 30’ west, and war, Angust 15th, 1880, 30 miles northeast of Herald Island. O.1 September 1{th she Tan within 25 miles due east of Oape Hawaii, on the extreme sontheastern end of Wrangel Land. Uapt. Hooper kindly exhibited to me his chart and track in the late voyage of the Corwin. Frou Bering Straits, where the stream varies from one to three Knots, its temperature is 40° to 42° Fahrenheit, and in its course past Point Barrow, it never ex'ends over 40 miles north of the American shore, He visited Point Barrow ani found four miles of clear water along the Alaska shore, outside of which the ice was heavily packed. Hammocky ice ia not atall impassable for sled parties. Th: surface is inter- s6persed with hammocks, or little mounds of ice, the greater part of which rise from ten to fifteen feet above the surface, and occasionally, but rarely, one is seen forty feet high. It is easy to run sround them without ever attempting to gooverthem. He Says the main body of the northern ice pack situated near the centre of the Arctic, goes north when it breaks up, while loose ice which may be south of Herald Island, sets south. He thinks that the ice seldom ever melts on the shallow spots between Wrangle Land and siberis. A deep-water current sets ncrthward in a channel east of Herald Island, indicating an open outlet farther north, suflicent in volume to keep this deep channel open. Oaptain Hooper’s observations found roint Hope was laid dowa on the charts seven miles too far to the west- ward. When at Uape Lisbourne she mined and took on board 25 tons of excellent coal, from the surface outcroppings of several fine veins. It barned well, making steam readily, and gave off but little more smokes than anthracite, and no undesirable surplue- age of gaseous fumes. It is solid, compact, bright- looking, and breaks in cubical forms. Oap*. E. E. Smith tells me that he informed Ospt. De Long of this abandant supply of good coal in the Arctic, be- fore the Jeannette sailed from San Francisco, in order that he might coal there, should occasion re- quire. By the foregoing carefully-collected data, we establish the fact that the Jeannette was last seen September 34, 1879, and the missing whalers, AND ‘* MOUNT WOLLASTON ” WERE LAST SEEN October 16th, 1879, within about eighty miles of the same spot, since which dates nothing whatever has been heard from either of them. All reports Claiming to give news of these vessels are thus proved to be wholly without foundation. With the facts #5 far as known thus fairly before us, we may reasonably argue that, had any abandonment of the Jeannette taken place, with her seventy-six trained Gogs, her seven dog-sleds, and iwo experienced Innuit hunters, all admirably traiued and equipped for ice-travel, and a liberal supply of pemmicap, her sled parties would have made for the southern edge of the ice-pack near Herald Island as the most natural of all spots frequen'ed by American whalers every Season, and to them alone co»ld they confi- dently look for aid and relief. Having abundant proof that no such parties appeared, we may feel assured that the Jeannette is safe and sound, and her Polar vosage of scientific exploration i8 pro- ceeding favorably according to the plan of its en- terprising and generous patron, and it is fair io pre- sume that she passed northward along the unknown coast of Wrangel Land beyond immediate communi- cation, just as all on board fully hoped and intend- ed. The icy barrier north of Bering Straits is maintained trom 6% to 8 degrees of latitude further south than on the Greenland side. Its lowest point is usually at the apex which marks the division of the current, and callea by whalemen « Post Office Point ’’ Just east of this. there generally makes porthward a bigh of open waiter, in which, Oapt. Williams informs me, that be once reached about latitude 73° 39’ N., which is about the same latitude reached by the U 8. ship Vincennes, in 1855, Obser= vations .aken within the Arcitc circle, require to be verified with great care, owing to excess- ive radiation of the at:osphere and the great variation and extreme sensitiveness of the com. pas3, The difference of isothermal lines between THE ** VIGILANT ” corresponding latitudes in the Atlantic and Pacific Sides of the Arctic may be owing to the extreme Shoalness of the Arctic basin, just uorth of Bering Straits, or to the presence of the true magnetic north- pole 8 «& point in latitude 70° 08’ N., longi- tude 96° 45’ W.. where the needle points vertically. Nordenskj6lds reports the east coasts of all Arctic lands as heavily iced, woen their west coasts are often comparatively free. ‘This is explained by the con. Stant rotation of the earth, making the shores, the Weather barriers, or resistirg and advancing side, while all wes'ern shores are relatively lee shores. His recent tidal observations just south of Wrangel Land, show an average rise and fall of only eight inches. This seems to indicate that the marine basin north cf Bering Straits ig of limited extent, and either land-locked or composed of an archipel- 8go of numerons islands connected by s unds, with little surrounding water. Judging by the comparae tive siz2 of Greenland any Arctic continent that may exist, if shaped in general proportion, would likely be about four and a half degrees in depth from the physical north pole of the earth. All shores within the Arctic circle appear to be skirted with islands. OUaptain Keenan, when ** boiling out ’ inthe bark James Allen, about 100 miles north of Point Barrow, saw with perfect di-- tinctness a range of high land, visible a long way north of the vessel’s position. This is annually confirmed by the flight of large numbers of aquatic birds, which pass northward from Point Barrow in the Sprine, and return in August or early in Sep- tember with thsir young, which are always reared upon land. When we consider that the ice barrier in this part of the Arctic successfuliy resists the insidious approach of THE WARM KURO SHIWO, Ooming from the tropics,:nd a branch of which flows past Japan end through Bering Strait3, jast Dorth of which it is forced to fork-and throw offa branch, it ergaesa solid backing to snste:n it im- movably sofar soutb, such 4s ics froz-n solid to ths botton, and thus anchored in shoal Water, a com- pact archipel+go, or continental coast iine farther north, would present. Oar Jaxt inquiry is regard. ing the strength of the Jeannette and her pow-rs of Tesistaace. Bsfore leaving Sain Francisco she was most critically examined at Mare Isiand Navy Yerd, and extraordinary precautions were taken to Strengtben and fit her forthe severe trials she is likely to encounterinthe ice. Ten feet cf colid timber were heavily bolted in her bow, and she was plated outside with straps of bar iron and heavy oak Sheathing Extra irou beams were introduced on each Side cf her boil: rs, to add resistance t> her Sides when under prsiare. She was fastened throughoat, th:oogh and through with wooden hooks, fer mera in numbr than I ever before saw in a single vessel Her bilge was Strengthened with long lsyers of six-inch timber, and her deck-frame thoronghly examined and strengthened and renewed wherever ip the least re, quired. The extreme Sharpness of her model on the bottom is calculated to assist in throwing her hull cut of water above the ice-fields when sub- Mitted to a side pressure, thus relieving her from the full force of crushing situstions. Her copper propeller—io replace which she carries three addi- tional gun-metal ones— hoists cut and takes inboard. In addition to being well built and Specially adapted for Polar explorations, these improvements give her 8 © pacity of resistance that few vessels have possessed. Mountains of heavy ice, such as no human sgency can contend against, sre all she seems unprepared to meet and combat successfully, To the few who question THE VALUE OF A&OTIO VOYAGES, A brief outline of their utility may be needed. Dr. Benjamin Franklin, one of the wisest men born on this continent, was in 1753 one of their earliest ad- vocates. Abroad we have ‘een British, Germans, Austrians, Swedes, Norwegians and Dutchmen tak- ing part in Polar explorations. Their results are very varied. Their constant observations aim at the discovery and seek needed information to aid the correct demonstration of great physical laws, neces- sary to advance almost every department of science, astronomy, nsvigaiion, hydrography, meteorology, including eiectricity and magnetism. Specimens collected for students of natural history furnish new Gata for drawing correct geological anslogies and ascertaining the geographical distribution of species, The observed variations in the movement of pendulums within the Arctic Circle, gauge the extent that earth is flattened at the poles. Great laws are world-wide, and a knowledge of the whole earth is essential to their perfect understanding. Such Enowledge ircreases the +ffactive power of man by augmenting his kaowledge, and thus accelerates scientific discoveries, useful in arts, agriculture, commerce and manufactures. In theclimate and winds of Polar regions, the werid has obtained a partial clue of fundamental laws regulating the motor sgencies of atmospheric currents, and the eqaslizing influence of warm, gulf and icy streams, that traverse (Ceans as arterial rivers. How general will be the benefits bestowed, when our National Weather Bareau. assisted by such knowledge, is able to apply wider rules of judgment, and more surely predict the probabilities of approaching storms and seasons one week in advance more certainly than it bow veatures to forecast a single day. Ia Bootbia, the two Rosse3 found tue magnetic pole, whose mysterious inflaence tie mariner’s compass obeys. The mass of observatirns collected on all sides of this magnetic pole have as-istei science to perfect our knowledge of the Ilawa of magnetic declination and _ dip. Providence has per- pled these bigh latitudes with human beings, who Winter and Sommer there, as do ail animals upon which taey subsist. Each successive vovage has swept away some o!d error aod brought to light new phenomens, tending to advance human Enowledge. The problem of a Northwest passage around North America is not one of any direct utility, although the gain to commerce through such écien- tific explorations has doubtless been very great, yet difficult for the masses to always discern. Their authentic surveys are valuable to our whaling interests, annually representiag many mil- lions., The Northeast passage around Asia, accomplished by Nor‘enekjold in 1878_79, promises large rewards to both science and commerce, The Review of the Situation, After doubling East Capein her pa sage through Bering Straits. the Jeannette held a nearly due north course,continuing past that little yranite islet called Herald Island, and was reported to us as last seen by an American whaler early one clear Autumnal after- noon in September, 1879. She was steaming north- ward, also carrying all sail, along the eastern shore of Wrangel Land, abouttwenty miles from the coast line with a bright prospect before her and a Polar sea stretching its open channel northward as far as the eye could reach She was making the atmost of her opportunities through this most fortunate open- ing, then quits clesrofoldise That night wasa cold one, bat after this the wind blew from the south and the weather cootinued favorable for several days. Oaptain Williams says the past two )yesra appear to have been specially made for the success of the Jeannette. He cannot imagine any conditions better for her. One whaling Osptain said the weather and chance seemed made expressly for her safety. WHAT MORE ENCOURAGING PROSPEOT Oould an enterprising explorer, such as the brave De Long, desire? His previous Arctic record on the Atlantic side, in the little Juniatu, marked by in- trepid grit and perseverance, is well known among careful stadents of Polar explorations. This year the ice-barrier remained solid during the early part of the season, in & curved and pointed but unbroken line. from abreast the southern limit of Herald Island to Point Barrow, on the American Ooast. What it may have done sfter the last whaler left the Arctic, ws can Only conjecture. Native Innuits within thse Arctic Circle, say their bad, thick and snowy weather is all at Spring and Autumn seasons. The northern and eastern coasts of Asia, as well ss the western and northern coasts of North America, are closely skirted with groups of islands, forming an extensive archipelago, some of which are large, erpecially Within the Arctic Ocean. This prevailing similar- ity of formation leads toa strong inference that Wrangei Land may be but an island fringing the continent. If it accords in general Symmetry with other Arctic islands, we may judge that its northern boondary would naturally be sit- usted near latitude 78°, or thereabouts. As no one has yet reported to the world how far this land «x- tends, it is to be expected, and now exceedingly probable, that an avowed explorer like De Long, whose special duty was to explore and report the boundaries of all land enconntered within the Arctc circle, should, while running north along a shore of undetermined limits, with open water, whose channels were comparatively free from ob- structing ice, stretching out to invite him onward most naturally aim to improve to the utmost such an excellent opportunity to penetrate its unknown mysteries, and definitely fix its boundaries. So we may safely presume with little doubt, that he then and there settled the extent of Wrangel Land, provided it jproves to be an island, Nothing is more probable than that the Jeannette, fully equ'pped as she was for steaming throngh moderately thick layers of freshly-formed ice, per- haps congesled only at night, and, if so. somewhat s. mushey,”” should, after she was last reported seen, have continued her course due north, steering toward ire Pole along the eastern shore of Wrangel Land under its protecting influence, perhaps aided by a current, whence, from our information, she was likely to find an open ‘6a after passing the shoals, and reachiag ten miles or so north of Herald Island, until she passed its northern limit, Say 78° or so, when, if finding it to be an island, she met the drift ice setting eastward along its northern shore through some form of 8 rait, sound or open sea, where she may have met the barrier of per- petual ice, and become frozen in for the Winter well north of thatisland. From frequent conversations with Oapt. De Long, and Oapt. Dunbar, his ice-pilot, before their departure, and the last and most relia- ble reports of his position, and the conditions sur- rounding the locationof his vessel. it is quite logical to infer that the Jeannette passed a cold bat qniet Winter, frozen in the ice, north of Wrangel Lard, in about latitude 78°, fully three hundred miles or more beyond any communication inaugurated this year and there hibernated, with plenty on board to supply all their necessities. und with all hands well, for sickness is scarcely probable among such 4 bealthy set of men, especially while in the pure, cold air of the Polar regions, which are absolutely free from every kind of trovical miasmatic exbala- tions. Although they Wintered co far north, it by no means follows as A NECESSARY CONSEQUENCE That their long and severe Winter has been passed in absolute solitude. Two adventurons American whale-ships, the Vigilant and Mount Wollaston, we have shown, were last heard from in the very same neighborhood as where the Jeannette was last seen, and they, certainly, when once closed in. hed mo. tives likely to influence them also to increase their northing. Because these vessels have not since been heard from by us, we have no absolute right to jump at the hasty conclusion that they mnst neces- sarily have been crushed in the ice, or that their crews hive perished. Think well of those having friends on bosrd before you hastily reach any such conclusiou. It is far from imporsible that these two vessels, which we know ventured too far north’ late in the season, in search for whales, may be simply detained by the ice, and comfortably frozen ip, within possible Wistsr communication of the Jeannette, which we also know was well filled with all necessary material for sledge excarsions over the ice. When these whalers were last seen by Captain Bauldry, in the Helen Mar, they were northward of his vessel, in the direction of Wrangel Land. ‘They remained, while the Helen Mar improved a strong north wind, of five hours duration, to leave the Arc. tic After this, ihe wind blew continuously from the south for several days, during which time nei- ther of these whalers could have made any progress southward suflicient to escape. Olear water being north of them, they doubtless worked northward as described, until the usual pack ice formed, growing by accretion from the solid sonth, until they may have been enclosed within 60 miles or so of the Jeannelte. The whale ships being in company, and thus separated from the outside world, wouid surely sim to keep together, and hence, when frozen in for the season, must have been nesr t» each other. The lack of a proper fitting to en- counter the rigors of an Arctic Winter, would most likely lead to the temporary, if not the permanent, abandonment of one of the whalers, snd the most expedient concentration of their crews on which- ever vessel proved most stauncb and favorably situated, or most easily heated, which is a considera- tion of prime importance. In such case, the abisn- doned vessel could furnish ail needed fire-wood for the other, and some might be also availed of by the Jeannette, in order to economize her other fuel, should she also prove to be near them. We can thus readily see how the whalers may have provided themselves with fuel, a most eszential item in the desolate regions of the far north ; aleo, how like the native Inonnits, they could. while living io that cold climate, eat blubber, or drink whale oil from their Cargoes with the keen relish of an Arctic appetite. If either of these vessels were froz:n in the ice within, say sixty miles, of the Jeannette, it is bighly probable that intercourse took place when one party ebjoyed such excellent facilities for travel over the icy wastes, provided the surface was at all smooth. The ample supplies of dogs and sledge apparatus car- ried by the Jeannette, doubtlers enabled her parties to make sorties last Winter, and thus penetrate, at least, a degree or more northward over the frozen Surface beyond the Jeannette’s Winter quarters. When we hear from one vessel, we may hear from ali. During 36 years of active Polar explorations by ship, boat, and sledge, England has ep2nt £982 - 000, and only fairly lost one expedition and 128 souls, out of 42 successive expeditions ; and has never lost a sledge party, out of about 100 that have toiled within the Arctic Circle. The past Winter, having been an unusually severe one, aud especially cold, THE NATURAL ICE BARRIER Encountered by whale-ships in the southern part of the Arctic, extended lower down than usual, especi- ally early in the season. and it is probable that the Open passages in the main body of ice farnorth in the unexplored regions of the Arctic were lats in breaking up, ana that the Jeannette waz unable to move clear of the ice bodies affixed to the shore where she wirtered, so as to drift or sail and make S0y material headway this Sumer before the anbual retreat of the whaling fizet from the southern Shores of the Arctic became necessary to enable them to get out past Bering Straits before their aunual blockade, which is often comparatively early. The Jeannette would then be far beyond any possible coMmuuicstion inaugurated this year, and most likely made but little change in her position uatil comparatively lateinthesesson. If the whalers are frozen in near her, the same result applies equally to them and the safety of one at least of them, depends upon th-ir powers of endurance. Not being as heavy built, braced, fitted and protected as the Jeannette, their chances of successful resistance are correspondingly less. Alithe while this mase of ice, and with it, the veisels it may enclose. appears, Wien not affixed to some islind or terra firma, to be gte dily setting eastward by an onward progress, moving a8 regularly as the movement of all glacial floes 02 Mountain sides and valleys ; in this case impelled by the action of the Karo Snhiwo, or Japanese warm stream, which enrers the Arctic Ocean through Bering Straits and fi)ws eastwardly along the northern shore of the Continent of Nortn America, and thence ssts down the west coast of Greenland, taking up in its passage a fi-et of ice- bergs incident to the Arctic waters on the Atlantic side. which it bears and discharges into the Florida Gulf stream at a point northeasterly, or abreast of New Foundland, whose renowned fisheries are amoag the rocky banks largely formed of Arctic bonlders, fiosted there when frozen within icebergs, and precipitated along their course, as dissolving thaws release and drop them. The British discovery ship Resolute, one of Sir Edward Belcher’s expedition, was abandoned 10 May 15th, 1854, when f.ozsn in, not far from Beechy Island, and was picked up and brought into New London harbor, in Oonnecticut. by Oaptain Buddington, of the American whale-ship George Henry, on the 15th of Ssptember, 1855, in latitude 67° off the west coast of Baffin’s§ Bay. During this time of her abandonment she had drifted — eastward in the ice-flos, over 1200 milea, or about an average of two miles and a half each day, Although the intense cold of the past Winter, whose isothermal records reveal remarkable extremes of temperature, may have so frozen the ice, as to cause & late breaking up this year, and the Jeannette con- sequently has been unable to actually sail in open water but comparatively little distarce this Sum. mer, or more properly Autumn; she is now un- doubtedly placed, with a crew trained to their business, in the best possible position for her fatare work ; and the second Winter of an Agcticcraise is that to which all experienced Polar voysgers look, for the accomplishment of tbeir most effective sledge-work and important explorations. It is highly improbable that the Jeannette could have been at any time during this year sufficiently far south to render cC)mmunication with her por- sible, by any vessel which had not, like herself, wintered far north * IN THE MAIN BODY OF HEAVY ICE, At aby rate, if she was properly engaged, in ac- cordance with the designs of her intended voy. age, a: laid out before her departure. she should have been, and doubtless was, far beyond any present reach, and few experienc d students of Arctic discoveries and previous expeditions will be- lieve that she could possibly have been reached in one single season by any vessel despatched tu ac- complisbh in one short Summer a distance which the Jeannette, with a much saperior outfit, required over a year, including two Summers and Autumn seasons, to traverse. The faithful search of Oap- tain C L. Hooper and his efficient staff of officers, the honored guests of the Academy this evening, during the recent cruise of the United States Rey- enue cutter Thomas Corwin, in the open sea of the Arctic Ocean south of the ice barrier, and in open channels, 30 miles northeast of Herala Island, Au- gust 15tn, in latitude 71° 37’ N., longitude 174? 307 W., was a noble effort, well-conducted, under an able and sagacious commander, despatched in re. sponse to a generous public sentiment, by a consid- erate Govarnment. Althouzh it reacaed no higher latitude, if accomplished ail taat was possibls under existing circumstances. Bot ths enthusiastic and plucky De Long had pushed the Jeannette far north, witoin an encirc’ing barrier of heavy ice, through waich no vessel could penetrate, exceot by degrees, and surely notin one solitary season, like the short.lived ArcticSummer. ‘The faithful search made by the Academy’s guests this evening vas all that could be, but the Jeannette’s present po- sition must have been so far north that it was simply impossible to reach her. Their s3arch and the constant inquiry of whalers among the Inouits proved the entire falsity of all idle stories, founded on rumors of her loss. This Academy extends a warm and hearty welcome to Oaptaing and offisere of our Pacific Arctic whaling fleet, present with us this evening, who have &0 generously assisted with their counsel our investi- gation of this subject. Their presence in the Arctic he brought us the last news of the Jeannette and mics- ing whalers. Their daring and adventurous spirit leads them arnually to explore the intricate and constantly changing ice-barriers and open channels of the Arctic basin north of us. How can we better express our high appreciation of their valuable ser- vices and interesting reports, than by adding our endorsement to the well chosen words of the illur- trious explorer Nordenskj6ld, when he pays this fitting tribute to their intelligence and enterprise, in his despatch dated Stockholm, October 27th, 1880. He says: :« The only persons who have an extensive Enowledge founded on real experience of the icein the sea north of Bering Straits are the American whalers. Should it become necessary to send assist ance to Captain DeLong, these practical Arctic navi- gators should be first consulted,” and he gracefully adds Admiral Rodgers, Professor Dall, Oaptain Hooper, and others not to be _ forgotten. It is quite possible that the coal-se-ms at Oape Lisbourne may have their counterpart on the shores orin the mountain ranges of Wrangel Land, and any coal mine within the Arctic circle could furnish the necessary gas material for inflating a captive balloon capable of rising to an observing heigtt of 2000 feet, from which, with favorable atmospheric conditions, the earth’s unknown surface toward the Pole could be disceroed with a bira’s-eye view, and the position of absent or missing vestrels deter- mined, if within the range of vision. Should if ever become necessary to send out any relief expedition to the Polar Basin we desire to call attention to the value of the coal mines at Ospe Lisbourne, in lati- tude 69° north, as of inestimable value for bal. loon purposes—s means which should certainly be availed of. Should filying-machioes become prac. ticable, the dangers of polar ice may be avoided. The schooner Newton Booth, lost October i9th, 1879, or the schooner Lolita. !ost on Saint Lawrence Island, September 4th, 1880, might furnish dri't- wood from a wreck whict uiways floats northward, and thus acccunt for such stories, had any such wreckage ever been really seen in the Arctic the past year. The closest inquiry fails to show that any has been actually seen. The unpleasant reports received via Hakodate and Tokio are, therefore, wholly with- out foundation. To those scientists who have the objects of her perilous voyage most at heart, and have made her course a matter of close scientific scrutiny—and they are scattered through every Civ- ilized country of the world—the important fact that nothing has besn heard from her is the strongest possible testimony that she is just where she was designed to go, and that her brave and accomplished Oaptain and officers and gallant crew, are indeed earning a worthy record for the Jeannetie, her owner, their country, and themselves, which shall place their names high upon the roll of honor, in the lists of distinguished Arctic naviga- tors and patrons. Having early acquired a thor- oughly practical knowledge of all the important detaile of seamanship and of ship-building,I can personally vouch, from A CLOSE INSPECTION Of every part of the Jeannette before she sailed from San Francisco, that she was an able, staunch, snd thoroughly-fitted vessel, well calculated for the pro. posed expedition, and most ably manned and offi- cered, all on board being intelligent and picked men, physically strong in muscle, and in the full enjoyment of perfect health. None others were accepted for the cruise. In view of these well- established facts, itis to be regretted that so many have lent themselves too readily to the circuiation of baseless rumors regarding ihe safety of the Jeannette, when no possible cause for alarm exists, and, on the contrary, we have every cause for ear- nest congratulation that her special mission is being faithfully executed, and that it will prove of great practical benefit to the advarcement of many im- portant branches of science, and thus inure to the benefit of the whole human race. Let us, to-night, as a body of intelligent and scientific men, piace upon record before the world our abiding faith in the abundant success and safe re- turn of the Jeannette, of the American Arctic Exploring Expedition, which seventeen months ago sailed northward from our port. And as mem- bers of this Academy, now assembled in its temple of science, whose walls were first dedicated to the worship of God, may each inquiring soul prove & living sbrine, dedicated to the great Giver of all science can investigate, before whom true science end true religion shall be wedded with indissoluble bonds to labor jointly for the elevation of the human race. Who, then, wonld not rejoice to believe that the kind care of a Divine Providence, whose universal) influ- ence is gentle as all-powerful, to direct al) things by laws of highest wisdom for the greatest ultimate good, and without whose knowledge not even a spar- row falls to the ground ; will most mercifully watch over evéry Movement of the absent ones, and thus finally influence their return to us in safety and in joy, however far they may penetraie into the Arctic domain, beyond any communication which temporary barriers may »uspenad. CHARLES WOLCOTT BROOKES. REMARKS BY CAPTAIN HOOPER. At the conclusion of Mr, Brooks’ paper, Oaptain Hooper, of the Thomas Corwin, was invited to give nis views on the subject. Captain Hooper said that the subject had been so ably handled that there was nothing left to say. He com- plimented Mr. Brooks upon the thoroughness of his pager, with the tone of which he fully agreed. He thanked the Academy for the kind words of approval expressed by their presiding officer and members this evening, of the mannerin which he had conducted the attempt made by the United States steamer Thomas Corwin, this year, to communicate with the Jeannette, and search for traces of the missing whalers. It had afforded him great cause for thankfulness that he had been selected to goon such an errand of mercy, and he deeply felt that all Americans, and we as scientis's, should ever be es- pecially mindful of the fact that Oaptain De Long and his brave comrades, at the sacrifice of comfort and risk of their lives, have penetrated the Arctic regions in the interest of science, ard are liable to be in need of assistance, which our country should be prepared tofurnish. That in the event of their vessel ever becoming so hopelessly embayed in fixed ice as to compel her abandonment, they would surely endeavor to reach the southern edge of the ice-barrier, or the main coast line of Alaska or Sibe- ria, which they would doubtless be able to do, The ice in that region is treacherous, end a vessel which becomes embayed is for the time being as helpless as though she were on dry land. To humanely provide help in case of any sach cont pgency, all will see the wiedom of dspatching some vessel next year to communicate with the natives on each side of Bering Straits and continue 8s far north as the land may proves accessible ; to make euitable enquiries in regard to the Jeannette and forthe crew. of the missing whalers; ano in case of failure to gain any tidings of them in that way, to continue northward and atiempt to commu. nicate with them in the vicinity of Wrangel Land. Sach s vessel should be properly strengthened to withstand the ice, and furnished with food and clothing for at least eighteen months, to guard against any emergency. It would bs well fo- sucha Vessel to cirry at least five good dog teams of ten dogs each, for land or ice travel, and two light but strong bosts fitted for transportation over the ice. Nations universally acknowledge their duty to rescu3 Seamen in distresi; and sixty or more American whalemen are Enown to have been ice bound in the Arctic. The time will then have come to provide Buitable assistance, to be near and in waiting, to reach and communicate with the Vigilant, Mount Wollaston and Jeannette, and receive the crews of any who may then unofortanately have been forced to abandon their vessel. The subject is worthy cf consideration, and should not be allowed todrop. With regard to the Jean- mette, Oaptain Hooper could offer nothing further than what had been already ssid by Mr. Brooks. But one thing must always be borne in mind, and that is, that she and her brave crew and the missing whalemsn, our countrymen, are amid the ice of the Arctic, and may satany time become in neei of assistance. CAPT. W.LLIAMS, OF THE WHALING FLEET, Being called upon to respnond on behalf of the Oap- tains of the Arctic fleet, spoke most pleasantly and in olear and straigniforward style. He began by saying he could cut in a whals with grester comfort to himself than he could make a speech, but the Academy soon came to the conclusion that he could do both in excellent style. He was one who saw the Jeannette’s smoke, and says he is sure it was coal smoke trom her chimney, and not frost smoke, as had been suggested by some parties. Oaptsio Williams said that he had seen the smoke of the Jeannetle, and that it bore almost due south from Heraid Island. He remained in the same place for two days after he saw the smoke, snd as the hull of the Jeannette did not ris3 above the hori- zon, he felt sure that she was going north. Oaptain Nye, of the since missing Mount Wollaston, who came on board Osptain Williams’ vessel, said that he also had seen the smoke to the north. It is likely that, after Oaptain Williams left him, Captain Nye went to the north of Herald Island. He had been up in the Arctic many years, and somstimss he almost begins to think that the oftener he goes the less he know about it. The Arctic ice is very changeable. CAPTAIN E. E. SMITH’S VIEWS. Oaptain Smith, the ice-pilot of the Corwin, who for many years has commanded whaleships, said that there was no reason why those on the Jean. nette should not come out of the Arctic safely, even if the vessel should happen to be lost. He had wintered in the Arctic, and had been out when the mercury wae 64 degrees below Z-ro. Bat he had experienced no inconvenience except as to the parts that might be exposed, as the nose, which some- times became frost-bitten. Should it become nec. @3sary for the officers sand crew to abandon the Jeann+tte, if they will travel as their Indian guides wiil direct, they will be saved. Captain Ds Long doubtless had no idea of coming ou of the Arctic this sear, having determined to push north for the time for which he was fitted out He did not think he would have come out tdis year if he could have done so. Oaptiin Smith gave an interesting account of wintering south of Bering Straits. His remarks were Celivered with earnestness, and received, as were Oaptain Williams’ and others, with frequent applause. DR. W. H. DALL, Assistant ia charge of the United States Ooast and Geodetic Sarvey vf Alaska, being cslled on, made some happ7 allusions, and closed by st ting that he could only say «ditto” to the rematks of Mr. Brooks. AN AERONAUT OFFERS HIS SERVICES. Just before the meeting adjourned Mr. Wells, a veteran aé‘onaut, made some inquiries of Oaptain Williams as to the currents of sir in ths Arctic. He stated that he had always desired to make an ascent in the North, and theo off-rei his services to any expedition that should be sent out next year. He was certain of being sbie to take such advan- tage of currents of air that he would be wafted without difficulty to the Pole. O°, if he was re. quired to make an ascension in a captive balloon, he offered to sscend to an observing distance of one mile, if desired. He had made over 500 ascents in Europe and elsewhere, and made a balloon 75 feet in length, and heated by an engine of three-horge power, during the Franco-Prussian war. Mr. Wells thought it was more feasible to reach the North Pole by sailing over the ice ina balloon, than bya vessel, and cutting through the mass of ice. He had come to Osiifornia for the express purpose. Oaptaio Williams told him in Winter he conld pretty generally rely upon a northerly sarface wind nest the earth, to bring him back, and an upper current in the opposite direction, to take him north. Mr. Wells said that if the balloon was svuffitiently provisioned to sail to the North Pole, if such was possible, by seeking the currents, he wouli be wil- ling to risk his life in accomplishing the object, after obtaining all possible information regarding the course of the usual upper aud lower currents of air centering around the Pole, such as ordinary cau- tion would dictate. After the unanimous passage of resolutions, tendering to Mr. Brooks the thanks of the Academy for the very able and interesting paper read, tie Academy sajourned. ete, aera IT OG RATE A g ARCTIC _RECION 163 a Te : a ees — e PROCHKEDINGS OF THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES AT A RECEPTION GIVEN TO THE CAPTAIN AND OFFICERS OF THE JEANNETTE SEARCH EXPEDITION When about to sail from this Port in the ¢ UNITED STATES EXPLORING AND RELIEF STEAMER ate eo ale Cor a owe LIEUTENANT Rospert M. Berry, U.S. Navy, COMMANDING INCLUDING Papers READ, WITH THE DISCUSSION THEREON, BEFORE THE ACADEMY AT ITS REGULAR MEETING HELD JUNE 6TH, 1881. SAN FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA, U. S. A. Re-printed from the Reports and type of the Dairy Atta CaLirornia and other city papers, 188r. : PROCHEDINGS OF THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. =@P,r Intentions of the Expedition—Instructions from the Secretary of the Navy—Proposed Exploration of Wrangel Land by sledge parties— Cairns to be sought for—Papers read—Telegraphy in Arctic Regions by James Gamble—Early Discoveries of Wrangel Land, by Charles Wolcott Brooks—Inquiry into con- flicting claims to discovery—Evidence presented— Remarks by Lieut. R. M. Berry, U. S. N— Capt. H. W. Howgate—and President George Davidson, Ph. D., of the U. S. Coast and Geodetic Survey. Oe {From the Daily Alta California published June 7th, 1881.] The meeting of the Usliforuis Academy of sciences last evering was literally packed to overflowing by our leading scientists and citizens, who met to receive the brave officers composing the Jeannette Search expedition, and to give them words of hearty Welcome and cheer in the good work they have un- derisken. Ths President of the Academy, Professor George Daviuson, occupied the Ohair and ths fol- lowing guests of the evening were seated around him on the platform: Lieutenant Robert M. Berry, U.8.N., commanding U. 8. steamer Rodgers ; En- siga Henry J. Hunt, U. 8. N; Assistant Surgeon Joaquim D. Osstilio, U. 8S. N.; Ool. W. H. Gilder, Pay Olerk, and corre:pondent New York Herald ; Assistant Engineer Abrabam VY. Z:ne, U.8.N.; Past Assistant Surgeon Meredith D. Jones, U. 8. N,; all officers detailed to sail in the Rodgers ; alao, Ospt. Hsnry W. Howgate, of the Howgate Arctic Ex- Ploring Expedition, and Mr. James Gambls, Gen. eral Superintendent Western Union Telegraph Oompany. The regular order of business was dispersed with, excepting elections of new members, when Hon. Geo. QO, Perkins, Governor of Oslifornia, and Hon James G, Fair, U. 8. Senator from Nevada, Were unanimously elected life members of the Acad. emy. President Davidson introduced the guests to the Academy in 8 faw well-selected remarks, say- ing: The Oaliforuis Academy of Sciences feels a deep interest in the relief voyage of the Rodgers, end desires to manifest its good will and readiness to assist in every way possible the gallant officers in their brave undertaking, and avails of this oppurtu- nity to wish them 2a hearty God-speed in all their humane and adventurous efforts, After which CHARLES WOLCOTT BROOKS Read 8 paper on «« The Jeannette Kelief Expedition» and Evidences Regarding Discoveries of Wrangel Land and in the Arctic Ocesn,’’ in which be presented the officisl instructions given to this expedition by the Naval Board. of which Admiral John Rogers was Obairman, and of the Honorable Secretary of the Navy. He gave an abstract of all letters received from Lieutenant De Long, written from on board the Jeannette, since her departure from this port. He siluced to the currents in the Arctic, as testified to by whaling captiins, spoke of observation balloons and signal bombs, and described Wrangel’s first visit to Siberia, when, in 1820-24, at Oape Jakan, he heard from Indiens that high land existed far north, but never saw it. He next gave absiracts of Oaptain Thomas Long’s first actual discovery of the southern Shore of Wrangel Land, when in the American bark Wile, August 14th, 15th, and 16h, 1867; also alluding to O:ptain Kellet’s discovery of Herald and Plover Islands. He then gave s translation of & paper read by Osptain E. Dallmann before the German Geographical Society at Bremen, wherein he claims to havs LANDED ON WRANGEL LAND August 14th, 1866, when in command of the trading schooner W. C. Talbot of Honolulu, and there obtained musrk-ox horns, finding green grass and a luxuriant arctic vegetation, with extensive fields of flowers. Mr. Brooks then produced a mass of highly intereste ing evidence receivcd from Honolulu, going to show from the reports of Hawaiian newspapers, whaling captains, the Talbot’s trading journsls, invoices, etc., alaofrom the testimony of Captain Dallmann’s mate in the Talbot, that he did mot land at Wrangel Land, as alleged If he did, it is sirange he should have kept the fact concealed from the public for fifteen yesrs. He was at Honolulu, where, in 1867, the subsequent year, the credit of discovery was publicly awarded to Osptein Thomas Long. and to this claim he then made n0 objection ; ~ hence his claim appesrs but poorly supported. Mr. Brooks’ paper wes frequently applauded, and the opinion of members seemed to be, that it is now Captain Dallmann’s turn to rise snd explain, why he got musk-ox horns without entering them on his trading-book, and failed to acconnt for them to the owners at Honolulu, on his arrival there ; also, how he found musk-oxen on a place so farfrom Green- land and Arctic America, the only place they are Known to inhabit none being found in Siberia. [ Mr. Brooks’ paper will be found published in full beginning at page 6.] ME. JAMES GAMBLE Then presented to the Academy a valuable paper on «s Arctic facilities for running telegraph wires over frozen surfaces,” thus retaining cons ant commani- cation with parties when detached from the ves- sel, exploring northward by dog-tezms. He recom- mended the use of No. 20 gauge eteel wire, weighing about 20 pounds to the mile, to be coiled on reels and carried on sledges, paying out as the party ad- vances. Theice fornishes perfect insulation, and telephones or telegraphic instruments could easily be attached and used, enabling the parties out to re- port constantly, or to callat anytime foraid. With this connection, rendering intelligent relief more certain, parties coald venture much farther away from their bese of supplies. He admit ed Mr. George Kennan’s experience in Arctic regions, when onthe Oollins Russian Over- lsnd Telegraph expedition, many years ago, but claimed later knowledge, sand urged Lieutenant Berry to take 3 small qusaniity of wire snd some in- struments and telepbones, and to make the trial, for at least a short distance. He did not believe steel wire was too brittle, but if it proved to be, copper wire conld be uced. The paper was full of interesting suggestions, and gave much valuable telegraphic ex- perience, while constructing the overland telegreph lines across our continent, especially the Sierra Ne- vada Mountains, where such cold weather and heavy gnow are met with every Winter. He said that ob- stacles should prove stepping-siones to progress, and urged that some practical test should be made as early as practicable, that every possible facility might be afforded to our brave Arctic explorers in the future. These sentiments were freely applauded. [ Mr. Gamble’s paper will be found published in full beginning at page 17.] REMARKS BY LIEUT. BEBRY. Professor Davidson then called on Lieut. Berry to express his views regarding the landing of Oapt. Dallmann on Wrangel Land, which the latter says he effected in 1866. To which he answered that at present he was of the opinion that Oapt. Dallmann did not Jand there as is claimed ; for he could scarcely imagine how any one could thus withhold so valuable a geographical fact from public announcement for fifteen years. It was clearly his duty, as a navigator, to publish such in- formation to the world at once, giving it to the 1earest hydrographio bureau. While he thought it impossible that Dallmanncould have lended there as alleged, yet he would not jadge him too bastily, as he should be heard from again, and given opporta- bities for explanation, as he may possibly be able to bring forward other circumsiances which iend to confirm his very late report. All whalers testify th:t ice usually extends off a great distance from the cosst of Wrangel Land, and only one year in ten at Jeast,ig it possible to ap. proach atallneartoit. He traded there several years, and now claims his di-covery the year before the remarkebly open season, in which Osptsin Long made his observations and discoveries. Ue should most certsinly have notified the public at once, and no right thinking msn could possibly have kept quiet in regard to it fifteen years. One can ecarcely say which is mcst culpable, his sin of omission, or of commission if bis present report is erroneous. Profeseor Davidson then made some interesting remarks on Usptairs Williams, Thomas and Long’s reports of Herald and Plover Islands, showing how Dallmenn’s o.\her ¢tatements of bis vessel’s course did not agree with facts which they had commouni- cated to this Acedemy. Lieut. Berry offered some further remarks in answer to Mr. Gamble, agreeing to make trisl of a limited emount of telegraphic wire and telephones, ard began by saying: «I wish to take this occasion to thank this Academy for the information by which the Naval Relief Board and I have profited materially in making up the route by which we are to go ont. It will be followed as Btrictly ag practicable. In regard to the experiments with wire, I aball be very happy, indeed, to make those, testing them in every way. I think, however, that it will be very difficult on extended sledge journeys, tcr the reason that we have an immense weight to draw. When you speak of additional dogs to hanl the wire, you must take into account that they will require additional food and additional material on board ship. We find that all Artic ships, when starting from port, are overloaded with mate- rial. The Jeannette went ont of here loaded to the weter-line. Iam fortunate in having a larger ship, but she is now crowded, and will be overcrowded when we get the other stores. It will be very diffi- cult to take much wire. When you take that you must give up coal and other things which are very material. I also would be very happy to make those experiments with the signals that were referred to. I don’t think it will be necessary to refer to my journey, as we have had it explained as far as I can explain it myself mow, because after reaching Wrangel Land I shall have to be guided by circum- stances. There I shall find anew couniry that has not been explored, and after reaching there I shail have to fcrm new plans.” PROFESSOR DAVIDSON, Of the United States Coast and Geodetic Survey, and President of the Academy, then ssid that Mr. Gamble’s suggestions in regard to the use of tele« graph wires over ice or snow, accorded fully with hig own experience in field-work on the coast of New Foundiand, where they suffered from imper- fect insulation of their wires, the weather being wet and stormy. They, however, waited until De- cember, when a cold snap covered everything r; with fice, and telegraphic clock signals thence- forth passed with perfect satisfaction to all. He said Mr. Gamble could easily cits the experience of the Western Union Telegraph Oompany, who experienced no trouble on the Sierra Nevada, high up upon the range, even when the lines became im- bedded under the snow. and that they foond by practice thet Gry ice afforded perfect insulation ; but it was only imperfect when the snow began to melt, snd became slushy. Professor Davidson then recelied in part whst he had said in regard to Mr. Dall’e alleged discovery that the Kuro Shiwo, or Japaneses warm stream, did net pass into the Arctio through Bering Strait. [See Bulkley’s letter p.16 | Hesaid he bai conversed with Captains Thomas sod Williams. The latter’s views, founded on his personal experience, had been recorded in the Academy’s proceedings for 1867. Plover Island has been cut out of the U.S. Navy Obarts by the Hydrographic Bureau. Admiral John Ro’gers, when in the Vincennes,on the United States Explorivog Expedition of 1855, landed upon Herald Island and from its top saw no signs of Plover Island, but Professor Daviison ascribe this ¢° @ false horizon, SUCH PHENOMENA He had himself observed in Santa Barbara Chaanel, off the coast of Oslifornia, where he had seen islands lifted above the horizon, that belonged 1000 feet below it. Hse had also seen the reverse, when a rock in Senta Barbara channel disappeared to his view, owing to the aérial phenomena of a false horizon, which sgain appeared later in the day, when this false horizon broke away. When Captain Fillebrown, on the John Rodgers’ United States Exploring Expedition of 1855, failed to see Plover Island, the weather was good, and he was of the impression that the Island did not exist. Oaptain Kelleti, in 1849, in the British ship Heraid, says he made ont Plover Island in dirty Weather, and slso discovered Herald Island and shoal, and sawthe topsof high mountains on what has Bince been msde out to be Wrangel Land. Osptaing Thomas and Williams say Plover Island is a low pyramidal hillock, from which the low coast trends N.N. W. and W.S. W., stretching as an extended plain of very low land far toward the Kellett Moun. tains. In 1867 Alaska had sn nnasual rainfall of 23 inches in July, which westher melted large bodies of ice, and an eqnal rainfall here would farnish all needed nourishment to vegetation. They aid not attempt to land, for the entire coast or beach line was bordered with pack ice. The situation of this land On VARIES FROM CAPTAIN DALLMANN’S MAP, Furnished the Bremen Geographical Society. If his course is correctly Jaid down, be appears to have Tun his vessel between Plover Isiand and the Kellett Mountsing, across where Captains Williams and Thomas report this low land. It appsars that Dall- mann’s olsim is incorrect, and conflicts with the testimony of Captains Wiiliams and Thomas, whom we know are careful and trothful and exp°rienced navigators. They reported to us that they saw con. necting land with Plover Island, and that it was low, swampy land, with grass. Captain Henry W. Howgate, of the Howgate Arc- tic Expedition, ssid he had been the meane of send- ing North two Arctic expeditions, and a third one is now fitting out in charge of Lieutenant Gree- ley, U. 8. A., to goby Smith’s Sound to Lady Frank- lin Bay, despatched by the War Department. This will carry telegraph wire, flag signals, candle bombs and other apparatus used in the U. 8. Signal Ser- vice, taking all of these that will prove useful and can be easily trensported. Lientenant Greeley’s in- structions are to search for and sesist, if necessary, Lieut. DeLong and party in the Jeannette, should they make their appearance in any of the sounds on the eastern shores of Americas. He argued that Oapt. Dallmann’s statement made at this late day appears to him very doubtfal, and hoped that Lieut. Berry and his party would briag us back some reliable information regarding Wran- gel Land. He then offered some interesting remarks on Arc. tic voyages, and the plan of exploration he referred to was once attempted on the Atlantic side, but failed through an accident to the exploring steamer; it is to estsblish colonies at short distances in the Arctic, and thus work upto the pole. One colony is to be established ag far north as vessele can go, Say at Lady Franklio Bay, lat. 81°40’ N., long. 64° 3uU’ W., and from tnere a continuous chain of land Blations, at short, but regular intervals, will be es- tablished, to form bases of communication snd sup- plies, as the advancing party moves northward to approach ihe pole, Col. W. H. Gilder, who goes with Lieutenant Berry as Pay Clerk, and who was a member of ths Schwatka expedition last year, wasthen called upon and prasented the Academy with a piece of bamboo, evidently part of a fishing pole, one of the relics of the Franklin expedition, of whose wrecked ship and records Lieutenant Schwatka went in search, The Academy then adjourned, after a higbly-in- struct ve and most agreeable meeting. EARLY ) DISCOVERIES ————_ or ——— ii ANGE i Nae SOME EVIDENCE REGARDING CONFLICTING (CLAIMS; PLANS OF THE RODGERS: _XPEDITION. A Paper READ BEFORE THE ACADEMY JUNE OTH, 1881. CHAR LABS WOLCOTT “BROOKS, Member of the California Academy of Sciences. OS [From the Daily Alta California published June 8th, 1881. } Two years ago, lacking ten days, thid Academy met to receive Lieut. George W. De Long, with his staff of able officers, appointed to sail in the steamer Jeannette on an American Arctic Expedition, about to proceed from our port to approach the North Pole as nearly a8 possible by way of Bering Strait, and thence along the eas ern coast of Wrangsl Land. The following members of the Expedition were .hen our guests: Lieut. G@. W.De Long, U.S. N., Oom- mander ; Lieut. 0. W. Chipp, U. S. N., Executive Officer ; Lieut. J. W. Dannheimer, U. 8. N., Navi- gator; G. W. Melville, U. 8. N., Chief Engineer ; J. W. Ambler, Passed Assistant Surgeon; Jerome Jd. Oolline, meteoroligist and special correspondent of the New York Herald, and R. L. Newcomb, naturalist. The sailing of the Jeannette, and subsequent cruise of the United States revenue stsamsr Corwin, Oaptsin 0. L. Hoop:r, in search for both the Jeannette and missing whalers Vigilant, Oaptain Smithers. and Mount Wollaston, Oaptain Nye, gave great interest to all information relating to Wrangel Land and those portions of the Arctic regions where these vessels were last reported to ua as seen. THE ‘‘ JEANNETTE” SAILED F2ZOM OUR PORT, Escorted to sea by several steamers and our entir® yacht fleet, Jaly 8th, 1879, and steamed hence directly for St. Michael’s, in Alaska. There she coaled and took on board 76 trained dogs, 7 dog sledge, fur clothing, and two experienced Innuit hunters. The expedition thus admirably equipped for ice travel, with a liberal supply of pemmican taken from here, paseed through Bering Strait, ateering in the direction of 8t. Lawrence Bay, thence sround East Ospe to Oape Serdze, on the northeast coast of Siberia, in the Arctic Ocean, from which point—sfter landing a letter dated August 27th, 1879, which was ebout twelve months in reaching New York—Oaptain De Long intended to approach the scuthern end of Wrangel Land, in lstitude 70° 45’ nor:h, and near the prime meridian of 180°, touching, if practicable, at Kolintchin Bay. On the 2d of September, 1879, when about 50 miles or go south of Herald Island, Captain Barnes, of the Amer- ican whale bark Sea Breeze saw the Jeannette under foil sail and steam, and attempted to communicate with her, but both vessels were in heavy ice ands dense fog was setting in, which prevailed up to the following day. ‘These vessela havisg approached to within less than foaor miles of each other, held their courses without communication. On the following day, September 3d, 1879, Oaptain. Kelley, of the bark Dawn; Oaptain Bauldry, of the Helen Mar, and several others of the whaling fleet, then somewhat northward of the Sea Breeze, suw smoke issuing from a steamer’s smoke. atack, in range of Herald Island, they being in lati. tude 70° 51’ N., longitade 174° 30’ W , in a narrow space of open water, and within 25 miles of Herald Island. ‘The Jeannette having pressed forward was bull.down north of these whalers, hence they only saw her black smoke. The weather was quite clear at this time. She was standing northward, and was herself a little east of due sontk from Herald Island. These are the last tidings of the Jeannette received at this port by any one, up to date. After doubling East Oape, she held & nearly due north course to- ward Herald Island, and was last seen steaming and carrying all sail abreast of THE EASTERN SHORE OF WRANGEL LAND, Some twenty miles or so, from its coast line, wiih 8 favorable prospect before her, and an open channel in theice barrier, stretching northward as far as the eye couid reach. She was making the utmost of her opportunities through this fortunate opening, then quite ciear of oldice. That night was a cold one, but afterthis the wind blew from the south, and the westher continued favorable for several days. Osptain Williams says the past two years sppear to have been specislly made for the success of the Jeannette. He cannot imagine any conditions better for her. One whaling Oasptain said the weather and chance seemed msde expressly for her safety. What more encouraging prospect could a brave explorer, such as De Long, desire? His intention, when he sailed, was to remain away three years, for which time his vessel was fitted. Thus, the Jean- nette was last seen September 30,1879, and the missing whalers Vigilant and Mount Wollaston were last seen October 10th, 1879, within about eighty miles of ihe samespot. Since then, nothing has been heard from either, reports claiming to give later news have been proven to be wholly without foundation. The crews of these whalers numbered about 30 persons each. Reports indicate that the past Winter of 1880 81 was unusually severe in portions of Nortbern Siberia. The United States Revenue steamer Corwin, Oaptain Hooper, sailed hence May 4th, 1881, for a second cruise in the Arctic Ocean, around the southern portions of the Polar basin, and around the entire northern coast of Alaska. We trust she willron lines of soundings across this shallow sea, to increase our knowledge of its bed. The United States relief and exploring steamer Rodgers, 420 tons register, now in our harbor ready for ses, commanded by Lieu- tenant Robert M. Berry, United States Navy, is about to proceed with able officers to the coast of Wrangel Land upoo the worthy errand, rendered doubly noble and approved by AIM Ai Cada AU altars ae fo dic Piinic4s ~~ p= > = i 4 At) ieeeeee! > a A OS ee TP Te mil a Se vk a) : ees ece: ae’ in Wy Prey, i mah ' eo . 5 ity ‘ } = z @ - ' ple - p }- ¥ ~ , Ay fo PET OV FP EC el ee TT LAT » = _ he A ‘ ee ws 7 y fe) 2 " . Yo he E if ete ee ee k jek A. wateteleid & eee) 1a yeeteaie atertiic) ohh 1 <7 ih S| 7 ; } “ Ai? Si) : reeetae 7 Gat & a mt. .a) 2 tee om tog = ARCTIC DRIFT AND OCEAN CURRENTS. ILLUSTRATED BY THE DISCOVERY ON AN ICE-FLOE OFF THE COAST OF GREENLAND Of Relics from the American Arctic Steamer “Jeannette.” SCIENTIFIC IMPORTANCE OF THE SUBJECT. It is a new and important fact, worthy of careful record by physicists of all nations, that ice-floes from north of Herald Island, opposite Bering Strait, dividing Asia from America, are drifted to the south-western point of Greenland in the Atlantic. The deep and constant in- terest manifested by this Academy in the American Arc- tic explorations of the Jeannette, which sailed from our port on July 8th, 1879, under command of Lieut. George W. De Long, U.S. N., and in the fate of her gallant crew, is well known to all scientific bodies throughout the world. Humboldt, the father of modern science, that great and good man, when off the coast of Peru, first discovered the stream that bears his name. Both Humboldt and Sir John Herschel pronounced ocean circulation the greatest problem of terrestrial physics. Ocean currents, with inland water courses, have largely aided and often directed early migra- tions. Isothermal lines are not strictly coincident with parallels of latitude. Along the Atlantic seaboard of North America, a warm stream flows four miles an hour, which Dr. Croll tells us, conveys as much heat to northern Europe, as the entire Arctic regions obtain from the sun. Dr. Wm. B. Carpenter recently informed the British Association that oceanic currents flow northward into the Arctic, because cold water there sinks, and constantly stimulates the water from warmer regions to advance and fill its place. 4 ARCTIC DRIFT AND OCEAN CURRENTS. Dr. Wm. H. Dall, U. S. C. S., attributes their presence to the inflow of warm fresh water, discharged by the large number of rivers flowing northward, and emptying in the vicinity of the polar basin. Atmospheric pressure, revealed by recent barometric tests, affords data for another plausible theory. Dr. A. Geike has brought out discoveriesin geology which merit consideration in the study of this subject. Earth is an oblate spheroid flattened 26 ,°°3, miles at the poles; but re- cent geodetic measurements show it to be an unsymmetrical form, whose equatorial circumference is an ellipse instead of a circle. Its greatest equatorial diameter at sea-level, where the vertices touch the surface in longitude 14° 22’ E. and 165° 37’ W., is nearly two miles longer than at right angles to it. How far inequalities of earth’s form may dis- turb the equilibrium of its surface waters, and attract them by force of gravitation or some other power yet undemon- strated, is an inquiry pertinent to this subject. Ares of meridians have been measured, to determine with great accuracy the actual length of each separate degree of latitude from the Equator to the North Pole. These meas- urements show that the measured length of a degree in- creases with the latitude, and that a degree at the pole, where earth’s surface is flattened one 300th part of its dia- meter, is now 3,662 feet, (0.694 of a mile) longer than at the increasing curvature of the protuberant Equator. Earth’s form being now unsymmetrical, tends to keep its surface waters in a state of unrest. Many forces are continually la- boring by different methods, to attain for these, a state near- er to equilibrium, thereby giving impulse to oceanic currents. Mathew F. Maury, by an original system of classification, adopted in the U. S. wind and current charts, did much to attract a critical exploration of maritime currents. There may be a partial truth in all the many theories advanced. The voyages of the British ships Lightning, Porcupine and Challenger, United States’ ships Dolphin, Tuscarora, Fish Hawk, and Swedish steamer Vega, have given us reliable data for scientific study; but a carefully preserved record of le ARCTIC DRIFT AND OCEAN CURRENTS. 5 the drift of waifs borne direlect on ice-floes and along ocean currents, largely supplements our field of knowledge. The British discovery ship Resolute, one of Sir Edward Belcher’s expedition, was abandoned Aug. 26, 1854, when frozen in, not far from Beechy Island, in lat. 74° 40’ N., lon. 90° 45’ W., and was picked up without a person on board by Captain Buddington, of the American whale-ship George Henry, Sept. 11th, 1855, in lat. 64° 40’ N., lon. 61° 30’ W., off Cumber- land Sound, on the west coast of Baffin’s Bay, just south of Davis Strait. She was brought to the United States, and by Congress presented to England. In 381 days she drifted eastward in the ice-floe fully 1,100 miles, averaging about three miles each day. Another remarkable experience of Arctic drift was that of a party of 19 persons, including men, women and children, landed on an ice-floe of five miles in circumference, with boats, stores and provisions from the U.S. 8. Polans, Charles F. Hall, Commander, on October 15th, 1872, in lat. 77° 35’ N., not far from Littleton Island, when it was thought that vessel was about to sink. Upon this drifting floe they built snow huts in which they lived and kept their records and provisions. They were rescued by the barkentine Tigress, Capt. Bartlett, April 30th, 1873, in lat. 538° 30’ N., which vessel was engaged in sealing. In the light of information now received, it appears quite certain that had the Jeannette proved strong enough to hold together, she would have sailed safely into New York early in the Spring of 1884, if not before. In proof of this opin- ion, the following facts are now reported as causing great surprise and much attentive study among scientific men in the United States. HOW THE NEWS WAS RECEIVED. On Friday, August 15th, 1884, the American bark Fluorine, Capt. Alexander Wilson, arrived at Philadelphia, —days from Ovigtut, the port of shipment for the cryolite mines, situated a few miles north of Julians-haab, the prin- cipal place and seat of the local government of an extensive 6 ARCTIC DRIFT AND OCEAN CURRENTS. district on the southern extremity of Greenland. It is a maritime station situated 110 miles N. W. of Cape Farewell, the extreme southern point of Greenland. Just before sailing from Ivigtut, in July, 1884, an official dispatch, addressed to the Danish Consulate in New York, was handed him by the Danish Colonial Governor of Ju- lans-haab, who went at once to Ivigtut and gave the news to Capt. Wilson. Upon the arrival of the Fluorine at Phila- delphia, Capt. Wilson promptly forwarded the dispatch to the Danish Consul, who kindly furnishes the following offi- cial translation, dated [ OFFICIAL COMMUNICATION OF THE DANISH GOVERNMENT. | ‘ 44 SxOOHa TLOOLOW SALAS. — é as be . _ I APMROT IAD. ‘ODaIOM ART — ie? i re oR be) wind erset ety ol Ne es a5) 74 3 acai a Eee eo Shes - ey Pa ee a ae ~ hs. EARLY DISCOVERIES OF THE HAWAIIAN ISLANDS. At the regular semi-monthly meeting of the California Academy of Sciences, held on Mon- day evening, June 7th, 1880, the President of the Academy, Professor George Davidson, occu- pied the chair. In regular order, after the dispatch of current business, the following remarks were made by Charles Wolcott Brooks, a member of the Sections of Ethnology and Oriental Literature, introductory to the reading of a paper on the “ Early Discoveries of the Hawaiian Islands,” prepared for the Academy at his request, by Honorable Henry A. Peirce, Minister Resident of the United States of America, at Honolulu, Hawaiian Islands, from 1870 to 1878: INTRODUCTORY REMARKS. The many interesting problems of ethnology, which arise while tracing the early migrations of races, have led us to consider the scattered fragments of an ancient people, whose descend- ants may now be traced over large groups of islands in the Pacific Ocean. A careful study of co-related evidence, leads us to a firm belief that the present bed of the Pacific Ocean was once an area of earth’s surface above the level of the sea, and became sub- merged by some of the many spasmodic catastrophes, when the resistance of the outer crust was overcome, and the equilibrium of earth’s forces temporarily disturbed; involving condi- tions which depressed new beds for water, and while establishing new water-lines as the boundaries of continents, necessarily formed islands of peaks and mountain summits, lofty enough to remain unsubmerged. Such a Polynesian Continent, was undoubtedly inhabited by early ancestors of the North American Indian, the Japanese, the Hawaiian, and the broader classification we term the Malay race. All races at the present day, are to a certain extent, composite or mixed races; but.a majority of the present Hawaiian blood is probably descended from the ancient Malay race, which formerly inhabited a vast continent, which many thousands of years ago, was broken up and depressed, amid one of those mighty physical convulsions, which have at long but systematic periods of interval, changed the form of continents, by upheavals and depres- sions of large but local areas of the earth’s outer crust. Such violent changes of elevation in the surface of the earth, closing periods of extraordinary electric or attractive tension, and taking place under the general exercise of natural laws of contraction, when the necessary equilibrium between the external and internal forces, acting on the outer crust of our planet had been lost; could not have raised up high table lands and lofty mountain ranges, without simultaneously submerging large continental areas, whose mountain summits remain to us as oceanic islands. The coincidence of astronomical epochs of extraordinary planetary attraction, with wide and extended cataclysms, involving changes in the outer surface elevation of our planet, is a subject of the deepest moment, and well worthy the most intelligent study of practical scientists. Mr. Peirce has a thorough knowledge of the Hawaiian language, having learned it fifty-five years ago, when he first landed upon those islands, in 1825, since which time he has resided there nearly a quarter of a century. He conversed freely with many intelligent natives, who were present and witnessed the landing of Captain Cook. His sources of exact information, are therefore not only exceptionally good, but are also most trustworthy and reljable. He has called to my attention, many Hawaiian customs, which are of Spanish origin. Taro plants are cultivated in terraced plots of ground as in Japan. In former times, professional tradi- . 4 EARLY DISCOVERIES OF THE HAWAIIAN ISLANDS. tionists existed at the Hawaiian Islands, who were chosen, or held appointment by birth; and their trained memories were exercised to repeat in exact and undeviating words, the ancient history of the nation, and in like manner, hand it down to others similarly trained. Hawaiian natives formerly had a cut stone image, of a man resembling a European, and wearing a cue. This, Mr. Peirce informs me, was either broken up, or thrown into a pond or the sea, when missionaries had all their idols destroyed. Later intermixtures of races, may be traced by a careful study of traditional histories, among the different groups of the Polynesian Islands; which should be carefully collected and preserved, before the impending changes of civilization, now moving westward, and perme- ating the whole area of the Pacific, allows them to fade from memory, or pass beyond the recovery of scientific research. To perpetuate such testimony of certain historical facts relating to the Hawaiian group of islands, Mr. Brooks then read the following detailed account, prepared by Mr. Peirce, of various voyages known to him, where the early navigators of modern, or commonly called Western Nations, reached the Hawaiian Islands. MR. PEIRCE'S PAPER. To the people of California the Hawaiian Islands have an especial interest, and the future relations of this charming group are likely to prove of great national import to residents of this entire continent. In geographical location they occupy a direct navigable line between the Pacific States of the American Union and the British colonies of Australia and New Zealand, as well as the rich and populous countries of Asia. Their natural position is a strong stra- tegical point, highly important to the United States of America in the event of foreign war. To the Christian philanthropist they have presented an interesting field during the labors of earnest American missionaries, sent out in 1819 by the American Board of Commissioners for Foreign Missions, and since maintained for over sixty years by expenditures exceeding one million of dollars, cheerfully contributed in the cause of human advancement. The success which has resulted from this national expression of Christian enterprise is known to all the world. The Hawaiian people are indebted to the American missionaries and American resi- dents at their islands for their present advanced condition in general civilization, christian knowledge, constitutional government, wise and just laws, and even for the preservation of their national independence when formerly assailed by both France and England. To the scientist they present many highly instructive natural records in the evolutionary his- tory of the earth we inhabit, and their race and language offers an interesting ethnological prob- lem. Many ancient records and prehistoric traditions, unless now carefully noted with a view of perpetuating testimony, will soon pass beyond the reach of future historians. The beautiful and fertile group of tropical islands composing the Hawaiian Kingdom is situated in the North Pacific Ocean, between 19° to 22° north latitude, and 156° to 159° longi- tude west from Greenwich, averaging about two thousand miles south-westerly from the coast of California. When the principal islands are officially referred to, by the Hawaiian Government they are written: Hawaii, Maui, Oahu, Kauai, Molokai, Lanai, Niihau, and Kahoolawe. Be- sides these may be found a number of smaller and comparatively unimportant islets, such as Kaula, Molokini, etc., the least of which are mere rocky or coral reefs, but slightly elevated above the ocean level. When speaking the above names, each vowel is pronounced as one syllable, and the broad accent of European continental languages is given. British geog- raphers formerly spelled these names phonetically, employing vowels as pronounced in Eng- lish, which accounts for an apparent confusion when written by them—Owhyhee, Mowee, Woahoo, Atooi, etc. EARLY DISCOVERIES OF THE HAWAIIAN ISLANDS. 5 By whom were these islands first discovered? The celebrated English navigator, Captain James Cook, visited them in 1778, and by him they were given the foreign name of Sandwich Islands, in honor of his patron, the Earl of Sandwich, at that time First Lord of the British Admiralty. i The honor and credit of having been the first European to discover this group of islands has hitherto been popularly accorded to Captain Cook. But it is now well known that the fact of their existence was ascertained by Spanish navigators more than two centuries before Cook saw them, and that knowledge was carefully concealed from all other people by the Span- ish Government, whose jealous national policy was to selfishly prevent Spanish explorations and discoveries in the Pacific Ocean from becoming generally known. In the history of Captain Cook’s third and last voyage it is related that the ships of his expedition, on leaving Christmas Island, steered to the north and westward, and on the 18th of January, 1778, at day- break, they first sighted one island, and, soon after, another. The first land-fall subsequently proved to be the island of Oahu, and the second, Kauai, both portions of the Hawaiian group. Captain Cook anchored his ships in the Bay of Waimea, on the south side of the island of Kauai, and at that place his free and amicable communication with the natives first com- menced. Some pieces of iron were then observed among the islanders, and great avidity was shown by them to procure more of this metal from Cook’s officers. He thereupon erro- neously concluded that the natives had never seen Europeans before, as they seemed to him unacquainted with any foreign article except iron, which metal, he argued, they might have obtained from Spanish vessels wrecked on the coast of New Spain or Mexico during the past two hundred years, fragments of which may have drifted to Hawaii. Helmets, resem- bling in form those of ancient Romans, and feather cloaks, similar in shape to those worn in Europe in the seventeenth century, were also seen among the natives. Both articles, as it is now believed, were rude copies of some similar ones originally introduced among the islanders by shipwrecked Spaniards. No iron of any kind exists in the soil or rocks of these islands, and such pieces of iron, with a knowledge of their use, could only have come from some kind of foreign intercourse with a nation of civilized artisans. From Kauai and Niihau, Captain Cook sailed for the north-west coast of America; and on his return from thence, in November, 1778, he discovered the islands of Maui, Hawaii, and other islands of the group. Captain Cook was killed by the natives on Sunday, February 14, 1779, at Kealakeakua Bay, on the island of Hawaii. He remarks in his journal as follows: “Had the Sandwich Islands been discovered at an early period by the Spaniards, there is little doubt they would have made use of them as a refreshing place for the ships that sail annually from Acapulco to Manila, and also by the English buccaneers, who used sometimes to pass from America to the Ladrone Islands.” Now, it is singular, and almost incredible, that Captain Cook should have had no knowl- edge of the existence of the Hawaiian group anterior to actually seeing them himself. For twenty-eight years before Cook sailed from England on his last voyage of discovery, there had existed a work entitled “The History of Lord Anson’s Voyage around the World, during the years 1741 to 1744. Edited by Richard Walter, Chaplain of H. M. Ship Centurion. Published in London. 1748.” A copy of the first edition of the book is now to be seen in the Mercantile Library of San Francisco, California. The Centurion, under Anson, sailed northerly along the west coasts of South America and Mexico, and on the way up captured several Spanish towns and merchant vessels; but being unsuccessful in meeting off Acapulco the Spanish galleon periodically sailing for Ma- nila, the Cesturion thence crossed the Pacific Ocean to Macao, in China; and from Macao she sailed to cruise off Cape Espiritu Sancto, Philippine Islands, where, in June, 1743, she fell in with the Spanish galleon, then e route from Acapulco to Manila; and, after a bloody en- gagement, Anson succeeded in capturing her, with the usual treasure and goods on board, to the value of over two millions of dollars. Several drafts and journals were also taken with the galleon, and thus came into possession of the British government as early as 1744. With them was a manuscript chart, drawn for the use of the Spanish General and Pilot-Major of the vessel. This chart contained all the discoveries which had, at any time, been made in the navigation between the Philippine Islands and New Spain, or Mexico; an engraved copy of which is given in the account of Lord Anson’s voyage, inserted between pages 94 and 95, Book I., published in London thirty years before Cook’s visit. The situations in the east- ern part of the chart are, however, laid down ten degrees of longitude too far east, while the 6 EARLY DISCOVERIES OF THE HAWAIIAN ISLANDS. western part of the same is correct in its longitudes. To account for this singular error, it is conjectured that the galleon’s chart above referred to, was in two or more separate parts, as was generally the case with early Spanish charts of the wide Pacific Ocean; and that the English editor, or engraver, in joining them, mistook the divisions, by including a margin of ten degrees at the point of contact in mid-ocean. In the galleon-Anson chart, we find delineated the following islands, with their Spanish names, previously given them by Spanish discoverers, laid down absolutely correct in lati- tude, and also in longitude if the ten-degree error above alluded to is allowed. These islands comprise a part of the Hawaiian group, and are truly described. No other land exists for ten, or even for fifty, degrees due east of them; neither is there any land to the west, in the same latitude, for a still greater distance. The islands are there named: La Mesa, or the Table. The name is accurately descriptive of the island of Hawaii, with its high table land. Les Desgraciado, or the Unfortunate. Probably so named by Spaniards, who may have visited the island and had some fatal encounter with its inhabitants. This island, called Mowee by Cook, is spelled Maui by the natives. Los Monges, or the Monks. Three islands, lying near each other. Their native names are Molokai, Lanai, and Kekahelaua. The islands of Woahoo and Atooi of Cook do not appear on this galleon’s chart, but in some old Spanish charts they are laid down approximately correct. A table of situations, printed in Manila in 1734, by Cabrera Bueno, Admiral and Pilot-Major in the navigation be- tween the Philippine Islands and Mexico, and published forty-three years before Cook’s first visit and discovery. gives the positions of the Hawaiian Islands very nearly correct. Spanish navigators in the Pacific were accustomed to reckon their longitude from the me- ridian of the Emboc of San Bernardino, one of the Philippine Islands; thence counting and running eastward to the coast of Mexico, called by them New Spain. It has been asserted by. the Spanish authorities of Manila, that in the archives of the gov- ernment at Madrid are to be found original charts of Spanish discoveries in the Pacific Ocean, made during the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries. And they show that “Gae- tano,” a Spaniard, discovered several of the Hawaiian group of islands, as early as the year 1542; and that “ Mendana,” another of Spain’s navigators, discovered Kauai, the most western island of the same group, in 1567, or 235 and 210 years respectively before Cook’s first visit. In three maps, accompanying the geographical work of Charles T. Middleton, published in London in 1777, the year following that in which Captain Cook sailed on his last voyage, and during which he first saw the Hawaiian Islands, their Spanish names are given, and the group is laid down approximately correct in situation. This proves conclusively that the knowledge of them existed in England before any news of their discovery was received from Captain Cook’s exploring expedition. “Honest Bernal Diaz,” in his “True History of the Conquest of Mexico,” written in 1568, says: ‘‘While Marcos de Aguilar had the government of New Spain, the Marquis de Valle (Cortez) fitted out four ships at Zacatula. The squadron was commanded by Alvarado de Saavedra, who, with two hundred and fifty soldiers, took his course for the Moluccas, Spice Islands, and China. He set sail in December, 1527 or 1528, and sustained many losses, misfortunes, and hardships on the way to the Moluccas Islands. I do not © know the definite particulars; but three years afterward I met with a sailor who hau been on board of this fleet, and who had told me of many strange and surprising things of the citizens and nations he had visited during his voyage.” From other sources we learn that but one of the four ships of the squadron above referred to reached her destination. The other three were lost on the way. Bernal Diaz further relates that —“‘in the month of May, 1532, Cortez sent two ships from the port of Acapulco to make discoveries in the South Seas. They were commanded by Captain Diego Hurtado de Mendoza, who had the misfortune of a mutiny among the troops. In consequence thereof, one ship, of which the mutineers took possession, returned to New Spain, to the great disappointment of Cortez. As for Hurtado, neither he nor his vessel was ever heard of again. ; EARLY DISCOVERIES OF THE HAWAIIAN ISLANDS. 7 To throw some light upon the probable fate of the missing ships referred to by Bernal Diaz, some traditions of the people of the Hawaiian Islands are herewith presented. Of these, the writer acquired reliable knowledge during his twenty-two years residence at these islands, which first began in 1825. They relate that, in ancient times, two foreign vessels were wrecked ‘on the island of Hawaii (Owhyhee of Captain Cook), one on the south-west side, at Keei, near the Bay of Kealakeakua, not far from the place where Captain Cook was long afterward killed; and the other, on the east side at Kau, district of Puna. These events occurred during the reign of Kealiiokaloa, King of Hawaii. He was the thirteenth sovereign, anterior to the reign of Kamehameha I., who came upon the throne in 1792. If twenty years is reckoned as the average duration of life for each of these thirteen kings, we have an aggregate of two hun- dred and sixty years, which, deducted from 1792, gives the year 1532 as the approximate time of King Kealiiokaloa’s reign, and also about fixes the date of the wreck of the two ships. Therefore, it is highly probable that those vessels were some of the missing ones of the respective expeditions fitted out by Cortez in 1527 and 1532, for European vessels on the Pacific Ocean were comparatively few in those days. Upon the island of Hawaii there is to be found at the present time a mixed race of peo- ple, whose ancient family traditions point with pride to some foreign origin. They are said to be the descendents of shipwrecked Spaniards, and the careful scrutiny of expert scientists tends to confirm this native tradition. They have sandy colored hair, and are of lighter com- plexion than the native Hawaiian race, who call them “ehus”—possibly a corruption of the Spanish word Azjos. The Hawaiian language contains several words of unmistakable Span- ish derivation. Other traces are perceptible in some of their customs and inherited ideas. Another tradition is, that during the same king’s reign ( Kealiiokaloa) a boat came to Ha- waii from aéroad—that is, “from Tahiti or foreign parts,” as expressed by the natives—in which was a foreigner of rank and importance. He remained there many years, and acquired great influence over the Hawaiians, by whom he was much beloved and regarded as a very high chief. He took for wife a native princess, and by her had posterity. After the lapse of several years he built a boat, and then embarked in her with all his family, and sailed for a foreign country, previously, however, giving a promise to return to Hawaii at some future time. It is conjectured that this important person may have been Captain Diego Hurtado de Mendoza, commander of the expedition fitted out by Cortez in 1532, and which Bernal Diaz, the his- torian, says was never again heard of after the mutiny on board of his ship, and the return of his other vessel to New Spain. This interesting foreigner, be he whom he may, was called by the natives O/ovo,; and in process of time divine honors were accorded to his memory. When Captain Cook visited the island of Hawaii in 1778, he was believed to be the Olono of Hawaiian tradition, their ancient god, who had returned; and to Cook, it is well known, the natives paid divine honors—for receiving which that navigator has been highly censured by the Christian world. The discovery that he was really a mortal, when the natives witnessed his suffering by reason of a wound, was the immediate cause of their putting him to death. Hawaiian traditions further testify to the fact, that during very remote times many boats or vessels, with white men in them, have, at long intervals, visited these islands. The crew of one such, it is said, remained permanently, and intermarried with native Hawaiians. In 1740 the King of Oahu, while in a canoe going thence to the island of Maui, saw a foreign ship at sea. Many years elapsed after Cook’s visit before Europeans again visited these islands. The cel- ebrated French navigator, La Perouse, touched at them in 1786, as also did Portlock and Dixon, in the same year, with the British ships Kimg George and Queen Charlotte. Captain Mears followed them in the ship Vootka in 1788. The ship Z/eanor, of Boston, in 1790, was the first American vessel that visited the Hawaiian Islands; followed, subsequently, by several other vessels of that nationality, all of which were engaged in the lucrative fur trade of the north- west coast of America. In 1794, the American schooners Fackal/ and Fair American discov- ered, and were the first to anchor, in the harbor of Honolulu. Both vessels were captured by the natives, who massacred the principal part Of their crews. The American brig Lady Washington, Captain Kendrick, and the British ship Butterworth, of London, were at anchor in Honolulu harbor, July 4,1794. During salutes being given by both vessels, in commemoration of American Independence, Captain Kendrick was struck by a hard wad fired from a gun of the Butter worth, and instantly killed. 8 EARLY DISCOVERIES OF THE HAWAIIAN ISLANDS. In 1792, the islands were visited by Captain George Vancouver, commanding the British sur- ~ veying vessels Discovery and Chatham. They introduced cattle and sheep, brought for the purpose from Monterey, California. Horses were first landed at the Hawaiian Islands by Captain Cleveland, in 1810, while in command of a Boston ship. La Perouse, in the journal of his voyage, volume i., page 344, remarks, in regard to these islands: ‘‘ Their knowledge of iron, which they did not acquire from the English, is new proof of the communications which these islands formerly had with the Spaniards. It appears certain that these islands were discovered for the first time by Gaetan in 1542. This navigator sailed from Port Nativity, west coast of Mexico, latitude | twenty degrees north. He stood to the westward, and having run nine hundred leagues in that direction, he fell in with a group of islands, inhabited by savages almost naked. The islands were surrounded by coral | reefs. They afforded cocoanuts and other fruits, but neither gold nor silver. He named them King’s Islands ; and another island which he discovered, twenty leagues farther westward (probably the island now known as | Kauai) he called Garden Island. It would have been impossible for geographers to have avoided placing the discoveries of Gaetan precisely where Cook has since found the (so-called) Sandwich Islands, if the Spanish editor had not said that those islands were situated between 9° and 11° of north latitude, instead of 19° and 21°, as every navigator would have concluded from the course of Gaetan. The omission of ten degrees may be a mistake in figures, or a political stroke of the Spaniards, who had a great interest a century ago to conceal all the islands of this ocean.” : as As a result of this carefully considered inquiry, directed to determine what European first discovered and landed upon the Hawaiian Islands, within the limited period accessible to existing traditional or historic testimony, it now appears that a British man-of-war, came, by capture, into possession of Spanish charts of the North Pacific Ocean, whereon their loca- tion was correctly laid down, at a time full thirty years before Cook’s first visit, which may reasonably give rise to at least a possible inference that, before Captain Cook’s departure from England, in 1777, some vague intimation of their probable existence and approximate situation may have directed his search to that particular spot. The most interesting fact disclosed, however, is that they were sighted by Spanish navigators during the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries, probably as early as 1542; and to them is due the circumstance of their first discovery by any European nation. HENRY A. PEIRCE, ) | ; At the end of the paper, the subject of the uniformity of the Polynesian type of race, was discussed by Mr. B. B. Redding, Dr. Hermann Behr, and Mr. Brooks, and the general simi- larity of language reviewed. i The Academy then adjourned. Las. “i le Fe, bates ae 3 ; el aa ah \ RO, ent gets ; 2 eee — se aaiiegea 8 ne ph et eae ati? i 1 anes uid Vile iWanky \ &- *, ns Lou Te, yi Au Fu Peyt eit x9 pene BS oa t,o, Oak mid gs , Soar! Sa@tes, Le « a 7 an. ten heat i? aye ‘9 gete AE best “mee pa 20 2 need eee rind tye Beton, hy ronan ji oT: ee a ee ae Cl ot wets i * asthe 5 ot vil eee “OS Any Fin an z | ho a en PO é Ye «y-.4 _—. =] °* a ibe Pata i 4 Ss by =i we 4 aid ; . P Se * J { ert > tiiu 4 * pS —? Vide ‘ > Miter © I ss we - oe a). =4 (ect Oy Rae » “ y - : v's) (Ae Ue ar 3 Thi te “e L TA ¥ #& ef tie at jv js of : f way); at? ; J bic “250343 ‘fag -ot.s ean ’ i , , : s ra , a>. rehab Putte Ove Sere os ov ah ps tay peters apesi6, CORN ¢ a 7 | fees. dd hth deqect | _ A , + a! ‘ , wie Tk 1 BY * wh aoe f | ¥ i a Ore : % » Ri ae ° “7 Pad ‘ . -< ‘ nei) hi) ‘ 4 | 4 = ; ; . I - ar , = - ‘. 4s - " , i f ‘4 slat ik : nd oa i i A f matt a t hea en AL by i Fao he n F . ann Vi oe Waa A aa v Ta OH i ( a. aes: ‘ wt a Tesh) Wey, AN ne v4 al 1 Te). Aa ] J : a“ ‘ ‘I Ny Rd « mlb, { J 7 j “" i ia a 5 "56 | os i By, | my s 7 RK f ty ; 4 ts F , 7) ‘ ‘ 4 i es” pce wil Tow Fe a os Mages WA My aN be fol5 |! avin hi yi Me §, j , \% Ta j Lee California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco Bulletin PLEASE DO NOT REMOVE CARDS OR SLIPS FROM THIS POCKET UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO LIBRARY ve, = cane setetetleess Wives ie aed we ade : ait : ~ ae f Shea tS! Su ey inet Cy ttt &j ior tt toast, Hinttcs Te ils Drigecrtye abe if He iiterstin 4 om Pg ot ork. hors Mepis perenne ees vA pons ex Sor sos | eta bteh Seite 4 NO EAE eo Bae Wee a ft — ¥ Pet eberery 4 4 Dated 660 wae ee aeey: tf. * bya i508 gaa oh ookets aabcn se cite pee apie sys Ua, BAS. \stee EEE 2, — 3. ah : Parnes byes a BA) she ates re pias L oho eats Se BR r. nett > VE Pipes pce er: IA payee” i Rahuths st